diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.userLinks.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.userLinks.html
index 16c79ce..7fcaf9d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.userLinks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.userLinks.html
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@
       &quot;notifyNewUser&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set, then email the new user notifying them that they&#x27;ve been granted permissions to the resource.
       &quot;parent&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Example format: accounts/1234
       &quot;userLink&quot;: { # A resource message representing a user&#x27;s permissions on an Account or Property resource. # Required. The user link to create.
-        &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/manage-users Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
+        &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/admin Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;emailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Email address of the user to link
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
     { # Response message for BatchCreateUserLinks RPC.
   &quot;userLinks&quot;: [ # The user links created.
     { # A resource message representing a user&#x27;s permissions on an Account or Property resource.
-      &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/manage-users Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
+      &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/admin Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;emailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Email address of the user to link
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@
     { # Response message for BatchGetUserLinks RPC.
   &quot;userLinks&quot;: [ # The requested user links.
     { # A resource message representing a user&#x27;s permissions on an Account or Property resource.
-      &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/manage-users Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
+      &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/admin Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;emailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Email address of the user to link
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@
   &quot;requests&quot;: [ # Required. The requests specifying the user links to update. A maximum of 1000 user links can be updated in a batch.
     { # Request message for UpdateUserLink RPC.
       &quot;userLink&quot;: { # A resource message representing a user&#x27;s permissions on an Account or Property resource. # Required. The user link to update.
-        &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/manage-users Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
+        &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/admin Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;emailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Email address of the user to link
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@
     { # Response message for BatchUpdateUserLinks RPC.
   &quot;userLinks&quot;: [ # The user links updated.
     { # A resource message representing a user&#x27;s permissions on an Account or Property resource.
-      &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/manage-users Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
+      &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/admin Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;emailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Email address of the user to link
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A resource message representing a user&#x27;s permissions on an Account or Property resource.
-  &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/manage-users Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
+  &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/admin Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;emailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Email address of the user to link
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A resource message representing a user&#x27;s permissions on an Account or Property resource.
-  &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/manage-users Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
+  &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/admin Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;emailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Email address of the user to link
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A resource message representing a user&#x27;s permissions on an Account or Property resource.
-  &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/manage-users Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
+  &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/admin Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;emailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Email address of the user to link
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
   &quot;userLinks&quot;: [ # List of UserLinks. These will be ordered stably, but in an arbitrary order.
     { # A resource message representing a user&#x27;s permissions on an Account or Property resource.
-      &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/manage-users Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
+      &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/admin Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;emailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Email address of the user to link
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A resource message representing a user&#x27;s permissions on an Account or Property resource.
-  &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/manage-users Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
+  &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/admin Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;emailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Email address of the user to link
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A resource message representing a user&#x27;s permissions on an Account or Property resource.
-  &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/manage-users Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
+  &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/admin Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;emailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Email address of the user to link
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.userLinks.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.userLinks.html
index 2ed1836..d132fbb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.userLinks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.userLinks.html
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@
       &quot;notifyNewUser&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set, then email the new user notifying them that they&#x27;ve been granted permissions to the resource.
       &quot;parent&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Example format: accounts/1234
       &quot;userLink&quot;: { # A resource message representing a user&#x27;s permissions on an Account or Property resource. # Required. The user link to create.
-        &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/manage-users Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
+        &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/admin Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;emailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Email address of the user to link
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
     { # Response message for BatchCreateUserLinks RPC.
   &quot;userLinks&quot;: [ # The user links created.
     { # A resource message representing a user&#x27;s permissions on an Account or Property resource.
-      &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/manage-users Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
+      &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/admin Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;emailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Email address of the user to link
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@
     { # Response message for BatchGetUserLinks RPC.
   &quot;userLinks&quot;: [ # The requested user links.
     { # A resource message representing a user&#x27;s permissions on an Account or Property resource.
-      &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/manage-users Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
+      &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/admin Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;emailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Email address of the user to link
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@
   &quot;requests&quot;: [ # Required. The requests specifying the user links to update. A maximum of 1000 user links can be updated in a batch.
     { # Request message for UpdateUserLink RPC.
       &quot;userLink&quot;: { # A resource message representing a user&#x27;s permissions on an Account or Property resource. # Required. The user link to update.
-        &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/manage-users Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
+        &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/admin Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;emailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Email address of the user to link
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@
     { # Response message for BatchUpdateUserLinks RPC.
   &quot;userLinks&quot;: [ # The user links updated.
     { # A resource message representing a user&#x27;s permissions on an Account or Property resource.
-      &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/manage-users Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
+      &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/admin Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;emailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Email address of the user to link
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A resource message representing a user&#x27;s permissions on an Account or Property resource.
-  &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/manage-users Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
+  &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/admin Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;emailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Email address of the user to link
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A resource message representing a user&#x27;s permissions on an Account or Property resource.
-  &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/manage-users Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
+  &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/admin Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;emailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Email address of the user to link
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A resource message representing a user&#x27;s permissions on an Account or Property resource.
-  &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/manage-users Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
+  &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/admin Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;emailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Email address of the user to link
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
   &quot;userLinks&quot;: [ # List of UserLinks. These will be ordered stably, but in an arbitrary order.
     { # A resource message representing a user&#x27;s permissions on an Account or Property resource.
-      &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/manage-users Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
+      &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/admin Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;emailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Email address of the user to link
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A resource message representing a user&#x27;s permissions on an Account or Property resource.
-  &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/manage-users Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
+  &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/admin Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;emailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Email address of the user to link
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A resource message representing a user&#x27;s permissions on an Account or Property resource.
-  &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/manage-users Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
+  &quot;directRoles&quot;: [ # Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/admin Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;emailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Email address of the user to link
diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html b/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html
index c12e253..46807ec 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html
@@ -165,6 +165,12 @@
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether the app is disabled. When disabled, the app data is still preserved.
+      &quot;extensionConfig&quot;: { # Configuration to enable an app as an extension app, with the capability of interacting with Android Device Policy offline. # Configuration to enable this app as an extension app, with the capability of interacting with Android Device Policy offline.This field can be set for at most one app.
+        &quot;notificationReceiver&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fully qualified class name of the receiver service class for Android Device Policy to notify the extension app of any local command status updates.
+        &quot;signingKeyFingerprintsSha256&quot;: [ # Hex-encoded SHA256 hash of the signing certificate of the extension app. Only hexadecimal string representations of 64 characters are valid.If not specified, the signature for the corresponding package name is obtained from the Play Store instead.If this list is empty, the signature of the extension app on the device must match the signature obtained from the Play Store for the app to be able to communicate with Android Device Policy.If this list is not empty, the signature of the extension app on the device must match one of the entries in this list for the app to be able to communicate with Android Device Policy.In production use cases, it is recommended to leave this empty.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;installType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of installation to perform.
       &quot;lockTaskAllowed&quot;: True or False, # Whether the app is allowed to lock itself in full-screen mode. DEPRECATED. Use InstallType KIOSK or kioskCustomLauncherEnabled to to configure a dedicated device.
       &quot;managedConfiguration&quot;: { # Managed configuration applied to the app. The format for the configuration is dictated by the ManagedProperty values supported by the app. Each field name in the managed configuration must match the key field of the ManagedProperty. The field value must be compatible with the type of the ManagedProperty: *type* *JSON value* BOOL true or false STRING string INTEGER number CHOICE string MULTISELECT array of strings HIDDEN string BUNDLE_ARRAY array of objects
@@ -524,6 +530,12 @@
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether the app is disabled. When disabled, the app data is still preserved.
+          &quot;extensionConfig&quot;: { # Configuration to enable an app as an extension app, with the capability of interacting with Android Device Policy offline. # Configuration to enable this app as an extension app, with the capability of interacting with Android Device Policy offline.This field can be set for at most one app.
+            &quot;notificationReceiver&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fully qualified class name of the receiver service class for Android Device Policy to notify the extension app of any local command status updates.
+            &quot;signingKeyFingerprintsSha256&quot;: [ # Hex-encoded SHA256 hash of the signing certificate of the extension app. Only hexadecimal string representations of 64 characters are valid.If not specified, the signature for the corresponding package name is obtained from the Play Store instead.If this list is empty, the signature of the extension app on the device must match the signature obtained from the Play Store for the app to be able to communicate with Android Device Policy.If this list is not empty, the signature of the extension app on the device must match one of the entries in this list for the app to be able to communicate with Android Device Policy.In production use cases, it is recommended to leave this empty.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;installType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of installation to perform.
           &quot;lockTaskAllowed&quot;: True or False, # Whether the app is allowed to lock itself in full-screen mode. DEPRECATED. Use InstallType KIOSK or kioskCustomLauncherEnabled to to configure a dedicated device.
           &quot;managedConfiguration&quot;: { # Managed configuration applied to the app. The format for the configuration is dictated by the ManagedProperty values supported by the app. Each field name in the managed configuration must match the key field of the ManagedProperty. The field value must be compatible with the type of the ManagedProperty: *type* *JSON value* BOOL true or false STRING string INTEGER number CHOICE string MULTISELECT array of strings HIDDEN string BUNDLE_ARRAY array of objects
@@ -889,6 +901,12 @@
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether the app is disabled. When disabled, the app data is still preserved.
+      &quot;extensionConfig&quot;: { # Configuration to enable an app as an extension app, with the capability of interacting with Android Device Policy offline. # Configuration to enable this app as an extension app, with the capability of interacting with Android Device Policy offline.This field can be set for at most one app.
+        &quot;notificationReceiver&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fully qualified class name of the receiver service class for Android Device Policy to notify the extension app of any local command status updates.
+        &quot;signingKeyFingerprintsSha256&quot;: [ # Hex-encoded SHA256 hash of the signing certificate of the extension app. Only hexadecimal string representations of 64 characters are valid.If not specified, the signature for the corresponding package name is obtained from the Play Store instead.If this list is empty, the signature of the extension app on the device must match the signature obtained from the Play Store for the app to be able to communicate with Android Device Policy.If this list is not empty, the signature of the extension app on the device must match one of the entries in this list for the app to be able to communicate with Android Device Policy.In production use cases, it is recommended to leave this empty.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;installType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of installation to perform.
       &quot;lockTaskAllowed&quot;: True or False, # Whether the app is allowed to lock itself in full-screen mode. DEPRECATED. Use InstallType KIOSK or kioskCustomLauncherEnabled to to configure a dedicated device.
       &quot;managedConfiguration&quot;: { # Managed configuration applied to the app. The format for the configuration is dictated by the ManagedProperty values supported by the app. Each field name in the managed configuration must match the key field of the ManagedProperty. The field value must be compatible with the type of the ManagedProperty: *type* *JSON value* BOOL true or false STRING string INTEGER number CHOICE string MULTISELECT array of strings HIDDEN string BUNDLE_ARRAY array of objects
@@ -1237,6 +1255,12 @@
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether the app is disabled. When disabled, the app data is still preserved.
+      &quot;extensionConfig&quot;: { # Configuration to enable an app as an extension app, with the capability of interacting with Android Device Policy offline. # Configuration to enable this app as an extension app, with the capability of interacting with Android Device Policy offline.This field can be set for at most one app.
+        &quot;notificationReceiver&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fully qualified class name of the receiver service class for Android Device Policy to notify the extension app of any local command status updates.
+        &quot;signingKeyFingerprintsSha256&quot;: [ # Hex-encoded SHA256 hash of the signing certificate of the extension app. Only hexadecimal string representations of 64 characters are valid.If not specified, the signature for the corresponding package name is obtained from the Play Store instead.If this list is empty, the signature of the extension app on the device must match the signature obtained from the Play Store for the app to be able to communicate with Android Device Policy.If this list is not empty, the signature of the extension app on the device must match one of the entries in this list for the app to be able to communicate with Android Device Policy.In production use cases, it is recommended to leave this empty.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;installType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of installation to perform.
       &quot;lockTaskAllowed&quot;: True or False, # Whether the app is allowed to lock itself in full-screen mode. DEPRECATED. Use InstallType KIOSK or kioskCustomLauncherEnabled to to configure a dedicated device.
       &quot;managedConfiguration&quot;: { # Managed configuration applied to the app. The format for the configuration is dictated by the ManagedProperty values supported by the app. Each field name in the managed configuration must match the key field of the ManagedProperty. The field value must be compatible with the type of the ManagedProperty: *type* *JSON value* BOOL true or false STRING string INTEGER number CHOICE string MULTISELECT array of strings HIDDEN string BUNDLE_ARRAY array of objects
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.firewall.ingressRules.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.firewall.ingressRules.html
index ce812c0..70cc517 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.firewall.ingressRules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.firewall.ingressRules.html
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
   &quot;ingressRules&quot;: [ # A list of FirewallRules to replace the existing set.
     { # A single firewall rule that is evaluated against incoming traffic and provides an action to take on matched requests.
       &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The action to take on matched requests.
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 100 characters.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 400 characters.
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # A positive integer between 1, Int32.MaxValue-1 that defines the order of rule evaluation. Rules with the lowest priority are evaluated first.A default rule at priority Int32.MaxValue matches all IPv4 and IPv6 traffic when no previous rule matches. Only the action of this rule can be modified by the user.
       &quot;sourceRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address or range, defined using CIDR notation, of requests that this rule applies to. You can use the wildcard character &quot;*&quot; to match all IPs equivalent to &quot;0/0&quot; and &quot;::/0&quot; together. Examples: 192.168.1.1 or 192.168.0.0/16 or 2001:db8::/32 or 2001:0db8:0000:0042:0000:8a2e:0370:7334. Truncation will be silently performed on addresses which are not properly truncated. For example, 1.2.3.4/24 is accepted as the same address as 1.2.3.0/24. Similarly, for IPv6, 2001:db8::1/32 is accepted as the same address as 2001:db8::/32.
     },
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
   &quot;ingressRules&quot;: [ # The full list of ingress FirewallRules for this application.
     { # A single firewall rule that is evaluated against incoming traffic and provides an action to take on matched requests.
       &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The action to take on matched requests.
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 100 characters.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 400 characters.
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # A positive integer between 1, Int32.MaxValue-1 that defines the order of rule evaluation. Rules with the lowest priority are evaluated first.A default rule at priority Int32.MaxValue matches all IPv4 and IPv6 traffic when no previous rule matches. Only the action of this rule can be modified by the user.
       &quot;sourceRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address or range, defined using CIDR notation, of requests that this rule applies to. You can use the wildcard character &quot;*&quot; to match all IPs equivalent to &quot;0/0&quot; and &quot;::/0&quot; together. Examples: 192.168.1.1 or 192.168.0.0/16 or 2001:db8::/32 or 2001:0db8:0000:0042:0000:8a2e:0370:7334. Truncation will be silently performed on addresses which are not properly truncated. For example, 1.2.3.4/24 is accepted as the same address as 1.2.3.0/24. Similarly, for IPv6, 2001:db8::1/32 is accepted as the same address as 2001:db8::/32.
     },
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
 
 { # A single firewall rule that is evaluated against incoming traffic and provides an action to take on matched requests.
   &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The action to take on matched requests.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 100 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 400 characters.
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # A positive integer between 1, Int32.MaxValue-1 that defines the order of rule evaluation. Rules with the lowest priority are evaluated first.A default rule at priority Int32.MaxValue matches all IPv4 and IPv6 traffic when no previous rule matches. Only the action of this rule can be modified by the user.
   &quot;sourceRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address or range, defined using CIDR notation, of requests that this rule applies to. You can use the wildcard character &quot;*&quot; to match all IPs equivalent to &quot;0/0&quot; and &quot;::/0&quot; together. Examples: 192.168.1.1 or 192.168.0.0/16 or 2001:db8::/32 or 2001:0db8:0000:0042:0000:8a2e:0370:7334. Truncation will be silently performed on addresses which are not properly truncated. For example, 1.2.3.4/24 is accepted as the same address as 1.2.3.0/24. Similarly, for IPv6, 2001:db8::1/32 is accepted as the same address as 2001:db8::/32.
 }
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
 
     { # A single firewall rule that is evaluated against incoming traffic and provides an action to take on matched requests.
   &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The action to take on matched requests.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 100 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 400 characters.
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # A positive integer between 1, Int32.MaxValue-1 that defines the order of rule evaluation. Rules with the lowest priority are evaluated first.A default rule at priority Int32.MaxValue matches all IPv4 and IPv6 traffic when no previous rule matches. Only the action of this rule can be modified by the user.
   &quot;sourceRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address or range, defined using CIDR notation, of requests that this rule applies to. You can use the wildcard character &quot;*&quot; to match all IPs equivalent to &quot;0/0&quot; and &quot;::/0&quot; together. Examples: 192.168.1.1 or 192.168.0.0/16 or 2001:db8::/32 or 2001:0db8:0000:0042:0000:8a2e:0370:7334. Truncation will be silently performed on addresses which are not properly truncated. For example, 1.2.3.4/24 is accepted as the same address as 1.2.3.0/24. Similarly, for IPv6, 2001:db8::1/32 is accepted as the same address as 2001:db8::/32.
 }</pre>
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@
 
     { # A single firewall rule that is evaluated against incoming traffic and provides an action to take on matched requests.
   &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The action to take on matched requests.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 100 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 400 characters.
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # A positive integer between 1, Int32.MaxValue-1 that defines the order of rule evaluation. Rules with the lowest priority are evaluated first.A default rule at priority Int32.MaxValue matches all IPv4 and IPv6 traffic when no previous rule matches. Only the action of this rule can be modified by the user.
   &quot;sourceRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address or range, defined using CIDR notation, of requests that this rule applies to. You can use the wildcard character &quot;*&quot; to match all IPs equivalent to &quot;0/0&quot; and &quot;::/0&quot; together. Examples: 192.168.1.1 or 192.168.0.0/16 or 2001:db8::/32 or 2001:0db8:0000:0042:0000:8a2e:0370:7334. Truncation will be silently performed on addresses which are not properly truncated. For example, 1.2.3.4/24 is accepted as the same address as 1.2.3.0/24. Similarly, for IPv6, 2001:db8::1/32 is accepted as the same address as 2001:db8::/32.
 }</pre>
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@
   &quot;ingressRules&quot;: [ # The ingress FirewallRules for this application.
     { # A single firewall rule that is evaluated against incoming traffic and provides an action to take on matched requests.
       &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The action to take on matched requests.
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 100 characters.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 400 characters.
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # A positive integer between 1, Int32.MaxValue-1 that defines the order of rule evaluation. Rules with the lowest priority are evaluated first.A default rule at priority Int32.MaxValue matches all IPv4 and IPv6 traffic when no previous rule matches. Only the action of this rule can be modified by the user.
       &quot;sourceRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address or range, defined using CIDR notation, of requests that this rule applies to. You can use the wildcard character &quot;*&quot; to match all IPs equivalent to &quot;0/0&quot; and &quot;::/0&quot; together. Examples: 192.168.1.1 or 192.168.0.0/16 or 2001:db8::/32 or 2001:0db8:0000:0042:0000:8a2e:0370:7334. Truncation will be silently performed on addresses which are not properly truncated. For example, 1.2.3.4/24 is accepted as the same address as 1.2.3.0/24. Similarly, for IPv6, 2001:db8::1/32 is accepted as the same address as 2001:db8::/32.
     },
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@
 
 { # A single firewall rule that is evaluated against incoming traffic and provides an action to take on matched requests.
   &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The action to take on matched requests.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 100 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 400 characters.
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # A positive integer between 1, Int32.MaxValue-1 that defines the order of rule evaluation. Rules with the lowest priority are evaluated first.A default rule at priority Int32.MaxValue matches all IPv4 and IPv6 traffic when no previous rule matches. Only the action of this rule can be modified by the user.
   &quot;sourceRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address or range, defined using CIDR notation, of requests that this rule applies to. You can use the wildcard character &quot;*&quot; to match all IPs equivalent to &quot;0/0&quot; and &quot;::/0&quot; together. Examples: 192.168.1.1 or 192.168.0.0/16 or 2001:db8::/32 or 2001:0db8:0000:0042:0000:8a2e:0370:7334. Truncation will be silently performed on addresses which are not properly truncated. For example, 1.2.3.4/24 is accepted as the same address as 1.2.3.0/24. Similarly, for IPv6, 2001:db8::1/32 is accepted as the same address as 2001:db8::/32.
 }
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@
 
     { # A single firewall rule that is evaluated against incoming traffic and provides an action to take on matched requests.
   &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The action to take on matched requests.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 100 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 400 characters.
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # A positive integer between 1, Int32.MaxValue-1 that defines the order of rule evaluation. Rules with the lowest priority are evaluated first.A default rule at priority Int32.MaxValue matches all IPv4 and IPv6 traffic when no previous rule matches. Only the action of this rule can be modified by the user.
   &quot;sourceRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address or range, defined using CIDR notation, of requests that this rule applies to. You can use the wildcard character &quot;*&quot; to match all IPs equivalent to &quot;0/0&quot; and &quot;::/0&quot; together. Examples: 192.168.1.1 or 192.168.0.0/16 or 2001:db8::/32 or 2001:0db8:0000:0042:0000:8a2e:0370:7334. Truncation will be silently performed on addresses which are not properly truncated. For example, 1.2.3.4/24 is accepted as the same address as 1.2.3.0/24. Similarly, for IPv6, 2001:db8::1/32 is accepted as the same address as 2001:db8::/32.
 }</pre>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.firewall.ingressRules.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.firewall.ingressRules.html
index 42426b2..bf85b8f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.firewall.ingressRules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.firewall.ingressRules.html
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
   &quot;ingressRules&quot;: [ # A list of FirewallRules to replace the existing set.
     { # A single firewall rule that is evaluated against incoming traffic and provides an action to take on matched requests.
       &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The action to take on matched requests.
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 100 characters.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 400 characters.
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # A positive integer between 1, Int32.MaxValue-1 that defines the order of rule evaluation. Rules with the lowest priority are evaluated first.A default rule at priority Int32.MaxValue matches all IPv4 and IPv6 traffic when no previous rule matches. Only the action of this rule can be modified by the user.
       &quot;sourceRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address or range, defined using CIDR notation, of requests that this rule applies to. You can use the wildcard character &quot;*&quot; to match all IPs equivalent to &quot;0/0&quot; and &quot;::/0&quot; together. Examples: 192.168.1.1 or 192.168.0.0/16 or 2001:db8::/32 or 2001:0db8:0000:0042:0000:8a2e:0370:7334. Truncation will be silently performed on addresses which are not properly truncated. For example, 1.2.3.4/24 is accepted as the same address as 1.2.3.0/24. Similarly, for IPv6, 2001:db8::1/32 is accepted as the same address as 2001:db8::/32.
     },
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
   &quot;ingressRules&quot;: [ # The full list of ingress FirewallRules for this application.
     { # A single firewall rule that is evaluated against incoming traffic and provides an action to take on matched requests.
       &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The action to take on matched requests.
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 100 characters.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 400 characters.
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # A positive integer between 1, Int32.MaxValue-1 that defines the order of rule evaluation. Rules with the lowest priority are evaluated first.A default rule at priority Int32.MaxValue matches all IPv4 and IPv6 traffic when no previous rule matches. Only the action of this rule can be modified by the user.
       &quot;sourceRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address or range, defined using CIDR notation, of requests that this rule applies to. You can use the wildcard character &quot;*&quot; to match all IPs equivalent to &quot;0/0&quot; and &quot;::/0&quot; together. Examples: 192.168.1.1 or 192.168.0.0/16 or 2001:db8::/32 or 2001:0db8:0000:0042:0000:8a2e:0370:7334. Truncation will be silently performed on addresses which are not properly truncated. For example, 1.2.3.4/24 is accepted as the same address as 1.2.3.0/24. Similarly, for IPv6, 2001:db8::1/32 is accepted as the same address as 2001:db8::/32.
     },
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
 
 { # A single firewall rule that is evaluated against incoming traffic and provides an action to take on matched requests.
   &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The action to take on matched requests.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 100 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 400 characters.
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # A positive integer between 1, Int32.MaxValue-1 that defines the order of rule evaluation. Rules with the lowest priority are evaluated first.A default rule at priority Int32.MaxValue matches all IPv4 and IPv6 traffic when no previous rule matches. Only the action of this rule can be modified by the user.
   &quot;sourceRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address or range, defined using CIDR notation, of requests that this rule applies to. You can use the wildcard character &quot;*&quot; to match all IPs equivalent to &quot;0/0&quot; and &quot;::/0&quot; together. Examples: 192.168.1.1 or 192.168.0.0/16 or 2001:db8::/32 or 2001:0db8:0000:0042:0000:8a2e:0370:7334. Truncation will be silently performed on addresses which are not properly truncated. For example, 1.2.3.4/24 is accepted as the same address as 1.2.3.0/24. Similarly, for IPv6, 2001:db8::1/32 is accepted as the same address as 2001:db8::/32.
 }
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
 
     { # A single firewall rule that is evaluated against incoming traffic and provides an action to take on matched requests.
   &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The action to take on matched requests.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 100 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 400 characters.
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # A positive integer between 1, Int32.MaxValue-1 that defines the order of rule evaluation. Rules with the lowest priority are evaluated first.A default rule at priority Int32.MaxValue matches all IPv4 and IPv6 traffic when no previous rule matches. Only the action of this rule can be modified by the user.
   &quot;sourceRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address or range, defined using CIDR notation, of requests that this rule applies to. You can use the wildcard character &quot;*&quot; to match all IPs equivalent to &quot;0/0&quot; and &quot;::/0&quot; together. Examples: 192.168.1.1 or 192.168.0.0/16 or 2001:db8::/32 or 2001:0db8:0000:0042:0000:8a2e:0370:7334. Truncation will be silently performed on addresses which are not properly truncated. For example, 1.2.3.4/24 is accepted as the same address as 1.2.3.0/24. Similarly, for IPv6, 2001:db8::1/32 is accepted as the same address as 2001:db8::/32.
 }</pre>
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@
 
     { # A single firewall rule that is evaluated against incoming traffic and provides an action to take on matched requests.
   &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The action to take on matched requests.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 100 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 400 characters.
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # A positive integer between 1, Int32.MaxValue-1 that defines the order of rule evaluation. Rules with the lowest priority are evaluated first.A default rule at priority Int32.MaxValue matches all IPv4 and IPv6 traffic when no previous rule matches. Only the action of this rule can be modified by the user.
   &quot;sourceRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address or range, defined using CIDR notation, of requests that this rule applies to. You can use the wildcard character &quot;*&quot; to match all IPs equivalent to &quot;0/0&quot; and &quot;::/0&quot; together. Examples: 192.168.1.1 or 192.168.0.0/16 or 2001:db8::/32 or 2001:0db8:0000:0042:0000:8a2e:0370:7334. Truncation will be silently performed on addresses which are not properly truncated. For example, 1.2.3.4/24 is accepted as the same address as 1.2.3.0/24. Similarly, for IPv6, 2001:db8::1/32 is accepted as the same address as 2001:db8::/32.
 }</pre>
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@
   &quot;ingressRules&quot;: [ # The ingress FirewallRules for this application.
     { # A single firewall rule that is evaluated against incoming traffic and provides an action to take on matched requests.
       &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The action to take on matched requests.
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 100 characters.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 400 characters.
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # A positive integer between 1, Int32.MaxValue-1 that defines the order of rule evaluation. Rules with the lowest priority are evaluated first.A default rule at priority Int32.MaxValue matches all IPv4 and IPv6 traffic when no previous rule matches. Only the action of this rule can be modified by the user.
       &quot;sourceRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address or range, defined using CIDR notation, of requests that this rule applies to. You can use the wildcard character &quot;*&quot; to match all IPs equivalent to &quot;0/0&quot; and &quot;::/0&quot; together. Examples: 192.168.1.1 or 192.168.0.0/16 or 2001:db8::/32 or 2001:0db8:0000:0042:0000:8a2e:0370:7334. Truncation will be silently performed on addresses which are not properly truncated. For example, 1.2.3.4/24 is accepted as the same address as 1.2.3.0/24. Similarly, for IPv6, 2001:db8::1/32 is accepted as the same address as 2001:db8::/32.
     },
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@
 
 { # A single firewall rule that is evaluated against incoming traffic and provides an action to take on matched requests.
   &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The action to take on matched requests.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 100 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 400 characters.
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # A positive integer between 1, Int32.MaxValue-1 that defines the order of rule evaluation. Rules with the lowest priority are evaluated first.A default rule at priority Int32.MaxValue matches all IPv4 and IPv6 traffic when no previous rule matches. Only the action of this rule can be modified by the user.
   &quot;sourceRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address or range, defined using CIDR notation, of requests that this rule applies to. You can use the wildcard character &quot;*&quot; to match all IPs equivalent to &quot;0/0&quot; and &quot;::/0&quot; together. Examples: 192.168.1.1 or 192.168.0.0/16 or 2001:db8::/32 or 2001:0db8:0000:0042:0000:8a2e:0370:7334. Truncation will be silently performed on addresses which are not properly truncated. For example, 1.2.3.4/24 is accepted as the same address as 1.2.3.0/24. Similarly, for IPv6, 2001:db8::1/32 is accepted as the same address as 2001:db8::/32.
 }
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@
 
     { # A single firewall rule that is evaluated against incoming traffic and provides an action to take on matched requests.
   &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The action to take on matched requests.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 100 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 400 characters.
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # A positive integer between 1, Int32.MaxValue-1 that defines the order of rule evaluation. Rules with the lowest priority are evaluated first.A default rule at priority Int32.MaxValue matches all IPv4 and IPv6 traffic when no previous rule matches. Only the action of this rule can be modified by the user.
   &quot;sourceRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address or range, defined using CIDR notation, of requests that this rule applies to. You can use the wildcard character &quot;*&quot; to match all IPs equivalent to &quot;0/0&quot; and &quot;::/0&quot; together. Examples: 192.168.1.1 or 192.168.0.0/16 or 2001:db8::/32 or 2001:0db8:0000:0042:0000:8a2e:0370:7334. Truncation will be silently performed on addresses which are not properly truncated. For example, 1.2.3.4/24 is accepted as the same address as 1.2.3.0/24. Similarly, for IPv6, 2001:db8::1/32 is accepted as the same address as 2001:db8::/32.
 }</pre>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.html
index 152711b..38ae01c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#searchAssignments">searchAssignments(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, query=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Looks up assignments for a specified resource for a particular region. If the request is about a project: 1. Assignments created on the project will be returned if they exist. 2. Otherwise assignments created on the closest ancestor will be returned. 3. Assignments for different JobTypes will all be returned. The same logic applies if the request is about a folder. If the request is about an organization, then assignments created on the organization will be returned (organization doesn't have ancestors). Comparing to ListAssignments, there are some behavior differences: 1. permission on the assignee will be verified in this API. 2. Hierarchy lookup (project->folder->organization) happens in this API. 3. Parent here is `projects/*/locations/*`, instead of `projects/*/locations/*reservations/*`. **Note** "-" cannot be used for projects nor locations.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Deprecated: Looks up assignments for a specified resource for a particular region. If the request is about a project: 1. Assignments created on the project will be returned if they exist. 2. Otherwise assignments created on the closest ancestor will be returned. 3. Assignments for different JobTypes will all be returned. The same logic applies if the request is about a folder. If the request is about an organization, then assignments created on the organization will be returned (organization doesn't have ancestors). Comparing to ListAssignments, there are some behavior differences: 1. permission on the assignee will be verified in this API. 2. Hierarchy lookup (project->folder->organization) happens in this API. 3. Parent here is `projects/*/locations/*`, instead of `projects/*/locations/*reservations/*`. **Note** "-" cannot be used for projects nor locations.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#searchAssignments_next">searchAssignments_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
 
     { # The response for ReservationService.SearchAllAssignments.
   &quot;assignments&quot;: [ # List of assignments visible to the user.
-    { # A Assignment allows a project to submit jobs of a certain type using slots from the specified reservation.
+    { # An assignment allows a project to submit jobs of a certain type using slots from the specified reservation.
       &quot;assignee&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource which will use the reservation. E.g. `projects/myproject`, `folders/123`, or `organizations/456`.
       &quot;jobType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Which type of jobs will use the reservation.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Name of the resource. E.g.: `projects/myproject/locations/US/reservations/team1-prod/assignments/123`.
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="searchAssignments">searchAssignments(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, query=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Looks up assignments for a specified resource for a particular region. If the request is about a project: 1. Assignments created on the project will be returned if they exist. 2. Otherwise assignments created on the closest ancestor will be returned. 3. Assignments for different JobTypes will all be returned. The same logic applies if the request is about a folder. If the request is about an organization, then assignments created on the organization will be returned (organization doesn&#x27;t have ancestors). Comparing to ListAssignments, there are some behavior differences: 1. permission on the assignee will be verified in this API. 2. Hierarchy lookup (project-&gt;folder-&gt;organization) happens in this API. 3. Parent here is `projects/*/locations/*`, instead of `projects/*/locations/*reservations/*`. **Note** &quot;-&quot; cannot be used for projects nor locations.
+  <pre>Deprecated: Looks up assignments for a specified resource for a particular region. If the request is about a project: 1. Assignments created on the project will be returned if they exist. 2. Otherwise assignments created on the closest ancestor will be returned. 3. Assignments for different JobTypes will all be returned. The same logic applies if the request is about a folder. If the request is about an organization, then assignments created on the organization will be returned (organization doesn&#x27;t have ancestors). Comparing to ListAssignments, there are some behavior differences: 1. permission on the assignee will be verified in this API. 2. Hierarchy lookup (project-&gt;folder-&gt;organization) happens in this API. 3. Parent here is `projects/*/locations/*`, instead of `projects/*/locations/*reservations/*`. **Note** &quot;-&quot; cannot be used for projects nor locations.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The resource name of the admin project(containing project and location), e.g.: `projects/myproject/locations/US`. (required)
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@
 
     { # The response for ReservationService.SearchAssignments.
   &quot;assignments&quot;: [ # List of assignments visible to the user.
-    { # A Assignment allows a project to submit jobs of a certain type using slots from the specified reservation.
+    { # An assignment allows a project to submit jobs of a certain type using slots from the specified reservation.
       &quot;assignee&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource which will use the reservation. E.g. `projects/myproject`, `folders/123`, or `organizations/456`.
       &quot;jobType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Which type of jobs will use the reservation.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Name of the resource. E.g.: `projects/myproject/locations/US/reservations/team1-prod/assignments/123`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.reservations.assignments.html b/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.reservations.assignments.html
index 2a44ab2..46b6e49 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.reservations.assignments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.reservations.assignments.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # A Assignment allows a project to submit jobs of a certain type using slots from the specified reservation.
+{ # An assignment allows a project to submit jobs of a certain type using slots from the specified reservation.
   &quot;assignee&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource which will use the reservation. E.g. `projects/myproject`, `folders/123`, or `organizations/456`.
   &quot;jobType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Which type of jobs will use the reservation.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Name of the resource. E.g.: `projects/myproject/locations/US/reservations/team1-prod/assignments/123`.
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # A Assignment allows a project to submit jobs of a certain type using slots from the specified reservation.
+    { # An assignment allows a project to submit jobs of a certain type using slots from the specified reservation.
   &quot;assignee&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource which will use the reservation. E.g. `projects/myproject`, `folders/123`, or `organizations/456`.
   &quot;jobType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Which type of jobs will use the reservation.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Name of the resource. E.g.: `projects/myproject/locations/US/reservations/team1-prod/assignments/123`.
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@
 
     { # The response for ReservationService.ListAssignments.
   &quot;assignments&quot;: [ # List of assignments visible to the user.
-    { # A Assignment allows a project to submit jobs of a certain type using slots from the specified reservation.
+    { # An assignment allows a project to submit jobs of a certain type using slots from the specified reservation.
       &quot;assignee&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource which will use the reservation. E.g. `projects/myproject`, `folders/123`, or `organizations/456`.
       &quot;jobType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Which type of jobs will use the reservation.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Name of the resource. E.g.: `projects/myproject/locations/US/reservations/team1-prod/assignments/123`.
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # A Assignment allows a project to submit jobs of a certain type using slots from the specified reservation.
+    { # An assignment allows a project to submit jobs of a certain type using slots from the specified reservation.
   &quot;assignee&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource which will use the reservation. E.g. `projects/myproject`, `folders/123`, or `organizations/456`.
   &quot;jobType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Which type of jobs will use the reservation.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Name of the resource. E.g.: `projects/myproject/locations/US/reservations/team1-prod/assignments/123`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.reservations.html b/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.reservations.html
index 028a7b8..2ddad9c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.reservations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.reservations.html
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
 
 { # A reservation is a mechanism used to guarantee slots to users.
   &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Creation time of the reservation.
-  &quot;ignoreIdleSlots&quot;: True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified above at most.
+  &quot;ignoreIdleSlots&quot;: True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the reservation, e.g., `projects/*/locations/*/reservations/team1-prod`.
   &quot;slotCapacity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Minimum slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false. If the new reservation&#x27;s slot capacity exceed the parent&#x27;s slot capacity or if total slot capacity of the new reservation and its siblings exceeds the parent&#x27;s slot capacity, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last update time of the reservation.
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
 
     { # A reservation is a mechanism used to guarantee slots to users.
   &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Creation time of the reservation.
-  &quot;ignoreIdleSlots&quot;: True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified above at most.
+  &quot;ignoreIdleSlots&quot;: True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the reservation, e.g., `projects/*/locations/*/reservations/team1-prod`.
   &quot;slotCapacity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Minimum slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false. If the new reservation&#x27;s slot capacity exceed the parent&#x27;s slot capacity or if total slot capacity of the new reservation and its siblings exceeds the parent&#x27;s slot capacity, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last update time of the reservation.
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@
 
     { # A reservation is a mechanism used to guarantee slots to users.
   &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Creation time of the reservation.
-  &quot;ignoreIdleSlots&quot;: True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified above at most.
+  &quot;ignoreIdleSlots&quot;: True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the reservation, e.g., `projects/*/locations/*/reservations/team1-prod`.
   &quot;slotCapacity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Minimum slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false. If the new reservation&#x27;s slot capacity exceed the parent&#x27;s slot capacity or if total slot capacity of the new reservation and its siblings exceeds the parent&#x27;s slot capacity, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last update time of the reservation.
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
   &quot;reservations&quot;: [ # List of reservations visible to the user.
     { # A reservation is a mechanism used to guarantee slots to users.
       &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Creation time of the reservation.
-      &quot;ignoreIdleSlots&quot;: True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified above at most.
+      &quot;ignoreIdleSlots&quot;: True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the reservation, e.g., `projects/*/locations/*/reservations/team1-prod`.
       &quot;slotCapacity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Minimum slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false. If the new reservation&#x27;s slot capacity exceed the parent&#x27;s slot capacity or if total slot capacity of the new reservation and its siblings exceeds the parent&#x27;s slot capacity, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last update time of the reservation.
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@
 
 { # A reservation is a mechanism used to guarantee slots to users.
   &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Creation time of the reservation.
-  &quot;ignoreIdleSlots&quot;: True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified above at most.
+  &quot;ignoreIdleSlots&quot;: True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the reservation, e.g., `projects/*/locations/*/reservations/team1-prod`.
   &quot;slotCapacity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Minimum slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false. If the new reservation&#x27;s slot capacity exceed the parent&#x27;s slot capacity or if total slot capacity of the new reservation and its siblings exceeds the parent&#x27;s slot capacity, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last update time of the reservation.
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@
 
     { # A reservation is a mechanism used to guarantee slots to users.
   &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Creation time of the reservation.
-  &quot;ignoreIdleSlots&quot;: True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified above at most.
+  &quot;ignoreIdleSlots&quot;: True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the reservation, e.g., `projects/*/locations/*/reservations/team1-prod`.
   &quot;slotCapacity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Minimum slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false. If the new reservation&#x27;s slot capacity exceed the parent&#x27;s slot capacity or if total slot capacity of the new reservation and its siblings exceeds the parent&#x27;s slot capacity, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last update time of the reservation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
index 863df76..6e53469 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
 
     { # The response for ReservationService.SearchAssignments.
   &quot;assignments&quot;: [ # List of assignments visible to the user.
-    { # A Assignment allows a project to submit jobs of a certain type using slots from the specified reservation.
+    { # An assignment allows a project to submit jobs of a certain type using slots from the specified reservation.
       &quot;assignee&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource which will use the reservation. E.g. `projects/myproject`, `folders/123`, or `organizations/456`.
       &quot;jobType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Which type of jobs will use the reservation.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Name of the resource. E.g.: `projects/myproject/locations/US/reservations/team1-prod/assignments/123`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1beta1.projects.locations.reservations.assignments.html b/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1beta1.projects.locations.reservations.assignments.html
index eae2ef3..05b8526 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1beta1.projects.locations.reservations.assignments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1beta1.projects.locations.reservations.assignments.html
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # A Assignment allows a project to submit jobs of a certain type using slots from the specified reservation.
+{ # An assignment allows a project to submit jobs of a certain type using slots from the specified reservation.
   &quot;assignee&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource which will use the reservation. E.g. `projects/myproject`, `folders/123`, or `organizations/456`.
   &quot;jobType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Which type of jobs will use the reservation.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Name of the resource. E.g.: `projects/myproject/locations/US/reservations/team1-prod/assignments/123`.
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # A Assignment allows a project to submit jobs of a certain type using slots from the specified reservation.
+    { # An assignment allows a project to submit jobs of a certain type using slots from the specified reservation.
   &quot;assignee&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource which will use the reservation. E.g. `projects/myproject`, `folders/123`, or `organizations/456`.
   &quot;jobType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Which type of jobs will use the reservation.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Name of the resource. E.g.: `projects/myproject/locations/US/reservations/team1-prod/assignments/123`.
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
 
     { # The response for ReservationService.ListAssignments.
   &quot;assignments&quot;: [ # List of assignments visible to the user.
-    { # A Assignment allows a project to submit jobs of a certain type using slots from the specified reservation.
+    { # An assignment allows a project to submit jobs of a certain type using slots from the specified reservation.
       &quot;assignee&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource which will use the reservation. E.g. `projects/myproject`, `folders/123`, or `organizations/456`.
       &quot;jobType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Which type of jobs will use the reservation.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Name of the resource. E.g.: `projects/myproject/locations/US/reservations/team1-prod/assignments/123`.
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # A Assignment allows a project to submit jobs of a certain type using slots from the specified reservation.
+    { # An assignment allows a project to submit jobs of a certain type using slots from the specified reservation.
   &quot;assignee&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource which will use the reservation. E.g. `projects/myproject`, `folders/123`, or `organizations/456`.
   &quot;jobType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Which type of jobs will use the reservation.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Name of the resource. E.g.: `projects/myproject/locations/US/reservations/team1-prod/assignments/123`.
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # A Assignment allows a project to submit jobs of a certain type using slots from the specified reservation.
+{ # An assignment allows a project to submit jobs of a certain type using slots from the specified reservation.
   &quot;assignee&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource which will use the reservation. E.g. `projects/myproject`, `folders/123`, or `organizations/456`.
   &quot;jobType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Which type of jobs will use the reservation.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Name of the resource. E.g.: `projects/myproject/locations/US/reservations/team1-prod/assignments/123`.
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # A Assignment allows a project to submit jobs of a certain type using slots from the specified reservation.
+    { # An assignment allows a project to submit jobs of a certain type using slots from the specified reservation.
   &quot;assignee&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource which will use the reservation. E.g. `projects/myproject`, `folders/123`, or `organizations/456`.
   &quot;jobType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Which type of jobs will use the reservation.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Name of the resource. E.g.: `projects/myproject/locations/US/reservations/team1-prod/assignments/123`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1beta1.projects.locations.reservations.html b/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1beta1.projects.locations.reservations.html
index 642805e..ebbf61f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1beta1.projects.locations.reservations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1beta1.projects.locations.reservations.html
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
 
 { # A reservation is a mechanism used to guarantee slots to users.
   &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Creation time of the reservation.
-  &quot;ignoreIdleSlots&quot;: True or False, # If false, any query using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified above at most.
+  &quot;ignoreIdleSlots&quot;: True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the reservation, e.g., `projects/*/locations/*/reservations/team1-prod`.
   &quot;slotCapacity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Minimum slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false. If the new reservation&#x27;s slot capacity exceed the parent&#x27;s slot capacity or if total slot capacity of the new reservation and its siblings exceeds the parent&#x27;s slot capacity, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last update time of the reservation.
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
 
     { # A reservation is a mechanism used to guarantee slots to users.
   &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Creation time of the reservation.
-  &quot;ignoreIdleSlots&quot;: True or False, # If false, any query using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified above at most.
+  &quot;ignoreIdleSlots&quot;: True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the reservation, e.g., `projects/*/locations/*/reservations/team1-prod`.
   &quot;slotCapacity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Minimum slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false. If the new reservation&#x27;s slot capacity exceed the parent&#x27;s slot capacity or if total slot capacity of the new reservation and its siblings exceeds the parent&#x27;s slot capacity, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last update time of the reservation.
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@
 
     { # A reservation is a mechanism used to guarantee slots to users.
   &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Creation time of the reservation.
-  &quot;ignoreIdleSlots&quot;: True or False, # If false, any query using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified above at most.
+  &quot;ignoreIdleSlots&quot;: True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the reservation, e.g., `projects/*/locations/*/reservations/team1-prod`.
   &quot;slotCapacity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Minimum slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false. If the new reservation&#x27;s slot capacity exceed the parent&#x27;s slot capacity or if total slot capacity of the new reservation and its siblings exceeds the parent&#x27;s slot capacity, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last update time of the reservation.
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
   &quot;reservations&quot;: [ # List of reservations visible to the user.
     { # A reservation is a mechanism used to guarantee slots to users.
       &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Creation time of the reservation.
-      &quot;ignoreIdleSlots&quot;: True or False, # If false, any query using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified above at most.
+      &quot;ignoreIdleSlots&quot;: True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the reservation, e.g., `projects/*/locations/*/reservations/team1-prod`.
       &quot;slotCapacity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Minimum slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false. If the new reservation&#x27;s slot capacity exceed the parent&#x27;s slot capacity or if total slot capacity of the new reservation and its siblings exceeds the parent&#x27;s slot capacity, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last update time of the reservation.
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@
 
 { # A reservation is a mechanism used to guarantee slots to users.
   &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Creation time of the reservation.
-  &quot;ignoreIdleSlots&quot;: True or False, # If false, any query using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified above at most.
+  &quot;ignoreIdleSlots&quot;: True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the reservation, e.g., `projects/*/locations/*/reservations/team1-prod`.
   &quot;slotCapacity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Minimum slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false. If the new reservation&#x27;s slot capacity exceed the parent&#x27;s slot capacity or if total slot capacity of the new reservation and its siblings exceeds the parent&#x27;s slot capacity, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last update time of the reservation.
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
 
     { # A reservation is a mechanism used to guarantee slots to users.
   &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Creation time of the reservation.
-  &quot;ignoreIdleSlots&quot;: True or False, # If false, any query using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified above at most.
+  &quot;ignoreIdleSlots&quot;: True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the reservation, e.g., `projects/*/locations/*/reservations/team1-prod`.
   &quot;slotCapacity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Minimum slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false. If the new reservation&#x27;s slot capacity exceed the parent&#x27;s slot capacity or if total slot capacity of the new reservation and its siblings exceeds the parent&#x27;s slot capacity, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last update time of the reservation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.conversations.html
index 5101a9b..df8607e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.conversations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.conversations.html
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # A message in Hangouts Chat.
+{ # A message in Google Chat.
   &quot;actionResponse&quot;: { # Parameters that a bot can use to configure how it&#x27;s response is posted. # Input only. Parameters that a bot can use to configure how its response is posted.
     &quot;dialogAction&quot;: { # Contains dialog if present as well as the ActionStatus for the request sent from user. # This response is for Dialog related events and must be accompanied by ResponseType.Dialog
       &quot;actionStatus&quot;: { # ActionStatus represents status of a request from the bot developer&#x27;s side. In specific, for each request a bot gets, the bot developer will set both fields below in relation to what the response status and message related to status should be. # Status for either invoke dialog or submit dialog requests. This will be used to display a status and message to user if needed. For example in case of an error or success.
@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;argumentText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message with all bot mentions stripped out.
   &quot;attachment&quot;: [ # User uploaded attachment.
-    { # An attachment in Hangouts Chat.
+    { # An attachment in Google Chat.
       &quot;attachmentDataRef&quot;: { # A reference to the data of an attachment. # A reference to the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
         &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
       },
@@ -832,9 +832,9 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Google Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
-  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Google Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
@@ -847,20 +847,20 @@
   &quot;slashCommand&quot;: { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable.
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
-  &quot;space&quot;: { # A room or DM in Hangouts Chat. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is a room). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+  &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehYs
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of a space. This is deprecated. Use `single_user_bot_dm` instead.
   },
   &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message.
-  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Hangouts Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
+  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Google Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name, in the form &quot;spaces/*/threads/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehY/threads/UMxbHmzDlr4
   },
 }
 
-  threadKey: string, Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.
+  threadKey: string, Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Google Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -869,7 +869,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # A message in Hangouts Chat.
+    { # A message in Google Chat.
   &quot;actionResponse&quot;: { # Parameters that a bot can use to configure how it&#x27;s response is posted. # Input only. Parameters that a bot can use to configure how its response is posted.
     &quot;dialogAction&quot;: { # Contains dialog if present as well as the ActionStatus for the request sent from user. # This response is for Dialog related events and must be accompanied by ResponseType.Dialog
       &quot;actionStatus&quot;: { # ActionStatus represents status of a request from the bot developer&#x27;s side. In specific, for each request a bot gets, the bot developer will set both fields below in relation to what the response status and message related to status should be. # Status for either invoke dialog or submit dialog requests. This will be used to display a status and message to user if needed. For example in case of an error or success.
@@ -1431,7 +1431,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;argumentText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message with all bot mentions stripped out.
   &quot;attachment&quot;: [ # User uploaded attachment.
-    { # An attachment in Hangouts Chat.
+    { # An attachment in Google Chat.
       &quot;attachmentDataRef&quot;: { # A reference to the data of an attachment. # A reference to the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
         &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
       },
@@ -1606,9 +1606,9 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Google Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
-  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Google Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
@@ -1621,15 +1621,15 @@
   &quot;slashCommand&quot;: { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable.
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
-  &quot;space&quot;: { # A room or DM in Hangouts Chat. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is a room). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+  &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehYs
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of a space. This is deprecated. Use `single_user_bot_dm` instead.
   },
   &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message.
-  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Hangouts Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
+  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Google Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name, in the form &quot;spaces/*/threads/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehY/threads/UMxbHmzDlr4
   },
 }</pre>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.html
index d5ed2a4..b07222b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.html
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # A message in Hangouts Chat.
+{ # A message in Google Chat.
   &quot;actionResponse&quot;: { # Parameters that a bot can use to configure how it&#x27;s response is posted. # Input only. Parameters that a bot can use to configure how its response is posted.
     &quot;dialogAction&quot;: { # Contains dialog if present as well as the ActionStatus for the request sent from user. # This response is for Dialog related events and must be accompanied by ResponseType.Dialog
       &quot;actionStatus&quot;: { # ActionStatus represents status of a request from the bot developer&#x27;s side. In specific, for each request a bot gets, the bot developer will set both fields below in relation to what the response status and message related to status should be. # Status for either invoke dialog or submit dialog requests. This will be used to display a status and message to user if needed. For example in case of an error or success.
@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;argumentText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message with all bot mentions stripped out.
   &quot;attachment&quot;: [ # User uploaded attachment.
-    { # An attachment in Hangouts Chat.
+    { # An attachment in Google Chat.
       &quot;attachmentDataRef&quot;: { # A reference to the data of an attachment. # A reference to the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
         &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
       },
@@ -840,9 +840,9 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Google Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
-  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Google Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
@@ -855,20 +855,20 @@
   &quot;slashCommand&quot;: { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable.
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
-  &quot;space&quot;: { # A room or DM in Hangouts Chat. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is a room). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+  &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehYs
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of a space. This is deprecated. Use `single_user_bot_dm` instead.
   },
   &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message.
-  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Hangouts Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
+  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Google Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name, in the form &quot;spaces/*/threads/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehY/threads/UMxbHmzDlr4
   },
 }
 
-  threadKey: string, Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.
+  threadKey: string, Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Google Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -877,7 +877,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # A message in Hangouts Chat.
+    { # A message in Google Chat.
   &quot;actionResponse&quot;: { # Parameters that a bot can use to configure how it&#x27;s response is posted. # Input only. Parameters that a bot can use to configure how its response is posted.
     &quot;dialogAction&quot;: { # Contains dialog if present as well as the ActionStatus for the request sent from user. # This response is for Dialog related events and must be accompanied by ResponseType.Dialog
       &quot;actionStatus&quot;: { # ActionStatus represents status of a request from the bot developer&#x27;s side. In specific, for each request a bot gets, the bot developer will set both fields below in relation to what the response status and message related to status should be. # Status for either invoke dialog or submit dialog requests. This will be used to display a status and message to user if needed. For example in case of an error or success.
@@ -1439,7 +1439,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;argumentText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message with all bot mentions stripped out.
   &quot;attachment&quot;: [ # User uploaded attachment.
-    { # An attachment in Hangouts Chat.
+    { # An attachment in Google Chat.
       &quot;attachmentDataRef&quot;: { # A reference to the data of an attachment. # A reference to the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
         &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
       },
@@ -1614,9 +1614,9 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Google Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
-  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Google Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
@@ -1629,15 +1629,15 @@
   &quot;slashCommand&quot;: { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable.
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
-  &quot;space&quot;: { # A room or DM in Hangouts Chat. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is a room). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+  &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehYs
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of a space. This is deprecated. Use `single_user_bot_dm` instead.
   },
   &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message.
-  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Hangouts Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
+  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Google Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name, in the form &quot;spaces/*/threads/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehY/threads/UMxbHmzDlr4
   },
 }</pre>
@@ -1652,7 +1652,7 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # A message in Hangouts Chat.
+{ # A message in Google Chat.
   &quot;actionResponse&quot;: { # Parameters that a bot can use to configure how it&#x27;s response is posted. # Input only. Parameters that a bot can use to configure how its response is posted.
     &quot;dialogAction&quot;: { # Contains dialog if present as well as the ActionStatus for the request sent from user. # This response is for Dialog related events and must be accompanied by ResponseType.Dialog
       &quot;actionStatus&quot;: { # ActionStatus represents status of a request from the bot developer&#x27;s side. In specific, for each request a bot gets, the bot developer will set both fields below in relation to what the response status and message related to status should be. # Status for either invoke dialog or submit dialog requests. This will be used to display a status and message to user if needed. For example in case of an error or success.
@@ -2214,7 +2214,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;argumentText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message with all bot mentions stripped out.
   &quot;attachment&quot;: [ # User uploaded attachment.
-    { # An attachment in Hangouts Chat.
+    { # An attachment in Google Chat.
       &quot;attachmentDataRef&quot;: { # A reference to the data of an attachment. # A reference to the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
         &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
       },
@@ -2389,9 +2389,9 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Google Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
-  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Google Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
@@ -2404,20 +2404,20 @@
   &quot;slashCommand&quot;: { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable.
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
-  &quot;space&quot;: { # A room or DM in Hangouts Chat. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is a room). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+  &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehYs
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of a space. This is deprecated. Use `single_user_bot_dm` instead.
   },
   &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message.
-  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Hangouts Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
+  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Google Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name, in the form &quot;spaces/*/threads/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehY/threads/UMxbHmzDlr4
   },
 }
 
-  threadKey: string, Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.
+  threadKey: string, Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Google Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -2426,7 +2426,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # A message in Hangouts Chat.
+    { # A message in Google Chat.
   &quot;actionResponse&quot;: { # Parameters that a bot can use to configure how it&#x27;s response is posted. # Input only. Parameters that a bot can use to configure how its response is posted.
     &quot;dialogAction&quot;: { # Contains dialog if present as well as the ActionStatus for the request sent from user. # This response is for Dialog related events and must be accompanied by ResponseType.Dialog
       &quot;actionStatus&quot;: { # ActionStatus represents status of a request from the bot developer&#x27;s side. In specific, for each request a bot gets, the bot developer will set both fields below in relation to what the response status and message related to status should be. # Status for either invoke dialog or submit dialog requests. This will be used to display a status and message to user if needed. For example in case of an error or success.
@@ -2988,7 +2988,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;argumentText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message with all bot mentions stripped out.
   &quot;attachment&quot;: [ # User uploaded attachment.
-    { # An attachment in Hangouts Chat.
+    { # An attachment in Google Chat.
       &quot;attachmentDataRef&quot;: { # A reference to the data of an attachment. # A reference to the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
         &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
       },
@@ -3163,9 +3163,9 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Google Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
-  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Google Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
@@ -3178,15 +3178,15 @@
   &quot;slashCommand&quot;: { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable.
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
-  &quot;space&quot;: { # A room or DM in Hangouts Chat. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is a room). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+  &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehYs
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of a space. This is deprecated. Use `single_user_bot_dm` instead.
   },
   &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message.
-  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Hangouts Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
+  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Google Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name, in the form &quot;spaces/*/threads/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehY/threads/UMxbHmzDlr4
   },
 }</pre>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.conversations.html
index 04a3436..cd1480a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.conversations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.conversations.html
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # A message in Hangouts Chat.
+{ # A message in Google Chat.
   &quot;actionResponse&quot;: { # Parameters that a bot can use to configure how it&#x27;s response is posted. # Input only. Parameters that a bot can use to configure how its response is posted.
     &quot;dialogAction&quot;: { # Contains dialog if present as well as the ActionStatus for the request sent from user. # This response is for Dialog related events and must be accompanied by ResponseType.Dialog
       &quot;actionStatus&quot;: { # ActionStatus represents status of a request from the bot developer&#x27;s side. In specific, for each request a bot gets, the bot developer will set both fields below in relation to what the response status and message related to status should be. # Status for either invoke dialog or submit dialog requests. This will be used to display a status and message to user if needed. For example in case of an error or success.
@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;argumentText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message with all bot mentions stripped out.
   &quot;attachment&quot;: [ # User uploaded attachment.
-    { # An attachment in Hangouts Chat.
+    { # An attachment in Google Chat.
       &quot;attachmentDataRef&quot;: { # A reference to the data of an attachment. # A reference to the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
         &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
       },
@@ -832,9 +832,9 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Google Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
-  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Google Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
@@ -847,20 +847,20 @@
   &quot;slashCommand&quot;: { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable.
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
-  &quot;space&quot;: { # A room or DM in Hangouts Chat. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is a room). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+  &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehYs
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of a space. This is deprecated. Use `single_user_bot_dm` instead.
   },
   &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message.
-  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Hangouts Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
+  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Google Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name, in the form &quot;spaces/*/threads/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehY/threads/UMxbHmzDlr4
   },
 }
 
-  threadKey: string, Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.
+  threadKey: string, Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Google Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -869,7 +869,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # A message in Hangouts Chat.
+    { # A message in Google Chat.
   &quot;actionResponse&quot;: { # Parameters that a bot can use to configure how it&#x27;s response is posted. # Input only. Parameters that a bot can use to configure how its response is posted.
     &quot;dialogAction&quot;: { # Contains dialog if present as well as the ActionStatus for the request sent from user. # This response is for Dialog related events and must be accompanied by ResponseType.Dialog
       &quot;actionStatus&quot;: { # ActionStatus represents status of a request from the bot developer&#x27;s side. In specific, for each request a bot gets, the bot developer will set both fields below in relation to what the response status and message related to status should be. # Status for either invoke dialog or submit dialog requests. This will be used to display a status and message to user if needed. For example in case of an error or success.
@@ -1431,7 +1431,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;argumentText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message with all bot mentions stripped out.
   &quot;attachment&quot;: [ # User uploaded attachment.
-    { # An attachment in Hangouts Chat.
+    { # An attachment in Google Chat.
       &quot;attachmentDataRef&quot;: { # A reference to the data of an attachment. # A reference to the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
         &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
       },
@@ -1606,9 +1606,9 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Google Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
-  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Google Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
@@ -1621,15 +1621,15 @@
   &quot;slashCommand&quot;: { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable.
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
-  &quot;space&quot;: { # A room or DM in Hangouts Chat. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is a room). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+  &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehYs
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of a space. This is deprecated. Use `single_user_bot_dm` instead.
   },
   &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message.
-  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Hangouts Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
+  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Google Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name, in the form &quot;spaces/*/threads/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehY/threads/UMxbHmzDlr4
   },
 }</pre>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.html
index e62d121..a02db0c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.html
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # A message in Hangouts Chat.
+{ # A message in Google Chat.
   &quot;actionResponse&quot;: { # Parameters that a bot can use to configure how it&#x27;s response is posted. # Input only. Parameters that a bot can use to configure how its response is posted.
     &quot;dialogAction&quot;: { # Contains dialog if present as well as the ActionStatus for the request sent from user. # This response is for Dialog related events and must be accompanied by ResponseType.Dialog
       &quot;actionStatus&quot;: { # ActionStatus represents status of a request from the bot developer&#x27;s side. In specific, for each request a bot gets, the bot developer will set both fields below in relation to what the response status and message related to status should be. # Status for either invoke dialog or submit dialog requests. This will be used to display a status and message to user if needed. For example in case of an error or success.
@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;argumentText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message with all bot mentions stripped out.
   &quot;attachment&quot;: [ # User uploaded attachment.
-    { # An attachment in Hangouts Chat.
+    { # An attachment in Google Chat.
       &quot;attachmentDataRef&quot;: { # A reference to the data of an attachment. # A reference to the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
         &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
       },
@@ -840,9 +840,9 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Google Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
-  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Google Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
@@ -855,20 +855,20 @@
   &quot;slashCommand&quot;: { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable.
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
-  &quot;space&quot;: { # A room or DM in Hangouts Chat. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is a room). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+  &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehYs
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of a space. This is deprecated. Use `single_user_bot_dm` instead.
   },
   &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message.
-  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Hangouts Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
+  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Google Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name, in the form &quot;spaces/*/threads/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehY/threads/UMxbHmzDlr4
   },
 }
 
-  threadKey: string, Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.
+  threadKey: string, Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Google Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -877,7 +877,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # A message in Hangouts Chat.
+    { # A message in Google Chat.
   &quot;actionResponse&quot;: { # Parameters that a bot can use to configure how it&#x27;s response is posted. # Input only. Parameters that a bot can use to configure how its response is posted.
     &quot;dialogAction&quot;: { # Contains dialog if present as well as the ActionStatus for the request sent from user. # This response is for Dialog related events and must be accompanied by ResponseType.Dialog
       &quot;actionStatus&quot;: { # ActionStatus represents status of a request from the bot developer&#x27;s side. In specific, for each request a bot gets, the bot developer will set both fields below in relation to what the response status and message related to status should be. # Status for either invoke dialog or submit dialog requests. This will be used to display a status and message to user if needed. For example in case of an error or success.
@@ -1439,7 +1439,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;argumentText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message with all bot mentions stripped out.
   &quot;attachment&quot;: [ # User uploaded attachment.
-    { # An attachment in Hangouts Chat.
+    { # An attachment in Google Chat.
       &quot;attachmentDataRef&quot;: { # A reference to the data of an attachment. # A reference to the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
         &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
       },
@@ -1614,9 +1614,9 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Google Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
-  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Google Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
@@ -1629,15 +1629,15 @@
   &quot;slashCommand&quot;: { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable.
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
-  &quot;space&quot;: { # A room or DM in Hangouts Chat. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is a room). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+  &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehYs
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of a space. This is deprecated. Use `single_user_bot_dm` instead.
   },
   &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message.
-  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Hangouts Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
+  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Google Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name, in the form &quot;spaces/*/threads/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehY/threads/UMxbHmzDlr4
   },
 }</pre>
@@ -1652,7 +1652,7 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # A message in Hangouts Chat.
+{ # A message in Google Chat.
   &quot;actionResponse&quot;: { # Parameters that a bot can use to configure how it&#x27;s response is posted. # Input only. Parameters that a bot can use to configure how its response is posted.
     &quot;dialogAction&quot;: { # Contains dialog if present as well as the ActionStatus for the request sent from user. # This response is for Dialog related events and must be accompanied by ResponseType.Dialog
       &quot;actionStatus&quot;: { # ActionStatus represents status of a request from the bot developer&#x27;s side. In specific, for each request a bot gets, the bot developer will set both fields below in relation to what the response status and message related to status should be. # Status for either invoke dialog or submit dialog requests. This will be used to display a status and message to user if needed. For example in case of an error or success.
@@ -2214,7 +2214,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;argumentText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message with all bot mentions stripped out.
   &quot;attachment&quot;: [ # User uploaded attachment.
-    { # An attachment in Hangouts Chat.
+    { # An attachment in Google Chat.
       &quot;attachmentDataRef&quot;: { # A reference to the data of an attachment. # A reference to the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
         &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
       },
@@ -2389,9 +2389,9 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Google Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
-  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Google Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
@@ -2404,20 +2404,20 @@
   &quot;slashCommand&quot;: { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable.
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
-  &quot;space&quot;: { # A room or DM in Hangouts Chat. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is a room). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+  &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehYs
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of a space. This is deprecated. Use `single_user_bot_dm` instead.
   },
   &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message.
-  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Hangouts Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
+  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Google Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name, in the form &quot;spaces/*/threads/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehY/threads/UMxbHmzDlr4
   },
 }
 
-  threadKey: string, Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.
+  threadKey: string, Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Google Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -2426,7 +2426,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # A message in Hangouts Chat.
+    { # A message in Google Chat.
   &quot;actionResponse&quot;: { # Parameters that a bot can use to configure how it&#x27;s response is posted. # Input only. Parameters that a bot can use to configure how its response is posted.
     &quot;dialogAction&quot;: { # Contains dialog if present as well as the ActionStatus for the request sent from user. # This response is for Dialog related events and must be accompanied by ResponseType.Dialog
       &quot;actionStatus&quot;: { # ActionStatus represents status of a request from the bot developer&#x27;s side. In specific, for each request a bot gets, the bot developer will set both fields below in relation to what the response status and message related to status should be. # Status for either invoke dialog or submit dialog requests. This will be used to display a status and message to user if needed. For example in case of an error or success.
@@ -2988,7 +2988,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;argumentText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message with all bot mentions stripped out.
   &quot;attachment&quot;: [ # User uploaded attachment.
-    { # An attachment in Hangouts Chat.
+    { # An attachment in Google Chat.
       &quot;attachmentDataRef&quot;: { # A reference to the data of an attachment. # A reference to the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
         &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
       },
@@ -3163,9 +3163,9 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Google Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
-  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Google Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
@@ -3178,15 +3178,15 @@
   &quot;slashCommand&quot;: { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable.
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
-  &quot;space&quot;: { # A room or DM in Hangouts Chat. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is a room). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+  &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehYs
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of a space. This is deprecated. Use `single_user_bot_dm` instead.
   },
   &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message.
-  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Hangouts Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
+  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Google Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name, in the form &quot;spaces/*/threads/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehY/threads/UMxbHmzDlr4
   },
 }</pre>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html
index cd9fed4..1384d1f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html
@@ -119,8 +119,8 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # A room or DM in Hangouts Chat.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is a room). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+    { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehYs
   &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
   &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
@@ -146,8 +146,8 @@
     {
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Continuation token to retrieve the next page of results. It will be empty for the last page of results. Tokens expire in an hour. An error is thrown if an expired token is passed.
   &quot;spaces&quot;: [ # List of spaces in the requested (or first) page.
-    { # A room or DM in Hangouts Chat.
-      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is a room). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+    { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehYs
       &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
       &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # A message in Hangouts Chat.
+{ # A message in Google Chat.
   &quot;actionResponse&quot;: { # Parameters that a bot can use to configure how it&#x27;s response is posted. # Input only. Parameters that a bot can use to configure how its response is posted.
     &quot;dialogAction&quot;: { # Contains dialog if present as well as the ActionStatus for the request sent from user. # This response is for Dialog related events and must be accompanied by ResponseType.Dialog
       &quot;actionStatus&quot;: { # ActionStatus represents status of a request from the bot developer&#x27;s side. In specific, for each request a bot gets, the bot developer will set both fields below in relation to what the response status and message related to status should be. # Status for either invoke dialog or submit dialog requests. This will be used to display a status and message to user if needed. For example in case of an error or success.
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;argumentText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message with all bot mentions stripped out.
   &quot;attachment&quot;: [ # User uploaded attachment.
-    { # An attachment in Hangouts Chat.
+    { # An attachment in Google Chat.
       &quot;attachmentDataRef&quot;: { # A reference to the data of an attachment. # A reference to the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
         &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
       },
@@ -917,9 +917,9 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Google Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
-  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Google Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
@@ -932,20 +932,20 @@
   &quot;slashCommand&quot;: { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable.
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
-  &quot;space&quot;: { # A room or DM in Hangouts Chat. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is a room). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+  &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehYs
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of a space. This is deprecated. Use `single_user_bot_dm` instead.
   },
   &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message.
-  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Hangouts Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
+  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Google Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name, in the form &quot;spaces/*/threads/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehY/threads/UMxbHmzDlr4
   },
 }
 
-  threadKey: string, Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.
+  threadKey: string, Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Google Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -954,7 +954,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # A message in Hangouts Chat.
+    { # A message in Google Chat.
   &quot;actionResponse&quot;: { # Parameters that a bot can use to configure how it&#x27;s response is posted. # Input only. Parameters that a bot can use to configure how its response is posted.
     &quot;dialogAction&quot;: { # Contains dialog if present as well as the ActionStatus for the request sent from user. # This response is for Dialog related events and must be accompanied by ResponseType.Dialog
       &quot;actionStatus&quot;: { # ActionStatus represents status of a request from the bot developer&#x27;s side. In specific, for each request a bot gets, the bot developer will set both fields below in relation to what the response status and message related to status should be. # Status for either invoke dialog or submit dialog requests. This will be used to display a status and message to user if needed. For example in case of an error or success.
@@ -1516,7 +1516,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;argumentText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message with all bot mentions stripped out.
   &quot;attachment&quot;: [ # User uploaded attachment.
-    { # An attachment in Hangouts Chat.
+    { # An attachment in Google Chat.
       &quot;attachmentDataRef&quot;: { # A reference to the data of an attachment. # A reference to the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
         &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
       },
@@ -1691,9 +1691,9 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Google Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
-  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Google Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
@@ -1706,15 +1706,15 @@
   &quot;slashCommand&quot;: { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable.
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
-  &quot;space&quot;: { # A room or DM in Hangouts Chat. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is a room). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+  &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehYs
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of a space. This is deprecated. Use `single_user_bot_dm` instead.
   },
   &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message.
-  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Hangouts Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
+  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Google Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name, in the form &quot;spaces/*/threads/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehY/threads/UMxbHmzDlr4
   },
 }</pre>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html
index 330620b..02b5012 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html
@@ -106,9 +106,9 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Represents a membership relation in Hangouts Chat.
+    { # Represents a membership relation in Google Chat.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The creation time of the membership a.k.a the time at which the member joined the space, if applicable.
-  &quot;member&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # A User in Hangout Chat
+  &quot;member&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # A user in Google Chat.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user&#x27;s display name.
     &quot;domainId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Obfuscated domain information.
     &quot;isAnonymous&quot;: True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user&#x27;s profile is not visible.
@@ -138,9 +138,9 @@
 
     {
   &quot;memberships&quot;: [ # List of memberships in the requested (or first) page.
-    { # Represents a membership relation in Hangouts Chat.
+    { # Represents a membership relation in Google Chat.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The creation time of the membership a.k.a the time at which the member joined the space, if applicable.
-      &quot;member&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # A User in Hangout Chat
+      &quot;member&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # A user in Google Chat.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user&#x27;s display name.
         &quot;domainId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Obfuscated domain information.
         &quot;isAnonymous&quot;: True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user&#x27;s profile is not visible.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.attachments.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.attachments.html
index 9682e9d..2ea5fb1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.attachments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.attachments.html
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An attachment in Hangouts Chat.
+    { # An attachment in Google Chat.
   &quot;attachmentDataRef&quot;: { # A reference to the data of an attachment. # A reference to the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
     &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
index 84273d9..911c994 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # A message in Hangouts Chat.
+{ # A message in Google Chat.
   &quot;actionResponse&quot;: { # Parameters that a bot can use to configure how it&#x27;s response is posted. # Input only. Parameters that a bot can use to configure how its response is posted.
     &quot;dialogAction&quot;: { # Contains dialog if present as well as the ActionStatus for the request sent from user. # This response is for Dialog related events and must be accompanied by ResponseType.Dialog
       &quot;actionStatus&quot;: { # ActionStatus represents status of a request from the bot developer&#x27;s side. In specific, for each request a bot gets, the bot developer will set both fields below in relation to what the response status and message related to status should be. # Status for either invoke dialog or submit dialog requests. This will be used to display a status and message to user if needed. For example in case of an error or success.
@@ -671,7 +671,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;argumentText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message with all bot mentions stripped out.
   &quot;attachment&quot;: [ # User uploaded attachment.
-    { # An attachment in Hangouts Chat.
+    { # An attachment in Google Chat.
       &quot;attachmentDataRef&quot;: { # A reference to the data of an attachment. # A reference to the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
         &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
       },
@@ -846,9 +846,9 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Google Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
-  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Google Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
@@ -861,20 +861,20 @@
   &quot;slashCommand&quot;: { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable.
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
-  &quot;space&quot;: { # A room or DM in Hangouts Chat. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is a room). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+  &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehYs
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of a space. This is deprecated. Use `single_user_bot_dm` instead.
   },
   &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message.
-  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Hangouts Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
+  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Google Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name, in the form &quot;spaces/*/threads/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehY/threads/UMxbHmzDlr4
   },
 }
 
-  threadKey: string, Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.
+  threadKey: string, Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Google Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -883,7 +883,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # A message in Hangouts Chat.
+    { # A message in Google Chat.
   &quot;actionResponse&quot;: { # Parameters that a bot can use to configure how it&#x27;s response is posted. # Input only. Parameters that a bot can use to configure how its response is posted.
     &quot;dialogAction&quot;: { # Contains dialog if present as well as the ActionStatus for the request sent from user. # This response is for Dialog related events and must be accompanied by ResponseType.Dialog
       &quot;actionStatus&quot;: { # ActionStatus represents status of a request from the bot developer&#x27;s side. In specific, for each request a bot gets, the bot developer will set both fields below in relation to what the response status and message related to status should be. # Status for either invoke dialog or submit dialog requests. This will be used to display a status and message to user if needed. For example in case of an error or success.
@@ -1445,7 +1445,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;argumentText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message with all bot mentions stripped out.
   &quot;attachment&quot;: [ # User uploaded attachment.
-    { # An attachment in Hangouts Chat.
+    { # An attachment in Google Chat.
       &quot;attachmentDataRef&quot;: { # A reference to the data of an attachment. # A reference to the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
         &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
       },
@@ -1620,9 +1620,9 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Google Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
-  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Google Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
@@ -1635,15 +1635,15 @@
   &quot;slashCommand&quot;: { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable.
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
-  &quot;space&quot;: { # A room or DM in Hangouts Chat. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is a room). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+  &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehYs
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of a space. This is deprecated. Use `single_user_bot_dm` instead.
   },
   &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message.
-  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Hangouts Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
+  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Google Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name, in the form &quot;spaces/*/threads/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehY/threads/UMxbHmzDlr4
   },
 }</pre>
@@ -1681,7 +1681,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # A message in Hangouts Chat.
+    { # A message in Google Chat.
   &quot;actionResponse&quot;: { # Parameters that a bot can use to configure how it&#x27;s response is posted. # Input only. Parameters that a bot can use to configure how its response is posted.
     &quot;dialogAction&quot;: { # Contains dialog if present as well as the ActionStatus for the request sent from user. # This response is for Dialog related events and must be accompanied by ResponseType.Dialog
       &quot;actionStatus&quot;: { # ActionStatus represents status of a request from the bot developer&#x27;s side. In specific, for each request a bot gets, the bot developer will set both fields below in relation to what the response status and message related to status should be. # Status for either invoke dialog or submit dialog requests. This will be used to display a status and message to user if needed. For example in case of an error or success.
@@ -2243,7 +2243,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;argumentText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message with all bot mentions stripped out.
   &quot;attachment&quot;: [ # User uploaded attachment.
-    { # An attachment in Hangouts Chat.
+    { # An attachment in Google Chat.
       &quot;attachmentDataRef&quot;: { # A reference to the data of an attachment. # A reference to the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
         &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
       },
@@ -2418,9 +2418,9 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Google Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
-  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Google Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
@@ -2433,15 +2433,15 @@
   &quot;slashCommand&quot;: { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable.
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
-  &quot;space&quot;: { # A room or DM in Hangouts Chat. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is a room). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+  &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehYs
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of a space. This is deprecated. Use `single_user_bot_dm` instead.
   },
   &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message.
-  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Hangouts Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
+  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Google Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name, in the form &quot;spaces/*/threads/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehY/threads/UMxbHmzDlr4
   },
 }</pre>
@@ -2456,7 +2456,7 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # A message in Hangouts Chat.
+{ # A message in Google Chat.
   &quot;actionResponse&quot;: { # Parameters that a bot can use to configure how it&#x27;s response is posted. # Input only. Parameters that a bot can use to configure how its response is posted.
     &quot;dialogAction&quot;: { # Contains dialog if present as well as the ActionStatus for the request sent from user. # This response is for Dialog related events and must be accompanied by ResponseType.Dialog
       &quot;actionStatus&quot;: { # ActionStatus represents status of a request from the bot developer&#x27;s side. In specific, for each request a bot gets, the bot developer will set both fields below in relation to what the response status and message related to status should be. # Status for either invoke dialog or submit dialog requests. This will be used to display a status and message to user if needed. For example in case of an error or success.
@@ -3018,7 +3018,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;argumentText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message with all bot mentions stripped out.
   &quot;attachment&quot;: [ # User uploaded attachment.
-    { # An attachment in Hangouts Chat.
+    { # An attachment in Google Chat.
       &quot;attachmentDataRef&quot;: { # A reference to the data of an attachment. # A reference to the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
         &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
       },
@@ -3193,9 +3193,9 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Google Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
-  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Google Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
@@ -3208,15 +3208,15 @@
   &quot;slashCommand&quot;: { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable.
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
-  &quot;space&quot;: { # A room or DM in Hangouts Chat. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is a room). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+  &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehYs
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of a space. This is deprecated. Use `single_user_bot_dm` instead.
   },
   &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message.
-  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Hangouts Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
+  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Google Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name, in the form &quot;spaces/*/threads/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehY/threads/UMxbHmzDlr4
   },
 }
@@ -3230,7 +3230,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # A message in Hangouts Chat.
+    { # A message in Google Chat.
   &quot;actionResponse&quot;: { # Parameters that a bot can use to configure how it&#x27;s response is posted. # Input only. Parameters that a bot can use to configure how its response is posted.
     &quot;dialogAction&quot;: { # Contains dialog if present as well as the ActionStatus for the request sent from user. # This response is for Dialog related events and must be accompanied by ResponseType.Dialog
       &quot;actionStatus&quot;: { # ActionStatus represents status of a request from the bot developer&#x27;s side. In specific, for each request a bot gets, the bot developer will set both fields below in relation to what the response status and message related to status should be. # Status for either invoke dialog or submit dialog requests. This will be used to display a status and message to user if needed. For example in case of an error or success.
@@ -3792,7 +3792,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;argumentText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message with all bot mentions stripped out.
   &quot;attachment&quot;: [ # User uploaded attachment.
-    { # An attachment in Hangouts Chat.
+    { # An attachment in Google Chat.
       &quot;attachmentDataRef&quot;: { # A reference to the data of an attachment. # A reference to the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
         &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the attachment data. This is used with the media API to download the attachment data.
       },
@@ -3967,9 +3967,9 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Google Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
-  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Google Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
@@ -3982,15 +3982,15 @@
   &quot;slashCommand&quot;: { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable.
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
-  &quot;space&quot;: { # A room or DM in Hangouts Chat. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is a room). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+  &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehYs
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of a space. This is deprecated. Use `single_user_bot_dm` instead.
   },
   &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain-text body of the message.
-  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Hangouts Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
+  &quot;thread&quot;: { # A thread in Google Chat. # The thread the message belongs to.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name, in the form &quot;spaces/*/threads/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehY/threads/UMxbHmzDlr4
   },
 }</pre>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.assets.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.assets.html
index f90a125..c327920 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.assets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.assets.html
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@
       },
       &quot;relatedAssets&quot;: { # The detailed related assets with the `relationship_type`. # The related assets of the asset of one relationship type. One asset only represents one type of relationship.
         &quot;assets&quot;: [ # The peer resources of the relationship.
-          { # An asset identify in Google Cloud which contains its name, type and ancestors. An asset can be any resource in the Google Cloud [resource hierarchy](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/cloud-platform-resource-hierarchy), a resource outside the Google Cloud resource hierarchy (such as Google Kubernetes Engine clusters and objects), or a policy (e.g. Cloud IAM policy). See [Supported asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types) for more information.
+          { # An asset identifier in Google Cloud which contains its name, type and ancestors. An asset can be any resource in the Google Cloud [resource hierarchy](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/cloud-platform-resource-hierarchy), a resource outside the Google Cloud resource hierarchy (such as Google Kubernetes Engine clusters and objects), or a policy (e.g. Cloud IAM policy). See [Supported asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types) for more information.
             &quot;ancestors&quot;: [ # The ancestors of an asset in Google Cloud [resource hierarchy](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/cloud-platform-resource-hierarchy), represented as a list of relative resource names. An ancestry path starts with the closest ancestor in the hierarchy and ends at root. Example: `[&quot;projects/123456789&quot;, &quot;folders/5432&quot;, &quot;organizations/1234&quot;]`
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html
index fb6bdd5..cfecf54 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#exportAssets">exportAssets(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Exports assets with time and resource types to a given Cloud Storage location/BigQuery table. For Cloud Storage location destinations, the output format is newline-delimited JSON. Each line represents a google.cloud.asset.v1.Asset in the JSON format; for BigQuery table destinations, the output table stores the fields in asset proto as columns. This API implements the google.longrunning.Operation API , which allows you to keep track of the export. We recommend intervals of at least 2 seconds with exponential retry to poll the export operation result. For regular-size resource parent, the export operation usually finishes within 5 minutes.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Exports assets with time and resource types to a given Cloud Storage location/BigQuery table. For Cloud Storage location destinations, the output format is newline-delimited JSON. Each line represents a google.cloud.asset.v1.Asset in the JSON format; for BigQuery table destinations, the output table stores the fields in asset Protobuf as columns. This API implements the google.longrunning.Operation API, which allows you to keep track of the export. We recommend intervals of at least 2 seconds with exponential retry to poll the export operation result. For regular-size resource parent, the export operation usually finishes within 5 minutes.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#searchAllIamPolicies">searchAllIamPolicies(scope, assetTypes=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, query=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Searches all IAM policies within the specified scope, such as a project, folder, or organization. The caller must be granted the `cloudasset.assets.searchAllIamPolicies` permission on the desired scope, otherwise the request will be rejected.</p>
@@ -789,7 +789,7 @@
         },
         &quot;relatedAssets&quot;: { # The detailed related assets with the `relationship_type`. # The related assets of the asset of one relationship type. One asset only represents one type of relationship.
           &quot;assets&quot;: [ # The peer resources of the relationship.
-            { # An asset identify in Google Cloud which contains its name, type and ancestors. An asset can be any resource in the Google Cloud [resource hierarchy](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/cloud-platform-resource-hierarchy), a resource outside the Google Cloud resource hierarchy (such as Google Kubernetes Engine clusters and objects), or a policy (e.g. Cloud IAM policy). See [Supported asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types) for more information.
+            { # An asset identifier in Google Cloud which contains its name, type and ancestors. An asset can be any resource in the Google Cloud [resource hierarchy](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/cloud-platform-resource-hierarchy), a resource outside the Google Cloud resource hierarchy (such as Google Kubernetes Engine clusters and objects), or a policy (e.g. Cloud IAM policy). See [Supported asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types) for more information.
               &quot;ancestors&quot;: [ # The ancestors of an asset in Google Cloud [resource hierarchy](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/cloud-platform-resource-hierarchy), represented as a list of relative resource names. An ancestry path starts with the closest ancestor in the hierarchy and ends at root. Example: `[&quot;projects/123456789&quot;, &quot;folders/5432&quot;, &quot;organizations/1234&quot;]`
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
@@ -1258,7 +1258,7 @@
         },
         &quot;relatedAssets&quot;: { # The detailed related assets with the `relationship_type`. # The related assets of the asset of one relationship type. One asset only represents one type of relationship.
           &quot;assets&quot;: [ # The peer resources of the relationship.
-            { # An asset identify in Google Cloud which contains its name, type and ancestors. An asset can be any resource in the Google Cloud [resource hierarchy](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/cloud-platform-resource-hierarchy), a resource outside the Google Cloud resource hierarchy (such as Google Kubernetes Engine clusters and objects), or a policy (e.g. Cloud IAM policy). See [Supported asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types) for more information.
+            { # An asset identifier in Google Cloud which contains its name, type and ancestors. An asset can be any resource in the Google Cloud [resource hierarchy](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/cloud-platform-resource-hierarchy), a resource outside the Google Cloud resource hierarchy (such as Google Kubernetes Engine clusters and objects), or a policy (e.g. Cloud IAM policy). See [Supported asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types) for more information.
               &quot;ancestors&quot;: [ # The ancestors of an asset in Google Cloud [resource hierarchy](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/cloud-platform-resource-hierarchy), represented as a list of relative resource names. An ancestry path starts with the closest ancestor in the hierarchy and ends at root. Example: `[&quot;projects/123456789&quot;, &quot;folders/5432&quot;, &quot;organizations/1234&quot;]`
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
@@ -1460,7 +1460,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="exportAssets">exportAssets(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Exports assets with time and resource types to a given Cloud Storage location/BigQuery table. For Cloud Storage location destinations, the output format is newline-delimited JSON. Each line represents a google.cloud.asset.v1.Asset in the JSON format; for BigQuery table destinations, the output table stores the fields in asset proto as columns. This API implements the google.longrunning.Operation API , which allows you to keep track of the export. We recommend intervals of at least 2 seconds with exponential retry to poll the export operation result. For regular-size resource parent, the export operation usually finishes within 5 minutes.
+  <pre>Exports assets with time and resource types to a given Cloud Storage location/BigQuery table. For Cloud Storage location destinations, the output format is newline-delimited JSON. Each line represents a google.cloud.asset.v1.Asset in the JSON format; for BigQuery table destinations, the output table stores the fields in asset Protobuf as columns. This API implements the google.longrunning.Operation API, which allows you to keep track of the export. We recommend intervals of at least 2 seconds with exponential retry to poll the export operation result. For regular-size resource parent, the export operation usually finishes within 5 minutes.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The relative name of the root asset. This can only be an organization number (such as &quot;organizations/123&quot;), a project ID (such as &quot;projects/my-project-id&quot;), or a project number (such as &quot;projects/12345&quot;), or a folder number (such as &quot;folders/123&quot;). (required)
@@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;contentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Asset content type. If not specified, no content but the asset name will be returned.
   &quot;outputConfig&quot;: { # Output configuration for export assets destination. # Required. Output configuration indicating where the results will be output to.
-    &quot;bigqueryDestination&quot;: { # A BigQuery destination for exporting assets to. # Destination on BigQuery. The output table stores the fields in asset proto as columns in BigQuery.
+    &quot;bigqueryDestination&quot;: { # A BigQuery destination for exporting assets to. # Destination on BigQuery. The output table stores the fields in asset Protobuf as columns in BigQuery.
       &quot;dataset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The BigQuery dataset in format &quot;projects/projectId/datasets/datasetId&quot;, to which the snapshot result should be exported. If this dataset does not exist, the export call returns an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
       &quot;force&quot;: True or False, # If the destination table already exists and this flag is `TRUE`, the table will be overwritten by the contents of assets snapshot. If the flag is `FALSE` or unset and the destination table already exists, the export call returns an INVALID_ARGUMEMT error.
       &quot;partitionSpec&quot;: { # Specifications of BigQuery partitioned table as export destination. # [partition_spec] determines whether to export to partitioned table(s) and how to partition the data. If [partition_spec] is unset or [partition_spec.partition_key] is unset or `PARTITION_KEY_UNSPECIFIED`, the snapshot results will be exported to non-partitioned table(s). [force] will decide whether to overwrite existing table(s). If [partition_spec] is specified. First, the snapshot results will be written to partitioned table(s) with two additional timestamp columns, readTime and requestTime, one of which will be the partition key. Secondly, in the case when any destination table already exists, it will first try to update existing table&#x27;s schema as necessary by appending additional columns. Then, if [force] is `TRUE`, the corresponding partition will be overwritten by the snapshot results (data in different partitions will remain intact); if [force] is unset or `FALSE`, it will append the data. An error will be returned if the schema update or data appension fails.
@@ -1652,19 +1652,19 @@
           ],
         },
       ],
-      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The create timestamp of this resource, at which the resource was created. The granularity is in seconds. Timestamp.nanos will always be 0. This field is available only when the resource&#x27;s proto contains it. To search against `create_time`: * use a field query. - value in seconds since unix epoch. Example: `createTime &gt; 1609459200` - value in date string. Example: `createTime &gt; 2021-01-01` - value in date-time string (must be quoted). Example: `createTime &gt; &quot;2021-01-01T00:00:00&quot;`
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # One or more paragraphs of text description of this resource. Maximum length could be up to 1M bytes. This field is available only when the resource&#x27;s proto contains it. To search against the `description`: * use a field query. Example: `description:&quot;important instance&quot;` * use a free text query. Example: `&quot;important instance&quot;`
-      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of this resource. This field is available only when the resource&#x27;s proto contains it. To search against the `display_name`: * use a field query. Example: `displayName:&quot;My Instance&quot;` * use a free text query. Example: `&quot;My Instance&quot;`
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The create timestamp of this resource, at which the resource was created. The granularity is in seconds. Timestamp.nanos will always be 0. This field is available only when the resource&#x27;s Protobuf contains it. To search against `create_time`: * use a field query. - value in seconds since unix epoch. Example: `createTime &gt; 1609459200` - value in date string. Example: `createTime &gt; 2021-01-01` - value in date-time string (must be quoted). Example: `createTime &gt; &quot;2021-01-01T00:00:00&quot;`
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # One or more paragraphs of text description of this resource. Maximum length could be up to 1M bytes. This field is available only when the resource&#x27;s Protobuf contains it. To search against the `description`: * use a field query. Example: `description:&quot;important instance&quot;` * use a free text query. Example: `&quot;important instance&quot;`
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of this resource. This field is available only when the resource&#x27;s Protobuf contains it. To search against the `display_name`: * use a field query. Example: `displayName:&quot;My Instance&quot;` * use a free text query. Example: `&quot;My Instance&quot;`
       &quot;folders&quot;: [ # The folder(s) that this resource belongs to, in the form of folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}. This field is available when the resource belongs to one or more folders. To search against `folders`: * use a field query. Example: `folders:(123 OR 456)` * use a free text query. Example: `123` * specify the `scope` field as this folder in your search request.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;kmsKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud KMS [CryptoKey](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys) name or [CryptoKeyVersion](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.cryptoKeyVersions) name. This field is available only when the resource&#x27;s proto contains it. To search against the `kms_key`: * use a field query. Example: `kmsKey:key` * use a free text query. Example: `key`
-      &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels associated with this resource. See [Labelling and grouping GCP resources](https://cloud.google.com/blog/products/gcp/labelling-and-grouping-your-google-cloud-platform-resources) for more information. This field is available only when the resource&#x27;s proto contains it. To search against the `labels`: * use a field query: - query on any label&#x27;s key or value. Example: `labels:prod` - query by a given label. Example: `labels.env:prod` - query by a given label&#x27;s existence. Example: `labels.env:*` * use a free text query. Example: `prod`
+      &quot;kmsKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud KMS [CryptoKey](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys) name or [CryptoKeyVersion](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.cryptoKeyVersions) name. This field is available only when the resource&#x27;s Protobuf contains it. To search against the `kms_key`: * use a field query. Example: `kmsKey:key` * use a free text query. Example: `key`
+      &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels associated with this resource. See [Labelling and grouping GCP resources](https://cloud.google.com/blog/products/gcp/labelling-and-grouping-your-google-cloud-platform-resources) for more information. This field is available only when the resource&#x27;s Protobuf contains it. To search against the `labels`: * use a field query: - query on any label&#x27;s key or value. Example: `labels:prod` - query by a given label. Example: `labels.env:prod` - query by a given label&#x27;s existence. Example: `labels.env:*` * use a free text query. Example: `prod`
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
-      &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Location can be `global`, regional like `us-east1`, or zonal like `us-west1-b`. This field is available only when the resource&#x27;s proto contains it. To search against the `location`: * use a field query. Example: `location:us-west*` * use a free text query. Example: `us-west*`
+      &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Location can be `global`, regional like `us-east1`, or zonal like `us-west1-b`. This field is available only when the resource&#x27;s Protobuf contains it. To search against the `location`: * use a field query. Example: `location:us-west*` * use a free text query. Example: `us-west*`
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full resource name of this resource. Example: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/my_project_123/zones/zone1/instances/instance1`. See [Cloud Asset Inventory Resource Name Format](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/resource-name-format) for more information. To search against the `name`: * use a field query. Example: `name:instance1` * use a free text query. Example: `instance1`
-      &quot;networkTags&quot;: [ # Network tags associated with this resource. Like labels, network tags are a type of annotations used to group GCP resources. See [Labelling GCP resources](https://cloud.google.com/blog/products/gcp/labelling-and-grouping-your-google-cloud-platform-resources) for more information. This field is available only when the resource&#x27;s proto contains it. To search against the `network_tags`: * use a field query. Example: `networkTags:internal` * use a free text query. Example: `internal`
+      &quot;networkTags&quot;: [ # Network tags associated with this resource. Like labels, network tags are a type of annotations used to group GCP resources. See [Labelling GCP resources](https://cloud.google.com/blog/products/gcp/labelling-and-grouping-your-google-cloud-platform-resources) for more information. This field is available only when the resource&#x27;s Protobuf contains it. To search against the `network_tags`: * use a field query. Example: `networkTags:internal` * use a free text query. Example: `internal`
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The organization that this resource belongs to, in the form of organizations/{ORGANIZATION_NUMBER}. This field is available when the resource belongs to an organization. To search against `organization`: * use a field query. Example: `organization:123` * use a free text query. Example: `123` * specify the `scope` field as this organization in your search request.
@@ -1681,8 +1681,8 @@
           ],
         },
       },
-      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state of this resource. Different resources types have different state definitions that are mapped from various fields of different resource types. This field is available only when the resource&#x27;s proto contains it. Example: If the resource is an instance provided by Compute Engine, its state will include PROVISIONING, STAGING, RUNNING, STOPPING, SUSPENDING, SUSPENDED, REPAIRING, and TERMINATED. See `status` definition in [API Reference](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/instances). If the resource is a project provided by Cloud Resource Manager, its state will include LIFECYCLE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, ACTIVE, DELETE_REQUESTED and DELETE_IN_PROGRESS. See `lifecycleState` definition in [API Reference](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/reference/rest/v1/projects). To search against the `state`: * use a field query. Example: `state:RUNNING` * use a free text query. Example: `RUNNING`
-      &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The last update timestamp of this resource, at which the resource was last modified or deleted. The granularity is in seconds. Timestamp.nanos will always be 0. This field is available only when the resource&#x27;s proto contains it. To search against `update_time`: * use a field query. - value in seconds since unix epoch. Example: `updateTime &lt; 1609459200` - value in date string. Example: `updateTime &lt; 2021-01-01` - value in date-time string (must be quoted). Example: `updateTime &lt; &quot;2021-01-01T00:00:00&quot;`
+      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state of this resource. Different resources types have different state definitions that are mapped from various fields of different resource types. This field is available only when the resource&#x27;s Protobuf contains it. Example: If the resource is an instance provided by Compute Engine, its state will include PROVISIONING, STAGING, RUNNING, STOPPING, SUSPENDING, SUSPENDED, REPAIRING, and TERMINATED. See `status` definition in [API Reference](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/instances). If the resource is a project provided by Cloud Resource Manager, its state will include LIFECYCLE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, ACTIVE, DELETE_REQUESTED and DELETE_IN_PROGRESS. See `lifecycleState` definition in [API Reference](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/reference/rest/v1/projects). To search against the `state`: * use a field query. Example: `state:RUNNING` * use a free text query. Example: `RUNNING`
+      &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The last update timestamp of this resource, at which the resource was last modified or deleted. The granularity is in seconds. Timestamp.nanos will always be 0. This field is available only when the resource&#x27;s Protobuf contains it. To search against `update_time`: * use a field query. - value in seconds since unix epoch. Example: `updateTime &lt; 1609459200` - value in date string. Example: `updateTime &lt; 2021-01-01` - value in date-time string (must be quoted). Example: `updateTime &lt; &quot;2021-01-01T00:00:00&quot;`
       &quot;versionedResources&quot;: [ # Versioned resource representations of this resource. This is repeated because there could be multiple versions of resource representations during version migration. This `versioned_resources` field is not searchable. Some attributes of the resource representations are exposed in `additional_attributes` field, so as to allow users to search on them.
         { # Resource representation as defined by the corresponding service providing the resource for a given API version.
           &quot;resource&quot;: { # JSON representation of the resource as defined by the corresponding service providing this resource. Example: If the resource is an instance provided by Compute Engine, this field will contain the JSON representation of the instance as defined by Compute Engine: `https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/instances`. You can find the resource definition for each supported resource type in this table: `https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types#searchable_asset_types`
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1p5beta1.assets.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1p5beta1.assets.html
index 92eafb0..82fb81a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1p5beta1.assets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1p5beta1.assets.html
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
       RESOURCE - Resource metadata.
       IAM_POLICY - The actual IAM policy set on a resource.
       ORG_POLICY - The Cloud Organization Policy set on an asset.
-      ACCESS_POLICY - The Cloud Access context mananger Policy set on an asset.
+      ACCESS_POLICY - The Cloud Access context manager Policy set on an asset.
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of assets to be returned in a single response. Default is 100, minimum is 1, and maximum is 1000.
   pageToken: string, The `next_page_token` returned from the previous `ListAssetsResponse`, or unspecified for the first `ListAssetsRequest`. It is a continuation of a prior `ListAssets` call, and the API should return the next page of assets.
   readTime: string, Timestamp to take an asset snapshot. This can only be set to a timestamp between the current time and the current time minus 35 days (inclusive). If not specified, the current time will be used. Due to delays in resource data collection and indexing, there is a volatile window during which running the same query may get different results.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.githubEnterpriseConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.githubEnterpriseConfigs.html
index f4742c0..4236bd0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.githubEnterpriseConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.githubEnterpriseConfigs.html
@@ -79,19 +79,19 @@
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Create an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server. This API is experimental.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Create an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, configId=None, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Delete an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server. This API is experimental.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Delete an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#get">get(name, configId=None, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Retrieve a GitHubEnterpriseConfig. This API is experimental.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieve a GitHubEnterpriseConfig.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list">list(parent, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">List all GitHubEnterpriseConfigs for a given project. This API is experimental.</p>
+<p class="firstline">List all GitHubEnterpriseConfigs for a given project.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Update an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server. This API is experimental.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Update an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Create an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server. This API is experimental.
+  <pre>Create an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Name of the parent project. For example: projects/{$project_number} or projects/{$project_id} (required)
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, configId=None, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Delete an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server. This API is experimental.
+  <pre>Delete an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server.
 
 Args:
   name: string, This field should contain the name of the enterprise config resource. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}&quot; (required)
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="get">get(name, configId=None, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Retrieve a GitHubEnterpriseConfig. This API is experimental.
+  <pre>Retrieve a GitHubEnterpriseConfig.
 
 Args:
   name: string, This field should contain the name of the enterprise config resource. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}&quot; (required)
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>List all GitHubEnterpriseConfigs for a given project. This API is experimental.
+  <pre>List all GitHubEnterpriseConfigs for a given project.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Name of the parent project. For example: projects/{$project_number} or projects/{$project_id} (required)
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Update an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server. This API is experimental.
+  <pre>Update an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Optional. The full resource name for the GitHubEnterpriseConfig For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}&quot; (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.githubEnterpriseConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.githubEnterpriseConfigs.html
index 3d893b5..97a423b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.githubEnterpriseConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.githubEnterpriseConfigs.html
@@ -79,19 +79,19 @@
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Create an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server. This API is experimental.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Create an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, configId=None, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Delete an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server. This API is experimental.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Delete an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#get">get(name, configId=None, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Retrieve a GitHubEnterpriseConfig. This API is experimental.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieve a GitHubEnterpriseConfig.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list">list(parent, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">List all GitHubEnterpriseConfigs for a given project. This API is experimental.</p>
+<p class="firstline">List all GitHubEnterpriseConfigs for a given project.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Update an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server. This API is experimental.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Update an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Create an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server. This API is experimental.
+  <pre>Create an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Name of the parent project. For example: projects/{$project_number} or projects/{$project_id} (required)
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, configId=None, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Delete an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server. This API is experimental.
+  <pre>Delete an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server.
 
 Args:
   name: string, This field should contain the name of the enterprise config resource. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}&quot; (required)
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="get">get(name, configId=None, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Retrieve a GitHubEnterpriseConfig. This API is experimental.
+  <pre>Retrieve a GitHubEnterpriseConfig.
 
 Args:
   name: string, This field should contain the name of the enterprise config resource. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}&quot; (required)
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>List all GitHubEnterpriseConfigs for a given project. This API is experimental.
+  <pre>List all GitHubEnterpriseConfigs for a given project.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Name of the parent project. For example: projects/{$project_number} or projects/{$project_id} (required)
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Update an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server. This API is experimental.
+  <pre>Update an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Optional. The full resource name for the GitHubEnterpriseConfig For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}&quot; (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2.projects.locations.queues.html b/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2.projects.locations.queues.html
index 45d09d5..d687ae0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2.projects.locations.queues.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2.projects.locations.queues.html
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -618,7 +618,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2beta2.projects.locations.queues.html b/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2beta2.projects.locations.queues.html
index 0553d11..80aea1f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2beta2.projects.locations.queues.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2beta2.projects.locations.queues.html
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -691,7 +691,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -719,7 +719,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2beta3.projects.locations.queues.html b/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2beta3.projects.locations.queues.html
index 8afc3dd..49bd29c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2beta3.projects.locations.queues.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2beta3.projects.locations.queues.html
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -700,7 +700,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -728,7 +728,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/composer_v1.projects.locations.environments.html b/docs/dyn/composer_v1.projects.locations.environments.html
index 1965959..8486400 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/composer_v1.projects.locations.environments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/composer_v1.projects.locations.environments.html
@@ -166,6 +166,7 @@
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
       &quot;pythonVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The major version of Python used to run the Apache Airflow scheduler, worker, and webserver processes. Can be set to &#x27;2&#x27; or &#x27;3&#x27;. If not specified, the default is &#x27;3&#x27;. Cannot be updated.
+      &quot;schedulerCount&quot;: 42, # Optional. The number of schedulers for Airflow. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-2.*.*.
     },
     &quot;webServerConfig&quot;: { # The configuration settings for the Airflow web server App Engine instance. # Optional. The configuration settings for the Airflow web server App Engine instance.
       &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Machine type on which Airflow web server is running. It has to be one of: composer-n1-webserver-2, composer-n1-webserver-4 or composer-n1-webserver-8. If not specified, composer-n1-webserver-2 will be used. Value custom is returned only in response, if Airflow web server parameters were manually changed to a non-standard values.
@@ -323,6 +324,7 @@
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
       &quot;pythonVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The major version of Python used to run the Apache Airflow scheduler, worker, and webserver processes. Can be set to &#x27;2&#x27; or &#x27;3&#x27;. If not specified, the default is &#x27;3&#x27;. Cannot be updated.
+      &quot;schedulerCount&quot;: 42, # Optional. The number of schedulers for Airflow. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-2.*.*.
     },
     &quot;webServerConfig&quot;: { # The configuration settings for the Airflow web server App Engine instance. # Optional. The configuration settings for the Airflow web server App Engine instance.
       &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Machine type on which Airflow web server is running. It has to be one of: composer-n1-webserver-2, composer-n1-webserver-4 or composer-n1-webserver-8. If not specified, composer-n1-webserver-2 will be used. Value custom is returned only in response, if Airflow web server parameters were manually changed to a non-standard values.
@@ -421,6 +423,7 @@
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
           &quot;pythonVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The major version of Python used to run the Apache Airflow scheduler, worker, and webserver processes. Can be set to &#x27;2&#x27; or &#x27;3&#x27;. If not specified, the default is &#x27;3&#x27;. Cannot be updated.
+          &quot;schedulerCount&quot;: 42, # Optional. The number of schedulers for Airflow. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-2.*.*.
         },
         &quot;webServerConfig&quot;: { # The configuration settings for the Airflow web server App Engine instance. # Optional. The configuration settings for the Airflow web server App Engine instance.
           &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Machine type on which Airflow web server is running. It has to be one of: composer-n1-webserver-2, composer-n1-webserver-4 or composer-n1-webserver-8. If not specified, composer-n1-webserver-2 will be used. Value custom is returned only in response, if Airflow web server parameters were manually changed to a non-standard values.
@@ -527,6 +530,7 @@
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
       &quot;pythonVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The major version of Python used to run the Apache Airflow scheduler, worker, and webserver processes. Can be set to &#x27;2&#x27; or &#x27;3&#x27;. If not specified, the default is &#x27;3&#x27;. Cannot be updated.
+      &quot;schedulerCount&quot;: 42, # Optional. The number of schedulers for Airflow. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-2.*.*.
     },
     &quot;webServerConfig&quot;: { # The configuration settings for the Airflow web server App Engine instance. # Optional. The configuration settings for the Airflow web server App Engine instance.
       &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Machine type on which Airflow web server is running. It has to be one of: composer-n1-webserver-2, composer-n1-webserver-4 or composer-n1-webserver-8. If not specified, composer-n1-webserver-2 will be used. Value custom is returned only in response, if Airflow web server parameters were manually changed to a non-standard values.
@@ -550,7 +554,7 @@
   &quot;uuid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The UUID (Universally Unique IDentifier) associated with this environment. This value is generated when the environment is created.
 }
 
-  updateMask: string, Required. A comma-separated list of paths, relative to `Environment`, of fields to update. For example, to set the version of scikit-learn to install in the environment to 0.19.0 and to remove an existing installation of numpy, the `updateMask` parameter would include the following two `paths` values: &quot;config.softwareConfig.pypiPackages.scikit-learn&quot; and &quot;config.softwareConfig.pypiPackages.numpy&quot;. The included patch environment would specify the scikit-learn version as follows: { &quot;config&quot;:{ &quot;softwareConfig&quot;:{ &quot;pypiPackages&quot;:{ &quot;scikit-learn&quot;:&quot;==0.19.0&quot; } } } } Note that in the above example, any existing PyPI packages other than scikit-learn and numpy will be unaffected. Only one update type may be included in a single request&#x27;s `updateMask`. For example, one cannot update both the PyPI packages and labels in the same request. However, it is possible to update multiple members of a map field simultaneously in the same request. For example, to set the labels &quot;label1&quot; and &quot;label2&quot; while clearing &quot;label3&quot; (assuming it already exists), one can provide the paths &quot;labels.label1&quot;, &quot;labels.label2&quot;, and &quot;labels.label3&quot; and populate the patch environment as follows: { &quot;labels&quot;:{ &quot;label1&quot;:&quot;new-label1-value&quot; &quot;label2&quot;:&quot;new-label2-value&quot; } } Note that in the above example, any existing labels that are not included in the `updateMask` will be unaffected. It is also possible to replace an entire map field by providing the map field&#x27;s path in the `updateMask`. The new value of the field will be that which is provided in the patch environment. For example, to delete all pre-existing user-specified PyPI packages and install botocore at version 1.7.14, the `updateMask` would contain the path &quot;config.softwareConfig.pypiPackages&quot;, and the patch environment would be the following: { &quot;config&quot;:{ &quot;softwareConfig&quot;:{ &quot;pypiPackages&quot;:{ &quot;botocore&quot;:&quot;==1.7.14&quot; } } } } **Note:** Only the following fields can be updated: * `config.softwareConfig.pypiPackages` * Replace all custom custom PyPI packages. If a replacement package map is not included in `environment`, all custom PyPI packages are cleared. It is an error to provide both this mask and a mask specifying an individual package. * `config.softwareConfig.pypiPackages.`packagename * Update the custom PyPI package *packagename*, preserving other packages. To delete the package, include it in `updateMask`, and omit the mapping for it in `environment.config.softwareConfig.pypiPackages`. It is an error to provide both a mask of this form and the `config.softwareConfig.pypiPackages` mask. * `labels` * Replace all environment labels. If a replacement labels map is not included in `environment`, all labels are cleared. It is an error to provide both this mask and a mask specifying one or more individual labels. * `labels.`labelName * Set the label named *labelName*, while preserving other labels. To delete the label, include it in `updateMask` and omit its mapping in `environment.labels`. It is an error to provide both a mask of this form and the `labels` mask. * `config.nodeCount` * Horizontally scale the number of nodes in the environment. An integer greater than or equal to 3 must be provided in the `config.nodeCount` field. * `config.webServerNetworkAccessControl` * Replace the environment&#x27;s current `WebServerNetworkAccessControl`. * `config.databaseConfig` * Replace the environment&#x27;s current `DatabaseConfig`. * `config.webServerConfig` * Replace the environment&#x27;s current `WebServerConfig`. * `config.softwareConfig.airflowConfigOverrides` * Replace all Apache Airflow config overrides. If a replacement config overrides map is not included in `environment`, all config overrides are cleared. It is an error to provide both this mask and a mask specifying one or more individual config overrides. * `config.softwareConfig.airflowConfigOverrides.`section-name * Override the Apache Airflow config property *name* in the section named *section*, preserving other properties. To delete the property override, include it in `updateMask` and omit its mapping in `environment.config.softwareConfig.airflowConfigOverrides`. It is an error to provide both a mask of this form and the `config.softwareConfig.airflowConfigOverrides` mask. * `config.softwareConfig.envVariables` * Replace all environment variables. If a replacement environment variable map is not included in `environment`, all custom environment variables are cleared. It is an error to provide both this mask and a mask specifying one or more individual environment variables.
+  updateMask: string, Required. A comma-separated list of paths, relative to `Environment`, of fields to update. For example, to set the version of scikit-learn to install in the environment to 0.19.0 and to remove an existing installation of numpy, the `updateMask` parameter would include the following two `paths` values: &quot;config.softwareConfig.pypiPackages.scikit-learn&quot; and &quot;config.softwareConfig.pypiPackages.numpy&quot;. The included patch environment would specify the scikit-learn version as follows: { &quot;config&quot;:{ &quot;softwareConfig&quot;:{ &quot;pypiPackages&quot;:{ &quot;scikit-learn&quot;:&quot;==0.19.0&quot; } } } } Note that in the above example, any existing PyPI packages other than scikit-learn and numpy will be unaffected. Only one update type may be included in a single request&#x27;s `updateMask`. For example, one cannot update both the PyPI packages and labels in the same request. However, it is possible to update multiple members of a map field simultaneously in the same request. For example, to set the labels &quot;label1&quot; and &quot;label2&quot; while clearing &quot;label3&quot; (assuming it already exists), one can provide the paths &quot;labels.label1&quot;, &quot;labels.label2&quot;, and &quot;labels.label3&quot; and populate the patch environment as follows: { &quot;labels&quot;:{ &quot;label1&quot;:&quot;new-label1-value&quot; &quot;label2&quot;:&quot;new-label2-value&quot; } } Note that in the above example, any existing labels that are not included in the `updateMask` will be unaffected. It is also possible to replace an entire map field by providing the map field&#x27;s path in the `updateMask`. The new value of the field will be that which is provided in the patch environment. For example, to delete all pre-existing user-specified PyPI packages and install botocore at version 1.7.14, the `updateMask` would contain the path &quot;config.softwareConfig.pypiPackages&quot;, and the patch environment would be the following: { &quot;config&quot;:{ &quot;softwareConfig&quot;:{ &quot;pypiPackages&quot;:{ &quot;botocore&quot;:&quot;==1.7.14&quot; } } } } **Note:** Only the following fields can be updated: * `config.softwareConfig.pypiPackages` * Replace all custom custom PyPI packages. If a replacement package map is not included in `environment`, all custom PyPI packages are cleared. It is an error to provide both this mask and a mask specifying an individual package. * `config.softwareConfig.pypiPackages.`packagename * Update the custom PyPI package *packagename*, preserving other packages. To delete the package, include it in `updateMask`, and omit the mapping for it in `environment.config.softwareConfig.pypiPackages`. It is an error to provide both a mask of this form and the `config.softwareConfig.pypiPackages` mask. * `labels` * Replace all environment labels. If a replacement labels map is not included in `environment`, all labels are cleared. It is an error to provide both this mask and a mask specifying one or more individual labels. * `labels.`labelName * Set the label named *labelName*, while preserving other labels. To delete the label, include it in `updateMask` and omit its mapping in `environment.labels`. It is an error to provide both a mask of this form and the `labels` mask. * `config.nodeCount` * Horizontally scale the number of nodes in the environment. An integer greater than or equal to 3 must be provided in the `config.nodeCount` field. * `config.webServerNetworkAccessControl` * Replace the environment&#x27;s current `WebServerNetworkAccessControl`. * `config.databaseConfig` * Replace the environment&#x27;s current `DatabaseConfig`. * `config.webServerConfig` * Replace the environment&#x27;s current `WebServerConfig`. * `config.softwareConfig.airflowConfigOverrides` * Replace all Apache Airflow config overrides. If a replacement config overrides map is not included in `environment`, all config overrides are cleared. It is an error to provide both this mask and a mask specifying one or more individual config overrides. * `config.softwareConfig.airflowConfigOverrides.`section-name * Override the Apache Airflow config property *name* in the section named *section*, preserving other properties. To delete the property override, include it in `updateMask` and omit its mapping in `environment.config.softwareConfig.airflowConfigOverrides`. It is an error to provide both a mask of this form and the `config.softwareConfig.airflowConfigOverrides` mask. * `config.softwareConfig.envVariables` * Replace all environment variables. If a replacement environment variable map is not included in `environment`, all custom environment variables are cleared. It is an error to provide both this mask and a mask specifying one or more individual environment variables. * `config.softwareConfig.schedulerCount` * Horizontally scale the number of schedulers in Airflow. A positive integer not greater than the number of nodes must be provided in the `config.softwareConfig.schedulerCount` field. Supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-2.*.*.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html
index 96ebac8..cb13775 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html
@@ -227,6 +227,9 @@
   &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
   &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
+    &quot;destAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
     &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -238,6 +241,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;srcAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
     &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -479,7 +485,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall policy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -496,6 +502,9 @@
       &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
       &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
+        &quot;destAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
         &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -507,6 +516,9 @@
             ],
           },
         ],
+        &quot;srcAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
         &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -689,6 +701,9 @@
   &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
   &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
+    &quot;destAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
     &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -700,6 +715,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;srcAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
     &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -747,7 +765,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall policy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -764,6 +782,9 @@
       &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
       &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
+        &quot;destAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
         &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -775,6 +796,9 @@
             ],
           },
         ],
+        &quot;srcAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
         &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -898,7 +922,7 @@
       ],
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall policy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -915,6 +939,9 @@
           &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
           &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
+            &quot;destAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
             &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
@@ -926,6 +953,9 @@
                 ],
               },
             ],
+            &quot;srcAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
             &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
@@ -1099,7 +1129,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall policy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -1116,6 +1146,9 @@
       &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
       &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
+        &quot;destAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
         &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -1127,6 +1160,9 @@
             ],
           },
         ],
+        &quot;srcAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
         &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -1232,6 +1268,9 @@
   &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
   &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
+    &quot;destAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
     &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -1243,6 +1282,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;srcAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
     &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html
index b373d06..d27208f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html
@@ -146,6 +146,11 @@
                 &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
               },
             },
+            &quot;projectMap&quot;: { # A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+              },
+            },
             &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
@@ -403,6 +408,11 @@
         &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
       },
     },
+    &quot;projectMap&quot;: { # A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+        &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+      },
+    },
     &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -475,6 +485,11 @@
         &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
       },
     },
+    &quot;projectMap&quot;: { # A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+        &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+      },
+    },
     &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -617,6 +632,11 @@
             &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
           },
         },
+        &quot;projectMap&quot;: { # A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+            &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+          },
+        },
         &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -722,6 +742,11 @@
         &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
       },
     },
+    &quot;projectMap&quot;: { # A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+        &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+      },
+    },
     &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html
index c82db92..7033652 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@
           &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL.
           &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
           &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used.
-          &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Stanby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
+          &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
             &quot;initialDelaySec&quot;: 42,
           },
           &quot;statefulPolicy&quot;: { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager
@@ -935,7 +935,7 @@
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
   &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used.
-  &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Stanby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
+  &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
     &quot;initialDelaySec&quot;: 42,
   },
   &quot;statefulPolicy&quot;: { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager
@@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
   &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used.
-  &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Stanby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
+  &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
     &quot;initialDelaySec&quot;: 42,
   },
   &quot;statefulPolicy&quot;: { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager
@@ -1296,7 +1296,7 @@
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL.
       &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
       &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used.
-      &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Stanby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
+      &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
         &quot;initialDelaySec&quot;: 42,
       },
       &quot;statefulPolicy&quot;: { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager
@@ -1749,7 +1749,7 @@
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
   &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used.
-  &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Stanby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
+  &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
     &quot;initialDelaySec&quot;: 42,
   },
   &quot;statefulPolicy&quot;: { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager
@@ -2832,7 +2832,7 @@
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
   &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used.
-  &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Stanby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
+  &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
     &quot;initialDelaySec&quot;: 42,
   },
   &quot;statefulPolicy&quot;: { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html
index 6410da6..b4bb077 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html
@@ -2234,6 +2234,9 @@
           &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
           &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
+            &quot;destAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
             &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
@@ -2245,6 +2248,9 @@
                 ],
               },
             ],
+            &quot;srcAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
             &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html
index 432c074..58240bd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@
         &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
       },
     ],
-    &quot;postKeyRevocationActionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
+    &quot;postKeyRevocationActionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. (will be deprecated soon)
     &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image.
       &quot;automaticRestart&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
       &quot;availabilityDomain&quot;: 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
@@ -642,7 +642,7 @@
         &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
       },
     ],
-    &quot;postKeyRevocationActionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
+    &quot;postKeyRevocationActionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. (will be deprecated soon)
     &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image.
       &quot;automaticRestart&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
       &quot;availabilityDomain&quot;: 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
@@ -917,7 +917,7 @@
             &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
           },
         ],
-        &quot;postKeyRevocationActionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
+        &quot;postKeyRevocationActionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. (will be deprecated soon)
         &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image.
           &quot;automaticRestart&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
           &quot;availabilityDomain&quot;: 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html
index 0fa6c06..cc047a1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html
@@ -223,6 +223,9 @@
   &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
   &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
+    &quot;destAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
     &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -234,6 +237,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;srcAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
     &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -480,7 +486,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall policy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -497,6 +503,9 @@
       &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
       &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
+        &quot;destAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
         &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -508,6 +517,9 @@
             ],
           },
         ],
+        &quot;srcAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
         &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -693,6 +705,9 @@
   &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
   &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
+    &quot;destAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
     &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -704,6 +719,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;srcAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
     &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -752,7 +770,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall policy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -769,6 +787,9 @@
       &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
       &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
+        &quot;destAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
         &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -780,6 +801,9 @@
             ],
           },
         ],
+        &quot;srcAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
         &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -902,7 +926,7 @@
       ],
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall policy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -919,6 +943,9 @@
           &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
           &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
+            &quot;destAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
             &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
@@ -930,6 +957,9 @@
                 ],
               },
             ],
+            &quot;srcAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
             &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
@@ -1012,7 +1042,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall policy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -1029,6 +1059,9 @@
       &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
       &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
+        &quot;destAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
         &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -1040,6 +1073,9 @@
             ],
           },
         ],
+        &quot;srcAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
         &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -1146,6 +1182,9 @@
   &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
   &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
+    &quot;destAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
     &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -1157,6 +1196,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;srcAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
     &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html
index ea9edd3..f2566f8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html
@@ -372,6 +372,9 @@
           &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
           &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
+            &quot;destAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
             &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
@@ -383,6 +386,9 @@
                 ],
               },
             ],
+            &quot;srcAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
             &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html
index ee7e7fe..49ec3a1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html
@@ -254,6 +254,11 @@
                 &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
               },
             },
+            &quot;projectMap&quot;: { # A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+              },
+            },
             &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
@@ -500,6 +505,11 @@
         &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
       },
     },
+    &quot;projectMap&quot;: { # A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+        &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+      },
+    },
     &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -658,6 +668,11 @@
         &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
       },
     },
+    &quot;projectMap&quot;: { # A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+        &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+      },
+    },
     &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -779,6 +794,11 @@
             &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
           },
         },
+        &quot;projectMap&quot;: { # A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+            &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+          },
+        },
         &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -943,6 +963,11 @@
         &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
       },
     },
+    &quot;projectMap&quot;: { # A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+        &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+      },
+    },
     &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html
index 6d3c966..e280390 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html
@@ -163,6 +163,11 @@
                     &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
                   },
                 },
+                &quot;projectMap&quot;: { # A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.
+                  &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+                    &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+                  },
+                },
                 &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
                   &quot;A String&quot;,
                 ],
@@ -310,6 +315,11 @@
             &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
           },
         },
+        &quot;projectMap&quot;: { # A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+            &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+          },
+        },
         &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -402,6 +412,11 @@
             &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
           },
         },
+        &quot;projectMap&quot;: { # A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+            &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+          },
+        },
         &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -563,6 +578,11 @@
                 &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
               },
             },
+            &quot;projectMap&quot;: { # A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+              },
+            },
             &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
@@ -717,6 +737,11 @@
             &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
           },
         },
+        &quot;projectMap&quot;: { # A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+            &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+          },
+        },
         &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -853,6 +878,11 @@
             &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
           },
         },
+        &quot;projectMap&quot;: { # A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+            &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+          },
+        },
         &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
index 5b0dc7d..1f6eed1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
@@ -725,7 +725,7 @@
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
   &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used.
-  &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Stanby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
+  &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
     &quot;initialDelaySec&quot;: 42,
   },
   &quot;statefulPolicy&quot;: { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager
@@ -871,7 +871,7 @@
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
   &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used.
-  &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Stanby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
+  &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
     &quot;initialDelaySec&quot;: 42,
   },
   &quot;statefulPolicy&quot;: { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager
@@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL.
       &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
       &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used.
-      &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Stanby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
+      &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
         &quot;initialDelaySec&quot;: 42,
       },
       &quot;statefulPolicy&quot;: { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager
@@ -1539,7 +1539,7 @@
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
   &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used.
-  &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Stanby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
+  &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
     &quot;initialDelaySec&quot;: 42,
   },
   &quot;statefulPolicy&quot;: { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager
@@ -2622,7 +2622,7 @@
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
   &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used.
-  &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Stanby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
+  &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
     &quot;initialDelaySec&quot;: 42,
   },
   &quot;statefulPolicy&quot;: { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html
index 4d2bb27..9a69972 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html
@@ -228,6 +228,9 @@
   &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
   &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
+    &quot;destAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
     &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -239,6 +242,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;srcAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
     &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -488,7 +494,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall policy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -505,6 +511,9 @@
       &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
       &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
+        &quot;destAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
         &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -516,6 +525,9 @@
             ],
           },
         ],
+        &quot;srcAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
         &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -604,6 +616,9 @@
           &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
           &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
+            &quot;destAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
             &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
@@ -615,6 +630,9 @@
                 ],
               },
             ],
+            &quot;srcAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
             &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
@@ -831,6 +849,9 @@
   &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
   &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
+    &quot;destAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
     &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -842,6 +863,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;srcAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
     &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -891,7 +915,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall policy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -908,6 +932,9 @@
       &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
       &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
+        &quot;destAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
         &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -919,6 +946,9 @@
             ],
           },
         ],
+        &quot;srcAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
         &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -1042,7 +1072,7 @@
       ],
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall policy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -1059,6 +1089,9 @@
           &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
           &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
+            &quot;destAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
             &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
@@ -1070,6 +1103,9 @@
                 ],
               },
             ],
+            &quot;srcAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
             &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
@@ -1153,7 +1189,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall policy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -1170,6 +1206,9 @@
       &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
       &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
+        &quot;destAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
         &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -1181,6 +1220,9 @@
             ],
           },
         ],
+        &quot;srcAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
         &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -1288,6 +1330,9 @@
   &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
   &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
+    &quot;destAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
     &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -1299,6 +1344,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;srcAddressGroups&quot;: [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
     &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html
index 283a85a..23de53c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html
@@ -155,6 +155,11 @@
                 &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
               },
             },
+            &quot;projectMap&quot;: { # A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+              },
+            },
             &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
@@ -335,6 +340,11 @@
         &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
       },
     },
+    &quot;projectMap&quot;: { # A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+        &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+      },
+    },
     &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -500,6 +510,11 @@
         &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
       },
     },
+    &quot;projectMap&quot;: { # A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+        &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+      },
+    },
     &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -629,6 +644,11 @@
             &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
           },
         },
+        &quot;projectMap&quot;: { # A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+            &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+          },
+        },
         &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -1035,6 +1055,11 @@
         &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
       },
     },
+    &quot;projectMap&quot;: { # A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+        &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+      },
+    },
     &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html
index 02c57f1..8201ad8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html
@@ -173,13 +173,13 @@
                 },
               ],
               &quot;advertisedRoutePriority&quot;: 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest priority value win.
-              &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering. Not currently available publicly.
-                &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
-                &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+              &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering.
+                &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+                &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
                 &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
-                &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. Not currently available publicly. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
+                &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
                 &quot;packetMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD packet mode for this BGP peer. If set to CONTROL_AND_ECHO, BFD echo mode is enabled for this BGP peer. In this mode, if the peer router also has BFD echo mode enabled, BFD echo packets will be sent to the other router. If the peer router does not have BFD echo mode enabled, only control packets will be sent. If set to CONTROL_ONLY, BFD echo mode is disabled for this BGP peer. If this router and the peer router have a multihop connection, this should be set to CONTROL_ONLY as BFD echo mode is only supported on singlehop connections. The default is CONTROL_AND_ECHO.
-                &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. Not currently available publicly. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
+                &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
                 &quot;slowTimerInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to and received from the peer router when BFD echo mode is enabled on both routers. The actual transmit and receive intervals are negotiated between the two routers and are equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding interval on the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 5000.
               },
               &quot;enable&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
@@ -430,13 +430,13 @@
         },
       ],
       &quot;advertisedRoutePriority&quot;: 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest priority value win.
-      &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering. Not currently available publicly.
-        &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
-        &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+      &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering.
+        &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+        &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
         &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
-        &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. Not currently available publicly. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
+        &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
         &quot;packetMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD packet mode for this BGP peer. If set to CONTROL_AND_ECHO, BFD echo mode is enabled for this BGP peer. In this mode, if the peer router also has BFD echo mode enabled, BFD echo packets will be sent to the other router. If the peer router does not have BFD echo mode enabled, only control packets will be sent. If set to CONTROL_ONLY, BFD echo mode is disabled for this BGP peer. If this router and the peer router have a multihop connection, this should be set to CONTROL_ONLY as BFD echo mode is only supported on singlehop connections. The default is CONTROL_AND_ECHO.
-        &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. Not currently available publicly. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
+        &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
         &quot;slowTimerInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to and received from the peer router when BFD echo mode is enabled on both routers. The actual transmit and receive intervals are negotiated between the two routers and are equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding interval on the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 5000.
       },
       &quot;enable&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
@@ -924,13 +924,13 @@
         },
       ],
       &quot;advertisedRoutePriority&quot;: 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest priority value win.
-      &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering. Not currently available publicly.
-        &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
-        &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+      &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering.
+        &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+        &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
         &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
-        &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. Not currently available publicly. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
+        &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
         &quot;packetMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD packet mode for this BGP peer. If set to CONTROL_AND_ECHO, BFD echo mode is enabled for this BGP peer. In this mode, if the peer router also has BFD echo mode enabled, BFD echo packets will be sent to the other router. If the peer router does not have BFD echo mode enabled, only control packets will be sent. If set to CONTROL_ONLY, BFD echo mode is disabled for this BGP peer. If this router and the peer router have a multihop connection, this should be set to CONTROL_ONLY as BFD echo mode is only supported on singlehop connections. The default is CONTROL_AND_ECHO.
-        &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. Not currently available publicly. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
+        &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
         &quot;slowTimerInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to and received from the peer router when BFD echo mode is enabled on both routers. The actual transmit and receive intervals are negotiated between the two routers and are equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding interval on the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 5000.
       },
       &quot;enable&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
@@ -1130,13 +1130,13 @@
             },
           ],
           &quot;advertisedRoutePriority&quot;: 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest priority value win.
-          &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering. Not currently available publicly.
-            &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
-            &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+          &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering.
+            &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+            &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
             &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
-            &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. Not currently available publicly. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
+            &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
             &quot;packetMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD packet mode for this BGP peer. If set to CONTROL_AND_ECHO, BFD echo mode is enabled for this BGP peer. In this mode, if the peer router also has BFD echo mode enabled, BFD echo packets will be sent to the other router. If the peer router does not have BFD echo mode enabled, only control packets will be sent. If set to CONTROL_ONLY, BFD echo mode is disabled for this BGP peer. If this router and the peer router have a multihop connection, this should be set to CONTROL_ONLY as BFD echo mode is only supported on singlehop connections. The default is CONTROL_AND_ECHO.
-            &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. Not currently available publicly. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
+            &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
             &quot;slowTimerInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to and received from the peer router when BFD echo mode is enabled on both routers. The actual transmit and receive intervals are negotiated between the two routers and are equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding interval on the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 5000.
           },
           &quot;enable&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
@@ -1297,13 +1297,13 @@
         },
       ],
       &quot;advertisedRoutePriority&quot;: 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest priority value win.
-      &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering. Not currently available publicly.
-        &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
-        &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+      &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering.
+        &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+        &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
         &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
-        &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. Not currently available publicly. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
+        &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
         &quot;packetMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD packet mode for this BGP peer. If set to CONTROL_AND_ECHO, BFD echo mode is enabled for this BGP peer. In this mode, if the peer router also has BFD echo mode enabled, BFD echo packets will be sent to the other router. If the peer router does not have BFD echo mode enabled, only control packets will be sent. If set to CONTROL_ONLY, BFD echo mode is disabled for this BGP peer. If this router and the peer router have a multihop connection, this should be set to CONTROL_ONLY as BFD echo mode is only supported on singlehop connections. The default is CONTROL_AND_ECHO.
-        &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. Not currently available publicly. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
+        &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
         &quot;slowTimerInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to and received from the peer router when BFD echo mode is enabled on both routers. The actual transmit and receive intervals are negotiated between the two routers and are equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding interval on the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 5000.
       },
       &quot;enable&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
@@ -1491,13 +1491,13 @@
         },
       ],
       &quot;advertisedRoutePriority&quot;: 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest priority value win.
-      &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering. Not currently available publicly.
-        &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
-        &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+      &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering.
+        &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+        &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
         &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
-        &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. Not currently available publicly. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
+        &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
         &quot;packetMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD packet mode for this BGP peer. If set to CONTROL_AND_ECHO, BFD echo mode is enabled for this BGP peer. In this mode, if the peer router also has BFD echo mode enabled, BFD echo packets will be sent to the other router. If the peer router does not have BFD echo mode enabled, only control packets will be sent. If set to CONTROL_ONLY, BFD echo mode is disabled for this BGP peer. If this router and the peer router have a multihop connection, this should be set to CONTROL_ONLY as BFD echo mode is only supported on singlehop connections. The default is CONTROL_AND_ECHO.
-        &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. Not currently available publicly. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
+        &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
         &quot;slowTimerInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to and received from the peer router when BFD echo mode is enabled on both routers. The actual transmit and receive intervals are negotiated between the two routers and are equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding interval on the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 5000.
       },
       &quot;enable&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
@@ -1626,13 +1626,13 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;advertisedRoutePriority&quot;: 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest priority value win.
-        &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering. Not currently available publicly.
-          &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
-          &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+        &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering.
+          &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+          &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
           &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
-          &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. Not currently available publicly. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
+          &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
           &quot;packetMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD packet mode for this BGP peer. If set to CONTROL_AND_ECHO, BFD echo mode is enabled for this BGP peer. In this mode, if the peer router also has BFD echo mode enabled, BFD echo packets will be sent to the other router. If the peer router does not have BFD echo mode enabled, only control packets will be sent. If set to CONTROL_ONLY, BFD echo mode is disabled for this BGP peer. If this router and the peer router have a multihop connection, this should be set to CONTROL_ONLY as BFD echo mode is only supported on singlehop connections. The default is CONTROL_AND_ECHO.
-          &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. Not currently available publicly. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
+          &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
           &quot;slowTimerInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to and received from the peer router when BFD echo mode is enabled on both routers. The actual transmit and receive intervals are negotiated between the two routers and are equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding interval on the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 5000.
         },
         &quot;enable&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
@@ -1797,13 +1797,13 @@
         },
       ],
       &quot;advertisedRoutePriority&quot;: 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest priority value win.
-      &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering. Not currently available publicly.
-        &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
-        &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+      &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering.
+        &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+        &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
         &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
-        &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. Not currently available publicly. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
+        &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
         &quot;packetMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD packet mode for this BGP peer. If set to CONTROL_AND_ECHO, BFD echo mode is enabled for this BGP peer. In this mode, if the peer router also has BFD echo mode enabled, BFD echo packets will be sent to the other router. If the peer router does not have BFD echo mode enabled, only control packets will be sent. If set to CONTROL_ONLY, BFD echo mode is disabled for this BGP peer. If this router and the peer router have a multihop connection, this should be set to CONTROL_ONLY as BFD echo mode is only supported on singlehop connections. The default is CONTROL_AND_ECHO.
-        &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. Not currently available publicly. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
+        &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
         &quot;slowTimerInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to and received from the peer router when BFD echo mode is enabled on both routers. The actual transmit and receive intervals are negotiated between the two routers and are equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding interval on the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 5000.
       },
       &quot;enable&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html
index 212550a..c746eef 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
           },
           &quot;metadata&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Can only be specified if VPC flow logging for this subnetwork is enabled. Configures whether metadata fields should be added to the reported VPC flow logs. Options are INCLUDE_ALL_METADATA, EXCLUDE_ALL_METADATA, and CUSTOM_METADATA. Default is EXCLUDE_ALL_METADATA.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-          &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. Only networks that are in the distributed mode can have subnetworks. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
+          &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
           &quot;privateIpGoogleAccess&quot;: True or False, # Whether the VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigned external IP addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using setPrivateIpGoogleAccess.
           &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for the VMs in this subnet. This is an expanded field of enablePrivateV6Access. If both fields are set, privateIpv6GoogleAccess will take priority. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.
           &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccessServiceAccounts&quot;: [ # Deprecated in favor of enable PrivateIpv6GoogleAccess on instance directly. The service accounts can be used to selectively turn on Private IPv6 Google Access only on the VMs primary service account matching the value. This value only takes effect when PrivateIpv6GoogleAccess is ENABLE_OUTBOUND_VM_ACCESS_TO_GOOGLE_FOR_SERVICE_ACCOUNTS or ENABLE_BIDIRECTIONAL_ACCESS_TO_GOOGLE_FOR_SERVICE_ACCOUNTS.
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@
   },
   &quot;metadata&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Can only be specified if VPC flow logging for this subnetwork is enabled. Configures whether metadata fields should be added to the reported VPC flow logs. Options are INCLUDE_ALL_METADATA, EXCLUDE_ALL_METADATA, and CUSTOM_METADATA. Default is EXCLUDE_ALL_METADATA.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. Only networks that are in the distributed mode can have subnetworks. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
+  &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
   &quot;privateIpGoogleAccess&quot;: True or False, # Whether the VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigned external IP addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using setPrivateIpGoogleAccess.
   &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for the VMs in this subnet. This is an expanded field of enablePrivateV6Access. If both fields are set, privateIpv6GoogleAccess will take priority. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.
   &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccessServiceAccounts&quot;: [ # Deprecated in favor of enable PrivateIpv6GoogleAccess on instance directly. The service accounts can be used to selectively turn on Private IPv6 Google Access only on the VMs primary service account matching the value. This value only takes effect when PrivateIpv6GoogleAccess is ENABLE_OUTBOUND_VM_ACCESS_TO_GOOGLE_FOR_SERVICE_ACCOUNTS or ENABLE_BIDIRECTIONAL_ACCESS_TO_GOOGLE_FOR_SERVICE_ACCOUNTS.
@@ -606,7 +606,7 @@
   },
   &quot;metadata&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Can only be specified if VPC flow logging for this subnetwork is enabled. Configures whether metadata fields should be added to the reported VPC flow logs. Options are INCLUDE_ALL_METADATA, EXCLUDE_ALL_METADATA, and CUSTOM_METADATA. Default is EXCLUDE_ALL_METADATA.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. Only networks that are in the distributed mode can have subnetworks. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
+  &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
   &quot;privateIpGoogleAccess&quot;: True or False, # Whether the VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigned external IP addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using setPrivateIpGoogleAccess.
   &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for the VMs in this subnet. This is an expanded field of enablePrivateV6Access. If both fields are set, privateIpv6GoogleAccess will take priority. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.
   &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccessServiceAccounts&quot;: [ # Deprecated in favor of enable PrivateIpv6GoogleAccess on instance directly. The service accounts can be used to selectively turn on Private IPv6 Google Access only on the VMs primary service account matching the value. This value only takes effect when PrivateIpv6GoogleAccess is ENABLE_OUTBOUND_VM_ACCESS_TO_GOOGLE_FOR_SERVICE_ACCOUNTS or ENABLE_BIDIRECTIONAL_ACCESS_TO_GOOGLE_FOR_SERVICE_ACCOUNTS.
@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@
       },
       &quot;metadata&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Can only be specified if VPC flow logging for this subnetwork is enabled. Configures whether metadata fields should be added to the reported VPC flow logs. Options are INCLUDE_ALL_METADATA, EXCLUDE_ALL_METADATA, and CUSTOM_METADATA. Default is EXCLUDE_ALL_METADATA.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-      &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. Only networks that are in the distributed mode can have subnetworks. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
+      &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
       &quot;privateIpGoogleAccess&quot;: True or False, # Whether the VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigned external IP addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using setPrivateIpGoogleAccess.
       &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for the VMs in this subnet. This is an expanded field of enablePrivateV6Access. If both fields are set, privateIpv6GoogleAccess will take priority. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.
       &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccessServiceAccounts&quot;: [ # Deprecated in favor of enable PrivateIpv6GoogleAccess on instance directly. The service accounts can be used to selectively turn on Private IPv6 Google Access only on the VMs primary service account matching the value. This value only takes effect when PrivateIpv6GoogleAccess is ENABLE_OUTBOUND_VM_ACCESS_TO_GOOGLE_FOR_SERVICE_ACCOUNTS or ENABLE_BIDIRECTIONAL_ACCESS_TO_GOOGLE_FOR_SERVICE_ACCOUNTS.
@@ -902,7 +902,7 @@
   },
   &quot;metadata&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Can only be specified if VPC flow logging for this subnetwork is enabled. Configures whether metadata fields should be added to the reported VPC flow logs. Options are INCLUDE_ALL_METADATA, EXCLUDE_ALL_METADATA, and CUSTOM_METADATA. Default is EXCLUDE_ALL_METADATA.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. Only networks that are in the distributed mode can have subnetworks. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
+  &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
   &quot;privateIpGoogleAccess&quot;: True or False, # Whether the VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigned external IP addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using setPrivateIpGoogleAccess.
   &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for the VMs in this subnet. This is an expanded field of enablePrivateV6Access. If both fields are set, privateIpv6GoogleAccess will take priority. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.
   &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccessServiceAccounts&quot;: [ # Deprecated in favor of enable PrivateIpv6GoogleAccess on instance directly. The service accounts can be used to selectively turn on Private IPv6 Google Access only on the VMs primary service account matching the value. This value only takes effect when PrivateIpv6GoogleAccess is ENABLE_OUTBOUND_VM_ACCESS_TO_GOOGLE_FOR_SERVICE_ACCOUNTS or ENABLE_BIDIRECTIONAL_ACCESS_TO_GOOGLE_FOR_SERVICE_ACCOUNTS.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneOperations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneOperations.html
index 2d2288f..05cc6ba 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneOperations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneOperations.html
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#wait">wait(project, zone, operation, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method differs from the `GET` method in that it waits for no more than the default deadline (2 minutes) and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress. This method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically: - In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. - If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`. </p>
+<p class="firstline">Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method waits for no more than the 2 minutes and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress. This method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically: - In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. - If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`. </p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="wait">wait(project, zone, operation, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method differs from the `GET` method in that it waits for no more than the default deadline (2 minutes) and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress. This method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically: - In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. - If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`. 
+  <pre>Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method waits for no more than the 2 minutes and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress. This method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically: - In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. - If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`. 
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewallPolicies.html
index 9a1a667..34f6a08 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewallPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewallPolicies.html
@@ -463,7 +463,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall policy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall policy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -843,7 +843,7 @@
       ],
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall policy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall policy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html
index a096768..859734f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@
         &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
       },
     ],
-    &quot;postKeyRevocationActionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
+    &quot;postKeyRevocationActionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. (will be deprecated soon)
     &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image.
       &quot;automaticRestart&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
       &quot;hostErrorTimeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@
         &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
       },
     ],
-    &quot;postKeyRevocationActionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
+    &quot;postKeyRevocationActionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. (will be deprecated soon)
     &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image.
       &quot;automaticRestart&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
       &quot;hostErrorTimeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
@@ -865,7 +865,7 @@
             &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
           },
         ],
-        &quot;postKeyRevocationActionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
+        &quot;postKeyRevocationActionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. (will be deprecated soon)
         &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image.
           &quot;automaticRestart&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
           &quot;hostErrorTimeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html
index be0a536..7f15665 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html
@@ -153,6 +153,11 @@
               &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
               &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
               &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+                &quot;projectMap&quot;: { # A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.
+                  &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+                    &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+                  },
+                },
                 &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
                   &quot;A String&quot;,
                 ],
@@ -292,6 +297,11 @@
       &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
       &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+        &quot;projectMap&quot;: { # A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+            &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+          },
+        },
         &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -376,6 +386,11 @@
       &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
       &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+        &quot;projectMap&quot;: { # A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+            &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+          },
+        },
         &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -528,6 +543,11 @@
           &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
           &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
           &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+            &quot;projectMap&quot;: { # A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+              },
+            },
             &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
@@ -660,6 +680,11 @@
       &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
       &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+        &quot;projectMap&quot;: { # A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+            &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+          },
+        },
         &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html
index 97ce4c0..512257b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html
@@ -149,6 +149,11 @@
           &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
           &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
           &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+            &quot;projectMap&quot;: { # A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+              },
+            },
             &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
@@ -322,6 +327,11 @@
   &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
   &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+    &quot;projectMap&quot;: { # A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+        &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+      },
+    },
     &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -481,6 +491,11 @@
   &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
   &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+    &quot;projectMap&quot;: { # A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+        &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+      },
+    },
     &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -603,6 +618,11 @@
       &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
       &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+        &quot;projectMap&quot;: { # A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+            &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+          },
+        },
         &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -1002,6 +1022,11 @@
   &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
   &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+    &quot;projectMap&quot;: { # A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+        &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+      },
+    },
     &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routers.html
index a82c44b..0a7839a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routers.html
@@ -173,11 +173,11 @@
                 },
               ],
               &quot;advertisedRoutePriority&quot;: 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest priority value win.
-              &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering. Not currently available publicly.
-                &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
-                &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
-                &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. Not currently available publicly. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
-                &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. Not currently available publicly. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
+              &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering.
+                &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+                &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+                &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
+                &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
               },
               &quot;enable&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
               &quot;interfaceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
@@ -404,11 +404,11 @@
         },
       ],
       &quot;advertisedRoutePriority&quot;: 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest priority value win.
-      &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering. Not currently available publicly.
-        &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
-        &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
-        &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. Not currently available publicly. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
-        &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. Not currently available publicly. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
+      &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering.
+        &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+        &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+        &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
+        &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
       },
       &quot;enable&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
       &quot;interfaceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
@@ -817,11 +817,11 @@
         },
       ],
       &quot;advertisedRoutePriority&quot;: 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest priority value win.
-      &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering. Not currently available publicly.
-        &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
-        &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
-        &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. Not currently available publicly. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
-        &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. Not currently available publicly. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
+      &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering.
+        &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+        &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+        &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
+        &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
       },
       &quot;enable&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
       &quot;interfaceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
@@ -997,11 +997,11 @@
             },
           ],
           &quot;advertisedRoutePriority&quot;: 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest priority value win.
-          &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering. Not currently available publicly.
-            &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
-            &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
-            &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. Not currently available publicly. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
-            &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. Not currently available publicly. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
+          &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering.
+            &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+            &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+            &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
+            &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
           },
           &quot;enable&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
           &quot;interfaceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
@@ -1139,11 +1139,11 @@
         },
       ],
       &quot;advertisedRoutePriority&quot;: 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest priority value win.
-      &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering. Not currently available publicly.
-        &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
-        &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
-        &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. Not currently available publicly. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
-        &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. Not currently available publicly. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
+      &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering.
+        &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+        &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+        &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
+        &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
       },
       &quot;enable&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
       &quot;interfaceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
@@ -1307,11 +1307,11 @@
         },
       ],
       &quot;advertisedRoutePriority&quot;: 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest priority value win.
-      &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering. Not currently available publicly.
-        &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
-        &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
-        &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. Not currently available publicly. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
-        &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. Not currently available publicly. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
+      &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering.
+        &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+        &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+        &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
+        &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
       },
       &quot;enable&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
       &quot;interfaceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
@@ -1417,11 +1417,11 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;advertisedRoutePriority&quot;: 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest priority value win.
-        &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering. Not currently available publicly.
-          &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
-          &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
-          &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. Not currently available publicly. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
-          &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. Not currently available publicly. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
+        &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering.
+          &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+          &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+          &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
+          &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
         },
         &quot;enable&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
         &quot;interfaceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
@@ -1563,11 +1563,11 @@
         },
       ],
       &quot;advertisedRoutePriority&quot;: 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest priority value win.
-      &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering. Not currently available publicly.
-        &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
-        &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
-        &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. Not currently available publicly. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
-        &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. Not currently available publicly. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
+      &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering.
+        &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+        &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+        &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
+        &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
       },
       &quot;enable&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
       &quot;interfaceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.subnetworks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.subnetworks.html
index 165509d..1083503 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.subnetworks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.subnetworks.html
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@
             ],
           },
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-          &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. Only networks that are in the distributed mode can have subnetworks. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
+          &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
           &quot;privateIpGoogleAccess&quot;: True or False, # Whether the VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigned external IP addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using setPrivateIpGoogleAccess.
           &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for the VMs in this subnet. This is an expanded field of enablePrivateV6Access. If both fields are set, privateIpv6GoogleAccess will take priority. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.
           &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE_RFC_1918 or INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER. A subnetwork with purpose set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER is a user-created subnetwork that is reserved for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. If unspecified, the purpose defaults to PRIVATE_RFC_1918. The enableFlowLogs field isn&#x27;t supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@
     ],
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. Only networks that are in the distributed mode can have subnetworks. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
+  &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
   &quot;privateIpGoogleAccess&quot;: True or False, # Whether the VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigned external IP addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using setPrivateIpGoogleAccess.
   &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for the VMs in this subnet. This is an expanded field of enablePrivateV6Access. If both fields are set, privateIpv6GoogleAccess will take priority. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.
   &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE_RFC_1918 or INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER. A subnetwork with purpose set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER is a user-created subnetwork that is reserved for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. If unspecified, the purpose defaults to PRIVATE_RFC_1918. The enableFlowLogs field isn&#x27;t supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@
     ],
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. Only networks that are in the distributed mode can have subnetworks. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
+  &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
   &quot;privateIpGoogleAccess&quot;: True or False, # Whether the VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigned external IP addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using setPrivateIpGoogleAccess.
   &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for the VMs in this subnet. This is an expanded field of enablePrivateV6Access. If both fields are set, privateIpv6GoogleAccess will take priority. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.
   &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE_RFC_1918 or INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER. A subnetwork with purpose set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER is a user-created subnetwork that is reserved for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. If unspecified, the purpose defaults to PRIVATE_RFC_1918. The enableFlowLogs field isn&#x27;t supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
@@ -691,7 +691,7 @@
         ],
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-      &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. Only networks that are in the distributed mode can have subnetworks. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
+      &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
       &quot;privateIpGoogleAccess&quot;: True or False, # Whether the VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigned external IP addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using setPrivateIpGoogleAccess.
       &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for the VMs in this subnet. This is an expanded field of enablePrivateV6Access. If both fields are set, privateIpv6GoogleAccess will take priority. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.
       &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE_RFC_1918 or INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER. A subnetwork with purpose set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER is a user-created subnetwork that is reserved for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. If unspecified, the purpose defaults to PRIVATE_RFC_1918. The enableFlowLogs field isn&#x27;t supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
@@ -838,7 +838,7 @@
     ],
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. Only networks that are in the distributed mode can have subnetworks. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
+  &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
   &quot;privateIpGoogleAccess&quot;: True or False, # Whether the VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigned external IP addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using setPrivateIpGoogleAccess.
   &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for the VMs in this subnet. This is an expanded field of enablePrivateV6Access. If both fields are set, privateIpv6GoogleAccess will take priority. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.
   &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE_RFC_1918 or INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER. A subnetwork with purpose set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER is a user-created subnetwork that is reserved for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. If unspecified, the purpose defaults to PRIVATE_RFC_1918. The enableFlowLogs field isn&#x27;t supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.zoneOperations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.zoneOperations.html
index 9f986cf..e46e209 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.zoneOperations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.zoneOperations.html
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#wait">wait(project, zone, operation, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method differs from the `GET` method in that it waits for no more than the default deadline (2 minutes) and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress. This method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically: - In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. - If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`. </p>
+<p class="firstline">Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method waits for no more than the 2 minutes and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress. This method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically: - In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. - If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`. </p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="wait">wait(project, zone, operation, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method differs from the `GET` method in that it waits for no more than the default deadline (2 minutes) and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress. This method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically: - In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. - If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`. 
+  <pre>Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method waits for no more than the 2 minutes and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress. This method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically: - In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. - If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`. 
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewallPolicies.html
index 979bdb4..ea65e5b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewallPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewallPolicies.html
@@ -463,7 +463,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall policy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall policy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -843,7 +843,7 @@
       ],
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall policy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall policy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html
index d5cfda3..1400e8c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html
@@ -170,6 +170,12 @@
                 },
               ],
               &quot;advertisedRoutePriority&quot;: 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest priority value win.
+              &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering.
+                &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+                &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+                &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
+                &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
+              },
               &quot;enable&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
               &quot;interfaceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
               &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.
@@ -177,6 +183,7 @@
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this BGP peer. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
               &quot;peerAsn&quot;: 42, # Peer BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Each BGP interface may use a different value.
               &quot;peerIpAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.
+              &quot;routerApplianceInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the VM instance that is used as third-party router appliances such as Next Gen Firewalls, Virtual Routers, or Router Appliances. The VM instance must be located in zones contained in the same region as this Cloud Router. The VM instance is the peer side of the BGP session.
             },
           ],
           &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -190,6 +197,9 @@
               &quot;linkedVpnTunnel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the linked VPN tunnel, which must be in the same region as the router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a virtual machine instance.
               &quot;managementType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this interface. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed directly by users. - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is an interface that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically, by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of interface when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted.
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this interface entry. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+              &quot;privateIpAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The regional private internal IP address that is used to establish BGP sessions to a VM instance acting as a third-party Router Appliance, such as a Next Gen Firewall, a Virtual Router, or an SD-WAN VM.
+              &quot;redundantInterface&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the interface that will be redundant with the current interface you are creating. The redundantInterface must belong to the same Cloud Router as the interface here. To establish the BGP session to a Router Appliance VM, you must create two BGP peers. The two BGP peers must be attached to two separate interfaces that are redundant with each other. The redundant_interface must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the redundant_interface must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+              &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of the subnetwork resource that this interface belongs to, which must be in the same region as the Cloud Router. When you establish a BGP session to a VM instance using this interface, the VM instance must belong to the same subnetwork as the subnetwork specified here.
             },
           ],
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#router&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#router for routers.
@@ -391,6 +401,12 @@
         },
       ],
       &quot;advertisedRoutePriority&quot;: 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest priority value win.
+      &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering.
+        &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+        &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+        &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
+        &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
+      },
       &quot;enable&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
       &quot;interfaceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
       &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.
@@ -398,6 +414,7 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this BGP peer. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;peerAsn&quot;: 42, # Peer BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Each BGP interface may use a different value.
       &quot;peerIpAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      &quot;routerApplianceInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the VM instance that is used as third-party router appliances such as Next Gen Firewalls, Virtual Routers, or Router Appliances. The VM instance must be located in zones contained in the same region as this Cloud Router. The VM instance is the peer side of the BGP session.
     },
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -411,6 +428,9 @@
       &quot;linkedVpnTunnel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the linked VPN tunnel, which must be in the same region as the router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a virtual machine instance.
       &quot;managementType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this interface. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed directly by users. - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is an interface that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically, by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of interface when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this interface entry. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      &quot;privateIpAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The regional private internal IP address that is used to establish BGP sessions to a VM instance acting as a third-party Router Appliance, such as a Next Gen Firewall, a Virtual Router, or an SD-WAN VM.
+      &quot;redundantInterface&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the interface that will be redundant with the current interface you are creating. The redundantInterface must belong to the same Cloud Router as the interface here. To establish the BGP session to a Router Appliance VM, you must create two BGP peers. The two BGP peers must be attached to two separate interfaces that are redundant with each other. The redundant_interface must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the redundant_interface must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of the subnetwork resource that this interface belongs to, which must be in the same region as the Cloud Router. When you establish a BGP session to a VM instance using this interface, the VM instance must belong to the same subnetwork as the subnetwork specified here.
     },
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#router&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#router for routers.
@@ -658,6 +678,7 @@
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this BGP peer. Unique within the Routers resource.
         &quot;numLearnedRoutes&quot;: 42, # Number of routes learned from the remote BGP Peer.
         &quot;peerIpAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address of the remote BGP interface.
+        &quot;routerApplianceInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] URI of the VM instance that is used as third-party router appliances such as Next Gen Firewalls, Virtual Routers, or Router Appliances. The VM instance is the peer side of the BGP session.
         &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # BGP state as specified in RFC1771.
         &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the BGP peer: {UP, DOWN}
         &quot;uptime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time this session has been up. Format: 14 years, 51 weeks, 6 days, 23 hours, 59 minutes, 59 seconds
@@ -729,6 +750,12 @@
         },
       ],
       &quot;advertisedRoutePriority&quot;: 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest priority value win.
+      &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering.
+        &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+        &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+        &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
+        &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
+      },
       &quot;enable&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
       &quot;interfaceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
       &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.
@@ -736,6 +763,7 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this BGP peer. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;peerAsn&quot;: 42, # Peer BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Each BGP interface may use a different value.
       &quot;peerIpAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      &quot;routerApplianceInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the VM instance that is used as third-party router appliances such as Next Gen Firewalls, Virtual Routers, or Router Appliances. The VM instance must be located in zones contained in the same region as this Cloud Router. The VM instance is the peer side of the BGP session.
     },
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -749,6 +777,9 @@
       &quot;linkedVpnTunnel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the linked VPN tunnel, which must be in the same region as the router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a virtual machine instance.
       &quot;managementType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this interface. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed directly by users. - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is an interface that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically, by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of interface when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this interface entry. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      &quot;privateIpAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The regional private internal IP address that is used to establish BGP sessions to a VM instance acting as a third-party Router Appliance, such as a Next Gen Firewall, a Virtual Router, or an SD-WAN VM.
+      &quot;redundantInterface&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the interface that will be redundant with the current interface you are creating. The redundantInterface must belong to the same Cloud Router as the interface here. To establish the BGP session to a Router Appliance VM, you must create two BGP peers. The two BGP peers must be attached to two separate interfaces that are redundant with each other. The redundant_interface must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the redundant_interface must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of the subnetwork resource that this interface belongs to, which must be in the same region as the Cloud Router. When you establish a BGP session to a VM instance using this interface, the VM instance must belong to the same subnetwork as the subnetwork specified here.
     },
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#router&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#router for routers.
@@ -899,6 +930,12 @@
             },
           ],
           &quot;advertisedRoutePriority&quot;: 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest priority value win.
+          &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering.
+            &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+            &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+            &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
+            &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
+          },
           &quot;enable&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
           &quot;interfaceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
           &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.
@@ -906,6 +943,7 @@
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this BGP peer. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
           &quot;peerAsn&quot;: 42, # Peer BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Each BGP interface may use a different value.
           &quot;peerIpAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.
+          &quot;routerApplianceInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the VM instance that is used as third-party router appliances such as Next Gen Firewalls, Virtual Routers, or Router Appliances. The VM instance must be located in zones contained in the same region as this Cloud Router. The VM instance is the peer side of the BGP session.
         },
       ],
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -919,6 +957,9 @@
           &quot;linkedVpnTunnel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the linked VPN tunnel, which must be in the same region as the router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a virtual machine instance.
           &quot;managementType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this interface. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed directly by users. - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is an interface that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically, by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of interface when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this interface entry. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+          &quot;privateIpAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The regional private internal IP address that is used to establish BGP sessions to a VM instance acting as a third-party Router Appliance, such as a Next Gen Firewall, a Virtual Router, or an SD-WAN VM.
+          &quot;redundantInterface&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the interface that will be redundant with the current interface you are creating. The redundantInterface must belong to the same Cloud Router as the interface here. To establish the BGP session to a Router Appliance VM, you must create two BGP peers. The two BGP peers must be attached to two separate interfaces that are redundant with each other. The redundant_interface must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the redundant_interface must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+          &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of the subnetwork resource that this interface belongs to, which must be in the same region as the Cloud Router. When you establish a BGP session to a VM instance using this interface, the VM instance must belong to the same subnetwork as the subnetwork specified here.
         },
       ],
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#router&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#router for routers.
@@ -1031,6 +1072,12 @@
         },
       ],
       &quot;advertisedRoutePriority&quot;: 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest priority value win.
+      &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering.
+        &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+        &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+        &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
+        &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
+      },
       &quot;enable&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
       &quot;interfaceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
       &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.
@@ -1038,6 +1085,7 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this BGP peer. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;peerAsn&quot;: 42, # Peer BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Each BGP interface may use a different value.
       &quot;peerIpAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      &quot;routerApplianceInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the VM instance that is used as third-party router appliances such as Next Gen Firewalls, Virtual Routers, or Router Appliances. The VM instance must be located in zones contained in the same region as this Cloud Router. The VM instance is the peer side of the BGP session.
     },
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -1051,6 +1099,9 @@
       &quot;linkedVpnTunnel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the linked VPN tunnel, which must be in the same region as the router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a virtual machine instance.
       &quot;managementType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this interface. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed directly by users. - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is an interface that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically, by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of interface when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this interface entry. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      &quot;privateIpAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The regional private internal IP address that is used to establish BGP sessions to a VM instance acting as a third-party Router Appliance, such as a Next Gen Firewall, a Virtual Router, or an SD-WAN VM.
+      &quot;redundantInterface&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the interface that will be redundant with the current interface you are creating. The redundantInterface must belong to the same Cloud Router as the interface here. To establish the BGP session to a Router Appliance VM, you must create two BGP peers. The two BGP peers must be attached to two separate interfaces that are redundant with each other. The redundant_interface must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the redundant_interface must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of the subnetwork resource that this interface belongs to, which must be in the same region as the Cloud Router. When you establish a BGP session to a VM instance using this interface, the VM instance must belong to the same subnetwork as the subnetwork specified here.
     },
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#router&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#router for routers.
@@ -1189,6 +1240,12 @@
         },
       ],
       &quot;advertisedRoutePriority&quot;: 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest priority value win.
+      &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering.
+        &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+        &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+        &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
+        &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
+      },
       &quot;enable&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
       &quot;interfaceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
       &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.
@@ -1196,6 +1253,7 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this BGP peer. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;peerAsn&quot;: 42, # Peer BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Each BGP interface may use a different value.
       &quot;peerIpAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      &quot;routerApplianceInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the VM instance that is used as third-party router appliances such as Next Gen Firewalls, Virtual Routers, or Router Appliances. The VM instance must be located in zones contained in the same region as this Cloud Router. The VM instance is the peer side of the BGP session.
     },
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -1209,6 +1267,9 @@
       &quot;linkedVpnTunnel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the linked VPN tunnel, which must be in the same region as the router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a virtual machine instance.
       &quot;managementType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this interface. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed directly by users. - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is an interface that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically, by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of interface when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this interface entry. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      &quot;privateIpAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The regional private internal IP address that is used to establish BGP sessions to a VM instance acting as a third-party Router Appliance, such as a Next Gen Firewall, a Virtual Router, or an SD-WAN VM.
+      &quot;redundantInterface&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the interface that will be redundant with the current interface you are creating. The redundantInterface must belong to the same Cloud Router as the interface here. To establish the BGP session to a Router Appliance VM, you must create two BGP peers. The two BGP peers must be attached to two separate interfaces that are redundant with each other. The redundant_interface must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the redundant_interface must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of the subnetwork resource that this interface belongs to, which must be in the same region as the Cloud Router. When you establish a BGP session to a VM instance using this interface, the VM instance must belong to the same subnetwork as the subnetwork specified here.
     },
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#router&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#router for routers.
@@ -1289,6 +1350,12 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;advertisedRoutePriority&quot;: 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest priority value win.
+        &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering.
+          &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+          &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+          &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
+          &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
+        },
         &quot;enable&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
         &quot;interfaceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
         &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.
@@ -1296,6 +1363,7 @@
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this BGP peer. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
         &quot;peerAsn&quot;: 42, # Peer BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Each BGP interface may use a different value.
         &quot;peerIpAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.
+        &quot;routerApplianceInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the VM instance that is used as third-party router appliances such as Next Gen Firewalls, Virtual Routers, or Router Appliances. The VM instance must be located in zones contained in the same region as this Cloud Router. The VM instance is the peer side of the BGP session.
       },
     ],
     &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -1309,6 +1377,9 @@
         &quot;linkedVpnTunnel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the linked VPN tunnel, which must be in the same region as the router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a virtual machine instance.
         &quot;managementType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this interface. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed directly by users. - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is an interface that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically, by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of interface when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this interface entry. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+        &quot;privateIpAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The regional private internal IP address that is used to establish BGP sessions to a VM instance acting as a third-party Router Appliance, such as a Next Gen Firewall, a Virtual Router, or an SD-WAN VM.
+        &quot;redundantInterface&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the interface that will be redundant with the current interface you are creating. The redundantInterface must belong to the same Cloud Router as the interface here. To establish the BGP session to a Router Appliance VM, you must create two BGP peers. The two BGP peers must be attached to two separate interfaces that are redundant with each other. The redundant_interface must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the redundant_interface must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+        &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of the subnetwork resource that this interface belongs to, which must be in the same region as the Cloud Router. When you establish a BGP session to a VM instance using this interface, the VM instance must belong to the same subnetwork as the subnetwork specified here.
       },
     ],
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#router&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#router for routers.
@@ -1393,6 +1464,12 @@
         },
       ],
       &quot;advertisedRoutePriority&quot;: 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest priority value win.
+      &quot;bfd&quot;: { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering.
+        &quot;minReceiveInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+        &quot;minTransmitInterval&quot;: 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.
+        &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
+        &quot;sessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.
+      },
       &quot;enable&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
       &quot;interfaceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
       &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.
@@ -1400,6 +1477,7 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this BGP peer. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;peerAsn&quot;: 42, # Peer BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Each BGP interface may use a different value.
       &quot;peerIpAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      &quot;routerApplianceInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the VM instance that is used as third-party router appliances such as Next Gen Firewalls, Virtual Routers, or Router Appliances. The VM instance must be located in zones contained in the same region as this Cloud Router. The VM instance is the peer side of the BGP session.
     },
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -1413,6 +1491,9 @@
       &quot;linkedVpnTunnel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the linked VPN tunnel, which must be in the same region as the router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a virtual machine instance.
       &quot;managementType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this interface. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed directly by users. - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is an interface that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically, by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of interface when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this interface entry. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      &quot;privateIpAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The regional private internal IP address that is used to establish BGP sessions to a VM instance acting as a third-party Router Appliance, such as a Next Gen Firewall, a Virtual Router, or an SD-WAN VM.
+      &quot;redundantInterface&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the interface that will be redundant with the current interface you are creating. The redundantInterface must belong to the same Cloud Router as the interface here. To establish the BGP session to a Router Appliance VM, you must create two BGP peers. The two BGP peers must be attached to two separate interfaces that are redundant with each other. The redundant_interface must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the redundant_interface must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of the subnetwork resource that this interface belongs to, which must be in the same region as the Cloud Router. When you establish a BGP session to a VM instance using this interface, the VM instance must belong to the same subnetwork as the subnetwork specified here.
     },
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#router&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#router for routers.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.subnetworks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.subnetworks.html
index ad8ef80..0925cbd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.subnetworks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.subnetworks.html
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
             ],
           },
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-          &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. Only networks that are in the distributed mode can have subnetworks. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
+          &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
           &quot;privateIpGoogleAccess&quot;: True or False, # Whether the VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigned external IP addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using setPrivateIpGoogleAccess.
           &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for the VMs in this subnet. This is an expanded field of enablePrivateV6Access. If both fields are set, privateIpv6GoogleAccess will take priority. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.
           &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE_RFC_1918 or INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER. A subnetwork with purpose set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER is a user-created subnetwork that is reserved for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. If unspecified, the purpose defaults to PRIVATE_RFC_1918. The enableFlowLogs field isn&#x27;t supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@
     ],
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. Only networks that are in the distributed mode can have subnetworks. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
+  &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
   &quot;privateIpGoogleAccess&quot;: True or False, # Whether the VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigned external IP addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using setPrivateIpGoogleAccess.
   &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for the VMs in this subnet. This is an expanded field of enablePrivateV6Access. If both fields are set, privateIpv6GoogleAccess will take priority. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.
   &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE_RFC_1918 or INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER. A subnetwork with purpose set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER is a user-created subnetwork that is reserved for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. If unspecified, the purpose defaults to PRIVATE_RFC_1918. The enableFlowLogs field isn&#x27;t supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
@@ -568,7 +568,7 @@
     ],
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. Only networks that are in the distributed mode can have subnetworks. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
+  &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
   &quot;privateIpGoogleAccess&quot;: True or False, # Whether the VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigned external IP addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using setPrivateIpGoogleAccess.
   &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for the VMs in this subnet. This is an expanded field of enablePrivateV6Access. If both fields are set, privateIpv6GoogleAccess will take priority. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.
   &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE_RFC_1918 or INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER. A subnetwork with purpose set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER is a user-created subnetwork that is reserved for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. If unspecified, the purpose defaults to PRIVATE_RFC_1918. The enableFlowLogs field isn&#x27;t supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@
         ],
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-      &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. Only networks that are in the distributed mode can have subnetworks. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
+      &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
       &quot;privateIpGoogleAccess&quot;: True or False, # Whether the VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigned external IP addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using setPrivateIpGoogleAccess.
       &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for the VMs in this subnet. This is an expanded field of enablePrivateV6Access. If both fields are set, privateIpv6GoogleAccess will take priority. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.
       &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE_RFC_1918 or INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER. A subnetwork with purpose set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER is a user-created subnetwork that is reserved for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. If unspecified, the purpose defaults to PRIVATE_RFC_1918. The enableFlowLogs field isn&#x27;t supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
@@ -832,7 +832,7 @@
     ],
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. Only networks that are in the distributed mode can have subnetworks. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
+  &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
   &quot;privateIpGoogleAccess&quot;: True or False, # Whether the VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigned external IP addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using setPrivateIpGoogleAccess.
   &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for the VMs in this subnet. This is an expanded field of enablePrivateV6Access. If both fields are set, privateIpv6GoogleAccess will take priority. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.
   &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE_RFC_1918 or INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER. A subnetwork with purpose set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER is a user-created subnetwork that is reserved for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. If unspecified, the purpose defaults to PRIVATE_RFC_1918. The enableFlowLogs field isn&#x27;t supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetInstances.html
index f85e681..8539b9a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetInstances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetInstances.html
@@ -132,6 +132,7 @@
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#targetInstance&quot;, # [Output Only] The type of the resource. Always compute#targetInstance for target instances.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
           &quot;natPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # NAT option controlling how IPs are NAT&#x27;ed to the instance. Currently only NO_NAT (default value) is supported.
+          &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network this target instance uses to forward traffic. If not specified, the traffic will be forwarded to the network that the default network interface belongs to.
           &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
           &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the target instance resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
         },
@@ -274,6 +275,7 @@
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#targetInstance&quot;, # [Output Only] The type of the resource. Always compute#targetInstance for target instances.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;natPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # NAT option controlling how IPs are NAT&#x27;ed to the instance. Currently only NO_NAT (default value) is supported.
+  &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network this target instance uses to forward traffic. If not specified, the traffic will be forwarded to the network that the default network interface belongs to.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the target instance resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
 }</pre>
@@ -297,6 +299,7 @@
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#targetInstance&quot;, # [Output Only] The type of the resource. Always compute#targetInstance for target instances.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;natPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # NAT option controlling how IPs are NAT&#x27;ed to the instance. Currently only NO_NAT (default value) is supported.
+  &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network this target instance uses to forward traffic. If not specified, the traffic will be forwarded to the network that the default network interface belongs to.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the target instance resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
 }
@@ -388,6 +391,7 @@
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#targetInstance&quot;, # [Output Only] The type of the resource. Always compute#targetInstance for target instances.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;natPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # NAT option controlling how IPs are NAT&#x27;ed to the instance. Currently only NO_NAT (default value) is supported.
+      &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network this target instance uses to forward traffic. If not specified, the traffic will be forwarded to the network that the default network interface belongs to.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the target instance resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.zoneOperations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.zoneOperations.html
index 4606b64..80bcb8c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.zoneOperations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.zoneOperations.html
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#wait">wait(project, zone, operation, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method differs from the `GET` method in that it waits for no more than the default deadline (2 minutes) and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress. This method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically: - In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. - If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`. </p>
+<p class="firstline">Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method waits for no more than the 2 minutes and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress. This method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically: - In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. - If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`. </p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="wait">wait(project, zone, operation, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method differs from the `GET` method in that it waits for no more than the default deadline (2 minutes) and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress. This method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically: - In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. - If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`. 
+  <pre>Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method waits for no more than the 2 minutes and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress. This method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically: - In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. - If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`. 
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html
index 32bcdbe..1cbbefa 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html
@@ -350,6 +350,7 @@
         &quot;segmentParticipant&quot;: { # The call participant speaking for a given utterance. # The participant of this segment.
           &quot;dialogflowParticipant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. Use `dialogflow_participant_name` instead. The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
           &quot;dialogflowParticipantName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the participant provided by Dialogflow. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
+          &quot;obfuscatedExternalUserId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Obfuscated user ID from Dialogflow.
           &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The role of the participant.
           &quot;userId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified ID representing the participant.
         },
@@ -571,6 +572,7 @@
         &quot;segmentParticipant&quot;: { # The call participant speaking for a given utterance. # The participant of this segment.
           &quot;dialogflowParticipant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. Use `dialogflow_participant_name` instead. The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
           &quot;dialogflowParticipantName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the participant provided by Dialogflow. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
+          &quot;obfuscatedExternalUserId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Obfuscated user ID from Dialogflow.
           &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The role of the participant.
           &quot;userId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified ID representing the participant.
         },
@@ -822,6 +824,7 @@
         &quot;segmentParticipant&quot;: { # The call participant speaking for a given utterance. # The participant of this segment.
           &quot;dialogflowParticipant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. Use `dialogflow_participant_name` instead. The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
           &quot;dialogflowParticipantName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the participant provided by Dialogflow. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
+          &quot;obfuscatedExternalUserId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Obfuscated user ID from Dialogflow.
           &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The role of the participant.
           &quot;userId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified ID representing the participant.
         },
@@ -1059,6 +1062,7 @@
             &quot;segmentParticipant&quot;: { # The call participant speaking for a given utterance. # The participant of this segment.
               &quot;dialogflowParticipant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. Use `dialogflow_participant_name` instead. The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
               &quot;dialogflowParticipantName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the participant provided by Dialogflow. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
+              &quot;obfuscatedExternalUserId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Obfuscated user ID from Dialogflow.
               &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The role of the participant.
               &quot;userId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified ID representing the participant.
             },
@@ -1298,6 +1302,7 @@
         &quot;segmentParticipant&quot;: { # The call participant speaking for a given utterance. # The participant of this segment.
           &quot;dialogflowParticipant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. Use `dialogflow_participant_name` instead. The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
           &quot;dialogflowParticipantName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the participant provided by Dialogflow. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
+          &quot;obfuscatedExternalUserId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Obfuscated user ID from Dialogflow.
           &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The role of the participant.
           &quot;userId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified ID representing the participant.
         },
@@ -1519,6 +1524,7 @@
         &quot;segmentParticipant&quot;: { # The call participant speaking for a given utterance. # The participant of this segment.
           &quot;dialogflowParticipant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. Use `dialogflow_participant_name` instead. The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
           &quot;dialogflowParticipantName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the participant provided by Dialogflow. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
+          &quot;obfuscatedExternalUserId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Obfuscated user ID from Dialogflow.
           &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The role of the participant.
           &quot;userId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified ID representing the participant.
         },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.issueModels.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.issueModels.html
index a6ea991..441e0d9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.issueModels.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.issueModels.html
@@ -153,7 +153,8 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this issue model was created.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The representative name for the issue model.
   &quot;inputDataConfig&quot;: { # Configs for the input data used to create the issue model. # Configs for the input data that used to create the issue model.
-    &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required.
+    &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A filter to reduce the conversations used for training the model to a specific subset.
+    &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Medium of conversations used in training data. This field is being deprecated. To specify the medium to be used in training a new issue model, set the `medium` field on `filter`.
     &quot;trainingConversationsCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Number of conversations used in training. Output only.
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the issue model. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}
@@ -295,7 +296,8 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this issue model was created.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The representative name for the issue model.
   &quot;inputDataConfig&quot;: { # Configs for the input data used to create the issue model. # Configs for the input data that used to create the issue model.
-    &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required.
+    &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A filter to reduce the conversations used for training the model to a specific subset.
+    &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Medium of conversations used in training data. This field is being deprecated. To specify the medium to be used in training a new issue model, set the `medium` field on `filter`.
     &quot;trainingConversationsCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Number of conversations used in training. Output only.
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the issue model. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}
@@ -334,7 +336,8 @@
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this issue model was created.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The representative name for the issue model.
       &quot;inputDataConfig&quot;: { # Configs for the input data used to create the issue model. # Configs for the input data that used to create the issue model.
-        &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required.
+        &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A filter to reduce the conversations used for training the model to a specific subset.
+        &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Medium of conversations used in training data. This field is being deprecated. To specify the medium to be used in training a new issue model, set the `medium` field on `filter`.
         &quot;trainingConversationsCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Number of conversations used in training. Output only.
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the issue model. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}
@@ -368,7 +371,8 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this issue model was created.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The representative name for the issue model.
   &quot;inputDataConfig&quot;: { # Configs for the input data used to create the issue model. # Configs for the input data that used to create the issue model.
-    &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required.
+    &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A filter to reduce the conversations used for training the model to a specific subset.
+    &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Medium of conversations used in training data. This field is being deprecated. To specify the medium to be used in training a new issue model, set the `medium` field on `filter`.
     &quot;trainingConversationsCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Number of conversations used in training. Output only.
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the issue model. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}
@@ -399,7 +403,8 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this issue model was created.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The representative name for the issue model.
   &quot;inputDataConfig&quot;: { # Configs for the input data used to create the issue model. # Configs for the input data that used to create the issue model.
-    &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required.
+    &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A filter to reduce the conversations used for training the model to a specific subset.
+    &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Medium of conversations used in training data. This field is being deprecated. To specify the medium to be used in training a new issue model, set the `medium` field on `filter`.
     &quot;trainingConversationsCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Number of conversations used in training. Output only.
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the issue model. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}
diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.phraseMatchers.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.phraseMatchers.html
index 8092bb5..8077372 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.phraseMatchers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.phraseMatchers.html
@@ -132,6 +132,7 @@
   &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Immutable. The revision ID of the phrase matcher. A new revision is committed whenever the matcher is changed, except when it is activated or deactivated. A server generated random ID will be used. Example: locations/global/phraseMatchers/my-first-matcher@1234567
   &quot;roleMatch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The role whose utterances the phrase matcher should be matched against. If the role is ROLE_UNSPECIFIED it will be matched against any utterances in the transcript.
   &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The type of this phrase matcher.
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The most recent time at which the phrase matcher was updated.
   &quot;versionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The customized version tag to use for the phrase matcher. If not specified, it will default to `revision_id`.
 }
 
@@ -168,6 +169,7 @@
   &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Immutable. The revision ID of the phrase matcher. A new revision is committed whenever the matcher is changed, except when it is activated or deactivated. A server generated random ID will be used. Example: locations/global/phraseMatchers/my-first-matcher@1234567
   &quot;roleMatch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The role whose utterances the phrase matcher should be matched against. If the role is ROLE_UNSPECIFIED it will be matched against any utterances in the transcript.
   &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The type of this phrase matcher.
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The most recent time at which the phrase matcher was updated.
   &quot;versionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The customized version tag to use for the phrase matcher. If not specified, it will default to `revision_id`.
 }</pre>
 </div>
@@ -229,6 +231,7 @@
   &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Immutable. The revision ID of the phrase matcher. A new revision is committed whenever the matcher is changed, except when it is activated or deactivated. A server generated random ID will be used. Example: locations/global/phraseMatchers/my-first-matcher@1234567
   &quot;roleMatch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The role whose utterances the phrase matcher should be matched against. If the role is ROLE_UNSPECIFIED it will be matched against any utterances in the transcript.
   &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The type of this phrase matcher.
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The most recent time at which the phrase matcher was updated.
   &quot;versionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The customized version tag to use for the phrase matcher. If not specified, it will default to `revision_id`.
 }</pre>
 </div>
@@ -278,6 +281,7 @@
       &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Immutable. The revision ID of the phrase matcher. A new revision is committed whenever the matcher is changed, except when it is activated or deactivated. A server generated random ID will be used. Example: locations/global/phraseMatchers/my-first-matcher@1234567
       &quot;roleMatch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The role whose utterances the phrase matcher should be matched against. If the role is ROLE_UNSPECIFIED it will be matched against any utterances in the transcript.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The type of this phrase matcher.
+      &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The most recent time at which the phrase matcher was updated.
       &quot;versionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The customized version tag to use for the phrase matcher. If not specified, it will default to `revision_id`.
     },
   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2.accounts.html
index ee55e97..96e7d75 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2.accounts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2.accounts.html
@@ -190,6 +190,7 @@
             &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service phone number.
             &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service URL.
           },
+          &quot;koreanBusinessRegistrationNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The 10-digit [Korean business registration number](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9037766) separated with dashes in the format: XXX-XX-XXXXX. This field will only be updated if explicitly set.
           &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The phone number of the business.
         },
         &quot;googleMyBusinessLink&quot;: { # The GMB account which is linked or in the process of being linked with the Merchant Center account.
@@ -269,6 +270,7 @@
             &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service phone number.
             &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service URL.
           },
+          &quot;koreanBusinessRegistrationNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The 10-digit [Korean business registration number](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9037766) separated with dashes in the format: XXX-XX-XXXXX. This field will only be updated if explicitly set.
           &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The phone number of the business.
         },
         &quot;googleMyBusinessLink&quot;: { # The GMB account which is linked or in the process of being linked with the Merchant Center account.
@@ -369,6 +371,7 @@
       &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service phone number.
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service URL.
     },
+    &quot;koreanBusinessRegistrationNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The 10-digit [Korean business registration number](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9037766) separated with dashes in the format: XXX-XX-XXXXX. This field will only be updated if explicitly set.
     &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The phone number of the business.
   },
   &quot;googleMyBusinessLink&quot;: { # The GMB account which is linked or in the process of being linked with the Merchant Center account.
@@ -429,6 +432,7 @@
       &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service phone number.
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service URL.
     },
+    &quot;koreanBusinessRegistrationNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The 10-digit [Korean business registration number](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9037766) separated with dashes in the format: XXX-XX-XXXXX. This field will only be updated if explicitly set.
     &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The phone number of the business.
   },
   &quot;googleMyBusinessLink&quot;: { # The GMB account which is linked or in the process of being linked with the Merchant Center account.
@@ -488,6 +492,7 @@
       &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service phone number.
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service URL.
     },
+    &quot;koreanBusinessRegistrationNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The 10-digit [Korean business registration number](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9037766) separated with dashes in the format: XXX-XX-XXXXX. This field will only be updated if explicitly set.
     &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The phone number of the business.
   },
   &quot;googleMyBusinessLink&quot;: { # The GMB account which is linked or in the process of being linked with the Merchant Center account.
@@ -588,6 +593,7 @@
           &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service phone number.
           &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service URL.
         },
+        &quot;koreanBusinessRegistrationNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The 10-digit [Korean business registration number](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9037766) separated with dashes in the format: XXX-XX-XXXXX. This field will only be updated if explicitly set.
         &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The phone number of the business.
       },
       &quot;googleMyBusinessLink&quot;: { # The GMB account which is linked or in the process of being linked with the Merchant Center account.
@@ -665,6 +671,7 @@
       &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service phone number.
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service URL.
     },
+    &quot;koreanBusinessRegistrationNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The 10-digit [Korean business registration number](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9037766) separated with dashes in the format: XXX-XX-XXXXX. This field will only be updated if explicitly set.
     &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The phone number of the business.
   },
   &quot;googleMyBusinessLink&quot;: { # The GMB account which is linked or in the process of being linked with the Merchant Center account.
@@ -724,6 +731,7 @@
       &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service phone number.
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service URL.
     },
+    &quot;koreanBusinessRegistrationNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The 10-digit [Korean business registration number](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9037766) separated with dashes in the format: XXX-XX-XXXXX. This field will only be updated if explicitly set.
     &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The phone number of the business.
   },
   &quot;googleMyBusinessLink&quot;: { # The GMB account which is linked or in the process of being linked with the Merchant Center account.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounts.html
index b179040..cdf2ba7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounts.html
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Updates labels that are assigned to the Merchant Center account by CSS user.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#verifyphonenumber">verifyphonenumber(merchantId, accountId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Validates verification code to verify phone number for the account.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Validates verification code to verify phone number for the account. If successful this will overwrite the value of `accounts.businessinformation.phoneNumber`. Only verified phone number will replace an existing verified phone number.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="authinfo">authinfo(x__xgafv=None)</code>
@@ -224,6 +224,7 @@
             &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service phone number.
             &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service URL.
           },
+          &quot;koreanBusinessRegistrationNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The 10-digit [Korean business registration number](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9037766) separated with dashes in the format: XXX-XX-XXXXX. This field will only be updated if explicitly set.
           &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The phone number of the business.
         },
         &quot;cssId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of CSS the account belongs to.
@@ -314,6 +315,7 @@
             &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service phone number.
             &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service URL.
           },
+          &quot;koreanBusinessRegistrationNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The 10-digit [Korean business registration number](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9037766) separated with dashes in the format: XXX-XX-XXXXX. This field will only be updated if explicitly set.
           &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The phone number of the business.
         },
         &quot;cssId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of CSS the account belongs to.
@@ -424,6 +426,7 @@
       &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service phone number.
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service URL.
     },
+    &quot;koreanBusinessRegistrationNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The 10-digit [Korean business registration number](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9037766) separated with dashes in the format: XXX-XX-XXXXX. This field will only be updated if explicitly set.
     &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The phone number of the business.
   },
   &quot;cssId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of CSS the account belongs to.
@@ -492,6 +495,7 @@
       &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service phone number.
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service URL.
     },
+    &quot;koreanBusinessRegistrationNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The 10-digit [Korean business registration number](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9037766) separated with dashes in the format: XXX-XX-XXXXX. This field will only be updated if explicitly set.
     &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The phone number of the business.
   },
   &quot;cssId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of CSS the account belongs to.
@@ -558,6 +562,7 @@
       &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service phone number.
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service URL.
     },
+    &quot;koreanBusinessRegistrationNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The 10-digit [Korean business registration number](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9037766) separated with dashes in the format: XXX-XX-XXXXX. This field will only be updated if explicitly set.
     &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The phone number of the business.
   },
   &quot;cssId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of CSS the account belongs to.
@@ -679,6 +684,7 @@
           &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service phone number.
           &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service URL.
         },
+        &quot;koreanBusinessRegistrationNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The 10-digit [Korean business registration number](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9037766) separated with dashes in the format: XXX-XX-XXXXX. This field will only be updated if explicitly set.
         &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The phone number of the business.
       },
       &quot;cssId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of CSS the account belongs to.
@@ -842,6 +848,7 @@
       &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service phone number.
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service URL.
     },
+    &quot;koreanBusinessRegistrationNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The 10-digit [Korean business registration number](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9037766) separated with dashes in the format: XXX-XX-XXXXX. This field will only be updated if explicitly set.
     &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The phone number of the business.
   },
   &quot;cssId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of CSS the account belongs to.
@@ -908,6 +915,7 @@
       &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service phone number.
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service URL.
     },
+    &quot;koreanBusinessRegistrationNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The 10-digit [Korean business registration number](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9037766) separated with dashes in the format: XXX-XX-XXXXX. This field will only be updated if explicitly set.
     &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The phone number of the business.
   },
   &quot;cssId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of CSS the account belongs to.
@@ -973,7 +981,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="verifyphonenumber">verifyphonenumber(merchantId, accountId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Validates verification code to verify phone number for the account.
+  <pre>Validates verification code to verify phone number for the account. If successful this will overwrite the value of `accounts.businessinformation.phoneNumber`. Only verified phone number will replace an existing verified phone number.
 
 Args:
   merchantId: string, Required. The ID of the managing account. If this parameter is not the same as accountId, then this account must be a multi-client account and accountId must be the ID of a sub-account of this account. (required)
@@ -996,7 +1004,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Response message for the VerifyPhoneNumber method.
-  &quot;verifiedPhoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Verified phone number if verification is successful.
+  &quot;verifiedPhoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Verified phone number if verification is successful. This phone number can only be replaced by another verified phone number.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.buyongoogleprograms.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.buyongoogleprograms.html
index 650ce13..a01f48d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.buyongoogleprograms.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.buyongoogleprograms.html
@@ -87,6 +87,9 @@
   <code><a href="#onboard">onboard(merchantId, regionCode, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Onboards the BoG program in your Merchant Center account. By using this method, you agree to the [Terms of Service](https://merchants.google.com/mc/termsofservice/transactions/US/latest). Calling this method is only possible if the authenticated account is the same as the merchant id in the request. Calling this method multiple times will only accept Terms of Service if the latest version is not currently signed.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#patch">patch(merchantId, regionCode, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the status of the BoG program for your Merchant Center account.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#pause">pause(merchantId, regionCode, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Pauses the BoG program in your Merchant Center account. Important: This method is only whitelisted for selected merchants.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
@@ -99,7 +102,7 @@
 
 Args:
   merchantId: string, Required. The ID of the account. (required)
-  regionCode: string, The program region code [ISO 3166-1 alpha-2](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2). Currently only US is available. (required)
+  regionCode: string, Required. The program region code [ISO 3166-1 alpha-2](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2). Currently only US is available. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -124,7 +127,7 @@
 
 Args:
   merchantId: string, Required. The ID of the account. (required)
-  regionCode: string, The Program region code [ISO 3166-1 alpha-2](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2). Currently only US is available. (required)
+  regionCode: string, Required. The Program region code [ISO 3166-1 alpha-2](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2). Currently only US is available. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -134,8 +137,16 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Response message for the GetProgramStatus method.
+  &quot;businessModel&quot;: [ # The business models in which merchant participates.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
   &quot;customerServicePendingEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The customer service pending email. After verification this field becomes empty.
+  &quot;customerServicePendingPhoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pending phone number specified for BuyOnGoogle program. It might be different than account level phone number. In order to update this field the customer_service_pending_phone_region_code must also be set. After verification this field becomes empty.
+  &quot;customerServicePendingPhoneRegionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Two letter country code for the pending phone number, for example `CA` for Canadian numbers. See the [ISO 3166-1 alpha-2](https://wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) officially assigned codes. In order to update this field the customer_service_pending_phone_number must also be set. After verification this field becomes empty.
   &quot;customerServiceVerifiedEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The customer service verified email.
+  &quot;customerServiceVerifiedPhoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The verified phone number specified for BuyOnGoogle program. It might be different than account level phone number.
+  &quot;customerServiceVerifiedPhoneRegionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Two letter country code for the verified phone number, for example `CA` for Canadian numbers. See the [ISO 3166-1 alpha-2](https://wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) officially assigned codes.
+  &quot;onlineSalesChannel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The channels through which the merchant is selling.
   &quot;participationStage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The current participation stage for the program.
 }</pre>
 </div>
@@ -146,7 +157,7 @@
 
 Args:
   merchantId: string, Required. The ID of the account. (required)
-  regionCode: string, The program region code [ISO 3166-1 alpha-2](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2). Currently only US is available. (required)
+  regionCode: string, Required. The program region code [ISO 3166-1 alpha-2](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2). Currently only US is available. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -162,12 +173,60 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="patch">patch(merchantId, regionCode, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Updates the status of the BoG program for your Merchant Center account.
+
+Args:
+  merchantId: string, Required. The ID of the account. (required)
+  regionCode: string, Required. The program region code [ISO 3166-1 alpha-2](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2). Currently only US is available. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Response message for the GetProgramStatus method.
+  &quot;businessModel&quot;: [ # The business models in which merchant participates.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;customerServicePendingEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The customer service pending email. After verification this field becomes empty.
+  &quot;customerServicePendingPhoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pending phone number specified for BuyOnGoogle program. It might be different than account level phone number. In order to update this field the customer_service_pending_phone_region_code must also be set. After verification this field becomes empty.
+  &quot;customerServicePendingPhoneRegionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Two letter country code for the pending phone number, for example `CA` for Canadian numbers. See the [ISO 3166-1 alpha-2](https://wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) officially assigned codes. In order to update this field the customer_service_pending_phone_number must also be set. After verification this field becomes empty.
+  &quot;customerServiceVerifiedEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The customer service verified email.
+  &quot;customerServiceVerifiedPhoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The verified phone number specified for BuyOnGoogle program. It might be different than account level phone number.
+  &quot;customerServiceVerifiedPhoneRegionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Two letter country code for the verified phone number, for example `CA` for Canadian numbers. See the [ISO 3166-1 alpha-2](https://wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) officially assigned codes.
+  &quot;onlineSalesChannel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The channels through which the merchant is selling.
+  &quot;participationStage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The current participation stage for the program.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, The list of fields to update. If the update mask is not provided, then all the fields set in buyOnGoogleProgramStatus will be updated. Clearing fields is only possible if update mask is provided.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for the GetProgramStatus method.
+  &quot;businessModel&quot;: [ # The business models in which merchant participates.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;customerServicePendingEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The customer service pending email. After verification this field becomes empty.
+  &quot;customerServicePendingPhoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pending phone number specified for BuyOnGoogle program. It might be different than account level phone number. In order to update this field the customer_service_pending_phone_region_code must also be set. After verification this field becomes empty.
+  &quot;customerServicePendingPhoneRegionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Two letter country code for the pending phone number, for example `CA` for Canadian numbers. See the [ISO 3166-1 alpha-2](https://wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) officially assigned codes. In order to update this field the customer_service_pending_phone_number must also be set. After verification this field becomes empty.
+  &quot;customerServiceVerifiedEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The customer service verified email.
+  &quot;customerServiceVerifiedPhoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The verified phone number specified for BuyOnGoogle program. It might be different than account level phone number.
+  &quot;customerServiceVerifiedPhoneRegionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Two letter country code for the verified phone number, for example `CA` for Canadian numbers. See the [ISO 3166-1 alpha-2](https://wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) officially assigned codes.
+  &quot;onlineSalesChannel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The channels through which the merchant is selling.
+  &quot;participationStage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The current participation stage for the program.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="pause">pause(merchantId, regionCode, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Pauses the BoG program in your Merchant Center account. Important: This method is only whitelisted for selected merchants.
 
 Args:
   merchantId: string, Required. The ID of the account. (required)
-  regionCode: string, The program region code [ISO 3166-1 alpha-2](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2). Currently only US is available. (required)
+  regionCode: string, Required. The program region code [ISO 3166-1 alpha-2](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2). Currently only US is available. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -187,7 +246,7 @@
 
 Args:
   merchantId: string, Required. The ID of the account. (required)
-  regionCode: string, The program region code [ISO 3166-1 alpha-2](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2). Currently only US is available. (required)
+  regionCode: string, Required. The program region code [ISO 3166-1 alpha-2](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2). Currently only US is available. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/customsearch_v1.cse.html b/docs/dyn/customsearch_v1.cse.html
index 0c89661..830e9a7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/customsearch_v1.cse.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/customsearch_v1.cse.html
@@ -96,18 +96,18 @@
   <pre>Returns metadata about the search performed, metadata about the engine used for the search, and the search results.
 
 Args:
-  c2coff: string, Enables or disables [Simplified and Traditional Chinese Search](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#chineseSearch). The default value for this parameter is 0 (zero), meaning that the feature is enabled. Supported values are: * `1`: Disabled * `0`: Enabled (default)
-  cr: string, Restricts search results to documents originating in a particular country. You may use [Boolean operators](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results_appendices#booleanOperators) in the cr parameter&#x27;s value. Google Search determines the country of a document by analyzing: * the top-level domain (TLD) of the document&#x27;s URL * the geographic location of the Web server&#x27;s IP address See the [Country Parameter Values](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results_appendices#countryCollections) page for a list of valid values for this parameter.
+  c2coff: string, Enables or disables [Simplified and Traditional Chinese Search](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#chineseSearch). The default value for this parameter is 0 (zero), meaning that the feature is enabled. Supported values are: * `1`: Disabled * `0`: Enabled (default)
+  cr: string, Restricts search results to documents originating in a particular country. You may use [Boolean operators](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#booleanOperators) in the cr parameter&#x27;s value. Google Search determines the country of a document by analyzing: * the top-level domain (TLD) of the document&#x27;s URL * the geographic location of the Web server&#x27;s IP address See the [Country Parameter Values](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#countryCollections) page for a list of valid values for this parameter.
   cx: string, The Programmable Search Engine ID to use for this request.
   dateRestrict: string, Restricts results to URLs based on date. Supported values include: * `d[number]`: requests results from the specified number of past days. * `w[number]`: requests results from the specified number of past weeks. * `m[number]`: requests results from the specified number of past months. * `y[number]`: requests results from the specified number of past years.
   exactTerms: string, Identifies a phrase that all documents in the search results must contain.
   excludeTerms: string, Identifies a word or phrase that should not appear in any documents in the search results.
   fileType: string, Restricts results to files of a specified extension. A list of file types indexable by Google can be found in Search Console [Help Center](https://support.google.com/webmasters/answer/35287).
-  filter: string, Controls turning on or off the duplicate content filter. * See [Automatic Filtering](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#automaticFiltering) for more information about Google&#x27;s search results filters. Note that host crowding filtering applies only to multi-site searches. * By default, Google applies filtering to all search results to improve the quality of those results. Acceptable values are: * `0`: Turns off duplicate content filter. * `1`: Turns on duplicate content filter.
-  gl: string, Geolocation of end user. * The `gl` parameter value is a two-letter country code. The `gl` parameter boosts search results whose country of origin matches the parameter value. See the [Country Codes](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results_appendices#countryCodes) page for a list of valid values. * Specifying a `gl` parameter value should lead to more relevant results. This is particularly true for international customers and, even more specifically, for customers in English- speaking countries other than the United States.
+  filter: string, Controls turning on or off the duplicate content filter. * See [Automatic Filtering](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#automaticFiltering) for more information about Google&#x27;s search results filters. Note that host crowding filtering applies only to multi-site searches. * By default, Google applies filtering to all search results to improve the quality of those results. Acceptable values are: * `0`: Turns off duplicate content filter. * `1`: Turns on duplicate content filter.
+  gl: string, Geolocation of end user. * The `gl` parameter value is a two-letter country code. The `gl` parameter boosts search results whose country of origin matches the parameter value. See the [Country Codes](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#countryCodes) page for a list of valid values. * Specifying a `gl` parameter value should lead to more relevant results. This is particularly true for international customers and, even more specifically, for customers in English- speaking countries other than the United States.
   googlehost: string, **Deprecated**. Use the `gl` parameter for a similar effect. The local Google domain (for example, google.com, google.de, or google.fr) to use to perform the search.
   highRange: string, Specifies the ending value for a search range. * Use `lowRange` and `highRange` to append an inclusive search range of `lowRange...highRange` to the query.
-  hl: string, Sets the user interface language. * Explicitly setting this parameter improves the performance and the quality of your search results. * See the [Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#wsInterfaceLanguages) section of [Internationalizing Queries and Results Presentation](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#wsInternationalizing) for more information, and (Supported Interface Languages)[https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results_appendices#interfaceLanguages] for a list of supported languages.
+  hl: string, Sets the user interface language. * Explicitly setting this parameter improves the performance and the quality of your search results. * See the [Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#wsInterfaceLanguages) section of [Internationalizing Queries and Results Presentation](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#wsInternationalizing) for more information, and [Supported Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#interfaceLanguages) for a list of supported languages.
   hq: string, Appends the specified query terms to the query, as if they were combined with a logical AND operator.
   imgColorType: string, Returns black and white, grayscale, transparent, or color images. Acceptable values are: * `&quot;color&quot;` * `&quot;gray&quot;` * `&quot;mono&quot;`: black and white * `&quot;trans&quot;`: transparent background
     Allowed values
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@
         &quot;width&quot;: 42, # The width of the image, in pixels.
       },
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique identifier for the type of current object. For this API, it is `customsearch#result.`
-      &quot;labels&quot;: [ # Encapsulates all information about [refinement labels](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results).
+      &quot;labels&quot;: [ # Encapsulates all information about refinement labels.
         { # Refinement label associated with a custom search result.
           &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of a refinement label. This is the name you should display in your user interface.
           &quot;label_with_op&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Refinement label and the associated refinement operation.
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unique identifier for the type of current object. For this API, it is customsearch#search.
   &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The set of [promotions](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/promotions). Present only if the custom search engine&#x27;s configuration files define any promotions for the given query.
     { # Promotion result.
-      &quot;bodyLines&quot;: [ # An array of block objects for this promotion. See [Google WebSearch Protocol reference](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results) for more information.
+      &quot;bodyLines&quot;: [ # An array of block objects for this promotion.
         { # Block object belonging to a promotion.
           &quot;htmlTitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The block object&#x27;s text in HTML, if it has text.
           &quot;link&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The anchor text of the block object&#x27;s link, if it has a link.
@@ -250,18 +250,18 @@
     &quot;nextPage&quot;: [ # Metadata representing the next page of results, if applicable.
       { # Custom search request metadata.
         &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of search results returned in this set.
-        &quot;cr&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts search results to documents originating in a particular country. You may use [Boolean operators](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#booleanOperators) in the `cr` parameter&#x27;s value. Google WebSearch determines the country of a document by analyzing the following: * The top-level domain (TLD) of the document&#x27;s URL. * The geographic location of the web server&#x27;s IP address. See [Country (cr) Parameter Values](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#countryCollections) for a list of valid values for this parameter.
+        &quot;cr&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts search results to documents originating in a particular country. You may use [Boolean operators](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#BooleanOrSearch) in the `cr` parameter&#x27;s value. Google WebSearch determines the country of a document by analyzing the following: * The top-level domain (TLD) of the document&#x27;s URL. * The geographic location of the web server&#x27;s IP address. See [Country (cr) Parameter Values](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#countryCollections) for a list of valid values for this parameter.
         &quot;cx&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of an engine created using the Programmable Search Engine [Control Panel](https://programmablesearchengine.google.com/). This is a custom property not defined in the OpenSearch spec. This parameter is **required**.
         &quot;dateRestrict&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts results to URLs based on date. Supported values include: * `d[number]`: requests results from the specified number of past days. * `w[number]`: requests results from the specified number of past weeks. * `m[number]`: requests results from the specified number of past months. * `y[number]`: requests results from the specified number of past years.
-        &quot;disableCnTwTranslation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Enables or disables the [Simplified and Traditional Chinese Search](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#chineseSearch) feature. Supported values are: * `0`: enabled (default) * `1`: disabled
+        &quot;disableCnTwTranslation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Enables or disables the [Simplified and Traditional Chinese Search](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#chineseSearch) feature. Supported values are: * `0`: enabled (default) * `1`: disabled
         &quot;exactTerms&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies a phrase that all documents in the search results must contain.
         &quot;excludeTerms&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies a word or phrase that should not appear in any documents in the search results.
         &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts results to files of a specified extension. Filetypes supported by Google include: * Adobe Portable Document Format (`pdf`) * Adobe PostScript (`ps`) * Lotus 1-2-3 (`wk1`, `wk2`, `wk3`, `wk4`, `wk5`, `wki`, `wks`, `wku`) * Lotus WordPro (`lwp`) * Macwrite (`mw`) * Microsoft Excel (`xls`) * Microsoft PowerPoint (`ppt`) * Microsoft Word (`doc`) * Microsoft Works (`wks`, `wps`, `wdb`) * Microsoft Write (`wri`) * Rich Text Format (`rtf`) * Shockwave Flash (`swf`) * Text (`ans`, `txt`). Additional filetypes may be added in the future. An up-to-date list can always be found in Google&#x27;s [file type FAQ](https://support.google.com/webmasters/answer/35287).
-        &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Activates or deactivates the automatic filtering of Google search results. See [Automatic Filtering](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#automaticFiltering) for more information about Google&#x27;s search results filters. Valid values for this parameter are: * `0`: Disabled * `1`: Enabled (default) **Note**: By default, Google applies filtering to all search results to improve the quality of those results.
-        &quot;gl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Boosts search results whose country of origin matches the parameter value. See [Country Codes](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#countryCodes) for a list of valid values. Specifying a `gl` parameter value in WebSearch requests should improve the relevance of results. This is particularly true for international customers and, even more specifically, for customers in English-speaking countries other than the United States.
+        &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Activates or deactivates the automatic filtering of Google search results. See [Automatic Filtering](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#automaticFiltering) for more information about Google&#x27;s search results filters. Valid values for this parameter are: * `0`: Disabled * `1`: Enabled (default) **Note**: By default, Google applies filtering to all search results to improve the quality of those results.
+        &quot;gl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Boosts search results whose country of origin matches the parameter value. See [Country Codes](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#countryCodes) for a list of valid values. Specifying a `gl` parameter value in WebSearch requests should improve the relevance of results. This is particularly true for international customers and, even more specifically, for customers in English-speaking countries other than the United States.
         &quot;googleHost&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the Google domain (for example, google.com, google.de, or google.fr) to which the search should be limited.
         &quot;highRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the ending value for a search range. Use `cse:lowRange` and `cse:highrange` to append an inclusive search range of `lowRange...highRange` to the query.
-        &quot;hl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the interface language (host language) of your user interface. Explicitly setting this parameter improves the performance and the quality of your search results. See the [Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#wsInterfaceLanguages) section of [Internationalizing Queries and Results Presentation](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#wsInternationalizing) for more information, and [Supported Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results_appendices#interfaceLanguages) for a list of supported languages.
+        &quot;hl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the interface language (host language) of your user interface. Explicitly setting this parameter improves the performance and the quality of your search results. See the [Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#wsInterfaceLanguages) section of [Internationalizing Queries and Results Presentation](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#wsInternationalizing) for more information, and [Supported Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#interfaceLanguages) for a list of supported languages.
         &quot;hq&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Appends the specified query terms to the query, as if they were combined with a logical `AND` operator.
         &quot;imgColorType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts results to images of a specified color type. Supported values are: * `mono` (black and white) * `gray` (grayscale) * `color` (color)
         &quot;imgDominantColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts results to images with a specific dominant color. Supported values are: * `red` * `orange` * `yellow` * `green` * `teal` * `blue` * `purple` * `pink` * `white` * `gray` * `black` * `brown`
@@ -271,11 +271,11 @@
         &quot;language&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The language of the search results.
         &quot;linkSite&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies that all results should contain a link to a specific URL.
         &quot;lowRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the starting value for a search range. Use `cse:lowRange` and `cse:highrange` to append an inclusive search range of `lowRange...highRange` to the query.
-        &quot;orTerms&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Provides additional search terms to check for in a document, where each document in the search results must contain at least one of the additional search terms. You can also use the [Boolean OR](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#BooleanOrqt) query term for this type of query.
+        &quot;orTerms&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Provides additional search terms to check for in a document, where each document in the search results must contain at least one of the additional search terms. You can also use the [Boolean OR](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#BooleanOrSearch) query term for this type of query.
         &quot;outputEncoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The character encoding supported for search results.
         &quot;relatedSite&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies that all search results should be pages that are related to the specified URL. The parameter value should be a URL.
         &quot;rights&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filters based on licensing. Supported values include: * `cc_publicdomain` * `cc_attribute` * `cc_sharealike` * `cc_noncommercial` * `cc_nonderived`
-        &quot;safe&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the [SafeSearch level](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#safeSearchLevels) used for filtering out adult results. This is a custom property not defined in the OpenSearch spec. Valid parameter values are: * `&quot;off&quot;`: Disable SafeSearch * `&quot;active&quot;`: Enable SafeSearch
+        &quot;safe&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the [SafeSearch level](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#safeSearchLevels) used for filtering out adult results. This is a custom property not defined in the OpenSearch spec. Valid parameter values are: * `&quot;off&quot;`: Disable SafeSearch * `&quot;active&quot;`: Enable SafeSearch
         &quot;searchTerms&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The search terms entered by the user.
         &quot;searchType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Allowed values are `web` or `image`. If unspecified, results are limited to webpages.
         &quot;siteSearch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts results to URLs from a specified site.
@@ -290,18 +290,18 @@
     &quot;previousPage&quot;: [ # Metadata representing the previous page of results, if applicable.
       { # Custom search request metadata.
         &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of search results returned in this set.
-        &quot;cr&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts search results to documents originating in a particular country. You may use [Boolean operators](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#booleanOperators) in the `cr` parameter&#x27;s value. Google WebSearch determines the country of a document by analyzing the following: * The top-level domain (TLD) of the document&#x27;s URL. * The geographic location of the web server&#x27;s IP address. See [Country (cr) Parameter Values](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#countryCollections) for a list of valid values for this parameter.
+        &quot;cr&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts search results to documents originating in a particular country. You may use [Boolean operators](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#BooleanOrSearch) in the `cr` parameter&#x27;s value. Google WebSearch determines the country of a document by analyzing the following: * The top-level domain (TLD) of the document&#x27;s URL. * The geographic location of the web server&#x27;s IP address. See [Country (cr) Parameter Values](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#countryCollections) for a list of valid values for this parameter.
         &quot;cx&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of an engine created using the Programmable Search Engine [Control Panel](https://programmablesearchengine.google.com/). This is a custom property not defined in the OpenSearch spec. This parameter is **required**.
         &quot;dateRestrict&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts results to URLs based on date. Supported values include: * `d[number]`: requests results from the specified number of past days. * `w[number]`: requests results from the specified number of past weeks. * `m[number]`: requests results from the specified number of past months. * `y[number]`: requests results from the specified number of past years.
-        &quot;disableCnTwTranslation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Enables or disables the [Simplified and Traditional Chinese Search](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#chineseSearch) feature. Supported values are: * `0`: enabled (default) * `1`: disabled
+        &quot;disableCnTwTranslation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Enables or disables the [Simplified and Traditional Chinese Search](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#chineseSearch) feature. Supported values are: * `0`: enabled (default) * `1`: disabled
         &quot;exactTerms&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies a phrase that all documents in the search results must contain.
         &quot;excludeTerms&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies a word or phrase that should not appear in any documents in the search results.
         &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts results to files of a specified extension. Filetypes supported by Google include: * Adobe Portable Document Format (`pdf`) * Adobe PostScript (`ps`) * Lotus 1-2-3 (`wk1`, `wk2`, `wk3`, `wk4`, `wk5`, `wki`, `wks`, `wku`) * Lotus WordPro (`lwp`) * Macwrite (`mw`) * Microsoft Excel (`xls`) * Microsoft PowerPoint (`ppt`) * Microsoft Word (`doc`) * Microsoft Works (`wks`, `wps`, `wdb`) * Microsoft Write (`wri`) * Rich Text Format (`rtf`) * Shockwave Flash (`swf`) * Text (`ans`, `txt`). Additional filetypes may be added in the future. An up-to-date list can always be found in Google&#x27;s [file type FAQ](https://support.google.com/webmasters/answer/35287).
-        &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Activates or deactivates the automatic filtering of Google search results. See [Automatic Filtering](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#automaticFiltering) for more information about Google&#x27;s search results filters. Valid values for this parameter are: * `0`: Disabled * `1`: Enabled (default) **Note**: By default, Google applies filtering to all search results to improve the quality of those results.
-        &quot;gl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Boosts search results whose country of origin matches the parameter value. See [Country Codes](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#countryCodes) for a list of valid values. Specifying a `gl` parameter value in WebSearch requests should improve the relevance of results. This is particularly true for international customers and, even more specifically, for customers in English-speaking countries other than the United States.
+        &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Activates or deactivates the automatic filtering of Google search results. See [Automatic Filtering](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#automaticFiltering) for more information about Google&#x27;s search results filters. Valid values for this parameter are: * `0`: Disabled * `1`: Enabled (default) **Note**: By default, Google applies filtering to all search results to improve the quality of those results.
+        &quot;gl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Boosts search results whose country of origin matches the parameter value. See [Country Codes](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#countryCodes) for a list of valid values. Specifying a `gl` parameter value in WebSearch requests should improve the relevance of results. This is particularly true for international customers and, even more specifically, for customers in English-speaking countries other than the United States.
         &quot;googleHost&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the Google domain (for example, google.com, google.de, or google.fr) to which the search should be limited.
         &quot;highRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the ending value for a search range. Use `cse:lowRange` and `cse:highrange` to append an inclusive search range of `lowRange...highRange` to the query.
-        &quot;hl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the interface language (host language) of your user interface. Explicitly setting this parameter improves the performance and the quality of your search results. See the [Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#wsInterfaceLanguages) section of [Internationalizing Queries and Results Presentation](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#wsInternationalizing) for more information, and [Supported Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results_appendices#interfaceLanguages) for a list of supported languages.
+        &quot;hl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the interface language (host language) of your user interface. Explicitly setting this parameter improves the performance and the quality of your search results. See the [Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#wsInterfaceLanguages) section of [Internationalizing Queries and Results Presentation](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#wsInternationalizing) for more information, and [Supported Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#interfaceLanguages) for a list of supported languages.
         &quot;hq&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Appends the specified query terms to the query, as if they were combined with a logical `AND` operator.
         &quot;imgColorType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts results to images of a specified color type. Supported values are: * `mono` (black and white) * `gray` (grayscale) * `color` (color)
         &quot;imgDominantColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts results to images with a specific dominant color. Supported values are: * `red` * `orange` * `yellow` * `green` * `teal` * `blue` * `purple` * `pink` * `white` * `gray` * `black` * `brown`
@@ -311,11 +311,11 @@
         &quot;language&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The language of the search results.
         &quot;linkSite&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies that all results should contain a link to a specific URL.
         &quot;lowRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the starting value for a search range. Use `cse:lowRange` and `cse:highrange` to append an inclusive search range of `lowRange...highRange` to the query.
-        &quot;orTerms&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Provides additional search terms to check for in a document, where each document in the search results must contain at least one of the additional search terms. You can also use the [Boolean OR](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#BooleanOrqt) query term for this type of query.
+        &quot;orTerms&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Provides additional search terms to check for in a document, where each document in the search results must contain at least one of the additional search terms. You can also use the [Boolean OR](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#BooleanOrSearch) query term for this type of query.
         &quot;outputEncoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The character encoding supported for search results.
         &quot;relatedSite&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies that all search results should be pages that are related to the specified URL. The parameter value should be a URL.
         &quot;rights&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filters based on licensing. Supported values include: * `cc_publicdomain` * `cc_attribute` * `cc_sharealike` * `cc_noncommercial` * `cc_nonderived`
-        &quot;safe&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the [SafeSearch level](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#safeSearchLevels) used for filtering out adult results. This is a custom property not defined in the OpenSearch spec. Valid parameter values are: * `&quot;off&quot;`: Disable SafeSearch * `&quot;active&quot;`: Enable SafeSearch
+        &quot;safe&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the [SafeSearch level](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#safeSearchLevels) used for filtering out adult results. This is a custom property not defined in the OpenSearch spec. Valid parameter values are: * `&quot;off&quot;`: Disable SafeSearch * `&quot;active&quot;`: Enable SafeSearch
         &quot;searchTerms&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The search terms entered by the user.
         &quot;searchType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Allowed values are `web` or `image`. If unspecified, results are limited to webpages.
         &quot;siteSearch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts results to URLs from a specified site.
@@ -330,18 +330,18 @@
     &quot;request&quot;: [ # Metadata representing the current request.
       { # Custom search request metadata.
         &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of search results returned in this set.
-        &quot;cr&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts search results to documents originating in a particular country. You may use [Boolean operators](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#booleanOperators) in the `cr` parameter&#x27;s value. Google WebSearch determines the country of a document by analyzing the following: * The top-level domain (TLD) of the document&#x27;s URL. * The geographic location of the web server&#x27;s IP address. See [Country (cr) Parameter Values](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#countryCollections) for a list of valid values for this parameter.
+        &quot;cr&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts search results to documents originating in a particular country. You may use [Boolean operators](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#BooleanOrSearch) in the `cr` parameter&#x27;s value. Google WebSearch determines the country of a document by analyzing the following: * The top-level domain (TLD) of the document&#x27;s URL. * The geographic location of the web server&#x27;s IP address. See [Country (cr) Parameter Values](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#countryCollections) for a list of valid values for this parameter.
         &quot;cx&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of an engine created using the Programmable Search Engine [Control Panel](https://programmablesearchengine.google.com/). This is a custom property not defined in the OpenSearch spec. This parameter is **required**.
         &quot;dateRestrict&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts results to URLs based on date. Supported values include: * `d[number]`: requests results from the specified number of past days. * `w[number]`: requests results from the specified number of past weeks. * `m[number]`: requests results from the specified number of past months. * `y[number]`: requests results from the specified number of past years.
-        &quot;disableCnTwTranslation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Enables or disables the [Simplified and Traditional Chinese Search](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#chineseSearch) feature. Supported values are: * `0`: enabled (default) * `1`: disabled
+        &quot;disableCnTwTranslation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Enables or disables the [Simplified and Traditional Chinese Search](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#chineseSearch) feature. Supported values are: * `0`: enabled (default) * `1`: disabled
         &quot;exactTerms&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies a phrase that all documents in the search results must contain.
         &quot;excludeTerms&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies a word or phrase that should not appear in any documents in the search results.
         &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts results to files of a specified extension. Filetypes supported by Google include: * Adobe Portable Document Format (`pdf`) * Adobe PostScript (`ps`) * Lotus 1-2-3 (`wk1`, `wk2`, `wk3`, `wk4`, `wk5`, `wki`, `wks`, `wku`) * Lotus WordPro (`lwp`) * Macwrite (`mw`) * Microsoft Excel (`xls`) * Microsoft PowerPoint (`ppt`) * Microsoft Word (`doc`) * Microsoft Works (`wks`, `wps`, `wdb`) * Microsoft Write (`wri`) * Rich Text Format (`rtf`) * Shockwave Flash (`swf`) * Text (`ans`, `txt`). Additional filetypes may be added in the future. An up-to-date list can always be found in Google&#x27;s [file type FAQ](https://support.google.com/webmasters/answer/35287).
-        &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Activates or deactivates the automatic filtering of Google search results. See [Automatic Filtering](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#automaticFiltering) for more information about Google&#x27;s search results filters. Valid values for this parameter are: * `0`: Disabled * `1`: Enabled (default) **Note**: By default, Google applies filtering to all search results to improve the quality of those results.
-        &quot;gl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Boosts search results whose country of origin matches the parameter value. See [Country Codes](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#countryCodes) for a list of valid values. Specifying a `gl` parameter value in WebSearch requests should improve the relevance of results. This is particularly true for international customers and, even more specifically, for customers in English-speaking countries other than the United States.
+        &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Activates or deactivates the automatic filtering of Google search results. See [Automatic Filtering](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#automaticFiltering) for more information about Google&#x27;s search results filters. Valid values for this parameter are: * `0`: Disabled * `1`: Enabled (default) **Note**: By default, Google applies filtering to all search results to improve the quality of those results.
+        &quot;gl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Boosts search results whose country of origin matches the parameter value. See [Country Codes](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#countryCodes) for a list of valid values. Specifying a `gl` parameter value in WebSearch requests should improve the relevance of results. This is particularly true for international customers and, even more specifically, for customers in English-speaking countries other than the United States.
         &quot;googleHost&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the Google domain (for example, google.com, google.de, or google.fr) to which the search should be limited.
         &quot;highRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the ending value for a search range. Use `cse:lowRange` and `cse:highrange` to append an inclusive search range of `lowRange...highRange` to the query.
-        &quot;hl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the interface language (host language) of your user interface. Explicitly setting this parameter improves the performance and the quality of your search results. See the [Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#wsInterfaceLanguages) section of [Internationalizing Queries and Results Presentation](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#wsInternationalizing) for more information, and [Supported Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results_appendices#interfaceLanguages) for a list of supported languages.
+        &quot;hl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the interface language (host language) of your user interface. Explicitly setting this parameter improves the performance and the quality of your search results. See the [Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#wsInterfaceLanguages) section of [Internationalizing Queries and Results Presentation](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#wsInternationalizing) for more information, and [Supported Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#interfaceLanguages) for a list of supported languages.
         &quot;hq&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Appends the specified query terms to the query, as if they were combined with a logical `AND` operator.
         &quot;imgColorType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts results to images of a specified color type. Supported values are: * `mono` (black and white) * `gray` (grayscale) * `color` (color)
         &quot;imgDominantColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts results to images with a specific dominant color. Supported values are: * `red` * `orange` * `yellow` * `green` * `teal` * `blue` * `purple` * `pink` * `white` * `gray` * `black` * `brown`
@@ -351,11 +351,11 @@
         &quot;language&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The language of the search results.
         &quot;linkSite&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies that all results should contain a link to a specific URL.
         &quot;lowRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the starting value for a search range. Use `cse:lowRange` and `cse:highrange` to append an inclusive search range of `lowRange...highRange` to the query.
-        &quot;orTerms&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Provides additional search terms to check for in a document, where each document in the search results must contain at least one of the additional search terms. You can also use the [Boolean OR](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#BooleanOrqt) query term for this type of query.
+        &quot;orTerms&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Provides additional search terms to check for in a document, where each document in the search results must contain at least one of the additional search terms. You can also use the [Boolean OR](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#BooleanOrSearch) query term for this type of query.
         &quot;outputEncoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The character encoding supported for search results.
         &quot;relatedSite&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies that all search results should be pages that are related to the specified URL. The parameter value should be a URL.
         &quot;rights&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filters based on licensing. Supported values include: * `cc_publicdomain` * `cc_attribute` * `cc_sharealike` * `cc_noncommercial` * `cc_nonderived`
-        &quot;safe&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the [SafeSearch level](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#safeSearchLevels) used for filtering out adult results. This is a custom property not defined in the OpenSearch spec. Valid parameter values are: * `&quot;off&quot;`: Disable SafeSearch * `&quot;active&quot;`: Enable SafeSearch
+        &quot;safe&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the [SafeSearch level](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#safeSearchLevels) used for filtering out adult results. This is a custom property not defined in the OpenSearch spec. Valid parameter values are: * `&quot;off&quot;`: Disable SafeSearch * `&quot;active&quot;`: Enable SafeSearch
         &quot;searchTerms&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The search terms entered by the user.
         &quot;searchType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Allowed values are `web` or `image`. If unspecified, results are limited to webpages.
         &quot;siteSearch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts results to URLs from a specified site.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/customsearch_v1.cse.siterestrict.html b/docs/dyn/customsearch_v1.cse.siterestrict.html
index 168c940..914f71d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/customsearch_v1.cse.siterestrict.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/customsearch_v1.cse.siterestrict.html
@@ -91,18 +91,18 @@
   <pre>Returns metadata about the search performed, metadata about the engine used for the search, and the search results. Uses a small set of url patterns.
 
 Args:
-  c2coff: string, Enables or disables [Simplified and Traditional Chinese Search](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#chineseSearch). The default value for this parameter is 0 (zero), meaning that the feature is enabled. Supported values are: * `1`: Disabled * `0`: Enabled (default)
-  cr: string, Restricts search results to documents originating in a particular country. You may use [Boolean operators](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results_appendices#booleanOperators) in the cr parameter&#x27;s value. Google Search determines the country of a document by analyzing: * the top-level domain (TLD) of the document&#x27;s URL * the geographic location of the Web server&#x27;s IP address See the [Country Parameter Values](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results_appendices#countryCollections) page for a list of valid values for this parameter.
+  c2coff: string, Enables or disables [Simplified and Traditional Chinese Search](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#chineseSearch). The default value for this parameter is 0 (zero), meaning that the feature is enabled. Supported values are: * `1`: Disabled * `0`: Enabled (default)
+  cr: string, Restricts search results to documents originating in a particular country. You may use [Boolean operators](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#booleanOperators) in the cr parameter&#x27;s value. Google Search determines the country of a document by analyzing: * the top-level domain (TLD) of the document&#x27;s URL * the geographic location of the Web server&#x27;s IP address See the [Country Parameter Values](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#countryCollections) page for a list of valid values for this parameter.
   cx: string, The Programmable Search Engine ID to use for this request.
   dateRestrict: string, Restricts results to URLs based on date. Supported values include: * `d[number]`: requests results from the specified number of past days. * `w[number]`: requests results from the specified number of past weeks. * `m[number]`: requests results from the specified number of past months. * `y[number]`: requests results from the specified number of past years.
   exactTerms: string, Identifies a phrase that all documents in the search results must contain.
   excludeTerms: string, Identifies a word or phrase that should not appear in any documents in the search results.
   fileType: string, Restricts results to files of a specified extension. A list of file types indexable by Google can be found in Search Console [Help Center](https://support.google.com/webmasters/answer/35287).
-  filter: string, Controls turning on or off the duplicate content filter. * See [Automatic Filtering](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#automaticFiltering) for more information about Google&#x27;s search results filters. Note that host crowding filtering applies only to multi-site searches. * By default, Google applies filtering to all search results to improve the quality of those results. Acceptable values are: * `0`: Turns off duplicate content filter. * `1`: Turns on duplicate content filter.
-  gl: string, Geolocation of end user. * The `gl` parameter value is a two-letter country code. The `gl` parameter boosts search results whose country of origin matches the parameter value. See the [Country Codes](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results_appendices#countryCodes) page for a list of valid values. * Specifying a `gl` parameter value should lead to more relevant results. This is particularly true for international customers and, even more specifically, for customers in English- speaking countries other than the United States.
+  filter: string, Controls turning on or off the duplicate content filter. * See [Automatic Filtering](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#automaticFiltering) for more information about Google&#x27;s search results filters. Note that host crowding filtering applies only to multi-site searches. * By default, Google applies filtering to all search results to improve the quality of those results. Acceptable values are: * `0`: Turns off duplicate content filter. * `1`: Turns on duplicate content filter.
+  gl: string, Geolocation of end user. * The `gl` parameter value is a two-letter country code. The `gl` parameter boosts search results whose country of origin matches the parameter value. See the [Country Codes](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#countryCodes) page for a list of valid values. * Specifying a `gl` parameter value should lead to more relevant results. This is particularly true for international customers and, even more specifically, for customers in English- speaking countries other than the United States.
   googlehost: string, **Deprecated**. Use the `gl` parameter for a similar effect. The local Google domain (for example, google.com, google.de, or google.fr) to use to perform the search.
   highRange: string, Specifies the ending value for a search range. * Use `lowRange` and `highRange` to append an inclusive search range of `lowRange...highRange` to the query.
-  hl: string, Sets the user interface language. * Explicitly setting this parameter improves the performance and the quality of your search results. * See the [Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#wsInterfaceLanguages) section of [Internationalizing Queries and Results Presentation](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#wsInternationalizing) for more information, and (Supported Interface Languages)[https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results_appendices#interfaceLanguages] for a list of supported languages.
+  hl: string, Sets the user interface language. * Explicitly setting this parameter improves the performance and the quality of your search results. * See the [Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#wsInterfaceLanguages) section of [Internationalizing Queries and Results Presentation](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#wsInternationalizing) for more information, and [Supported Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#interfaceLanguages) for a list of supported languages.
   hq: string, Appends the specified query terms to the query, as if they were combined with a logical AND operator.
   imgColorType: string, Returns black and white, grayscale, transparent, or color images. Acceptable values are: * `&quot;color&quot;` * `&quot;gray&quot;` * `&quot;mono&quot;`: black and white * `&quot;trans&quot;`: transparent background
     Allowed values
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
         &quot;width&quot;: 42, # The width of the image, in pixels.
       },
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique identifier for the type of current object. For this API, it is `customsearch#result.`
-      &quot;labels&quot;: [ # Encapsulates all information about [refinement labels](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results).
+      &quot;labels&quot;: [ # Encapsulates all information about refinement labels.
         { # Refinement label associated with a custom search result.
           &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of a refinement label. This is the name you should display in your user interface.
           &quot;label_with_op&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Refinement label and the associated refinement operation.
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unique identifier for the type of current object. For this API, it is customsearch#search.
   &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The set of [promotions](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/promotions). Present only if the custom search engine&#x27;s configuration files define any promotions for the given query.
     { # Promotion result.
-      &quot;bodyLines&quot;: [ # An array of block objects for this promotion. See [Google WebSearch Protocol reference](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results) for more information.
+      &quot;bodyLines&quot;: [ # An array of block objects for this promotion.
         { # Block object belonging to a promotion.
           &quot;htmlTitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The block object&#x27;s text in HTML, if it has text.
           &quot;link&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The anchor text of the block object&#x27;s link, if it has a link.
@@ -245,18 +245,18 @@
     &quot;nextPage&quot;: [ # Metadata representing the next page of results, if applicable.
       { # Custom search request metadata.
         &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of search results returned in this set.
-        &quot;cr&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts search results to documents originating in a particular country. You may use [Boolean operators](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#booleanOperators) in the `cr` parameter&#x27;s value. Google WebSearch determines the country of a document by analyzing the following: * The top-level domain (TLD) of the document&#x27;s URL. * The geographic location of the web server&#x27;s IP address. See [Country (cr) Parameter Values](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#countryCollections) for a list of valid values for this parameter.
+        &quot;cr&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts search results to documents originating in a particular country. You may use [Boolean operators](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#BooleanOrSearch) in the `cr` parameter&#x27;s value. Google WebSearch determines the country of a document by analyzing the following: * The top-level domain (TLD) of the document&#x27;s URL. * The geographic location of the web server&#x27;s IP address. See [Country (cr) Parameter Values](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#countryCollections) for a list of valid values for this parameter.
         &quot;cx&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of an engine created using the Programmable Search Engine [Control Panel](https://programmablesearchengine.google.com/). This is a custom property not defined in the OpenSearch spec. This parameter is **required**.
         &quot;dateRestrict&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts results to URLs based on date. Supported values include: * `d[number]`: requests results from the specified number of past days. * `w[number]`: requests results from the specified number of past weeks. * `m[number]`: requests results from the specified number of past months. * `y[number]`: requests results from the specified number of past years.
-        &quot;disableCnTwTranslation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Enables or disables the [Simplified and Traditional Chinese Search](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#chineseSearch) feature. Supported values are: * `0`: enabled (default) * `1`: disabled
+        &quot;disableCnTwTranslation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Enables or disables the [Simplified and Traditional Chinese Search](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#chineseSearch) feature. Supported values are: * `0`: enabled (default) * `1`: disabled
         &quot;exactTerms&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies a phrase that all documents in the search results must contain.
         &quot;excludeTerms&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies a word or phrase that should not appear in any documents in the search results.
         &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts results to files of a specified extension. Filetypes supported by Google include: * Adobe Portable Document Format (`pdf`) * Adobe PostScript (`ps`) * Lotus 1-2-3 (`wk1`, `wk2`, `wk3`, `wk4`, `wk5`, `wki`, `wks`, `wku`) * Lotus WordPro (`lwp`) * Macwrite (`mw`) * Microsoft Excel (`xls`) * Microsoft PowerPoint (`ppt`) * Microsoft Word (`doc`) * Microsoft Works (`wks`, `wps`, `wdb`) * Microsoft Write (`wri`) * Rich Text Format (`rtf`) * Shockwave Flash (`swf`) * Text (`ans`, `txt`). Additional filetypes may be added in the future. An up-to-date list can always be found in Google&#x27;s [file type FAQ](https://support.google.com/webmasters/answer/35287).
-        &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Activates or deactivates the automatic filtering of Google search results. See [Automatic Filtering](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#automaticFiltering) for more information about Google&#x27;s search results filters. Valid values for this parameter are: * `0`: Disabled * `1`: Enabled (default) **Note**: By default, Google applies filtering to all search results to improve the quality of those results.
-        &quot;gl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Boosts search results whose country of origin matches the parameter value. See [Country Codes](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#countryCodes) for a list of valid values. Specifying a `gl` parameter value in WebSearch requests should improve the relevance of results. This is particularly true for international customers and, even more specifically, for customers in English-speaking countries other than the United States.
+        &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Activates or deactivates the automatic filtering of Google search results. See [Automatic Filtering](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#automaticFiltering) for more information about Google&#x27;s search results filters. Valid values for this parameter are: * `0`: Disabled * `1`: Enabled (default) **Note**: By default, Google applies filtering to all search results to improve the quality of those results.
+        &quot;gl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Boosts search results whose country of origin matches the parameter value. See [Country Codes](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#countryCodes) for a list of valid values. Specifying a `gl` parameter value in WebSearch requests should improve the relevance of results. This is particularly true for international customers and, even more specifically, for customers in English-speaking countries other than the United States.
         &quot;googleHost&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the Google domain (for example, google.com, google.de, or google.fr) to which the search should be limited.
         &quot;highRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the ending value for a search range. Use `cse:lowRange` and `cse:highrange` to append an inclusive search range of `lowRange...highRange` to the query.
-        &quot;hl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the interface language (host language) of your user interface. Explicitly setting this parameter improves the performance and the quality of your search results. See the [Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#wsInterfaceLanguages) section of [Internationalizing Queries and Results Presentation](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#wsInternationalizing) for more information, and [Supported Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results_appendices#interfaceLanguages) for a list of supported languages.
+        &quot;hl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the interface language (host language) of your user interface. Explicitly setting this parameter improves the performance and the quality of your search results. See the [Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#wsInterfaceLanguages) section of [Internationalizing Queries and Results Presentation](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#wsInternationalizing) for more information, and [Supported Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#interfaceLanguages) for a list of supported languages.
         &quot;hq&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Appends the specified query terms to the query, as if they were combined with a logical `AND` operator.
         &quot;imgColorType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts results to images of a specified color type. Supported values are: * `mono` (black and white) * `gray` (grayscale) * `color` (color)
         &quot;imgDominantColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts results to images with a specific dominant color. Supported values are: * `red` * `orange` * `yellow` * `green` * `teal` * `blue` * `purple` * `pink` * `white` * `gray` * `black` * `brown`
@@ -266,11 +266,11 @@
         &quot;language&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The language of the search results.
         &quot;linkSite&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies that all results should contain a link to a specific URL.
         &quot;lowRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the starting value for a search range. Use `cse:lowRange` and `cse:highrange` to append an inclusive search range of `lowRange...highRange` to the query.
-        &quot;orTerms&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Provides additional search terms to check for in a document, where each document in the search results must contain at least one of the additional search terms. You can also use the [Boolean OR](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#BooleanOrqt) query term for this type of query.
+        &quot;orTerms&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Provides additional search terms to check for in a document, where each document in the search results must contain at least one of the additional search terms. You can also use the [Boolean OR](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#BooleanOrSearch) query term for this type of query.
         &quot;outputEncoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The character encoding supported for search results.
         &quot;relatedSite&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies that all search results should be pages that are related to the specified URL. The parameter value should be a URL.
         &quot;rights&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filters based on licensing. Supported values include: * `cc_publicdomain` * `cc_attribute` * `cc_sharealike` * `cc_noncommercial` * `cc_nonderived`
-        &quot;safe&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the [SafeSearch level](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#safeSearchLevels) used for filtering out adult results. This is a custom property not defined in the OpenSearch spec. Valid parameter values are: * `&quot;off&quot;`: Disable SafeSearch * `&quot;active&quot;`: Enable SafeSearch
+        &quot;safe&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the [SafeSearch level](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#safeSearchLevels) used for filtering out adult results. This is a custom property not defined in the OpenSearch spec. Valid parameter values are: * `&quot;off&quot;`: Disable SafeSearch * `&quot;active&quot;`: Enable SafeSearch
         &quot;searchTerms&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The search terms entered by the user.
         &quot;searchType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Allowed values are `web` or `image`. If unspecified, results are limited to webpages.
         &quot;siteSearch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts results to URLs from a specified site.
@@ -285,18 +285,18 @@
     &quot;previousPage&quot;: [ # Metadata representing the previous page of results, if applicable.
       { # Custom search request metadata.
         &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of search results returned in this set.
-        &quot;cr&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts search results to documents originating in a particular country. You may use [Boolean operators](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#booleanOperators) in the `cr` parameter&#x27;s value. Google WebSearch determines the country of a document by analyzing the following: * The top-level domain (TLD) of the document&#x27;s URL. * The geographic location of the web server&#x27;s IP address. See [Country (cr) Parameter Values](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#countryCollections) for a list of valid values for this parameter.
+        &quot;cr&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts search results to documents originating in a particular country. You may use [Boolean operators](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#BooleanOrSearch) in the `cr` parameter&#x27;s value. Google WebSearch determines the country of a document by analyzing the following: * The top-level domain (TLD) of the document&#x27;s URL. * The geographic location of the web server&#x27;s IP address. See [Country (cr) Parameter Values](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#countryCollections) for a list of valid values for this parameter.
         &quot;cx&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of an engine created using the Programmable Search Engine [Control Panel](https://programmablesearchengine.google.com/). This is a custom property not defined in the OpenSearch spec. This parameter is **required**.
         &quot;dateRestrict&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts results to URLs based on date. Supported values include: * `d[number]`: requests results from the specified number of past days. * `w[number]`: requests results from the specified number of past weeks. * `m[number]`: requests results from the specified number of past months. * `y[number]`: requests results from the specified number of past years.
-        &quot;disableCnTwTranslation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Enables or disables the [Simplified and Traditional Chinese Search](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#chineseSearch) feature. Supported values are: * `0`: enabled (default) * `1`: disabled
+        &quot;disableCnTwTranslation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Enables or disables the [Simplified and Traditional Chinese Search](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#chineseSearch) feature. Supported values are: * `0`: enabled (default) * `1`: disabled
         &quot;exactTerms&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies a phrase that all documents in the search results must contain.
         &quot;excludeTerms&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies a word or phrase that should not appear in any documents in the search results.
         &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts results to files of a specified extension. Filetypes supported by Google include: * Adobe Portable Document Format (`pdf`) * Adobe PostScript (`ps`) * Lotus 1-2-3 (`wk1`, `wk2`, `wk3`, `wk4`, `wk5`, `wki`, `wks`, `wku`) * Lotus WordPro (`lwp`) * Macwrite (`mw`) * Microsoft Excel (`xls`) * Microsoft PowerPoint (`ppt`) * Microsoft Word (`doc`) * Microsoft Works (`wks`, `wps`, `wdb`) * Microsoft Write (`wri`) * Rich Text Format (`rtf`) * Shockwave Flash (`swf`) * Text (`ans`, `txt`). Additional filetypes may be added in the future. An up-to-date list can always be found in Google&#x27;s [file type FAQ](https://support.google.com/webmasters/answer/35287).
-        &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Activates or deactivates the automatic filtering of Google search results. See [Automatic Filtering](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#automaticFiltering) for more information about Google&#x27;s search results filters. Valid values for this parameter are: * `0`: Disabled * `1`: Enabled (default) **Note**: By default, Google applies filtering to all search results to improve the quality of those results.
-        &quot;gl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Boosts search results whose country of origin matches the parameter value. See [Country Codes](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#countryCodes) for a list of valid values. Specifying a `gl` parameter value in WebSearch requests should improve the relevance of results. This is particularly true for international customers and, even more specifically, for customers in English-speaking countries other than the United States.
+        &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Activates or deactivates the automatic filtering of Google search results. See [Automatic Filtering](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#automaticFiltering) for more information about Google&#x27;s search results filters. Valid values for this parameter are: * `0`: Disabled * `1`: Enabled (default) **Note**: By default, Google applies filtering to all search results to improve the quality of those results.
+        &quot;gl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Boosts search results whose country of origin matches the parameter value. See [Country Codes](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#countryCodes) for a list of valid values. Specifying a `gl` parameter value in WebSearch requests should improve the relevance of results. This is particularly true for international customers and, even more specifically, for customers in English-speaking countries other than the United States.
         &quot;googleHost&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the Google domain (for example, google.com, google.de, or google.fr) to which the search should be limited.
         &quot;highRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the ending value for a search range. Use `cse:lowRange` and `cse:highrange` to append an inclusive search range of `lowRange...highRange` to the query.
-        &quot;hl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the interface language (host language) of your user interface. Explicitly setting this parameter improves the performance and the quality of your search results. See the [Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#wsInterfaceLanguages) section of [Internationalizing Queries and Results Presentation](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#wsInternationalizing) for more information, and [Supported Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results_appendices#interfaceLanguages) for a list of supported languages.
+        &quot;hl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the interface language (host language) of your user interface. Explicitly setting this parameter improves the performance and the quality of your search results. See the [Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#wsInterfaceLanguages) section of [Internationalizing Queries and Results Presentation](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#wsInternationalizing) for more information, and [Supported Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#interfaceLanguages) for a list of supported languages.
         &quot;hq&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Appends the specified query terms to the query, as if they were combined with a logical `AND` operator.
         &quot;imgColorType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts results to images of a specified color type. Supported values are: * `mono` (black and white) * `gray` (grayscale) * `color` (color)
         &quot;imgDominantColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts results to images with a specific dominant color. Supported values are: * `red` * `orange` * `yellow` * `green` * `teal` * `blue` * `purple` * `pink` * `white` * `gray` * `black` * `brown`
@@ -306,11 +306,11 @@
         &quot;language&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The language of the search results.
         &quot;linkSite&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies that all results should contain a link to a specific URL.
         &quot;lowRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the starting value for a search range. Use `cse:lowRange` and `cse:highrange` to append an inclusive search range of `lowRange...highRange` to the query.
-        &quot;orTerms&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Provides additional search terms to check for in a document, where each document in the search results must contain at least one of the additional search terms. You can also use the [Boolean OR](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#BooleanOrqt) query term for this type of query.
+        &quot;orTerms&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Provides additional search terms to check for in a document, where each document in the search results must contain at least one of the additional search terms. You can also use the [Boolean OR](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#BooleanOrSearch) query term for this type of query.
         &quot;outputEncoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The character encoding supported for search results.
         &quot;relatedSite&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies that all search results should be pages that are related to the specified URL. The parameter value should be a URL.
         &quot;rights&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filters based on licensing. Supported values include: * `cc_publicdomain` * `cc_attribute` * `cc_sharealike` * `cc_noncommercial` * `cc_nonderived`
-        &quot;safe&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the [SafeSearch level](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#safeSearchLevels) used for filtering out adult results. This is a custom property not defined in the OpenSearch spec. Valid parameter values are: * `&quot;off&quot;`: Disable SafeSearch * `&quot;active&quot;`: Enable SafeSearch
+        &quot;safe&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the [SafeSearch level](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#safeSearchLevels) used for filtering out adult results. This is a custom property not defined in the OpenSearch spec. Valid parameter values are: * `&quot;off&quot;`: Disable SafeSearch * `&quot;active&quot;`: Enable SafeSearch
         &quot;searchTerms&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The search terms entered by the user.
         &quot;searchType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Allowed values are `web` or `image`. If unspecified, results are limited to webpages.
         &quot;siteSearch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts results to URLs from a specified site.
@@ -325,18 +325,18 @@
     &quot;request&quot;: [ # Metadata representing the current request.
       { # Custom search request metadata.
         &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of search results returned in this set.
-        &quot;cr&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts search results to documents originating in a particular country. You may use [Boolean operators](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#booleanOperators) in the `cr` parameter&#x27;s value. Google WebSearch determines the country of a document by analyzing the following: * The top-level domain (TLD) of the document&#x27;s URL. * The geographic location of the web server&#x27;s IP address. See [Country (cr) Parameter Values](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#countryCollections) for a list of valid values for this parameter.
+        &quot;cr&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts search results to documents originating in a particular country. You may use [Boolean operators](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#BooleanOrSearch) in the `cr` parameter&#x27;s value. Google WebSearch determines the country of a document by analyzing the following: * The top-level domain (TLD) of the document&#x27;s URL. * The geographic location of the web server&#x27;s IP address. See [Country (cr) Parameter Values](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#countryCollections) for a list of valid values for this parameter.
         &quot;cx&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of an engine created using the Programmable Search Engine [Control Panel](https://programmablesearchengine.google.com/). This is a custom property not defined in the OpenSearch spec. This parameter is **required**.
         &quot;dateRestrict&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts results to URLs based on date. Supported values include: * `d[number]`: requests results from the specified number of past days. * `w[number]`: requests results from the specified number of past weeks. * `m[number]`: requests results from the specified number of past months. * `y[number]`: requests results from the specified number of past years.
-        &quot;disableCnTwTranslation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Enables or disables the [Simplified and Traditional Chinese Search](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#chineseSearch) feature. Supported values are: * `0`: enabled (default) * `1`: disabled
+        &quot;disableCnTwTranslation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Enables or disables the [Simplified and Traditional Chinese Search](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#chineseSearch) feature. Supported values are: * `0`: enabled (default) * `1`: disabled
         &quot;exactTerms&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies a phrase that all documents in the search results must contain.
         &quot;excludeTerms&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies a word or phrase that should not appear in any documents in the search results.
         &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts results to files of a specified extension. Filetypes supported by Google include: * Adobe Portable Document Format (`pdf`) * Adobe PostScript (`ps`) * Lotus 1-2-3 (`wk1`, `wk2`, `wk3`, `wk4`, `wk5`, `wki`, `wks`, `wku`) * Lotus WordPro (`lwp`) * Macwrite (`mw`) * Microsoft Excel (`xls`) * Microsoft PowerPoint (`ppt`) * Microsoft Word (`doc`) * Microsoft Works (`wks`, `wps`, `wdb`) * Microsoft Write (`wri`) * Rich Text Format (`rtf`) * Shockwave Flash (`swf`) * Text (`ans`, `txt`). Additional filetypes may be added in the future. An up-to-date list can always be found in Google&#x27;s [file type FAQ](https://support.google.com/webmasters/answer/35287).
-        &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Activates or deactivates the automatic filtering of Google search results. See [Automatic Filtering](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#automaticFiltering) for more information about Google&#x27;s search results filters. Valid values for this parameter are: * `0`: Disabled * `1`: Enabled (default) **Note**: By default, Google applies filtering to all search results to improve the quality of those results.
-        &quot;gl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Boosts search results whose country of origin matches the parameter value. See [Country Codes](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#countryCodes) for a list of valid values. Specifying a `gl` parameter value in WebSearch requests should improve the relevance of results. This is particularly true for international customers and, even more specifically, for customers in English-speaking countries other than the United States.
+        &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Activates or deactivates the automatic filtering of Google search results. See [Automatic Filtering](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#automaticFiltering) for more information about Google&#x27;s search results filters. Valid values for this parameter are: * `0`: Disabled * `1`: Enabled (default) **Note**: By default, Google applies filtering to all search results to improve the quality of those results.
+        &quot;gl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Boosts search results whose country of origin matches the parameter value. See [Country Codes](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#countryCodes) for a list of valid values. Specifying a `gl` parameter value in WebSearch requests should improve the relevance of results. This is particularly true for international customers and, even more specifically, for customers in English-speaking countries other than the United States.
         &quot;googleHost&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the Google domain (for example, google.com, google.de, or google.fr) to which the search should be limited.
         &quot;highRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the ending value for a search range. Use `cse:lowRange` and `cse:highrange` to append an inclusive search range of `lowRange...highRange` to the query.
-        &quot;hl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the interface language (host language) of your user interface. Explicitly setting this parameter improves the performance and the quality of your search results. See the [Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#wsInterfaceLanguages) section of [Internationalizing Queries and Results Presentation](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#wsInternationalizing) for more information, and [Supported Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results_appendices#interfaceLanguages) for a list of supported languages.
+        &quot;hl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the interface language (host language) of your user interface. Explicitly setting this parameter improves the performance and the quality of your search results. See the [Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#wsInterfaceLanguages) section of [Internationalizing Queries and Results Presentation](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#wsInternationalizing) for more information, and [Supported Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#interfaceLanguages) for a list of supported languages.
         &quot;hq&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Appends the specified query terms to the query, as if they were combined with a logical `AND` operator.
         &quot;imgColorType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts results to images of a specified color type. Supported values are: * `mono` (black and white) * `gray` (grayscale) * `color` (color)
         &quot;imgDominantColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts results to images with a specific dominant color. Supported values are: * `red` * `orange` * `yellow` * `green` * `teal` * `blue` * `purple` * `pink` * `white` * `gray` * `black` * `brown`
@@ -346,11 +346,11 @@
         &quot;language&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The language of the search results.
         &quot;linkSite&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies that all results should contain a link to a specific URL.
         &quot;lowRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the starting value for a search range. Use `cse:lowRange` and `cse:highrange` to append an inclusive search range of `lowRange...highRange` to the query.
-        &quot;orTerms&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Provides additional search terms to check for in a document, where each document in the search results must contain at least one of the additional search terms. You can also use the [Boolean OR](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#BooleanOrqt) query term for this type of query.
+        &quot;orTerms&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Provides additional search terms to check for in a document, where each document in the search results must contain at least one of the additional search terms. You can also use the [Boolean OR](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#BooleanOrSearch) query term for this type of query.
         &quot;outputEncoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The character encoding supported for search results.
         &quot;relatedSite&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies that all search results should be pages that are related to the specified URL. The parameter value should be a URL.
         &quot;rights&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filters based on licensing. Supported values include: * `cc_publicdomain` * `cc_attribute` * `cc_sharealike` * `cc_noncommercial` * `cc_nonderived`
-        &quot;safe&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the [SafeSearch level](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#safeSearchLevels) used for filtering out adult results. This is a custom property not defined in the OpenSearch spec. Valid parameter values are: * `&quot;off&quot;`: Disable SafeSearch * `&quot;active&quot;`: Enable SafeSearch
+        &quot;safe&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the [SafeSearch level](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#safeSearchLevels) used for filtering out adult results. This is a custom property not defined in the OpenSearch spec. Valid parameter values are: * `&quot;off&quot;`: Disable SafeSearch * `&quot;active&quot;`: Enable SafeSearch
         &quot;searchTerms&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The search terms entered by the user.
         &quot;searchType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Allowed values are `web` or `image`. If unspecified, results are limited to webpages.
         &quot;siteSearch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Restricts results to URLs from a specified site.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.flexTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.flexTemplates.html
index 273422e..6056277 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.flexTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.flexTemplates.html
@@ -113,6 +113,7 @@
         &quot;flexrsGoal&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Set FlexRS goal for the job. https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/flexrs
         &quot;ipConfiguration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Configuration for VM IPs.
         &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name for the Cloud KMS key for the job. Key format is: projects//locations//keyRings//cryptoKeys/
+        &quot;launcherMachineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The machine type to use for launching the job. The default is n1-standard-1.
         &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The machine type to use for the job. Defaults to the value from the template if not specified.
         &quot;maxWorkers&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of Google Compute Engine instances to be made available to your pipeline during execution, from 1 to 1000.
         &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Network to which VMs will be assigned. If empty or unspecified, the service will use the network &quot;default&quot;.
@@ -167,6 +168,7 @@
       &quot;flexrsGoal&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Set FlexRS goal for the job. https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/flexrs
       &quot;ipConfiguration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Configuration for VM IPs.
       &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name for the Cloud KMS key for the job. Key format is: projects//locations//keyRings//cryptoKeys/
+      &quot;launcherMachineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The machine type to use for launching the job. The default is n1-standard-1.
       &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The machine type to use for the job. Defaults to the value from the template if not specified.
       &quot;maxWorkers&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of Google Compute Engine instances to be made available to your pipeline during execution, from 1 to 1000.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Network to which VMs will be assigned. If empty or unspecified, the service will use the network &quot;default&quot;.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html
index 4f71a3f..96acf9c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html
@@ -248,7 +248,40 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+            },
+            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+          },
         },
       },
       &quot;update&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # The entity to update. The entity must already exist. Must have a complete key path.
@@ -266,7 +299,40 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+            },
+            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+          },
         },
       },
       &quot;upsert&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # The entity to upsert. The entity may or may not already exist. The entity key&#x27;s final path element may be incomplete.
@@ -284,7 +350,40 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+            },
+            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+          },
         },
       },
     },
@@ -503,7 +602,40 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+            },
+            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+          },
         },
       },
       &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -527,7 +659,40 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+            },
+            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+          },
         },
       },
       &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -625,24 +790,7 @@
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-            },
-          },
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -681,24 +829,7 @@
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-            },
-          },
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -759,24 +890,7 @@
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-            },
-          },
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -863,7 +977,40 @@
             ],
           },
           &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-            &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
+              &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+              &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+              &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+              &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+              &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+              &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+              },
+              &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+              &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+                &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                  &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                  &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+                },
+                &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                  { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+              &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+              &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+              &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+            },
           },
         },
         &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -902,24 +1049,7 @@
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-            },
-          },
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.campaigns.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.campaigns.html
index 0405604..a65df91 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.campaigns.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.campaigns.html
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
         &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
         &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
+        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. Accepted business chain targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions.
       },
       &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
         &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
         &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
         &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI` or reuse an existing assigned_targeting_option_id.
+        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. Accepted POI targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions. If targeting a specific latitude/longitude coordinate removed from an address or POI name, you can generate the necessary targeting option ID by rounding the desired coordinate values to the 6th decimal place, removing the decimals, and concatenating the string values separated by a semicolon. For example, you can target the latitude/longitude pair of 40.7414691, -74.003387 using the targeting option ID &quot;40741469;-74003387&quot;.
       },
       &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
         &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.campaigns.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.campaigns.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
index e483a2a..0e5a861 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.campaigns.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.campaigns.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
     &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
     &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
+    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. Accepted business chain targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions.
   },
   &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@
     &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
     &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
     &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI` or reuse an existing assigned_targeting_option_id.
+    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. Accepted POI targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions. If targeting a specific latitude/longitude coordinate removed from an address or POI name, you can generate the necessary targeting option ID by rounding the desired coordinate values to the 6th decimal place, removing the decimals, and concatenating the string values separated by a semicolon. For example, you can target the latitude/longitude pair of 40.7414691, -74.003387 using the targeting option ID &quot;40741469;-74003387&quot;.
   },
   &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
     &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
         &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
         &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
+        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. Accepted business chain targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions.
       },
       &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@
         &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
         &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
         &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI` or reuse an existing assigned_targeting_option_id.
+        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. Accepted POI targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions. If targeting a specific latitude/longitude coordinate removed from an address or POI name, you can generate the necessary targeting option ID by rounding the desired coordinate values to the 6th decimal place, removing the decimals, and concatenating the string values separated by a semicolon. For example, you can target the latitude/longitude pair of 40.7414691, -74.003387 using the targeting option ID &quot;40741469;-74003387&quot;.
       },
       &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
         &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.html
index e5d8686..420502f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.html
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
             &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
             &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-            &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
+            &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. Accepted business chain targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions.
           },
           &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
             &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
             &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
             &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-            &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI` or reuse an existing assigned_targeting_option_id.
+            &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. Accepted POI targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions. If targeting a specific latitude/longitude coordinate removed from an address or POI name, you can generate the necessary targeting option ID by rounding the desired coordinate values to the 6th decimal place, removing the decimals, and concatenating the string values separated by a semicolon. For example, you can target the latitude/longitude pair of 40.7414691, -74.003387 using the targeting option ID &quot;40741469;-74003387&quot;.
           },
           &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
             &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
         &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
         &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
+        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. Accepted business chain targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions.
       },
       &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
@@ -703,7 +703,7 @@
         &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
         &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
         &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI` or reuse an existing assigned_targeting_option_id.
+        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. Accepted POI targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions. If targeting a specific latitude/longitude coordinate removed from an address or POI name, you can generate the necessary targeting option ID by rounding the desired coordinate values to the 6th decimal place, removing the decimals, and concatenating the string values separated by a semicolon. For example, you can target the latitude/longitude pair of 40.7414691, -74.003387 using the targeting option ID &quot;40741469;-74003387&quot;.
       },
       &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
         &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
@@ -897,7 +897,7 @@
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
         &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
         &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
+        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. Accepted business chain targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions.
       },
       &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
@@ -1011,7 +1011,7 @@
         &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
         &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
         &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI` or reuse an existing assigned_targeting_option_id.
+        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. Accepted POI targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions. If targeting a specific latitude/longitude coordinate removed from an address or POI name, you can generate the necessary targeting option ID by rounding the desired coordinate values to the 6th decimal place, removing the decimals, and concatenating the string values separated by a semicolon. For example, you can target the latitude/longitude pair of 40.7414691, -74.003387 using the targeting option ID &quot;40741469;-74003387&quot;.
       },
       &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
         &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.insertionOrders.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.insertionOrders.html
index d62164d..b17dd62 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.insertionOrders.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.insertionOrders.html
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
         &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
         &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
+        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. Accepted business chain targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions.
       },
       &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
         &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
         &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
         &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI` or reuse an existing assigned_targeting_option_id.
+        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. Accepted POI targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions. If targeting a specific latitude/longitude coordinate removed from an address or POI name, you can generate the necessary targeting option ID by rounding the desired coordinate values to the 6th decimal place, removing the decimals, and concatenating the string values separated by a semicolon. For example, you can target the latitude/longitude pair of 40.7414691, -74.003387 using the targeting option ID &quot;40741469;-74003387&quot;.
       },
       &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
         &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.insertionOrders.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.insertionOrders.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
index 9e07165..5e9b272 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.insertionOrders.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.insertionOrders.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
     &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
     &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
+    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. Accepted business chain targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions.
   },
   &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@
     &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
     &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
     &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI` or reuse an existing assigned_targeting_option_id.
+    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. Accepted POI targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions. If targeting a specific latitude/longitude coordinate removed from an address or POI name, you can generate the necessary targeting option ID by rounding the desired coordinate values to the 6th decimal place, removing the decimals, and concatenating the string values separated by a semicolon. For example, you can target the latitude/longitude pair of 40.7414691, -74.003387 using the targeting option ID &quot;40741469;-74003387&quot;.
   },
   &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
     &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
         &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
         &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
+        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. Accepted business chain targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions.
       },
       &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@
         &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
         &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
         &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI` or reuse an existing assigned_targeting_option_id.
+        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. Accepted POI targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions. If targeting a specific latitude/longitude coordinate removed from an address or POI name, you can generate the necessary targeting option ID by rounding the desired coordinate values to the 6th decimal place, removing the decimals, and concatenating the string values separated by a semicolon. For example, you can target the latitude/longitude pair of 40.7414691, -74.003387 using the targeting option ID &quot;40741469;-74003387&quot;.
       },
       &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
         &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.lineItems.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.lineItems.html
index 086c9d6..6516053 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.lineItems.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.lineItems.html
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
             &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
             &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-            &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
+            &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. Accepted business chain targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions.
           },
           &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@
             &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
             &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
             &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-            &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI` or reuse an existing assigned_targeting_option_id.
+            &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. Accepted POI targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions. If targeting a specific latitude/longitude coordinate removed from an address or POI name, you can generate the necessary targeting option ID by rounding the desired coordinate values to the 6th decimal place, removing the decimals, and concatenating the string values separated by a semicolon. For example, you can target the latitude/longitude pair of 40.7414691, -74.003387 using the targeting option ID &quot;40741469;-74003387&quot;.
           },
           &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
             &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
@@ -513,7 +513,7 @@
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
         &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
         &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
+        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. Accepted business chain targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions.
       },
       &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
@@ -627,7 +627,7 @@
         &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
         &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
         &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI` or reuse an existing assigned_targeting_option_id.
+        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. Accepted POI targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions. If targeting a specific latitude/longitude coordinate removed from an address or POI name, you can generate the necessary targeting option ID by rounding the desired coordinate values to the 6th decimal place, removing the decimals, and concatenating the string values separated by a semicolon. For example, you can target the latitude/longitude pair of 40.7414691, -74.003387 using the targeting option ID &quot;40741469;-74003387&quot;.
       },
       &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
         &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
@@ -822,7 +822,7 @@
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
         &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
         &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
+        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. Accepted business chain targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions.
       },
       &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
@@ -936,7 +936,7 @@
         &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
         &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
         &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI` or reuse an existing assigned_targeting_option_id.
+        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. Accepted POI targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions. If targeting a specific latitude/longitude coordinate removed from an address or POI name, you can generate the necessary targeting option ID by rounding the desired coordinate values to the 6th decimal place, removing the decimals, and concatenating the string values separated by a semicolon. For example, you can target the latitude/longitude pair of 40.7414691, -74.003387 using the targeting option ID &quot;40741469;-74003387&quot;.
       },
       &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
         &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
index 23cac02..d8842e4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
     &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
     &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
+    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. Accepted business chain targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions.
   },
   &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@
     &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
     &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
     &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI` or reuse an existing assigned_targeting_option_id.
+    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. Accepted POI targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions. If targeting a specific latitude/longitude coordinate removed from an address or POI name, you can generate the necessary targeting option ID by rounding the desired coordinate values to the 6th decimal place, removing the decimals, and concatenating the string values separated by a semicolon. For example, you can target the latitude/longitude pair of 40.7414691, -74.003387 using the targeting option ID &quot;40741469;-74003387&quot;.
   },
   &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
     &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
@@ -523,7 +523,7 @@
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
     &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
     &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
+    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. Accepted business chain targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions.
   },
   &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
@@ -637,7 +637,7 @@
     &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
     &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
     &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI` or reuse an existing assigned_targeting_option_id.
+    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. Accepted POI targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions. If targeting a specific latitude/longitude coordinate removed from an address or POI name, you can generate the necessary targeting option ID by rounding the desired coordinate values to the 6th decimal place, removing the decimals, and concatenating the string values separated by a semicolon. For example, you can target the latitude/longitude pair of 40.7414691, -74.003387 using the targeting option ID &quot;40741469;-74003387&quot;.
   },
   &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
     &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
@@ -933,7 +933,7 @@
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
     &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
     &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
+    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. Accepted business chain targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions.
   },
   &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
@@ -1047,7 +1047,7 @@
     &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
     &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
     &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI` or reuse an existing assigned_targeting_option_id.
+    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. Accepted POI targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions. If targeting a specific latitude/longitude coordinate removed from an address or POI name, you can generate the necessary targeting option ID by rounding the desired coordinate values to the 6th decimal place, removing the decimals, and concatenating the string values separated by a semicolon. For example, you can target the latitude/longitude pair of 40.7414691, -74.003387 using the targeting option ID &quot;40741469;-74003387&quot;.
   },
   &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
     &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
@@ -1284,7 +1284,7 @@
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
         &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
         &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
+        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. Accepted business chain targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions.
       },
       &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
@@ -1398,7 +1398,7 @@
         &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
         &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
         &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI` or reuse an existing assigned_targeting_option_id.
+        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. Accepted POI targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions. If targeting a specific latitude/longitude coordinate removed from an address or POI name, you can generate the necessary targeting option ID by rounding the desired coordinate values to the 6th decimal place, removing the decimals, and concatenating the string values separated by a semicolon. For example, you can target the latitude/longitude pair of 40.7414691, -74.003387 using the targeting option ID &quot;40741469;-74003387&quot;.
       },
       &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
         &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
index eba0a3e..ae5e81f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
     &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
     &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
+    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. Accepted business chain targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions.
   },
   &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@
     &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
     &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
     &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI` or reuse an existing assigned_targeting_option_id.
+    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. Accepted POI targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions. If targeting a specific latitude/longitude coordinate removed from an address or POI name, you can generate the necessary targeting option ID by rounding the desired coordinate values to the 6th decimal place, removing the decimals, and concatenating the string values separated by a semicolon. For example, you can target the latitude/longitude pair of 40.7414691, -74.003387 using the targeting option ID &quot;40741469;-74003387&quot;.
   },
   &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
     &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
     &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
     &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
+    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. Accepted business chain targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions.
   },
   &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
@@ -636,7 +636,7 @@
     &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
     &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
     &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI` or reuse an existing assigned_targeting_option_id.
+    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. Accepted POI targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions. If targeting a specific latitude/longitude coordinate removed from an address or POI name, you can generate the necessary targeting option ID by rounding the desired coordinate values to the 6th decimal place, removing the decimals, and concatenating the string values separated by a semicolon. For example, you can target the latitude/longitude pair of 40.7414691, -74.003387 using the targeting option ID &quot;40741469;-74003387&quot;.
   },
   &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
     &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
@@ -930,7 +930,7 @@
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
     &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
     &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
+    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. Accepted business chain targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions.
   },
   &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
@@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@
     &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
     &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
     &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI` or reuse an existing assigned_targeting_option_id.
+    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. Accepted POI targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions. If targeting a specific latitude/longitude coordinate removed from an address or POI name, you can generate the necessary targeting option ID by rounding the desired coordinate values to the 6th decimal place, removing the decimals, and concatenating the string values separated by a semicolon. For example, you can target the latitude/longitude pair of 40.7414691, -74.003387 using the targeting option ID &quot;40741469;-74003387&quot;.
   },
   &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
     &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
@@ -1280,7 +1280,7 @@
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
         &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
         &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
+        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. Accepted business chain targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions.
       },
       &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
@@ -1394,7 +1394,7 @@
         &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
         &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
         &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI` or reuse an existing assigned_targeting_option_id.
+        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. Accepted POI targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions. If targeting a specific latitude/longitude coordinate removed from an address or POI name, you can generate the necessary targeting option ID by rounding the desired coordinate values to the 6th decimal place, removing the decimals, and concatenating the string values separated by a semicolon. For example, you can target the latitude/longitude pair of 40.7414691, -74.003387 using the targeting option ID &quot;40741469;-74003387&quot;.
       },
       &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
         &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.customBiddingAlgorithms.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.customBiddingAlgorithms.html
index 2bcba36..8648337 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.customBiddingAlgorithms.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.customBiddingAlgorithms.html
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
   &quot;entityStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Controls whether or not the custom bidding algorithm can be used as a bidding strategy. Accepted values are: * `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` * `ENTITY_STATUS_ARCHIVED`
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the custom bidding algorithm.
   &quot;partnerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The unique ID of the partner that owns the custom bidding algorithm.
-  &quot;sharedAdvertiserIds&quot;: [ # The IDs of the advertisers who have access to this algorithm. This field will not be set if the algorithm owner is a partner and is being retrieved using an advertiser accessor.
+  &quot;sharedAdvertiserIds&quot;: [ # The IDs of the advertisers who have access to this algorithm. If advertiser_id is set, this field will only consist of that value. This field will not be set if the algorithm [`owner`](/display-video/api/reference/rest/v1/customBiddingAlgorithms#CustomBiddingAlgorithm.FIELDS.oneof_owner) is a partner and is being retrieved using an advertiser [`accessor`](/display-video/api/reference/rest/v1/customBiddingAlgorithms/list#body.QUERY_PARAMETERS.oneof_accessor).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
 }</pre>
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
       &quot;entityStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Controls whether or not the custom bidding algorithm can be used as a bidding strategy. Accepted values are: * `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` * `ENTITY_STATUS_ARCHIVED`
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the custom bidding algorithm.
       &quot;partnerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The unique ID of the partner that owns the custom bidding algorithm.
-      &quot;sharedAdvertiserIds&quot;: [ # The IDs of the advertisers who have access to this algorithm. This field will not be set if the algorithm owner is a partner and is being retrieved using an advertiser accessor.
+      &quot;sharedAdvertiserIds&quot;: [ # The IDs of the advertisers who have access to this algorithm. If advertiser_id is set, this field will only consist of that value. This field will not be set if the algorithm [`owner`](/display-video/api/reference/rest/v1/customBiddingAlgorithms#CustomBiddingAlgorithm.FIELDS.oneof_owner) is a partner and is being retrieved using an advertiser [`accessor`](/display-video/api/reference/rest/v1/customBiddingAlgorithms/list#body.QUERY_PARAMETERS.oneof_accessor).
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.partners.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.partners.html
index 042cc46..5ee43f4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.partners.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.partners.html
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
             &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
             &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-            &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
+            &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. Accepted business chain targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions.
           },
           &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@
             &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
             &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
             &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-            &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI` or reuse an existing assigned_targeting_option_id.
+            &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. Accepted POI targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions. If targeting a specific latitude/longitude coordinate removed from an address or POI name, you can generate the necessary targeting option ID by rounding the desired coordinate values to the 6th decimal place, removing the decimals, and concatenating the string values separated by a semicolon. For example, you can target the latitude/longitude pair of 40.7414691, -74.003387 using the targeting option ID &quot;40741469;-74003387&quot;.
           },
           &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
             &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
         &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
         &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
+        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. Accepted business chain targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions.
       },
       &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@
         &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
         &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
         &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI` or reuse an existing assigned_targeting_option_id.
+        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. Accepted POI targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions. If targeting a specific latitude/longitude coordinate removed from an address or POI name, you can generate the necessary targeting option ID by rounding the desired coordinate values to the 6th decimal place, removing the decimals, and concatenating the string values separated by a semicolon. For example, you can target the latitude/longitude pair of 40.7414691, -74.003387 using the targeting option ID &quot;40741469;-74003387&quot;.
       },
       &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
         &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
index 11588ea..fd6cf7f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
     &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
     &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
+    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. Accepted business chain targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions.
   },
   &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@
     &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
     &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
     &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI` or reuse an existing assigned_targeting_option_id.
+    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. Accepted POI targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions. If targeting a specific latitude/longitude coordinate removed from an address or POI name, you can generate the necessary targeting option ID by rounding the desired coordinate values to the 6th decimal place, removing the decimals, and concatenating the string values separated by a semicolon. For example, you can target the latitude/longitude pair of 40.7414691, -74.003387 using the targeting option ID &quot;40741469;-74003387&quot;.
   },
   &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
     &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
     &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
     &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
+    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. Accepted business chain targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions.
   },
   &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
@@ -636,7 +636,7 @@
     &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
     &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
     &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI` or reuse an existing assigned_targeting_option_id.
+    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. Accepted POI targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions. If targeting a specific latitude/longitude coordinate removed from an address or POI name, you can generate the necessary targeting option ID by rounding the desired coordinate values to the 6th decimal place, removing the decimals, and concatenating the string values separated by a semicolon. For example, you can target the latitude/longitude pair of 40.7414691, -74.003387 using the targeting option ID &quot;40741469;-74003387&quot;.
   },
   &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
     &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
@@ -930,7 +930,7 @@
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
     &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
     &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
+    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. Accepted business chain targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions.
   },
   &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
@@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@
     &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
     &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
     &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI` or reuse an existing assigned_targeting_option_id.
+    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. Accepted POI targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions. If targeting a specific latitude/longitude coordinate removed from an address or POI name, you can generate the necessary targeting option ID by rounding the desired coordinate values to the 6th decimal place, removing the decimals, and concatenating the string values separated by a semicolon. For example, you can target the latitude/longitude pair of 40.7414691, -74.003387 using the targeting option ID &quot;40741469;-74003387&quot;.
   },
   &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
     &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
@@ -1280,7 +1280,7 @@
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
         &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
         &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
+        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. Accepted business chain targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions.
       },
       &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
@@ -1394,7 +1394,7 @@
         &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
         &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
         &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI` or reuse an existing assigned_targeting_option_id.
+        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. Accepted POI targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions. If targeting a specific latitude/longitude coordinate removed from an address or POI name, you can generate the necessary targeting option ID by rounding the desired coordinate values to the 6th decimal place, removing the decimals, and concatenating the string values separated by a semicolon. For example, you can target the latitude/longitude pair of 40.7414691, -74.003387 using the targeting option ID &quot;40741469;-74003387&quot;.
       },
       &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
         &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.targetingTypes.targetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.targetingTypes.targetingOptions.html
index 367dce9..facd5d7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.targetingTypes.targetingOptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.targetingTypes.targetingOptions.html
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
   <pre>Gets a single targeting option.
 
 Args:
-  targetingType: string, Required. The type of targeting option to retrieve. (required)
+  targetingType: string, Required. The type of targeting option to retrieve. Accepted values are: * `TARGETING_TYPE_APP_CATEGORY` * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_USER_REWARDED_CONTENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ON_SCREEN_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OPERATING_SYSTEM` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_MAKE_MODEL` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CATEGORY` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` * `TARGETING_TYPE_AUTHORIZED_SELLER_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_LANGUAGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GEO_REGION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` (required)
     Allowed values
       TARGETING_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED - Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.
       TARGETING_TYPE_CHANNEL - Target a channel (a custom group of related websites or apps).
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@
   <pre>Lists targeting options of a given type.
 
 Args:
-  targetingType: string, Required. The type of targeting option to be listed. (required)
+  targetingType: string, Required. The type of targeting option to be listed. Accepted values are: * `TARGETING_TYPE_APP_CATEGORY` * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_USER_REWARDED_CONTENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ON_SCREEN_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OPERATING_SYSTEM` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_MAKE_MODEL` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CATEGORY` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` * `TARGETING_TYPE_AUTHORIZED_SELLER_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_LANGUAGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GEO_REGION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` (required)
     Allowed values
       TARGETING_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED - Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.
       TARGETING_TYPE_CHANNEL - Target a channel (a custom group of related websites or apps).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html
index 8cd3353..4378eea 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -88,6 +88,9 @@
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#fetchProcessorTypes">fetchProcessorTypes(parent, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Fetches processor types.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Gets information about a location.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
@@ -103,6 +106,37 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="fetchProcessorTypes">fetchProcessorTypes(parent, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Fetches processor types.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The project of processor type to list. The available processor types may depend on the whitelisting on projects. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for fetch processor types.
+  &quot;processorTypes&quot;: [ # The list of processor types.
+    { # A processor type is responsible for performing a certain document understanding task on a certain type of document. All processor types are created by the documentai service internally. User will only list all available processor types via UI. For different users (projects), the available processor types may be different since we&#x27;ll expose the access of some types via EAP whitelisting. We make the ProcessorType a resource under location so we have a unified API and keep the possibility that UI will load different available processor types from different regions. But for alpha the behavior is that the user will always get the union of all available processor types among all regions no matter which regionalized endpoint is called, and then we use the &#x27;available_locations&#x27; field to show under which regions a processor type is available. For example, users can call either the &#x27;US&#x27; or &#x27;EU&#x27; endpoint to feach processor types. In the return, we will have an &#x27;invoice parsing&#x27; processor with &#x27;available_locations&#x27; field only containing &#x27;US&#x27;. So the user can try to create an &#x27;invoice parsing&#x27; processor under the location &#x27;US&#x27;. Such attempt of creating under the location &#x27;EU&#x27; will fail. Next ID: 8.
+      &quot;allowCreation&quot;: True or False, # Whether the processor type allows creation. If yes, user can create a processor of this processor type. Otherwise, user needs to request access.
+      &quot;availableLocations&quot;: [ # The locations in which this processor is available.
+        { # The location information about where the processor is available.
+          &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The location id, currently must be one of [us, eu].
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;category&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The processor category, used by UI to group processor types.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the processor type. Format: projects/{project}/processorTypes/{processor_type}
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the processor, e.g, &quot;invoice_parsing&quot;.
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Gets information about a location.
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html
index 81701f9..a8a39d7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html
@@ -91,8 +91,32 @@
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a processor from the type processor that the user chose. The processor will be at "ENABLED" state by default after its creation.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes the processor, unloads all deployed model artifacts if it was enabled and then deletes all artifacts associated with this processor.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#disable">disable(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Disables a processor</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#enable">enable(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Enables a processor</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets a processor detail.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists all processors which belong to this project.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#process">process(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Processes a single document.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#setDefaultProcessorVersion">setDefaultProcessorVersion(processor, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Set the default (active) version of a Processor that will be used in ProcessDocument and BatchProcessDocuments.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="batchProcess">batchProcess(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
@@ -160,6 +184,236 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Creates a processor from the type processor that the user chose. The processor will be at &quot;ENABLED&quot; state by default after its creation.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent (project and location) under which to create the processor. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The first-class citizen for DAI. Each processor defines how to extract structural information from a document.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the processor was created.
+  &quot;defaultProcessorVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default processor version.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the processor.
+  &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The KMS key used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios. See https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}
+  &quot;processEndpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Immutable. The http endpoint that can be called to invoke processing.
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the processor.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The processor type, e.g., INVOICE_PARSING, W2_PARSING, etc.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The first-class citizen for DAI. Each processor defines how to extract structural information from a document.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the processor was created.
+  &quot;defaultProcessorVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default processor version.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the processor.
+  &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The KMS key used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios. See https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}
+  &quot;processEndpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Immutable. The http endpoint that can be called to invoke processing.
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the processor.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The processor type, e.g., INVOICE_PARSING, W2_PARSING, etc.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Deletes the processor, unloads all deployed model artifacts if it was enabled and then deletes all artifacts associated with this processor.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The processor resource name to be deleted. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="disable">disable(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Disables a processor
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The processor resource name to be disabled. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for the disable processor method.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="enable">enable(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Enables a processor
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The processor resource name to be enabled. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for the enable processor method.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets a processor detail.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The processor resource name. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The first-class citizen for DAI. Each processor defines how to extract structural information from a document.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the processor was created.
+  &quot;defaultProcessorVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default processor version.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the processor.
+  &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The KMS key used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios. See https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}
+  &quot;processEndpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Immutable. The http endpoint that can be called to invoke processing.
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the processor.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The processor type, e.g., INVOICE_PARSING, W2_PARSING, etc.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists all processors which belong to this project.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent (project and location) which owns this collection of Processors. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location} (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of processors to return. If unspecified, at most 50 processors will be returned. The maximum value is 100; values above 100 will be coerced to 100.
+  pageToken: string, We will return the processors sorted by creation time. The page token will point to the next processor.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for list processors.
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Points to the next processor, otherwise empty.
+  &quot;processors&quot;: [ # The list of processors.
+    { # The first-class citizen for DAI. Each processor defines how to extract structural information from a document.
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the processor was created.
+      &quot;defaultProcessorVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default processor version.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the processor.
+      &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The KMS key used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios. See https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}
+      &quot;processEndpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Immutable. The http endpoint that can be called to invoke processing.
+      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the processor.
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The processor type, e.g., INVOICE_PARSING, W2_PARSING, etc.
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="process">process(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Processes a single document.
 
@@ -1635,4 +1889,46 @@
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="setDefaultProcessorVersion">setDefaultProcessorVersion(processor, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Set the default (active) version of a Processor that will be used in ProcessDocument and BatchProcessDocuments.
+
+Args:
+  processor: string, Required. The resource name of the Processor to change default version. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for the set default processor version method.
+  &quot;defaultProcessorVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The resource name of child ProcessorVersion to use as default.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
 </body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
index d3dfbc1..5a73e62 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
@@ -81,8 +81,26 @@
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes the processor version, all artifacts under the processor version will be deleted.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#deploy">deploy(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deploys the processor version.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets a processor version detail.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists all versions of a processor.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#process">process(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Processes a single document.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#undeploy">undeploy(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Undeploys the processor version.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="batchProcess">batchProcess(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
@@ -150,6 +168,215 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Deletes the processor version, all artifacts under the processor version will be deleted.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The processor version resource name to be deleted. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="deploy">deploy(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Deploys the processor version.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The processor version resource name to be deployed. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for the deploy processor version method.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets a processor version detail.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The processor resource name. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A processor version is an implementation of a processor. Each processor can have multiple versions, pre-trained by Google internally or up-trained by the customer. At a time, a processor can only have one default version version. So the processor&#x27;s behavior (when processing documents) is defined by a default version.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the processor version was created.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the processor version.
+  &quot;latestEvaluation&quot;: { # Gives a short summary of an evaluation, and links to the evaluation itself. # The most recently invoked evaluation for the processor version.
+    &quot;aggregateMetrics&quot;: { # Evaluation metrics, either in aggregate or about a specific entity. # An aggregate of the statistics for the evaluation.
+      &quot;f1Score&quot;: 3.14, # The calculated f1 score.
+      &quot;falseNegativesCount&quot;: 42, # The amount of false negatives.
+      &quot;falsePositivesCount&quot;: 42, # The amount of false positives.
+      &quot;groundTruthOccurrencesCount&quot;: 42, # The amount of occurrences in ground truth documents.
+      &quot;precision&quot;: 3.14, # The calculated precision.
+      &quot;predictedOccurrencesCount&quot;: 42, # The amount of occurrences in predicted documents.
+      &quot;recall&quot;: 3.14, # The calculated recall.
+      &quot;totalDocumentsCount&quot;: 42, # The amount of documents that had an occurrence of this label.
+      &quot;truePositivesCount&quot;: 42, # The amount of true positives.
+    },
+    &quot;evaluation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the evaluation.
+    &quot;operation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the Long Running Operation for the evaluation.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the processor version. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processor_version}
+  &quot;schema&quot;: { # The schema defines the output of the processed document by a processor. # The schema of the processor version. Describes the output.
+    &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description of the schema.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name to show to users.
+    &quot;entityTypes&quot;: [ # Entity types of the schema.
+      { # EntityType is the wrapper of a label of the corresponding model with detailed attributes and limitations for entity-based processors. Multiple types can also compose a dependency tree to represent nested types.
+        &quot;baseType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the entity. It must be one of the following: `document` - the entity represents a classification of a logical document. `object` - if the entity has properties it is likely an object (or or a document.) `datetime` - the entity is a date or time value. `money` - the entity represents a money value amount. `number` - the entity is a number - integer or floating point. `string` - the entity is a string value. `boolean` - the entity is a boolean value. `address` - the entity is a location address.
+        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description of the entity type.
+        &quot;enumValues&quot;: [ # If specified, lists all the possible values for this entity.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;occurrenceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Occurrence type limits the number of times an entity type appears in the document.
+        &quot;properties&quot;: [ # Describing the nested structure of an entity. An EntityType may consist of several other EntityTypes. For example, in a document there can be an EntityType &#x27;ID&#x27;, which consists of EntityType &#x27;name&#x27; and &#x27;address&#x27;, with corresponding attributes, such as TEXT for both types and ONCE for occurrence types.
+          # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1SchemaEntityType
+        ],
+        &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Source of this entity type.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the type. It must be unique within the set of same level types.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state of the processor version.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists all versions of a processor.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent (project, location and processor) to list all versions. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor} (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of processor versions to return. If unspecified, at most 10 processor versions will be returned. The maximum value is 20; values above 20 will be coerced to 20.
+  pageToken: string, We will return the processor versions sorted by creation time. The page token will point to the next processor version.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for list processors.
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Points to the next processor, otherwise empty.
+  &quot;processorVersions&quot;: [ # The list of processors.
+    { # A processor version is an implementation of a processor. Each processor can have multiple versions, pre-trained by Google internally or up-trained by the customer. At a time, a processor can only have one default version version. So the processor&#x27;s behavior (when processing documents) is defined by a default version.
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the processor version was created.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the processor version.
+      &quot;latestEvaluation&quot;: { # Gives a short summary of an evaluation, and links to the evaluation itself. # The most recently invoked evaluation for the processor version.
+        &quot;aggregateMetrics&quot;: { # Evaluation metrics, either in aggregate or about a specific entity. # An aggregate of the statistics for the evaluation.
+          &quot;f1Score&quot;: 3.14, # The calculated f1 score.
+          &quot;falseNegativesCount&quot;: 42, # The amount of false negatives.
+          &quot;falsePositivesCount&quot;: 42, # The amount of false positives.
+          &quot;groundTruthOccurrencesCount&quot;: 42, # The amount of occurrences in ground truth documents.
+          &quot;precision&quot;: 3.14, # The calculated precision.
+          &quot;predictedOccurrencesCount&quot;: 42, # The amount of occurrences in predicted documents.
+          &quot;recall&quot;: 3.14, # The calculated recall.
+          &quot;totalDocumentsCount&quot;: 42, # The amount of documents that had an occurrence of this label.
+          &quot;truePositivesCount&quot;: 42, # The amount of true positives.
+        },
+        &quot;evaluation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the evaluation.
+        &quot;operation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the Long Running Operation for the evaluation.
+      },
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the processor version. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processor_version}
+      &quot;schema&quot;: { # The schema defines the output of the processed document by a processor. # The schema of the processor version. Describes the output.
+        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description of the schema.
+        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name to show to users.
+        &quot;entityTypes&quot;: [ # Entity types of the schema.
+          { # EntityType is the wrapper of a label of the corresponding model with detailed attributes and limitations for entity-based processors. Multiple types can also compose a dependency tree to represent nested types.
+            &quot;baseType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the entity. It must be one of the following: `document` - the entity represents a classification of a logical document. `object` - if the entity has properties it is likely an object (or or a document.) `datetime` - the entity is a date or time value. `money` - the entity represents a money value amount. `number` - the entity is a number - integer or floating point. `string` - the entity is a string value. `boolean` - the entity is a boolean value. `address` - the entity is a location address.
+            &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description of the entity type.
+            &quot;enumValues&quot;: [ # If specified, lists all the possible values for this entity.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;occurrenceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Occurrence type limits the number of times an entity type appears in the document.
+            &quot;properties&quot;: [ # Describing the nested structure of an entity. An EntityType may consist of several other EntityTypes. For example, in a document there can be an EntityType &#x27;ID&#x27;, which consists of EntityType &#x27;name&#x27; and &#x27;address&#x27;, with corresponding attributes, such as TEXT for both types and ONCE for occurrence types.
+              # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1SchemaEntityType
+            ],
+            &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Source of this entity type.
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the type. It must be unique within the set of same level types.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state of the processor version.
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="process">process(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Processes a single document.
 
@@ -1625,4 +1852,45 @@
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="undeploy">undeploy(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Undeploys the processor version.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The processor version resource name to be undeployed. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for the undeploy processor version method.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
 </body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.html
index a3f27b3..8ee4946 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.html
@@ -171,9 +171,9 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for ExchangeAppAttestAttestation
-  &quot;attestationStatement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The App Attest statement as returned by Apple&#x27;s client-side App Attest API. This is the CBOR object returned by Apple, which will be Base64 encoded in the JSON API.
-  &quot;challenge&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The challenge previously generated by the FAC backend.
-  &quot;keyId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The key ID generated by App Attest for the client app.
+  &quot;attestationStatement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The App Attest statement as returned by Apple&#x27;s client-side App Attest API. This is the CBOR object returned by Apple, which will be Base64 encoded in the JSON API.
+  &quot;challenge&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The challenge previously generated by the FAC backend.
+  &quot;keyId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The key ID generated by App Attest for the client app.
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for the ExchangeCustomToken method.
-  &quot;customToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A custom token signed using your project&#x27;s Admin SDK service account credentials.
+  &quot;customToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A custom token signed using your project&#x27;s Admin SDK service account credentials.
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for the ExchangeDebugToken method.
-  &quot;debugToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A debug token secret. This string must match a debug token secret previously created using CreateDebugToken.
+  &quot;debugToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A debug token secret. This string must match a debug token secret previously created using CreateDebugToken.
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for the ExchangeDeviceCheckToken method.
-  &quot;deviceToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `device_token` as returned by Apple&#x27;s client-side [DeviceCheck API](https://developer.apple.com/documentation/devicecheck/dcdevice). This is the Base64 encoded `Data` (Swift) or `NSData` (ObjC) object.
+  &quot;deviceToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The `device_token` as returned by Apple&#x27;s client-side [DeviceCheck API](https://developer.apple.com/documentation/devicecheck/dcdevice). This is the Base64 encoded `Data` (Swift) or `NSData` (ObjC) object.
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for the ExchangeRecaptchaToken method.
-  &quot;recaptchaToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reCAPTCHA token as returned by the [reCAPTCHA v3 JavaScript API](https://developers.google.com/recaptcha/docs/v3).
+  &quot;recaptchaToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The reCAPTCHA token as returned by the [reCAPTCHA v3 JavaScript API](https://developers.google.com/recaptcha/docs/v3).
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for the ExchangeSafetyNetToken method.
-  &quot;safetyNetToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The [SafetyNet attestation response](https://developer.android.com/training/safetynet/attestation#request-attestation-step) issued to your app.
+  &quot;safetyNetToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The [SafetyNet attestation response](https://developer.android.com/training/safetynet/attestation#request-attestation-step) issued to your app.
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html
index 5887319..02464f5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html
@@ -175,7 +175,11 @@
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
     &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+            # Object with schema name: Value
+          ],
+        },
         &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
         &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
         &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -230,31 +234,16 @@
           { # A transformation of a field of the document.
             &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
             &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -274,7 +263,11 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -294,7 +287,11 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -315,26 +312,7 @@
             },
             &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -345,7 +323,11 @@
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
         &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -377,31 +359,16 @@
         { # A transformation of a field of the document.
           &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
           &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -421,7 +388,11 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -441,7 +412,11 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -462,26 +437,7 @@
           },
           &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -515,7 +471,11 @@
     { # The result of applying a write.
       &quot;transformResults&quot;: [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -603,31 +563,16 @@
           { # A transformation of a field of the document.
             &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
             &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -647,7 +592,11 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -667,7 +616,11 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -688,26 +641,7 @@
             },
             &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -718,7 +652,11 @@
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
         &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -750,31 +688,16 @@
         { # A transformation of a field of the document.
           &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
           &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -794,7 +717,11 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -814,7 +741,11 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -835,26 +766,7 @@
           },
           &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -878,7 +790,11 @@
     { # The result of applying a write.
       &quot;transformResults&quot;: [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -918,7 +834,11 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+          # Object with schema name: Value
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -956,7 +876,11 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+          # Object with schema name: Value
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1022,7 +946,11 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+          # Object with schema name: Value
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1075,7 +1003,11 @@
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
       &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1185,7 +1117,11 @@
           &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
           &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
             { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1233,7 +1169,11 @@
           &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
           &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
             { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1267,7 +1207,11 @@
             },
             &quot;op&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operator to filter by.
             &quot;value&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1320,7 +1264,11 @@
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
       &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1406,7 +1354,11 @@
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1454,7 +1406,11 @@
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1488,7 +1444,11 @@
         },
         &quot;op&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operator to filter by.
         &quot;value&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1533,7 +1493,11 @@
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1585,7 +1549,11 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+          # Object with schema name: Value
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1625,7 +1593,11 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+          # Object with schema name: Value
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1699,7 +1671,11 @@
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1747,7 +1723,11 @@
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1781,7 +1761,11 @@
         },
         &quot;op&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operator to filter by.
         &quot;value&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1825,7 +1809,11 @@
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
     &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+            # Object with schema name: Value
+          ],
+        },
         &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
         &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
         &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1882,31 +1870,16 @@
           { # A transformation of a field of the document.
             &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
             &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1926,7 +1899,11 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1946,7 +1923,11 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1967,26 +1948,7 @@
             },
             &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -1997,7 +1959,11 @@
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
         &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2029,31 +1995,16 @@
         { # A transformation of a field of the document.
           &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
           &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2073,7 +2024,11 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2093,7 +2048,11 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2114,26 +2073,7 @@
           },
           &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -2159,7 +2099,11 @@
     { # The result of applying a write.
       &quot;transformResults&quot;: [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html
index 352fb52..712832b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html
@@ -175,11 +175,7 @@
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
     &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-          &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-            # Object with schema name: Value
-          ],
-        },
+        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
         &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
         &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
         &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -234,16 +230,31 @@
           { # A transformation of a field of the document.
             &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
+                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                  },
+                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+                },
               ],
             },
             &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
             &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -263,11 +274,7 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -287,11 +294,7 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -312,7 +315,26 @@
             },
             &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
+                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                  },
+                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+                },
               ],
             },
             &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -323,11 +345,7 @@
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
         &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -359,16 +377,31 @@
         { # A transformation of a field of the document.
           &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
+              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                },
+                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+              },
             ],
           },
           &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
           &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -388,11 +421,7 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -412,11 +441,7 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -437,7 +462,26 @@
           },
           &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
+              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                },
+                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+              },
             ],
           },
           &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -471,11 +515,7 @@
     { # The result of applying a write.
       &quot;transformResults&quot;: [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -563,16 +603,31 @@
           { # A transformation of a field of the document.
             &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
+                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                  },
+                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+                },
               ],
             },
             &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
             &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -592,11 +647,7 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -616,11 +667,7 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -641,7 +688,26 @@
             },
             &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
+                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                  },
+                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+                },
               ],
             },
             &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -652,11 +718,7 @@
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
         &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -688,16 +750,31 @@
         { # A transformation of a field of the document.
           &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
+              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                },
+                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+              },
             ],
           },
           &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
           &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -717,11 +794,7 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -741,11 +814,7 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -766,7 +835,26 @@
           },
           &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
+              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                },
+                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+              },
             ],
           },
           &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -790,11 +878,7 @@
     { # The result of applying a write.
       &quot;transformResults&quot;: [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -834,11 +918,7 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-          # Object with schema name: Value
-        ],
-      },
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -876,11 +956,7 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-          # Object with schema name: Value
-        ],
-      },
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -946,11 +1022,7 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-          # Object with schema name: Value
-        ],
-      },
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1003,11 +1075,7 @@
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
       &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1117,11 +1185,7 @@
           &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
           &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
             { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1169,11 +1233,7 @@
           &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
           &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
             { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1207,11 +1267,7 @@
             },
             &quot;op&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operator to filter by.
             &quot;value&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1264,11 +1320,7 @@
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
       &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1354,11 +1406,7 @@
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1406,11 +1454,7 @@
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1444,11 +1488,7 @@
         },
         &quot;op&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operator to filter by.
         &quot;value&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1493,11 +1533,7 @@
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1549,11 +1585,7 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-          # Object with schema name: Value
-        ],
-      },
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1593,11 +1625,7 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-          # Object with schema name: Value
-        ],
-      },
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1671,11 +1699,7 @@
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1723,11 +1747,7 @@
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1761,11 +1781,7 @@
         },
         &quot;op&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operator to filter by.
         &quot;value&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1809,11 +1825,7 @@
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
     &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-          &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-            # Object with schema name: Value
-          ],
-        },
+        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
         &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
         &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
         &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1870,16 +1882,31 @@
           { # A transformation of a field of the document.
             &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
+                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                  },
+                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+                },
               ],
             },
             &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
             &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1899,11 +1926,7 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1923,11 +1946,7 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1948,7 +1967,26 @@
             },
             &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
+                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                  },
+                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+                },
               ],
             },
             &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -1959,11 +1997,7 @@
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
         &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1995,16 +2029,31 @@
         { # A transformation of a field of the document.
           &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
+              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                },
+                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+              },
             ],
           },
           &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
           &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2024,11 +2073,7 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2048,11 +2093,7 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2073,7 +2114,26 @@
           },
           &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
+              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                },
+                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+              },
             ],
           },
           &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -2099,11 +2159,7 @@
     { # The result of applying a write.
       &quot;transformResults&quot;: [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1beta.projects.locations.gameServerDeployments.html b/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1beta.projects.locations.gameServerDeployments.html
index 0894883..8d7fd2c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1beta.projects.locations.gameServerDeployments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1beta.projects.locations.gameServerDeployments.html
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@
       &quot;in&quot;: [ # If one or more &#x27;in&#x27; clauses are specified, the rule matches if the PRINCIPAL/AUTHORITY_SELECTOR is in at least one of these entries.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;logConfig&quot;: [ # The config returned to callers of tech.iam.IAM.CheckPolicy for any entries that match the LOG action.
+      &quot;logConfig&quot;: [ # The config returned to callers of CheckPolicy for any entries that match the LOG action.
         { # Specifies what kind of log the caller must write
           &quot;cloudAudit&quot;: { # Write a Cloud Audit log # Cloud audit options.
             &quot;authorizationLoggingOptions&quot;: { # Authorization-related information used by Cloud Audit Logging. # Information used by the Cloud Audit Logging pipeline.
@@ -668,7 +668,7 @@
         &quot;in&quot;: [ # If one or more &#x27;in&#x27; clauses are specified, the rule matches if the PRINCIPAL/AUTHORITY_SELECTOR is in at least one of these entries.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
-        &quot;logConfig&quot;: [ # The config returned to callers of tech.iam.IAM.CheckPolicy for any entries that match the LOG action.
+        &quot;logConfig&quot;: [ # The config returned to callers of CheckPolicy for any entries that match the LOG action.
           { # Specifies what kind of log the caller must write
             &quot;cloudAudit&quot;: { # Write a Cloud Audit log # Cloud audit options.
               &quot;authorizationLoggingOptions&quot;: { # Authorization-related information used by Cloud Audit Logging. # Information used by the Cloud Audit Logging pipeline.
@@ -765,7 +765,7 @@
       &quot;in&quot;: [ # If one or more &#x27;in&#x27; clauses are specified, the rule matches if the PRINCIPAL/AUTHORITY_SELECTOR is in at least one of these entries.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;logConfig&quot;: [ # The config returned to callers of tech.iam.IAM.CheckPolicy for any entries that match the LOG action.
+      &quot;logConfig&quot;: [ # The config returned to callers of CheckPolicy for any entries that match the LOG action.
         { # Specifies what kind of log the caller must write
           &quot;cloudAudit&quot;: { # Write a Cloud Audit log # Cloud audit options.
             &quot;authorizationLoggingOptions&quot;: { # Authorization-related information used by Cloud Audit Logging. # Information used by the Cloud Audit Logging pipeline.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html
index c96b67a..0356a68 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html
@@ -193,8 +193,10 @@
           ],
         },
       ],
+      &quot;unexpectedSegmentHandling&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines how unexpected segments (segments not matched to the schema) are handled.
     },
     &quot;segmentTerminator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Byte(s) to use as the segment terminator. If this is unset, &#x27;\r&#x27; is used as segment terminator, matching the HL7 version 2 specification.
+    &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Determines the version of the unschematized parser to be used when `schema` is not given. This field is immutable after store creation.
   },
   &quot;rejectDuplicateMessage&quot;: True or False, # Determines whether to reject duplicate messages. A duplicate message is a message with the same raw bytes as a message that has already been ingested/created in this HL7v2 store. The default value is false, meaning that the store accepts the duplicate messages and it also returns the same ACK message in the IngestMessageResponse as has been returned previously. Note that only one resource is created in the store. When this field is set to true, CreateMessage/IngestMessage requests with a duplicate message will be rejected by the store, and IngestMessageErrorDetail returns a NACK message upon rejection.
 }
@@ -277,8 +279,10 @@
           ],
         },
       ],
+      &quot;unexpectedSegmentHandling&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines how unexpected segments (segments not matched to the schema) are handled.
     },
     &quot;segmentTerminator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Byte(s) to use as the segment terminator. If this is unset, &#x27;\r&#x27; is used as segment terminator, matching the HL7 version 2 specification.
+    &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Determines the version of the unschematized parser to be used when `schema` is not given. This field is immutable after store creation.
   },
   &quot;rejectDuplicateMessage&quot;: True or False, # Determines whether to reject duplicate messages. A duplicate message is a message with the same raw bytes as a message that has already been ingested/created in this HL7v2 store. The default value is false, meaning that the store accepts the duplicate messages and it also returns the same ACK message in the IngestMessageResponse as has been returned previously. Note that only one resource is created in the store. When this field is set to true, CreateMessage/IngestMessage requests with a duplicate message will be rejected by the store, and IngestMessageErrorDetail returns a NACK message upon rejection.
 }</pre>
@@ -385,8 +389,10 @@
           ],
         },
       ],
+      &quot;unexpectedSegmentHandling&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines how unexpected segments (segments not matched to the schema) are handled.
     },
     &quot;segmentTerminator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Byte(s) to use as the segment terminator. If this is unset, &#x27;\r&#x27; is used as segment terminator, matching the HL7 version 2 specification.
+    &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Determines the version of the unschematized parser to be used when `schema` is not given. This field is immutable after store creation.
   },
   &quot;rejectDuplicateMessage&quot;: True or False, # Determines whether to reject duplicate messages. A duplicate message is a message with the same raw bytes as a message that has already been ingested/created in this HL7v2 store. The default value is false, meaning that the store accepts the duplicate messages and it also returns the same ACK message in the IngestMessageResponse as has been returned previously. Note that only one resource is created in the store. When this field is set to true, CreateMessage/IngestMessage requests with a duplicate message will be rejected by the store, and IngestMessageErrorDetail returns a NACK message upon rejection.
 }</pre>
@@ -528,8 +534,10 @@
               ],
             },
           ],
+          &quot;unexpectedSegmentHandling&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines how unexpected segments (segments not matched to the schema) are handled.
         },
         &quot;segmentTerminator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Byte(s) to use as the segment terminator. If this is unset, &#x27;\r&#x27; is used as segment terminator, matching the HL7 version 2 specification.
+        &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Determines the version of the unschematized parser to be used when `schema` is not given. This field is immutable after store creation.
       },
       &quot;rejectDuplicateMessage&quot;: True or False, # Determines whether to reject duplicate messages. A duplicate message is a message with the same raw bytes as a message that has already been ingested/created in this HL7v2 store. The default value is false, meaning that the store accepts the duplicate messages and it also returns the same ACK message in the IngestMessageResponse as has been returned previously. Note that only one resource is created in the store. When this field is set to true, CreateMessage/IngestMessage requests with a duplicate message will be rejected by the store, and IngestMessageErrorDetail returns a NACK message upon rejection.
     },
@@ -630,8 +638,10 @@
           ],
         },
       ],
+      &quot;unexpectedSegmentHandling&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines how unexpected segments (segments not matched to the schema) are handled.
     },
     &quot;segmentTerminator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Byte(s) to use as the segment terminator. If this is unset, &#x27;\r&#x27; is used as segment terminator, matching the HL7 version 2 specification.
+    &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Determines the version of the unschematized parser to be used when `schema` is not given. This field is immutable after store creation.
   },
   &quot;rejectDuplicateMessage&quot;: True or False, # Determines whether to reject duplicate messages. A duplicate message is a message with the same raw bytes as a message that has already been ingested/created in this HL7v2 store. The default value is false, meaning that the store accepts the duplicate messages and it also returns the same ACK message in the IngestMessageResponse as has been returned previously. Note that only one resource is created in the store. When this field is set to true, CreateMessage/IngestMessage requests with a duplicate message will be rejected by the store, and IngestMessageErrorDetail returns a NACK message upon rejection.
 }
@@ -714,8 +724,10 @@
           ],
         },
       ],
+      &quot;unexpectedSegmentHandling&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines how unexpected segments (segments not matched to the schema) are handled.
     },
     &quot;segmentTerminator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Byte(s) to use as the segment terminator. If this is unset, &#x27;\r&#x27; is used as segment terminator, matching the HL7 version 2 specification.
+    &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Determines the version of the unschematized parser to be used when `schema` is not given. This field is immutable after store creation.
   },
   &quot;rejectDuplicateMessage&quot;: True or False, # Determines whether to reject duplicate messages. A duplicate message is a message with the same raw bytes as a message that has already been ingested/created in this HL7v2 store. The default value is false, meaning that the store accepts the duplicate messages and it also returns the same ACK message in the IngestMessageResponse as has been returned previously. Note that only one resource is created in the store. When this field is set to true, CreateMessage/IngestMessage requests with a duplicate message will be rejected by the store, and IngestMessageErrorDetail returns a NACK message upon rejection.
 }</pre>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.html b/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.html
index e2a8ec7..e5a3108 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.html
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the pool.
 }
 
-  updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields update.
+  updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields to update.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.executions.html b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.executions.html
index 8f1dc62..d997ba0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.executions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.executions.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, executionId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates a new Scheduled Notebook in a given project and location.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a new Execution in a given project and location.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Deletes execution</p>
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, executionId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Creates a new Scheduled Notebook in a given project and location.
+  <pre>Creates a new Execution in a given project and location.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. Format: `parent=projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}` (required)
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A brief description of this execution.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Name used for UI purposes. Name can only contain alphanumeric characters and underscores &#x27;_&#x27;.
   &quot;executionTemplate&quot;: { # The description a notebook execution workload. # execute metadata including name, hardware spec, region, labels, etc.
-    &quot;acceleratorConfig&quot;: { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check GPUs on Compute Engine to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution.
+    &quot;acceleratorConfig&quot;: { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution.
       &quot;coreCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Count of cores of this accelerator.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this accelerator.
     },
@@ -120,20 +120,23 @@
     &quot;dataprocParameters&quot;: { # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions. # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions.
       &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for cluster used to run Dataproc execution. Format: &#x27;projects/{PROJECT_ID}/regions/{REGION}/clusters/{CLUSTER_NAME}
     },
-    &quot;inputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook file to execute. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder}/{notebook_file_name} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook.ipynb
+    &quot;inputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook file to execute. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs://{bucket_name}/{folder}/{notebook_file_name} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook.ipynb
     &quot;jobType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of Job to be used on this execution.
     &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for execution. If execution is scheduled, a field included will be &#x27;nbs-scheduled&#x27;. Otherwise, it is an immediate execution, and an included field will be &#x27;nbs-immediate&#x27;. Use fields to efficiently index between various types of executions.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
-    &quot;masterType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of virtual machine to use for your training job&#x27;s master worker. You must specify this field when `scaleTier` is set to `CUSTOM`. You can use certain Compute Engine machine types directly in this field. The following types are supported: - `n1-standard-4` - `n1-standard-8` - `n1-standard-16` - `n1-standard-32` - `n1-standard-64` - `n1-standard-96` - `n1-highmem-2` - `n1-highmem-4` - `n1-highmem-8` - `n1-highmem-16` - `n1-highmem-32` - `n1-highmem-64` - `n1-highmem-96` - `n1-highcpu-16` - `n1-highcpu-32` - `n1-highcpu-64` - `n1-highcpu-96` Alternatively, you can use the following legacy machine types: - `standard` - `large_model` - `complex_model_s` - `complex_model_m` - `complex_model_l` - `standard_gpu` - `complex_model_m_gpu` - `complex_model_l_gpu` - `standard_p100` - `complex_model_m_p100` - `standard_v100` - `large_model_v100` - `complex_model_m_v100` - `complex_model_l_v100` Finally, if you want to use a TPU for training, specify `cloud_tpu` in this field. Learn more about the [special configuration options for training with TPU.
-    &quot;outputNotebookFolder&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook folder to write to. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket path. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks
+    &quot;masterType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of virtual machine to use for your training job&#x27;s master worker. You must specify this field when `scaleTier` is set to `CUSTOM`. You can use certain Compute Engine machine types directly in this field. The following types are supported: - `n1-standard-4` - `n1-standard-8` - `n1-standard-16` - `n1-standard-32` - `n1-standard-64` - `n1-standard-96` - `n1-highmem-2` - `n1-highmem-4` - `n1-highmem-8` - `n1-highmem-16` - `n1-highmem-32` - `n1-highmem-64` - `n1-highmem-96` - `n1-highcpu-16` - `n1-highcpu-32` - `n1-highcpu-64` - `n1-highcpu-96` Alternatively, you can use the following legacy machine types: - `standard` - `large_model` - `complex_model_s` - `complex_model_m` - `complex_model_l` - `standard_gpu` - `complex_model_m_gpu` - `complex_model_l_gpu` - `standard_p100` - `complex_model_m_p100` - `standard_v100` - `large_model_v100` - `complex_model_m_v100` - `complex_model_l_v100` Finally, if you want to use a TPU for training, specify `cloud_tpu` in this field. Learn more about the [special configuration options for training with TPU](https://cloud.google.com/ai-platform/training/docs/using-tpus#configuring_a_custom_tpu_machine).
+    &quot;outputNotebookFolder&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook folder to write to. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket path. Format: gs://{bucket_name}/{folder} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks
     &quot;parameters&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters used within the &#x27;input_notebook_file&#x27; notebook.
     &quot;paramsYamlFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters to be overridden in the notebook during execution. Ref https://papermill.readthedocs.io/en/latest/usage-parameterize.html on how to specifying parameters in the input notebook and pass them here in an YAML file. Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook_params.yaml
     &quot;scaleTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Scale tier of the hardware used for notebook execution. DEPRECATED Will be discontinued. As right now only CUSTOM is supported.
     &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of a service account to use when running the execution. You must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission for the specified service account.
+    &quot;vertexAiParameters&quot;: { # Parameters used in Vertex AI JobType executions. # Parameters used in Vertex AI JobType executions.
+      &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. Private services access must already be configured for the network. If left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network.
+    },
   },
   &quot;jobUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The URI of the external job used to execute the notebook.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the execute. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/execution/{execution_id}
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the execute. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/executions/{execution_id}`
   &quot;outputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output notebook file generated by this execution
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. State of the underlying AI Platform job.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time the Execution was last updated.
@@ -223,7 +226,7 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A brief description of this execution.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Name used for UI purposes. Name can only contain alphanumeric characters and underscores &#x27;_&#x27;.
   &quot;executionTemplate&quot;: { # The description a notebook execution workload. # execute metadata including name, hardware spec, region, labels, etc.
-    &quot;acceleratorConfig&quot;: { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check GPUs on Compute Engine to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution.
+    &quot;acceleratorConfig&quot;: { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution.
       &quot;coreCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Count of cores of this accelerator.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this accelerator.
     },
@@ -231,20 +234,23 @@
     &quot;dataprocParameters&quot;: { # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions. # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions.
       &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for cluster used to run Dataproc execution. Format: &#x27;projects/{PROJECT_ID}/regions/{REGION}/clusters/{CLUSTER_NAME}
     },
-    &quot;inputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook file to execute. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder}/{notebook_file_name} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook.ipynb
+    &quot;inputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook file to execute. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs://{bucket_name}/{folder}/{notebook_file_name} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook.ipynb
     &quot;jobType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of Job to be used on this execution.
     &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for execution. If execution is scheduled, a field included will be &#x27;nbs-scheduled&#x27;. Otherwise, it is an immediate execution, and an included field will be &#x27;nbs-immediate&#x27;. Use fields to efficiently index between various types of executions.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
-    &quot;masterType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of virtual machine to use for your training job&#x27;s master worker. You must specify this field when `scaleTier` is set to `CUSTOM`. You can use certain Compute Engine machine types directly in this field. The following types are supported: - `n1-standard-4` - `n1-standard-8` - `n1-standard-16` - `n1-standard-32` - `n1-standard-64` - `n1-standard-96` - `n1-highmem-2` - `n1-highmem-4` - `n1-highmem-8` - `n1-highmem-16` - `n1-highmem-32` - `n1-highmem-64` - `n1-highmem-96` - `n1-highcpu-16` - `n1-highcpu-32` - `n1-highcpu-64` - `n1-highcpu-96` Alternatively, you can use the following legacy machine types: - `standard` - `large_model` - `complex_model_s` - `complex_model_m` - `complex_model_l` - `standard_gpu` - `complex_model_m_gpu` - `complex_model_l_gpu` - `standard_p100` - `complex_model_m_p100` - `standard_v100` - `large_model_v100` - `complex_model_m_v100` - `complex_model_l_v100` Finally, if you want to use a TPU for training, specify `cloud_tpu` in this field. Learn more about the [special configuration options for training with TPU.
-    &quot;outputNotebookFolder&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook folder to write to. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket path. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks
+    &quot;masterType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of virtual machine to use for your training job&#x27;s master worker. You must specify this field when `scaleTier` is set to `CUSTOM`. You can use certain Compute Engine machine types directly in this field. The following types are supported: - `n1-standard-4` - `n1-standard-8` - `n1-standard-16` - `n1-standard-32` - `n1-standard-64` - `n1-standard-96` - `n1-highmem-2` - `n1-highmem-4` - `n1-highmem-8` - `n1-highmem-16` - `n1-highmem-32` - `n1-highmem-64` - `n1-highmem-96` - `n1-highcpu-16` - `n1-highcpu-32` - `n1-highcpu-64` - `n1-highcpu-96` Alternatively, you can use the following legacy machine types: - `standard` - `large_model` - `complex_model_s` - `complex_model_m` - `complex_model_l` - `standard_gpu` - `complex_model_m_gpu` - `complex_model_l_gpu` - `standard_p100` - `complex_model_m_p100` - `standard_v100` - `large_model_v100` - `complex_model_m_v100` - `complex_model_l_v100` Finally, if you want to use a TPU for training, specify `cloud_tpu` in this field. Learn more about the [special configuration options for training with TPU](https://cloud.google.com/ai-platform/training/docs/using-tpus#configuring_a_custom_tpu_machine).
+    &quot;outputNotebookFolder&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook folder to write to. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket path. Format: gs://{bucket_name}/{folder} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks
     &quot;parameters&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters used within the &#x27;input_notebook_file&#x27; notebook.
     &quot;paramsYamlFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters to be overridden in the notebook during execution. Ref https://papermill.readthedocs.io/en/latest/usage-parameterize.html on how to specifying parameters in the input notebook and pass them here in an YAML file. Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook_params.yaml
     &quot;scaleTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Scale tier of the hardware used for notebook execution. DEPRECATED Will be discontinued. As right now only CUSTOM is supported.
     &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of a service account to use when running the execution. You must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission for the specified service account.
+    &quot;vertexAiParameters&quot;: { # Parameters used in Vertex AI JobType executions. # Parameters used in Vertex AI JobType executions.
+      &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. Private services access must already be configured for the network. If left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network.
+    },
   },
   &quot;jobUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The URI of the external job used to execute the notebook.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the execute. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/execution/{execution_id}
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the execute. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/executions/{execution_id}`
   &quot;outputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output notebook file generated by this execution
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. State of the underlying AI Platform job.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time the Execution was last updated.
@@ -276,7 +282,7 @@
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A brief description of this execution.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Name used for UI purposes. Name can only contain alphanumeric characters and underscores &#x27;_&#x27;.
       &quot;executionTemplate&quot;: { # The description a notebook execution workload. # execute metadata including name, hardware spec, region, labels, etc.
-        &quot;acceleratorConfig&quot;: { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check GPUs on Compute Engine to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution.
+        &quot;acceleratorConfig&quot;: { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution.
           &quot;coreCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Count of cores of this accelerator.
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this accelerator.
         },
@@ -284,20 +290,23 @@
         &quot;dataprocParameters&quot;: { # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions. # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions.
           &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for cluster used to run Dataproc execution. Format: &#x27;projects/{PROJECT_ID}/regions/{REGION}/clusters/{CLUSTER_NAME}
         },
-        &quot;inputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook file to execute. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder}/{notebook_file_name} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook.ipynb
+        &quot;inputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook file to execute. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs://{bucket_name}/{folder}/{notebook_file_name} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook.ipynb
         &quot;jobType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of Job to be used on this execution.
         &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for execution. If execution is scheduled, a field included will be &#x27;nbs-scheduled&#x27;. Otherwise, it is an immediate execution, and an included field will be &#x27;nbs-immediate&#x27;. Use fields to efficiently index between various types of executions.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
-        &quot;masterType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of virtual machine to use for your training job&#x27;s master worker. You must specify this field when `scaleTier` is set to `CUSTOM`. You can use certain Compute Engine machine types directly in this field. The following types are supported: - `n1-standard-4` - `n1-standard-8` - `n1-standard-16` - `n1-standard-32` - `n1-standard-64` - `n1-standard-96` - `n1-highmem-2` - `n1-highmem-4` - `n1-highmem-8` - `n1-highmem-16` - `n1-highmem-32` - `n1-highmem-64` - `n1-highmem-96` - `n1-highcpu-16` - `n1-highcpu-32` - `n1-highcpu-64` - `n1-highcpu-96` Alternatively, you can use the following legacy machine types: - `standard` - `large_model` - `complex_model_s` - `complex_model_m` - `complex_model_l` - `standard_gpu` - `complex_model_m_gpu` - `complex_model_l_gpu` - `standard_p100` - `complex_model_m_p100` - `standard_v100` - `large_model_v100` - `complex_model_m_v100` - `complex_model_l_v100` Finally, if you want to use a TPU for training, specify `cloud_tpu` in this field. Learn more about the [special configuration options for training with TPU.
-        &quot;outputNotebookFolder&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook folder to write to. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket path. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks
+        &quot;masterType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of virtual machine to use for your training job&#x27;s master worker. You must specify this field when `scaleTier` is set to `CUSTOM`. You can use certain Compute Engine machine types directly in this field. The following types are supported: - `n1-standard-4` - `n1-standard-8` - `n1-standard-16` - `n1-standard-32` - `n1-standard-64` - `n1-standard-96` - `n1-highmem-2` - `n1-highmem-4` - `n1-highmem-8` - `n1-highmem-16` - `n1-highmem-32` - `n1-highmem-64` - `n1-highmem-96` - `n1-highcpu-16` - `n1-highcpu-32` - `n1-highcpu-64` - `n1-highcpu-96` Alternatively, you can use the following legacy machine types: - `standard` - `large_model` - `complex_model_s` - `complex_model_m` - `complex_model_l` - `standard_gpu` - `complex_model_m_gpu` - `complex_model_l_gpu` - `standard_p100` - `complex_model_m_p100` - `standard_v100` - `large_model_v100` - `complex_model_m_v100` - `complex_model_l_v100` Finally, if you want to use a TPU for training, specify `cloud_tpu` in this field. Learn more about the [special configuration options for training with TPU](https://cloud.google.com/ai-platform/training/docs/using-tpus#configuring_a_custom_tpu_machine).
+        &quot;outputNotebookFolder&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook folder to write to. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket path. Format: gs://{bucket_name}/{folder} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks
         &quot;parameters&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters used within the &#x27;input_notebook_file&#x27; notebook.
         &quot;paramsYamlFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters to be overridden in the notebook during execution. Ref https://papermill.readthedocs.io/en/latest/usage-parameterize.html on how to specifying parameters in the input notebook and pass them here in an YAML file. Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook_params.yaml
         &quot;scaleTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Scale tier of the hardware used for notebook execution. DEPRECATED Will be discontinued. As right now only CUSTOM is supported.
         &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of a service account to use when running the execution. You must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission for the specified service account.
+        &quot;vertexAiParameters&quot;: { # Parameters used in Vertex AI JobType executions. # Parameters used in Vertex AI JobType executions.
+          &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. Private services access must already be configured for the network. If left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network.
+        },
       },
       &quot;jobUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The URI of the external job used to execute the notebook.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the execute. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/execution/{execution_id}
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the execute. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/executions/{execution_id}`
       &quot;outputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output notebook file generated by this execution
       &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. State of the underlying AI Platform job.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time the Execution was last updated.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
index 0115140..24447c4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -185,18 +185,18 @@
       &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates the size of the disk in base-2 GB.
       &quot;guestOsFeatures&quot;: [ # Indicates a list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
         { # Guest OS features for boot disk.
-          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Valid values: FEATURE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED MULTI_IP_SUBNET SECURE_BOOT UEFI_COMPATIBLE VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE WINDOWS
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Valid values: * FEATURE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED * MULTI_IP_SUBNET * SECURE_BOOT * UEFI_COMPATIBLE * VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE * WINDOWS
         },
       ],
       &quot;index&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number.
-      &quot;interface&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. Persistent disks must always use SCSI and the request will fail if you attempt to attach a persistent disk in any other format than SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance. Valid values: NVME SCSI
+      &quot;interface&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. Persistent disks must always use SCSI and the request will fail if you attempt to attach a persistent disk in any other format than SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance. Valid values: * NVME * SCSI
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks.
       &quot;licenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google&#x27;s use. A License represents billing and aggregate usage data for public and marketplace images.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The mode in which to attach this disk, either READ_WRITE or READ_ONLY. If not specified, the default is to attach the disk in READ_WRITE mode. Valid values: READ_ONLY READ_WRITE
+      &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The mode in which to attach this disk, either READ_WRITE or READ_ONLY. If not specified, the default is to attach the disk in READ_WRITE mode. Valid values: * READ_ONLY * READ_WRITE
       &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource.
-      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. Valid values: PERSISTENT SCRATCH
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. Valid values: * PERSISTENT * SCRATCH
     },
   ],
   &quot;installGpuDriver&quot;: True or False, # Whether the end user authorizes Google Cloud to install GPU driver on this instance. If this field is empty or set to false, the GPU driver won&#x27;t be installed. Only applicable to instances with GPUs.
@@ -365,18 +365,18 @@
       &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates the size of the disk in base-2 GB.
       &quot;guestOsFeatures&quot;: [ # Indicates a list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
         { # Guest OS features for boot disk.
-          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Valid values: FEATURE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED MULTI_IP_SUBNET SECURE_BOOT UEFI_COMPATIBLE VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE WINDOWS
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Valid values: * FEATURE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED * MULTI_IP_SUBNET * SECURE_BOOT * UEFI_COMPATIBLE * VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE * WINDOWS
         },
       ],
       &quot;index&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number.
-      &quot;interface&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. Persistent disks must always use SCSI and the request will fail if you attempt to attach a persistent disk in any other format than SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance. Valid values: NVME SCSI
+      &quot;interface&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. Persistent disks must always use SCSI and the request will fail if you attempt to attach a persistent disk in any other format than SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance. Valid values: * NVME * SCSI
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks.
       &quot;licenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google&#x27;s use. A License represents billing and aggregate usage data for public and marketplace images.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The mode in which to attach this disk, either READ_WRITE or READ_ONLY. If not specified, the default is to attach the disk in READ_WRITE mode. Valid values: READ_ONLY READ_WRITE
+      &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The mode in which to attach this disk, either READ_WRITE or READ_ONLY. If not specified, the default is to attach the disk in READ_WRITE mode. Valid values: * READ_ONLY * READ_WRITE
       &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource.
-      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. Valid values: PERSISTENT SCRATCH
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. Valid values: * PERSISTENT * SCRATCH
     },
   ],
   &quot;installGpuDriver&quot;: True or False, # Whether the end user authorizes Google Cloud to install GPU driver on this instance. If this field is empty or set to false, the GPU driver won&#x27;t be installed. Only applicable to instances with GPUs.
@@ -564,18 +564,18 @@
           &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates the size of the disk in base-2 GB.
           &quot;guestOsFeatures&quot;: [ # Indicates a list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
             { # Guest OS features for boot disk.
-              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Valid values: FEATURE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED MULTI_IP_SUBNET SECURE_BOOT UEFI_COMPATIBLE VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE WINDOWS
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Valid values: * FEATURE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED * MULTI_IP_SUBNET * SECURE_BOOT * UEFI_COMPATIBLE * VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE * WINDOWS
             },
           ],
           &quot;index&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number.
-          &quot;interface&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. Persistent disks must always use SCSI and the request will fail if you attempt to attach a persistent disk in any other format than SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance. Valid values: NVME SCSI
+          &quot;interface&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. Persistent disks must always use SCSI and the request will fail if you attempt to attach a persistent disk in any other format than SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance. Valid values: * NVME * SCSI
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks.
           &quot;licenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google&#x27;s use. A License represents billing and aggregate usage data for public and marketplace images.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
-          &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The mode in which to attach this disk, either READ_WRITE or READ_ONLY. If not specified, the default is to attach the disk in READ_WRITE mode. Valid values: READ_ONLY READ_WRITE
+          &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The mode in which to attach this disk, either READ_WRITE or READ_ONLY. If not specified, the default is to attach the disk in READ_WRITE mode. Valid values: * READ_ONLY * READ_WRITE
           &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource.
-          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. Valid values: PERSISTENT SCRATCH
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. Valid values: * PERSISTENT * SCRATCH
         },
       ],
       &quot;installGpuDriver&quot;: True or False, # Whether the end user authorizes Google Cloud to install GPU driver on this instance. If this field is empty or set to false, the GPU driver won&#x27;t be installed. Only applicable to instances with GPUs.
@@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@
 
 { # Request for updating instance configurations.
   &quot;config&quot;: { # Notebook instance configurations that can be updated. # The instance configurations to be updated.
-    &quot;enableHealthMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Verifies core internal services are running. More info: go/notebooks-health
+    &quot;enableHealthMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Verifies core internal services are running.
     &quot;notebookUpgradeSchedule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Cron expression in UTC timezone, used to schedule instance auto upgrade. Please follow the [cron format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron).
   },
 }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.runtimes.html b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.runtimes.html
index 2b478c4..46ad7e9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.runtimes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.runtimes.html
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
     &quot;customGpuDriverPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specify a custom Cloud Storage path where the GPU driver is stored. If not specified, we&#x27;ll automatically choose from official GPU drivers.
     &quot;enableHealthMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Verifies core internal services are running. Default: True
     &quot;idleShutdown&quot;: True or False, # Runtime will automatically shutdown after idle_shutdown_time. Default: True
-    &quot;idleShutdownTimeout&quot;: 42, # Time in minutes to wait before shuting down runtime. Default: 180 minutes
+    &quot;idleShutdownTimeout&quot;: 42, # Time in minutes to wait before shutting down runtime. Default: 180 minutes
     &quot;installGpuDriver&quot;: True or False, # Install Nvidia Driver automatically.
     &quot;notebookUpgradeSchedule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Cron expression in UTC timezone, used to schedule instance auto upgrade. Please follow the [cron format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron).
     &quot;postStartupScript&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to a Bash script that automatically runs after a notebook instance fully boots up. The path must be a URL or Cloud Storage path (gs://path-to-file/file-name).
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
           &quot;tag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tag of the container image. If not specified, this defaults to the latest tag.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;dataDisk&quot;: { # An Local attached disk resource. # Required. Data disk option configuration settings.
+      &quot;dataDisk&quot;: { # A Local attached disk resource. # Required. Data disk option configuration settings.
         &quot;autoDelete&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Output only. Specifies whether the disk will be auto-deleted when the instance is deleted (but not when the disk is detached from the instance).
         &quot;boot&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Output only. Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
         &quot;deviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Output only. Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
@@ -180,14 +180,14 @@
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
         },
-        &quot;interface&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. Persistent disks must always use SCSI and the request will fail if you attempt to attach a persistent disk in any other format than SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance. Valid values: NVME SCSI
+        &quot;interface&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. Persistent disks must always use SCSI and the request will fail if you attempt to attach a persistent disk in any other format than SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance. Valid values: * NVME * SCSI
         &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks.
         &quot;licenses&quot;: [ # Output only. Any valid publicly visible licenses.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
-        &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The mode in which to attach this disk, either READ_WRITE or READ_ONLY. If not specified, the default is to attach the disk in READ_WRITE mode. Valid values: READ_ONLY READ_WRITE
+        &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The mode in which to attach this disk, either READ_WRITE or READ_ONLY. If not specified, the default is to attach the disk in READ_WRITE mode. Valid values: * READ_ONLY * READ_WRITE
         &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource.
-        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. If not specified, the default is PERSISTENT. Valid values: PERSISTENT SCRATCH
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. If not specified, the default is PERSISTENT. Valid values: * PERSISTENT * SCRATCH
       },
       &quot;encryptionConfig&quot;: { # Represents a custom encryption key configuration that can be applied to a resource. This will encrypt all disks in Virtual Machine. # Optional. Encryption settings for virtual machine data disk.
         &quot;kmsKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer-managed encryption key used to protect a resource, such as a disks. It has the following format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{REGION}/keyRings/{KEY_RING_NAME}/cryptoKeys/{KEY_NAME}`
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@
     &quot;customGpuDriverPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specify a custom Cloud Storage path where the GPU driver is stored. If not specified, we&#x27;ll automatically choose from official GPU drivers.
     &quot;enableHealthMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Verifies core internal services are running. Default: True
     &quot;idleShutdown&quot;: True or False, # Runtime will automatically shutdown after idle_shutdown_time. Default: True
-    &quot;idleShutdownTimeout&quot;: 42, # Time in minutes to wait before shuting down runtime. Default: 180 minutes
+    &quot;idleShutdownTimeout&quot;: 42, # Time in minutes to wait before shutting down runtime. Default: 180 minutes
     &quot;installGpuDriver&quot;: True or False, # Install Nvidia Driver automatically.
     &quot;notebookUpgradeSchedule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Cron expression in UTC timezone, used to schedule instance auto upgrade. Please follow the [cron format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron).
     &quot;postStartupScript&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to a Bash script that automatically runs after a notebook instance fully boots up. The path must be a URL or Cloud Storage path (gs://path-to-file/file-name).
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@
           &quot;tag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tag of the container image. If not specified, this defaults to the latest tag.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;dataDisk&quot;: { # An Local attached disk resource. # Required. Data disk option configuration settings.
+      &quot;dataDisk&quot;: { # A Local attached disk resource. # Required. Data disk option configuration settings.
         &quot;autoDelete&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Output only. Specifies whether the disk will be auto-deleted when the instance is deleted (but not when the disk is detached from the instance).
         &quot;boot&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Output only. Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
         &quot;deviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Output only. Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
@@ -356,14 +356,14 @@
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
         },
-        &quot;interface&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. Persistent disks must always use SCSI and the request will fail if you attempt to attach a persistent disk in any other format than SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance. Valid values: NVME SCSI
+        &quot;interface&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. Persistent disks must always use SCSI and the request will fail if you attempt to attach a persistent disk in any other format than SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance. Valid values: * NVME * SCSI
         &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks.
         &quot;licenses&quot;: [ # Output only. Any valid publicly visible licenses.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
-        &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The mode in which to attach this disk, either READ_WRITE or READ_ONLY. If not specified, the default is to attach the disk in READ_WRITE mode. Valid values: READ_ONLY READ_WRITE
+        &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The mode in which to attach this disk, either READ_WRITE or READ_ONLY. If not specified, the default is to attach the disk in READ_WRITE mode. Valid values: * READ_ONLY * READ_WRITE
         &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource.
-        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. If not specified, the default is PERSISTENT. Valid values: PERSISTENT SCRATCH
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. If not specified, the default is PERSISTENT. Valid values: * PERSISTENT * SCRATCH
       },
       &quot;encryptionConfig&quot;: { # Represents a custom encryption key configuration that can be applied to a resource. This will encrypt all disks in Virtual Machine. # Optional. Encryption settings for virtual machine data disk.
         &quot;kmsKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer-managed encryption key used to protect a resource, such as a disks. It has the following format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{REGION}/keyRings/{KEY_RING_NAME}/cryptoKeys/{KEY_NAME}`
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@
         &quot;customGpuDriverPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specify a custom Cloud Storage path where the GPU driver is stored. If not specified, we&#x27;ll automatically choose from official GPU drivers.
         &quot;enableHealthMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Verifies core internal services are running. Default: True
         &quot;idleShutdown&quot;: True or False, # Runtime will automatically shutdown after idle_shutdown_time. Default: True
-        &quot;idleShutdownTimeout&quot;: 42, # Time in minutes to wait before shuting down runtime. Default: 180 minutes
+        &quot;idleShutdownTimeout&quot;: 42, # Time in minutes to wait before shutting down runtime. Default: 180 minutes
         &quot;installGpuDriver&quot;: True or False, # Install Nvidia Driver automatically.
         &quot;notebookUpgradeSchedule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Cron expression in UTC timezone, used to schedule instance auto upgrade. Please follow the [cron format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron).
         &quot;postStartupScript&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to a Bash script that automatically runs after a notebook instance fully boots up. The path must be a URL or Cloud Storage path (gs://path-to-file/file-name).
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@
               &quot;tag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tag of the container image. If not specified, this defaults to the latest tag.
             },
           ],
-          &quot;dataDisk&quot;: { # An Local attached disk resource. # Required. Data disk option configuration settings.
+          &quot;dataDisk&quot;: { # A Local attached disk resource. # Required. Data disk option configuration settings.
             &quot;autoDelete&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Output only. Specifies whether the disk will be auto-deleted when the instance is deleted (but not when the disk is detached from the instance).
             &quot;boot&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Output only. Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
             &quot;deviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Output only. Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
@@ -473,14 +473,14 @@
                 &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
               },
             },
-            &quot;interface&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. Persistent disks must always use SCSI and the request will fail if you attempt to attach a persistent disk in any other format than SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance. Valid values: NVME SCSI
+            &quot;interface&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. Persistent disks must always use SCSI and the request will fail if you attempt to attach a persistent disk in any other format than SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance. Valid values: * NVME * SCSI
             &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks.
             &quot;licenses&quot;: [ # Output only. Any valid publicly visible licenses.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
-            &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The mode in which to attach this disk, either READ_WRITE or READ_ONLY. If not specified, the default is to attach the disk in READ_WRITE mode. Valid values: READ_ONLY READ_WRITE
+            &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The mode in which to attach this disk, either READ_WRITE or READ_ONLY. If not specified, the default is to attach the disk in READ_WRITE mode. Valid values: * READ_ONLY * READ_WRITE
             &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource.
-            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. If not specified, the default is PERSISTENT. Valid values: PERSISTENT SCRATCH
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. If not specified, the default is PERSISTENT. Valid values: * PERSISTENT * SCRATCH
           },
           &quot;encryptionConfig&quot;: { # Represents a custom encryption key configuration that can be applied to a resource. This will encrypt all disks in Virtual Machine. # Optional. Encryption settings for virtual machine data disk.
             &quot;kmsKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer-managed encryption key used to protect a resource, such as a disks. It has the following format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{REGION}/keyRings/{KEY_RING_NAME}/cryptoKeys/{KEY_NAME}`
diff --git a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.schedules.html b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.schedules.html
index c8fee4f..40c99e5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.schedules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.schedules.html
@@ -112,11 +112,11 @@
 
 { # The definition of a schedule.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time the schedule was created.
-  &quot;cronSchedule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Cron-tab formatted schedule by which the job will execute Format: minute, hour, day of month, month, day of week e.g. 0 0 * * WED = every Wednesday More examples: https://crontab.guru/examples.html
+  &quot;cronSchedule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Cron-tab formatted schedule by which the job will execute. Format: minute, hour, day of month, month, day of week, e.g. 0 0 * * WED = every Wednesday More examples: https://crontab.guru/examples.html
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A brief description of this environment.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Display name used for UI purposes. Name can only contain alphanumeric characters, hyphens &#x27;-&#x27;, and underscores &#x27;_&#x27;.
   &quot;executionTemplate&quot;: { # The description a notebook execution workload. # Notebook Execution Template corresponding to this schedule.
-    &quot;acceleratorConfig&quot;: { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check GPUs on Compute Engine to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution.
+    &quot;acceleratorConfig&quot;: { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution.
       &quot;coreCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Count of cores of this accelerator.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this accelerator.
     },
@@ -124,17 +124,20 @@
     &quot;dataprocParameters&quot;: { # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions. # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions.
       &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for cluster used to run Dataproc execution. Format: &#x27;projects/{PROJECT_ID}/regions/{REGION}/clusters/{CLUSTER_NAME}
     },
-    &quot;inputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook file to execute. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder}/{notebook_file_name} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook.ipynb
+    &quot;inputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook file to execute. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs://{bucket_name}/{folder}/{notebook_file_name} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook.ipynb
     &quot;jobType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of Job to be used on this execution.
     &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for execution. If execution is scheduled, a field included will be &#x27;nbs-scheduled&#x27;. Otherwise, it is an immediate execution, and an included field will be &#x27;nbs-immediate&#x27;. Use fields to efficiently index between various types of executions.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
-    &quot;masterType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of virtual machine to use for your training job&#x27;s master worker. You must specify this field when `scaleTier` is set to `CUSTOM`. You can use certain Compute Engine machine types directly in this field. The following types are supported: - `n1-standard-4` - `n1-standard-8` - `n1-standard-16` - `n1-standard-32` - `n1-standard-64` - `n1-standard-96` - `n1-highmem-2` - `n1-highmem-4` - `n1-highmem-8` - `n1-highmem-16` - `n1-highmem-32` - `n1-highmem-64` - `n1-highmem-96` - `n1-highcpu-16` - `n1-highcpu-32` - `n1-highcpu-64` - `n1-highcpu-96` Alternatively, you can use the following legacy machine types: - `standard` - `large_model` - `complex_model_s` - `complex_model_m` - `complex_model_l` - `standard_gpu` - `complex_model_m_gpu` - `complex_model_l_gpu` - `standard_p100` - `complex_model_m_p100` - `standard_v100` - `large_model_v100` - `complex_model_m_v100` - `complex_model_l_v100` Finally, if you want to use a TPU for training, specify `cloud_tpu` in this field. Learn more about the [special configuration options for training with TPU.
-    &quot;outputNotebookFolder&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook folder to write to. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket path. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks
+    &quot;masterType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of virtual machine to use for your training job&#x27;s master worker. You must specify this field when `scaleTier` is set to `CUSTOM`. You can use certain Compute Engine machine types directly in this field. The following types are supported: - `n1-standard-4` - `n1-standard-8` - `n1-standard-16` - `n1-standard-32` - `n1-standard-64` - `n1-standard-96` - `n1-highmem-2` - `n1-highmem-4` - `n1-highmem-8` - `n1-highmem-16` - `n1-highmem-32` - `n1-highmem-64` - `n1-highmem-96` - `n1-highcpu-16` - `n1-highcpu-32` - `n1-highcpu-64` - `n1-highcpu-96` Alternatively, you can use the following legacy machine types: - `standard` - `large_model` - `complex_model_s` - `complex_model_m` - `complex_model_l` - `standard_gpu` - `complex_model_m_gpu` - `complex_model_l_gpu` - `standard_p100` - `complex_model_m_p100` - `standard_v100` - `large_model_v100` - `complex_model_m_v100` - `complex_model_l_v100` Finally, if you want to use a TPU for training, specify `cloud_tpu` in this field. Learn more about the [special configuration options for training with TPU](https://cloud.google.com/ai-platform/training/docs/using-tpus#configuring_a_custom_tpu_machine).
+    &quot;outputNotebookFolder&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook folder to write to. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket path. Format: gs://{bucket_name}/{folder} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks
     &quot;parameters&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters used within the &#x27;input_notebook_file&#x27; notebook.
     &quot;paramsYamlFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters to be overridden in the notebook during execution. Ref https://papermill.readthedocs.io/en/latest/usage-parameterize.html on how to specifying parameters in the input notebook and pass them here in an YAML file. Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook_params.yaml
     &quot;scaleTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Scale tier of the hardware used for notebook execution. DEPRECATED Will be discontinued. As right now only CUSTOM is supported.
     &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of a service account to use when running the execution. You must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission for the specified service account.
+    &quot;vertexAiParameters&quot;: { # Parameters used in Vertex AI JobType executions. # Parameters used in Vertex AI JobType executions.
+      &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. Private services access must already be configured for the network. If left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network.
+    },
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of this schedule. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/schedules/{schedule_id}`
   &quot;recentExecutions&quot;: [ # Output only. The most recent execution names triggered from this schedule and their corresponding states.
@@ -143,7 +146,7 @@
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A brief description of this execution.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Name used for UI purposes. Name can only contain alphanumeric characters and underscores &#x27;_&#x27;.
       &quot;executionTemplate&quot;: { # The description a notebook execution workload. # execute metadata including name, hardware spec, region, labels, etc.
-        &quot;acceleratorConfig&quot;: { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check GPUs on Compute Engine to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution.
+        &quot;acceleratorConfig&quot;: { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution.
           &quot;coreCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Count of cores of this accelerator.
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this accelerator.
         },
@@ -151,20 +154,23 @@
         &quot;dataprocParameters&quot;: { # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions. # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions.
           &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for cluster used to run Dataproc execution. Format: &#x27;projects/{PROJECT_ID}/regions/{REGION}/clusters/{CLUSTER_NAME}
         },
-        &quot;inputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook file to execute. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder}/{notebook_file_name} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook.ipynb
+        &quot;inputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook file to execute. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs://{bucket_name}/{folder}/{notebook_file_name} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook.ipynb
         &quot;jobType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of Job to be used on this execution.
         &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for execution. If execution is scheduled, a field included will be &#x27;nbs-scheduled&#x27;. Otherwise, it is an immediate execution, and an included field will be &#x27;nbs-immediate&#x27;. Use fields to efficiently index between various types of executions.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
-        &quot;masterType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of virtual machine to use for your training job&#x27;s master worker. You must specify this field when `scaleTier` is set to `CUSTOM`. You can use certain Compute Engine machine types directly in this field. The following types are supported: - `n1-standard-4` - `n1-standard-8` - `n1-standard-16` - `n1-standard-32` - `n1-standard-64` - `n1-standard-96` - `n1-highmem-2` - `n1-highmem-4` - `n1-highmem-8` - `n1-highmem-16` - `n1-highmem-32` - `n1-highmem-64` - `n1-highmem-96` - `n1-highcpu-16` - `n1-highcpu-32` - `n1-highcpu-64` - `n1-highcpu-96` Alternatively, you can use the following legacy machine types: - `standard` - `large_model` - `complex_model_s` - `complex_model_m` - `complex_model_l` - `standard_gpu` - `complex_model_m_gpu` - `complex_model_l_gpu` - `standard_p100` - `complex_model_m_p100` - `standard_v100` - `large_model_v100` - `complex_model_m_v100` - `complex_model_l_v100` Finally, if you want to use a TPU for training, specify `cloud_tpu` in this field. Learn more about the [special configuration options for training with TPU.
-        &quot;outputNotebookFolder&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook folder to write to. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket path. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks
+        &quot;masterType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of virtual machine to use for your training job&#x27;s master worker. You must specify this field when `scaleTier` is set to `CUSTOM`. You can use certain Compute Engine machine types directly in this field. The following types are supported: - `n1-standard-4` - `n1-standard-8` - `n1-standard-16` - `n1-standard-32` - `n1-standard-64` - `n1-standard-96` - `n1-highmem-2` - `n1-highmem-4` - `n1-highmem-8` - `n1-highmem-16` - `n1-highmem-32` - `n1-highmem-64` - `n1-highmem-96` - `n1-highcpu-16` - `n1-highcpu-32` - `n1-highcpu-64` - `n1-highcpu-96` Alternatively, you can use the following legacy machine types: - `standard` - `large_model` - `complex_model_s` - `complex_model_m` - `complex_model_l` - `standard_gpu` - `complex_model_m_gpu` - `complex_model_l_gpu` - `standard_p100` - `complex_model_m_p100` - `standard_v100` - `large_model_v100` - `complex_model_m_v100` - `complex_model_l_v100` Finally, if you want to use a TPU for training, specify `cloud_tpu` in this field. Learn more about the [special configuration options for training with TPU](https://cloud.google.com/ai-platform/training/docs/using-tpus#configuring_a_custom_tpu_machine).
+        &quot;outputNotebookFolder&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook folder to write to. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket path. Format: gs://{bucket_name}/{folder} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks
         &quot;parameters&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters used within the &#x27;input_notebook_file&#x27; notebook.
         &quot;paramsYamlFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters to be overridden in the notebook during execution. Ref https://papermill.readthedocs.io/en/latest/usage-parameterize.html on how to specifying parameters in the input notebook and pass them here in an YAML file. Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook_params.yaml
         &quot;scaleTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Scale tier of the hardware used for notebook execution. DEPRECATED Will be discontinued. As right now only CUSTOM is supported.
         &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of a service account to use when running the execution. You must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission for the specified service account.
+        &quot;vertexAiParameters&quot;: { # Parameters used in Vertex AI JobType executions. # Parameters used in Vertex AI JobType executions.
+          &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. Private services access must already be configured for the network. If left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network.
+        },
       },
       &quot;jobUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The URI of the external job used to execute the notebook.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the execute. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/execution/{execution_id}
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the execute. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/executions/{execution_id}`
       &quot;outputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output notebook file generated by this execution
       &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. State of the underlying AI Platform job.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time the Execution was last updated.
@@ -256,11 +262,11 @@
 
     { # The definition of a schedule.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time the schedule was created.
-  &quot;cronSchedule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Cron-tab formatted schedule by which the job will execute Format: minute, hour, day of month, month, day of week e.g. 0 0 * * WED = every Wednesday More examples: https://crontab.guru/examples.html
+  &quot;cronSchedule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Cron-tab formatted schedule by which the job will execute. Format: minute, hour, day of month, month, day of week, e.g. 0 0 * * WED = every Wednesday More examples: https://crontab.guru/examples.html
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A brief description of this environment.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Display name used for UI purposes. Name can only contain alphanumeric characters, hyphens &#x27;-&#x27;, and underscores &#x27;_&#x27;.
   &quot;executionTemplate&quot;: { # The description a notebook execution workload. # Notebook Execution Template corresponding to this schedule.
-    &quot;acceleratorConfig&quot;: { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check GPUs on Compute Engine to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution.
+    &quot;acceleratorConfig&quot;: { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution.
       &quot;coreCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Count of cores of this accelerator.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this accelerator.
     },
@@ -268,17 +274,20 @@
     &quot;dataprocParameters&quot;: { # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions. # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions.
       &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for cluster used to run Dataproc execution. Format: &#x27;projects/{PROJECT_ID}/regions/{REGION}/clusters/{CLUSTER_NAME}
     },
-    &quot;inputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook file to execute. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder}/{notebook_file_name} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook.ipynb
+    &quot;inputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook file to execute. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs://{bucket_name}/{folder}/{notebook_file_name} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook.ipynb
     &quot;jobType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of Job to be used on this execution.
     &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for execution. If execution is scheduled, a field included will be &#x27;nbs-scheduled&#x27;. Otherwise, it is an immediate execution, and an included field will be &#x27;nbs-immediate&#x27;. Use fields to efficiently index between various types of executions.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
-    &quot;masterType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of virtual machine to use for your training job&#x27;s master worker. You must specify this field when `scaleTier` is set to `CUSTOM`. You can use certain Compute Engine machine types directly in this field. The following types are supported: - `n1-standard-4` - `n1-standard-8` - `n1-standard-16` - `n1-standard-32` - `n1-standard-64` - `n1-standard-96` - `n1-highmem-2` - `n1-highmem-4` - `n1-highmem-8` - `n1-highmem-16` - `n1-highmem-32` - `n1-highmem-64` - `n1-highmem-96` - `n1-highcpu-16` - `n1-highcpu-32` - `n1-highcpu-64` - `n1-highcpu-96` Alternatively, you can use the following legacy machine types: - `standard` - `large_model` - `complex_model_s` - `complex_model_m` - `complex_model_l` - `standard_gpu` - `complex_model_m_gpu` - `complex_model_l_gpu` - `standard_p100` - `complex_model_m_p100` - `standard_v100` - `large_model_v100` - `complex_model_m_v100` - `complex_model_l_v100` Finally, if you want to use a TPU for training, specify `cloud_tpu` in this field. Learn more about the [special configuration options for training with TPU.
-    &quot;outputNotebookFolder&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook folder to write to. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket path. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks
+    &quot;masterType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of virtual machine to use for your training job&#x27;s master worker. You must specify this field when `scaleTier` is set to `CUSTOM`. You can use certain Compute Engine machine types directly in this field. The following types are supported: - `n1-standard-4` - `n1-standard-8` - `n1-standard-16` - `n1-standard-32` - `n1-standard-64` - `n1-standard-96` - `n1-highmem-2` - `n1-highmem-4` - `n1-highmem-8` - `n1-highmem-16` - `n1-highmem-32` - `n1-highmem-64` - `n1-highmem-96` - `n1-highcpu-16` - `n1-highcpu-32` - `n1-highcpu-64` - `n1-highcpu-96` Alternatively, you can use the following legacy machine types: - `standard` - `large_model` - `complex_model_s` - `complex_model_m` - `complex_model_l` - `standard_gpu` - `complex_model_m_gpu` - `complex_model_l_gpu` - `standard_p100` - `complex_model_m_p100` - `standard_v100` - `large_model_v100` - `complex_model_m_v100` - `complex_model_l_v100` Finally, if you want to use a TPU for training, specify `cloud_tpu` in this field. Learn more about the [special configuration options for training with TPU](https://cloud.google.com/ai-platform/training/docs/using-tpus#configuring_a_custom_tpu_machine).
+    &quot;outputNotebookFolder&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook folder to write to. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket path. Format: gs://{bucket_name}/{folder} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks
     &quot;parameters&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters used within the &#x27;input_notebook_file&#x27; notebook.
     &quot;paramsYamlFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters to be overridden in the notebook during execution. Ref https://papermill.readthedocs.io/en/latest/usage-parameterize.html on how to specifying parameters in the input notebook and pass them here in an YAML file. Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook_params.yaml
     &quot;scaleTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Scale tier of the hardware used for notebook execution. DEPRECATED Will be discontinued. As right now only CUSTOM is supported.
     &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of a service account to use when running the execution. You must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission for the specified service account.
+    &quot;vertexAiParameters&quot;: { # Parameters used in Vertex AI JobType executions. # Parameters used in Vertex AI JobType executions.
+      &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. Private services access must already be configured for the network. If left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network.
+    },
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of this schedule. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/schedules/{schedule_id}`
   &quot;recentExecutions&quot;: [ # Output only. The most recent execution names triggered from this schedule and their corresponding states.
@@ -287,7 +296,7 @@
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A brief description of this execution.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Name used for UI purposes. Name can only contain alphanumeric characters and underscores &#x27;_&#x27;.
       &quot;executionTemplate&quot;: { # The description a notebook execution workload. # execute metadata including name, hardware spec, region, labels, etc.
-        &quot;acceleratorConfig&quot;: { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check GPUs on Compute Engine to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution.
+        &quot;acceleratorConfig&quot;: { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution.
           &quot;coreCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Count of cores of this accelerator.
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this accelerator.
         },
@@ -295,20 +304,23 @@
         &quot;dataprocParameters&quot;: { # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions. # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions.
           &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for cluster used to run Dataproc execution. Format: &#x27;projects/{PROJECT_ID}/regions/{REGION}/clusters/{CLUSTER_NAME}
         },
-        &quot;inputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook file to execute. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder}/{notebook_file_name} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook.ipynb
+        &quot;inputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook file to execute. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs://{bucket_name}/{folder}/{notebook_file_name} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook.ipynb
         &quot;jobType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of Job to be used on this execution.
         &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for execution. If execution is scheduled, a field included will be &#x27;nbs-scheduled&#x27;. Otherwise, it is an immediate execution, and an included field will be &#x27;nbs-immediate&#x27;. Use fields to efficiently index between various types of executions.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
-        &quot;masterType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of virtual machine to use for your training job&#x27;s master worker. You must specify this field when `scaleTier` is set to `CUSTOM`. You can use certain Compute Engine machine types directly in this field. The following types are supported: - `n1-standard-4` - `n1-standard-8` - `n1-standard-16` - `n1-standard-32` - `n1-standard-64` - `n1-standard-96` - `n1-highmem-2` - `n1-highmem-4` - `n1-highmem-8` - `n1-highmem-16` - `n1-highmem-32` - `n1-highmem-64` - `n1-highmem-96` - `n1-highcpu-16` - `n1-highcpu-32` - `n1-highcpu-64` - `n1-highcpu-96` Alternatively, you can use the following legacy machine types: - `standard` - `large_model` - `complex_model_s` - `complex_model_m` - `complex_model_l` - `standard_gpu` - `complex_model_m_gpu` - `complex_model_l_gpu` - `standard_p100` - `complex_model_m_p100` - `standard_v100` - `large_model_v100` - `complex_model_m_v100` - `complex_model_l_v100` Finally, if you want to use a TPU for training, specify `cloud_tpu` in this field. Learn more about the [special configuration options for training with TPU.
-        &quot;outputNotebookFolder&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook folder to write to. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket path. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks
+        &quot;masterType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of virtual machine to use for your training job&#x27;s master worker. You must specify this field when `scaleTier` is set to `CUSTOM`. You can use certain Compute Engine machine types directly in this field. The following types are supported: - `n1-standard-4` - `n1-standard-8` - `n1-standard-16` - `n1-standard-32` - `n1-standard-64` - `n1-standard-96` - `n1-highmem-2` - `n1-highmem-4` - `n1-highmem-8` - `n1-highmem-16` - `n1-highmem-32` - `n1-highmem-64` - `n1-highmem-96` - `n1-highcpu-16` - `n1-highcpu-32` - `n1-highcpu-64` - `n1-highcpu-96` Alternatively, you can use the following legacy machine types: - `standard` - `large_model` - `complex_model_s` - `complex_model_m` - `complex_model_l` - `standard_gpu` - `complex_model_m_gpu` - `complex_model_l_gpu` - `standard_p100` - `complex_model_m_p100` - `standard_v100` - `large_model_v100` - `complex_model_m_v100` - `complex_model_l_v100` Finally, if you want to use a TPU for training, specify `cloud_tpu` in this field. Learn more about the [special configuration options for training with TPU](https://cloud.google.com/ai-platform/training/docs/using-tpus#configuring_a_custom_tpu_machine).
+        &quot;outputNotebookFolder&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook folder to write to. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket path. Format: gs://{bucket_name}/{folder} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks
         &quot;parameters&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters used within the &#x27;input_notebook_file&#x27; notebook.
         &quot;paramsYamlFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters to be overridden in the notebook during execution. Ref https://papermill.readthedocs.io/en/latest/usage-parameterize.html on how to specifying parameters in the input notebook and pass them here in an YAML file. Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook_params.yaml
         &quot;scaleTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Scale tier of the hardware used for notebook execution. DEPRECATED Will be discontinued. As right now only CUSTOM is supported.
         &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of a service account to use when running the execution. You must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission for the specified service account.
+        &quot;vertexAiParameters&quot;: { # Parameters used in Vertex AI JobType executions. # Parameters used in Vertex AI JobType executions.
+          &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. Private services access must already be configured for the network. If left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network.
+        },
       },
       &quot;jobUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The URI of the external job used to execute the notebook.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the execute. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/execution/{execution_id}
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the execute. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/executions/{execution_id}`
       &quot;outputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output notebook file generated by this execution
       &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. State of the underlying AI Platform job.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time the Execution was last updated.
@@ -343,11 +355,11 @@
   &quot;schedules&quot;: [ # A list of returned instances.
     { # The definition of a schedule.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time the schedule was created.
-      &quot;cronSchedule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Cron-tab formatted schedule by which the job will execute Format: minute, hour, day of month, month, day of week e.g. 0 0 * * WED = every Wednesday More examples: https://crontab.guru/examples.html
+      &quot;cronSchedule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Cron-tab formatted schedule by which the job will execute. Format: minute, hour, day of month, month, day of week, e.g. 0 0 * * WED = every Wednesday More examples: https://crontab.guru/examples.html
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A brief description of this environment.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Display name used for UI purposes. Name can only contain alphanumeric characters, hyphens &#x27;-&#x27;, and underscores &#x27;_&#x27;.
       &quot;executionTemplate&quot;: { # The description a notebook execution workload. # Notebook Execution Template corresponding to this schedule.
-        &quot;acceleratorConfig&quot;: { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check GPUs on Compute Engine to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution.
+        &quot;acceleratorConfig&quot;: { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution.
           &quot;coreCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Count of cores of this accelerator.
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this accelerator.
         },
@@ -355,17 +367,20 @@
         &quot;dataprocParameters&quot;: { # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions. # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions.
           &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for cluster used to run Dataproc execution. Format: &#x27;projects/{PROJECT_ID}/regions/{REGION}/clusters/{CLUSTER_NAME}
         },
-        &quot;inputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook file to execute. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder}/{notebook_file_name} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook.ipynb
+        &quot;inputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook file to execute. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs://{bucket_name}/{folder}/{notebook_file_name} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook.ipynb
         &quot;jobType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of Job to be used on this execution.
         &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for execution. If execution is scheduled, a field included will be &#x27;nbs-scheduled&#x27;. Otherwise, it is an immediate execution, and an included field will be &#x27;nbs-immediate&#x27;. Use fields to efficiently index between various types of executions.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
-        &quot;masterType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of virtual machine to use for your training job&#x27;s master worker. You must specify this field when `scaleTier` is set to `CUSTOM`. You can use certain Compute Engine machine types directly in this field. The following types are supported: - `n1-standard-4` - `n1-standard-8` - `n1-standard-16` - `n1-standard-32` - `n1-standard-64` - `n1-standard-96` - `n1-highmem-2` - `n1-highmem-4` - `n1-highmem-8` - `n1-highmem-16` - `n1-highmem-32` - `n1-highmem-64` - `n1-highmem-96` - `n1-highcpu-16` - `n1-highcpu-32` - `n1-highcpu-64` - `n1-highcpu-96` Alternatively, you can use the following legacy machine types: - `standard` - `large_model` - `complex_model_s` - `complex_model_m` - `complex_model_l` - `standard_gpu` - `complex_model_m_gpu` - `complex_model_l_gpu` - `standard_p100` - `complex_model_m_p100` - `standard_v100` - `large_model_v100` - `complex_model_m_v100` - `complex_model_l_v100` Finally, if you want to use a TPU for training, specify `cloud_tpu` in this field. Learn more about the [special configuration options for training with TPU.
-        &quot;outputNotebookFolder&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook folder to write to. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket path. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks
+        &quot;masterType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of virtual machine to use for your training job&#x27;s master worker. You must specify this field when `scaleTier` is set to `CUSTOM`. You can use certain Compute Engine machine types directly in this field. The following types are supported: - `n1-standard-4` - `n1-standard-8` - `n1-standard-16` - `n1-standard-32` - `n1-standard-64` - `n1-standard-96` - `n1-highmem-2` - `n1-highmem-4` - `n1-highmem-8` - `n1-highmem-16` - `n1-highmem-32` - `n1-highmem-64` - `n1-highmem-96` - `n1-highcpu-16` - `n1-highcpu-32` - `n1-highcpu-64` - `n1-highcpu-96` Alternatively, you can use the following legacy machine types: - `standard` - `large_model` - `complex_model_s` - `complex_model_m` - `complex_model_l` - `standard_gpu` - `complex_model_m_gpu` - `complex_model_l_gpu` - `standard_p100` - `complex_model_m_p100` - `standard_v100` - `large_model_v100` - `complex_model_m_v100` - `complex_model_l_v100` Finally, if you want to use a TPU for training, specify `cloud_tpu` in this field. Learn more about the [special configuration options for training with TPU](https://cloud.google.com/ai-platform/training/docs/using-tpus#configuring_a_custom_tpu_machine).
+        &quot;outputNotebookFolder&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook folder to write to. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket path. Format: gs://{bucket_name}/{folder} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks
         &quot;parameters&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters used within the &#x27;input_notebook_file&#x27; notebook.
         &quot;paramsYamlFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters to be overridden in the notebook during execution. Ref https://papermill.readthedocs.io/en/latest/usage-parameterize.html on how to specifying parameters in the input notebook and pass them here in an YAML file. Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook_params.yaml
         &quot;scaleTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Scale tier of the hardware used for notebook execution. DEPRECATED Will be discontinued. As right now only CUSTOM is supported.
         &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of a service account to use when running the execution. You must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission for the specified service account.
+        &quot;vertexAiParameters&quot;: { # Parameters used in Vertex AI JobType executions. # Parameters used in Vertex AI JobType executions.
+          &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. Private services access must already be configured for the network. If left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network.
+        },
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of this schedule. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/schedules/{schedule_id}`
       &quot;recentExecutions&quot;: [ # Output only. The most recent execution names triggered from this schedule and their corresponding states.
@@ -374,7 +389,7 @@
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A brief description of this execution.
           &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Name used for UI purposes. Name can only contain alphanumeric characters and underscores &#x27;_&#x27;.
           &quot;executionTemplate&quot;: { # The description a notebook execution workload. # execute metadata including name, hardware spec, region, labels, etc.
-            &quot;acceleratorConfig&quot;: { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check GPUs on Compute Engine to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution.
+            &quot;acceleratorConfig&quot;: { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution.
               &quot;coreCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Count of cores of this accelerator.
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this accelerator.
             },
@@ -382,20 +397,23 @@
             &quot;dataprocParameters&quot;: { # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions. # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions.
               &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for cluster used to run Dataproc execution. Format: &#x27;projects/{PROJECT_ID}/regions/{REGION}/clusters/{CLUSTER_NAME}
             },
-            &quot;inputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook file to execute. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder}/{notebook_file_name} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook.ipynb
+            &quot;inputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook file to execute. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs://{bucket_name}/{folder}/{notebook_file_name} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook.ipynb
             &quot;jobType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of Job to be used on this execution.
             &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for execution. If execution is scheduled, a field included will be &#x27;nbs-scheduled&#x27;. Otherwise, it is an immediate execution, and an included field will be &#x27;nbs-immediate&#x27;. Use fields to efficiently index between various types of executions.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
             },
-            &quot;masterType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of virtual machine to use for your training job&#x27;s master worker. You must specify this field when `scaleTier` is set to `CUSTOM`. You can use certain Compute Engine machine types directly in this field. The following types are supported: - `n1-standard-4` - `n1-standard-8` - `n1-standard-16` - `n1-standard-32` - `n1-standard-64` - `n1-standard-96` - `n1-highmem-2` - `n1-highmem-4` - `n1-highmem-8` - `n1-highmem-16` - `n1-highmem-32` - `n1-highmem-64` - `n1-highmem-96` - `n1-highcpu-16` - `n1-highcpu-32` - `n1-highcpu-64` - `n1-highcpu-96` Alternatively, you can use the following legacy machine types: - `standard` - `large_model` - `complex_model_s` - `complex_model_m` - `complex_model_l` - `standard_gpu` - `complex_model_m_gpu` - `complex_model_l_gpu` - `standard_p100` - `complex_model_m_p100` - `standard_v100` - `large_model_v100` - `complex_model_m_v100` - `complex_model_l_v100` Finally, if you want to use a TPU for training, specify `cloud_tpu` in this field. Learn more about the [special configuration options for training with TPU.
-            &quot;outputNotebookFolder&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook folder to write to. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket path. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks
+            &quot;masterType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of virtual machine to use for your training job&#x27;s master worker. You must specify this field when `scaleTier` is set to `CUSTOM`. You can use certain Compute Engine machine types directly in this field. The following types are supported: - `n1-standard-4` - `n1-standard-8` - `n1-standard-16` - `n1-standard-32` - `n1-standard-64` - `n1-standard-96` - `n1-highmem-2` - `n1-highmem-4` - `n1-highmem-8` - `n1-highmem-16` - `n1-highmem-32` - `n1-highmem-64` - `n1-highmem-96` - `n1-highcpu-16` - `n1-highcpu-32` - `n1-highcpu-64` - `n1-highcpu-96` Alternatively, you can use the following legacy machine types: - `standard` - `large_model` - `complex_model_s` - `complex_model_m` - `complex_model_l` - `standard_gpu` - `complex_model_m_gpu` - `complex_model_l_gpu` - `standard_p100` - `complex_model_m_p100` - `standard_v100` - `large_model_v100` - `complex_model_m_v100` - `complex_model_l_v100` Finally, if you want to use a TPU for training, specify `cloud_tpu` in this field. Learn more about the [special configuration options for training with TPU](https://cloud.google.com/ai-platform/training/docs/using-tpus#configuring_a_custom_tpu_machine).
+            &quot;outputNotebookFolder&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook folder to write to. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket path. Format: gs://{bucket_name}/{folder} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks
             &quot;parameters&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters used within the &#x27;input_notebook_file&#x27; notebook.
             &quot;paramsYamlFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters to be overridden in the notebook during execution. Ref https://papermill.readthedocs.io/en/latest/usage-parameterize.html on how to specifying parameters in the input notebook and pass them here in an YAML file. Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook_params.yaml
             &quot;scaleTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Scale tier of the hardware used for notebook execution. DEPRECATED Will be discontinued. As right now only CUSTOM is supported.
             &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of a service account to use when running the execution. You must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission for the specified service account.
+            &quot;vertexAiParameters&quot;: { # Parameters used in Vertex AI JobType executions. # Parameters used in Vertex AI JobType executions.
+              &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. Private services access must already be configured for the network. If left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network.
+            },
           },
           &quot;jobUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The URI of the external job used to execute the notebook.
-          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the execute. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/execution/{execution_id}
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the execute. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/executions/{execution_id}`
           &quot;outputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output notebook file generated by this execution
           &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. State of the underlying AI Platform job.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time the Execution was last updated.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.html b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.html
index 93d5fee..20620e5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.html
@@ -96,6 +96,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # AnalyzePackagesRequest is the request to analyze a list of packages and create Vulnerability Occurrences for it.
+  &quot;includeOsvData&quot;: True or False, # Whether to include OSV data in the scan.
   &quot;packages&quot;: [ # The packages to analyze.
     {
       &quot;cpeUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The cpe_uri in [cpe format] (https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) in which the vulnerability may manifest. Examples include distro or storage location for vulnerable jar.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.html
index 94c8b16..24592b5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -80,6 +80,11 @@
 <p class="firstline">Returns the instances Resource.</p>
 
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="osconfig_v1.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.html">osPolicyAssignments()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the osPolicyAssignments Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.instances.inventories.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.instances.inventories.html
index 4c4bf04..8fb343d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.instances.inventories.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.instances.inventories.html
@@ -136,6 +136,17 @@
           &quot;hotFixId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unique identifier associated with a particular QFE update.
           &quot;installTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Date that the QFE update was installed. Mapped from installed_on field.
         },
+        &quot;windowsApplication&quot;: { # Contains information about a Windows application as retrieved from the Windows Registry. For more information about these fields, see [Windows Installer Properties for the Uninstall Registry](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/msi/uninstall-registry-key){: class=&quot;external&quot; } # Details of Windows Application.
+          &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the application or product.
+          &quot;displayVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the product or application in string format.
+          &quot;helpLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The internet address for technical support.
+          &quot;installDate&quot;: { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values * A month and day value, with a zero year, such as an anniversary * A year on its own, with zero month and day values * A year and month value, with a zero day, such as a credit card expiration date Related types are google.type.TimeOfDay and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # The last time this product received service. The value of this property is replaced each time a patch is applied or removed from the product or the command-line option is used to repair the product.
+            &quot;day&quot;: 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
+            &quot;month&quot;: 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+            &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+          },
+          &quot;publisher&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the manufacturer for the product or application.
+        },
         &quot;wuaPackage&quot;: { # Details related to a Windows Update package. Field data and names are taken from Windows Update API IUpdate Interface: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/_wua/ Descriptive fields like title, and description are localized based on the locale of the VM being updated. # Details of a Windows Update package. See https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/_wua/ for information about Windows Update.
           &quot;categories&quot;: [ # The categories that are associated with this update package.
             { # Categories specified by the Windows Update.
@@ -197,6 +208,17 @@
           &quot;hotFixId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unique identifier associated with a particular QFE update.
           &quot;installTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Date that the QFE update was installed. Mapped from installed_on field.
         },
+        &quot;windowsApplication&quot;: { # Contains information about a Windows application as retrieved from the Windows Registry. For more information about these fields, see [Windows Installer Properties for the Uninstall Registry](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/msi/uninstall-registry-key){: class=&quot;external&quot; } # Details of Windows Application.
+          &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the application or product.
+          &quot;displayVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the product or application in string format.
+          &quot;helpLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The internet address for technical support.
+          &quot;installDate&quot;: { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values * A month and day value, with a zero year, such as an anniversary * A year on its own, with zero month and day values * A year and month value, with a zero day, such as a credit card expiration date Related types are google.type.TimeOfDay and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # The last time this product received service. The value of this property is replaced each time a patch is applied or removed from the product or the command-line option is used to repair the product.
+            &quot;day&quot;: 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
+            &quot;month&quot;: 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+            &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+          },
+          &quot;publisher&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the manufacturer for the product or application.
+        },
         &quot;wuaPackage&quot;: { # Details related to a Windows Update package. Field data and names are taken from Windows Update API IUpdate Interface: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/_wua/ Descriptive fields like title, and description are localized based on the locale of the VM being updated. # Details of a Windows Update package. See https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/_wua/ for information about Windows Update.
           &quot;categories&quot;: [ # The categories that are associated with this update package.
             { # Categories specified by the Windows Update.
@@ -303,6 +325,17 @@
               &quot;hotFixId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unique identifier associated with a particular QFE update.
               &quot;installTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Date that the QFE update was installed. Mapped from installed_on field.
             },
+            &quot;windowsApplication&quot;: { # Contains information about a Windows application as retrieved from the Windows Registry. For more information about these fields, see [Windows Installer Properties for the Uninstall Registry](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/msi/uninstall-registry-key){: class=&quot;external&quot; } # Details of Windows Application.
+              &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the application or product.
+              &quot;displayVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the product or application in string format.
+              &quot;helpLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The internet address for technical support.
+              &quot;installDate&quot;: { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values * A month and day value, with a zero year, such as an anniversary * A year on its own, with zero month and day values * A year and month value, with a zero day, such as a credit card expiration date Related types are google.type.TimeOfDay and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # The last time this product received service. The value of this property is replaced each time a patch is applied or removed from the product or the command-line option is used to repair the product.
+                &quot;day&quot;: 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
+                &quot;month&quot;: 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+                &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+              },
+              &quot;publisher&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the manufacturer for the product or application.
+            },
             &quot;wuaPackage&quot;: { # Details related to a Windows Update package. Field data and names are taken from Windows Update API IUpdate Interface: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/_wua/ Descriptive fields like title, and description are localized based on the locale of the VM being updated. # Details of a Windows Update package. See https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/_wua/ for information about Windows Update.
               &quot;categories&quot;: [ # The categories that are associated with this update package.
                 { # Categories specified by the Windows Update.
@@ -364,6 +397,17 @@
               &quot;hotFixId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unique identifier associated with a particular QFE update.
               &quot;installTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Date that the QFE update was installed. Mapped from installed_on field.
             },
+            &quot;windowsApplication&quot;: { # Contains information about a Windows application as retrieved from the Windows Registry. For more information about these fields, see [Windows Installer Properties for the Uninstall Registry](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/msi/uninstall-registry-key){: class=&quot;external&quot; } # Details of Windows Application.
+              &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the application or product.
+              &quot;displayVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the product or application in string format.
+              &quot;helpLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The internet address for technical support.
+              &quot;installDate&quot;: { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values * A month and day value, with a zero year, such as an anniversary * A year on its own, with zero month and day values * A year and month value, with a zero day, such as a credit card expiration date Related types are google.type.TimeOfDay and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # The last time this product received service. The value of this property is replaced each time a patch is applied or removed from the product or the command-line option is used to repair the product.
+                &quot;day&quot;: 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
+                &quot;month&quot;: 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+                &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+              },
+              &quot;publisher&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the manufacturer for the product or application.
+            },
             &quot;wuaPackage&quot;: { # Details related to a Windows Update package. Field data and names are taken from Windows Update API IUpdate Interface: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/_wua/ Descriptive fields like title, and description are localized based on the locale of the VM being updated. # Details of a Windows Update package. See https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/_wua/ for information about Windows Update.
               &quot;categories&quot;: [ # The categories that are associated with this update package.
                 { # Categories specified by the Windows Update.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4d99c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.html
@@ -0,0 +1,1435 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="osconfig_v1.html">OS Config API</a> . <a href="osconfig_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="osconfig_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="osconfig_v1.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.html">osPolicyAssignments</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, osPolicyAssignmentId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Create an OS policy assignment. This method also creates the first revision of the OS policy assignment. This method returns a long running operation (LRO) that contains the rollout details. The rollout can be cancelled by cancelling the LRO. For more information, see [Method: projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.operations.cancel](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/osconfig/rest/v1/projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.operations/cancel).</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Delete the OS policy assignment. This method creates a new revision of the OS policy assignment. This method returns a long running operation (LRO) that contains the rollout details. The rollout can be cancelled by cancelling the LRO. If the LRO completes and is not cancelled, all revisions associated with the OS policy assignment are deleted. For more information, see [Method: projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.operations.cancel](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/osconfig/rest/v1/projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.operations/cancel).</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieve an existing OS policy assignment. This method always returns the latest revision. In order to retrieve a previous revision of the assignment, also provide the revision ID in the `name` parameter.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">List the OS policy assignments under the parent resource. For each OS policy assignment, the latest revision is returned.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#listRevisions">listRevisions(name, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">List the OS policy assignment revisions for a given OS policy assignment.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#listRevisions_next">listRevisions_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Update an existing OS policy assignment. This method creates a new revision of the OS policy assignment. This method returns a long running operation (LRO) that contains the rollout details. The rollout can be cancelled by cancelling the LRO. For more information, see [Method: projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.operations.cancel](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/osconfig/rest/v1/projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.operations/cancel).</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, osPolicyAssignmentId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Create an OS policy assignment. This method also creates the first revision of the OS policy assignment. This method returns a long running operation (LRO) that contains the rollout details. The rollout can be cancelled by cancelling the LRO. For more information, see [Method: projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.operations.cancel](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/osconfig/rest/v1/projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.operations/cancel).
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name in the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # OS policy assignment is an API resource that is used to apply a set of OS policies to a dynamically targeted group of Compute Engine VM instances. An OS policy is used to define the desired state configuration for a Compute Engine VM instance through a set of configuration resources that provide capabilities such as installing or removing software packages, or executing a script. For more information, see [OS policy and OS policy assignment](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/os-configuration-management/working-with-os-policies).
+  &quot;baseline&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates that this revision has been successfully rolled out in this zone and new VMs will be assigned OS policies from this revision. For a given OS policy assignment, there is only one revision with a value of `true` for this field.
+  &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates that this revision deletes the OS policy assignment.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # OS policy assignment description. Length of the description is limited to 1024 characters.
+  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The etag for this OS policy assignment. If this is provided on update, it must match the server&#x27;s etag.
+  &quot;instanceFilter&quot;: { # Filters to select target VMs for an assignment. If more than one filter criteria is specified below, a VM will be selected if and only if it satisfies all of them. # Required. Filter to select VMs.
+    &quot;all&quot;: True or False, # Target all VMs in the project. If true, no other criteria is permitted.
+    &quot;exclusionLabels&quot;: [ # List of label sets used for VM exclusion. If the list has more than one label set, the VM is excluded if any of the label sets are applicable for the VM.
+      { # Message representing label set. * A label is a key value pair set for a VM. * A LabelSet is a set of labels. * Labels within a LabelSet are ANDed. In other words, a LabelSet is applicable for a VM only if it matches all the labels in the LabelSet. * Example: A LabelSet with 2 labels: `env=prod` and `type=webserver` will only be applicable for those VMs with both labels present.
+        &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels are identified by key/value pairs in this map. A VM should contain all the key/value pairs specified in this map to be selected.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;inclusionLabels&quot;: [ # List of label sets used for VM inclusion. If the list has more than one `LabelSet`, the VM is included if any of the label sets are applicable for the VM.
+      { # Message representing label set. * A label is a key value pair set for a VM. * A LabelSet is a set of labels. * Labels within a LabelSet are ANDed. In other words, a LabelSet is applicable for a VM only if it matches all the labels in the LabelSet. * Example: A LabelSet with 2 labels: `env=prod` and `type=webserver` will only be applicable for those VMs with both labels present.
+        &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels are identified by key/value pairs in this map. A VM should contain all the key/value pairs specified in this map to be selected.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;inventories&quot;: [ # List of inventories to select VMs. A VM is selected if its inventory data matches at least one of the following inventories.
+      { # VM inventory details.
+        &quot;osShortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OS short name
+        &quot;osVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The OS version Prefix matches are supported if asterisk(*) is provided as the last character. For example, to match all versions with a major version of `7`, specify the following value for this field `7.*` An empty string matches all OS versions.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/osPolicyAssignments/{os_policy_assignment_id}` This field is ignored when you create an OS policy assignment.
+  &quot;osPolicies&quot;: [ # Required. List of OS policies to be applied to the VMs.
+    { # An OS policy defines the desired state configuration for a VM.
+      &quot;allowNoResourceGroupMatch&quot;: True or False, # This flag determines the OS policy compliance status when none of the resource groups within the policy are applicable for a VM. Set this value to `true` if the policy needs to be reported as compliant even if the policy has nothing to validate or enforce.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Policy description. Length of the description is limited to 1024 characters.
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The id of the OS policy with the following restrictions: * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter. * Must be between 1-63 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the assignment.
+      &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Policy mode
+      &quot;resourceGroups&quot;: [ # Required. List of resource groups for the policy. For a particular VM, resource groups are evaluated in the order specified and the first resource group that is applicable is selected and the rest are ignored. If none of the resource groups are applicable for a VM, the VM is considered to be non-compliant w.r.t this policy. This behavior can be toggled by the flag `allow_no_resource_group_match`
+        { # Resource groups provide a mechanism to group OS policy resources. Resource groups enable OS policy authors to create a single OS policy to be applied to VMs running different operating Systems. When the OS policy is applied to a target VM, the appropriate resource group within the OS policy is selected based on the `OSFilter` specified within the resource group.
+          &quot;inventoryFilters&quot;: [ # List of inventory filters for the resource group. The resources in this resource group are applied to the target VM if it satisfies at least one of the following inventory filters. For example, to apply this resource group to VMs running either `RHEL` or `CentOS` operating systems, specify 2 items for the list with following values: inventory_filters[0].os_short_name=&#x27;rhel&#x27; and inventory_filters[1].os_short_name=&#x27;centos&#x27; If the list is empty, this resource group will be applied to the target VM unconditionally.
+            { # Filtering criteria to select VMs based on inventory details.
+              &quot;osShortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OS short name
+              &quot;osVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The OS version Prefix matches are supported if asterisk(*) is provided as the last character. For example, to match all versions with a major version of `7`, specify the following value for this field `7.*` An empty string matches all OS versions.
+            },
+          ],
+          &quot;resources&quot;: [ # Required. List of resources configured for this resource group. The resources are executed in the exact order specified here.
+            { # An OS policy resource is used to define the desired state configuration and provides a specific functionality like installing/removing packages, executing a script etc. The system ensures that resources are always in their desired state by taking necessary actions if they have drifted from their desired state.
+              &quot;exec&quot;: { # A resource that allows executing scripts on the VM. The `ExecResource` has 2 stages: `validate` and `enforce` and both stages accept a script as an argument to execute. When the `ExecResource` is applied by the agent, it first executes the script in the `validate` stage. The `validate` stage can signal that the `ExecResource` is already in the desired state by returning an exit code of `100`. If the `ExecResource` is not in the desired state, it should return an exit code of `101`. Any other exit code returned by this stage is considered an error. If the `ExecResource` is not in the desired state based on the exit code from the `validate` stage, the agent proceeds to execute the script from the `enforce` stage. If the `ExecResource` is already in the desired state, the `enforce` stage will not be run. Similar to `validate` stage, the `enforce` stage should return an exit code of `100` to indicate that the resource in now in its desired state. Any other exit code is considered an error. NOTE: An exit code of `100` was chosen over `0` (and `101` vs `1`) to have an explicit indicator of `in desired state`, `not in desired state` and errors. Because, for example, Powershell will always return an exit code of `0` unless an `exit` statement is provided in the script. So, for reasons of consistency and being explicit, exit codes `100` and `101` were chosen. # Exec resource
+                &quot;enforce&quot;: { # A file or script to execute. # What to run to bring this resource into the desired state. An exit code of 100 indicates &quot;success&quot;, any other exit code indicates a failure running enforce.
+                  &quot;args&quot;: [ # Optional arguments to pass to the source during execution.
+                    &quot;A String&quot;,
+                  ],
+                  &quot;file&quot;: { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local file.
+                    &quot;allowInsecure&quot;: True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified.
+                    &quot;gcs&quot;: { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Generation number of the Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+                    },
+                    &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A local path within the VM to use.
+                    &quot;remote&quot;: { # Specifies a file available via some URI. # A generic remote file.
+                      &quot;sha256Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # SHA256 checksum of the remote file.
+                      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI from which to fetch the object. It should contain both the protocol and path following the format `{protocol}://{location}`.
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;interpreter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The script interpreter to use.
+                  &quot;outputFilePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Only recorded for enforce Exec. Path to an output file (that is created by this Exec) whose content will be recorded in OSPolicyResourceCompliance after a successful run. Absence or failure to read this file will result in this ExecResource being non-compliant. Output file size is limited to 100K bytes.
+                  &quot;script&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An inline script. The size of the script is limited to 1024 characters.
+                },
+                &quot;validate&quot;: { # A file or script to execute. # Required. What to run to validate this resource is in the desired state. An exit code of 100 indicates &quot;in desired state&quot;, and exit code of 101 indicates &quot;not in desired state&quot;. Any other exit code indicates a failure running validate.
+                  &quot;args&quot;: [ # Optional arguments to pass to the source during execution.
+                    &quot;A String&quot;,
+                  ],
+                  &quot;file&quot;: { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local file.
+                    &quot;allowInsecure&quot;: True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified.
+                    &quot;gcs&quot;: { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Generation number of the Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+                    },
+                    &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A local path within the VM to use.
+                    &quot;remote&quot;: { # Specifies a file available via some URI. # A generic remote file.
+                      &quot;sha256Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # SHA256 checksum of the remote file.
+                      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI from which to fetch the object. It should contain both the protocol and path following the format `{protocol}://{location}`.
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;interpreter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The script interpreter to use.
+                  &quot;outputFilePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Only recorded for enforce Exec. Path to an output file (that is created by this Exec) whose content will be recorded in OSPolicyResourceCompliance after a successful run. Absence or failure to read this file will result in this ExecResource being non-compliant. Output file size is limited to 100K bytes.
+                  &quot;script&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An inline script. The size of the script is limited to 1024 characters.
+                },
+              },
+              &quot;file&quot;: { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource
+                &quot;content&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 1024 characters.
+                &quot;file&quot;: { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source.
+                  &quot;allowInsecure&quot;: True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified.
+                  &quot;gcs&quot;: { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object.
+                    &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+                    &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Generation number of the Cloud Storage object.
+                    &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+                  },
+                  &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A local path within the VM to use.
+                  &quot;remote&quot;: { # Specifies a file available via some URI. # A generic remote file.
+                    &quot;sha256Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # SHA256 checksum of the remote file.
+                    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI from which to fetch the object. It should contain both the protocol and path following the format `{protocol}://{location}`.
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The absolute path of the file within the VM.
+                &quot;permissions&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Consists of three octal digits which represent, in order, the permissions of the owner, group, and other users for the file (similarly to the numeric mode used in the linux chmod utility). Each digit represents a three bit number with the 4 bit corresponding to the read permissions, the 2 bit corresponds to the write bit, and the one bit corresponds to the execute permission. Default behavior is 755. Below are some examples of permissions and their associated values: read, write, and execute: 7 read and execute: 5 read and write: 6 read only: 4
+                &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Desired state of the file.
+              },
+              &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The id of the resource with the following restrictions: * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter. * Must be between 1-63 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the OS policy.
+              &quot;pkg&quot;: { # A resource that manages a system package. # Package resource
+                &quot;apt&quot;: { # A package managed by APT. - install: `apt-get update &amp;&amp; apt-get -y install [name]` - remove: `apt-get -y remove [name]` # A package managed by Apt.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Package name.
+                },
+                &quot;deb&quot;: { # A deb package file. dpkg packages only support INSTALLED state. # A deb package file.
+                  &quot;pullDeps&quot;: True or False, # Whether dependencies should also be installed. - install when false: `dpkg -i package` - install when true: `apt-get update &amp;&amp; apt-get -y install package.deb`
+                  &quot;source&quot;: { # A remote or local file. # Required. A deb package.
+                    &quot;allowInsecure&quot;: True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified.
+                    &quot;gcs&quot;: { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Generation number of the Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+                    },
+                    &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A local path within the VM to use.
+                    &quot;remote&quot;: { # Specifies a file available via some URI. # A generic remote file.
+                      &quot;sha256Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # SHA256 checksum of the remote file.
+                      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI from which to fetch the object. It should contain both the protocol and path following the format `{protocol}://{location}`.
+                    },
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;desiredState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The desired state the agent should maintain for this package.
+                &quot;googet&quot;: { # A package managed by GooGet. - install: `googet -noconfirm install package` - remove: `googet -noconfirm remove package` # A package managed by GooGet.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Package name.
+                },
+                &quot;msi&quot;: { # An MSI package. MSI packages only support INSTALLED state. # An MSI package.
+                  &quot;properties&quot;: [ # Additional properties to use during installation. This should be in the format of Property=Setting. Appended to the defaults of `ACTION=INSTALL REBOOT=ReallySuppress`.
+                    &quot;A String&quot;,
+                  ],
+                  &quot;source&quot;: { # A remote or local file. # Required. The MSI package.
+                    &quot;allowInsecure&quot;: True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified.
+                    &quot;gcs&quot;: { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Generation number of the Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+                    },
+                    &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A local path within the VM to use.
+                    &quot;remote&quot;: { # Specifies a file available via some URI. # A generic remote file.
+                      &quot;sha256Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # SHA256 checksum of the remote file.
+                      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI from which to fetch the object. It should contain both the protocol and path following the format `{protocol}://{location}`.
+                    },
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;rpm&quot;: { # An RPM package file. RPM packages only support INSTALLED state. # An rpm package file.
+                  &quot;pullDeps&quot;: True or False, # Whether dependencies should also be installed. - install when false: `rpm --upgrade --replacepkgs package.rpm` - install when true: `yum -y install package.rpm` or `zypper -y install package.rpm`
+                  &quot;source&quot;: { # A remote or local file. # Required. An rpm package.
+                    &quot;allowInsecure&quot;: True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified.
+                    &quot;gcs&quot;: { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Generation number of the Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+                    },
+                    &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A local path within the VM to use.
+                    &quot;remote&quot;: { # Specifies a file available via some URI. # A generic remote file.
+                      &quot;sha256Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # SHA256 checksum of the remote file.
+                      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI from which to fetch the object. It should contain both the protocol and path following the format `{protocol}://{location}`.
+                    },
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;yum&quot;: { # A package managed by YUM. - install: `yum -y install package` - remove: `yum -y remove package` # A package managed by YUM.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Package name.
+                },
+                &quot;zypper&quot;: { # A package managed by Zypper. - install: `zypper -y install package` - remove: `zypper -y rm package` # A package managed by Zypper.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Package name.
+                },
+              },
+              &quot;repository&quot;: { # A resource that manages a package repository. # Package repository resource
+                &quot;apt&quot;: { # Represents a single apt package repository. These will be added to a repo file that will be managed at `/etc/apt/sources.list.d/google_osconfig.list`. # An Apt Repository.
+                  &quot;archiveType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type of archive files in this repository.
+                  &quot;components&quot;: [ # Required. List of components for this repository. Must contain at least one item.
+                    &quot;A String&quot;,
+                  ],
+                  &quot;distribution&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Distribution of this repository.
+                  &quot;gpgKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the key file for this repository. The agent maintains a keyring at `/etc/apt/trusted.gpg.d/osconfig_agent_managed.gpg`.
+                  &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI for this repository.
+                },
+                &quot;goo&quot;: { # Represents a Goo package repository. These are added to a repo file that is managed at `C:/ProgramData/GooGet/repos/google_osconfig.repo`. # A Goo Repository.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the repository.
+                  &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The url of the repository.
+                },
+                &quot;yum&quot;: { # Represents a single yum package repository. These are added to a repo file that is managed at `/etc/yum.repos.d/google_osconfig.repo`. # A Yum Repository.
+                  &quot;baseUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the repository directory.
+                  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the repository.
+                  &quot;gpgKeys&quot;: [ # URIs of GPG keys.
+                    &quot;A String&quot;,
+                  ],
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A one word, unique name for this repository. This is the `repo id` in the yum config file and also the `display_name` if `display_name` is omitted. This id is also used as the unique identifier when checking for resource conflicts.
+                },
+                &quot;zypper&quot;: { # Represents a single zypper package repository. These are added to a repo file that is managed at `/etc/zypp/repos.d/google_osconfig.repo`. # A Zypper Repository.
+                  &quot;baseUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the repository directory.
+                  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the repository.
+                  &quot;gpgKeys&quot;: [ # URIs of GPG keys.
+                    &quot;A String&quot;,
+                  ],
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A one word, unique name for this repository. This is the `repo id` in the zypper config file and also the `display_name` if `display_name` is omitted. This id is also used as the unique identifier when checking for GuestPolicy conflicts.
+                },
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;reconciling&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates that reconciliation is in progress for the revision. This value is `true` when the `rollout_state` is one of: * IN_PROGRESS * CANCELLING
+  &quot;revisionCreateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The timestamp that the revision was created.
+  &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The assignment revision ID A new revision is committed whenever a rollout is triggered for a OS policy assignment
+  &quot;rollout&quot;: { # Message to configure the rollout at the zonal level for the OS policy assignment. # Required. Rollout to deploy the OS policy assignment. A rollout is triggered in the following situations: 1) OSPolicyAssignment is created. 2) OSPolicyAssignment is updated and the update contains changes to one of the following fields: - instance_filter - os_policies 3) OSPolicyAssignment is deleted.
+    &quot;disruptionBudget&quot;: { # Message encapsulating a value that can be either absolute (&quot;fixed&quot;) or relative (&quot;percent&quot;) to a value. # Required. The maximum number (or percentage) of VMs per zone to disrupt at any given moment.
+      &quot;fixed&quot;: 42, # Specifies a fixed value.
+      &quot;percent&quot;: 42, # Specifies the relative value defined as a percentage, which will be multiplied by a reference value.
+    },
+    &quot;minWaitDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. This determines the minimum duration of time to wait after the configuration changes are applied through the current rollout. A VM continues to count towards the `disruption_budget` at least until this duration of time has passed after configuration changes are applied.
+  },
+  &quot;rolloutState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. OS policy assignment rollout state
+  &quot;uid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Server generated unique id for the OS policy assignment resource.
+}
+
+  osPolicyAssignmentId: string, Required. The logical name of the OS policy assignment in the project with the following restrictions: * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter. * Must be between 1-63 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the project.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Delete the OS policy assignment. This method creates a new revision of the OS policy assignment. This method returns a long running operation (LRO) that contains the rollout details. The rollout can be cancelled by cancelling the LRO. If the LRO completes and is not cancelled, all revisions associated with the OS policy assignment are deleted. For more information, see [Method: projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.operations.cancel](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/osconfig/rest/v1/projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.operations/cancel).
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the OS policy assignment to be deleted (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieve an existing OS policy assignment. This method always returns the latest revision. In order to retrieve a previous revision of the assignment, also provide the revision ID in the `name` parameter.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of OS policy assignment. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/osPolicyAssignments/{os_policy_assignment}@{revisionId}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # OS policy assignment is an API resource that is used to apply a set of OS policies to a dynamically targeted group of Compute Engine VM instances. An OS policy is used to define the desired state configuration for a Compute Engine VM instance through a set of configuration resources that provide capabilities such as installing or removing software packages, or executing a script. For more information, see [OS policy and OS policy assignment](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/os-configuration-management/working-with-os-policies).
+  &quot;baseline&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates that this revision has been successfully rolled out in this zone and new VMs will be assigned OS policies from this revision. For a given OS policy assignment, there is only one revision with a value of `true` for this field.
+  &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates that this revision deletes the OS policy assignment.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # OS policy assignment description. Length of the description is limited to 1024 characters.
+  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The etag for this OS policy assignment. If this is provided on update, it must match the server&#x27;s etag.
+  &quot;instanceFilter&quot;: { # Filters to select target VMs for an assignment. If more than one filter criteria is specified below, a VM will be selected if and only if it satisfies all of them. # Required. Filter to select VMs.
+    &quot;all&quot;: True or False, # Target all VMs in the project. If true, no other criteria is permitted.
+    &quot;exclusionLabels&quot;: [ # List of label sets used for VM exclusion. If the list has more than one label set, the VM is excluded if any of the label sets are applicable for the VM.
+      { # Message representing label set. * A label is a key value pair set for a VM. * A LabelSet is a set of labels. * Labels within a LabelSet are ANDed. In other words, a LabelSet is applicable for a VM only if it matches all the labels in the LabelSet. * Example: A LabelSet with 2 labels: `env=prod` and `type=webserver` will only be applicable for those VMs with both labels present.
+        &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels are identified by key/value pairs in this map. A VM should contain all the key/value pairs specified in this map to be selected.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;inclusionLabels&quot;: [ # List of label sets used for VM inclusion. If the list has more than one `LabelSet`, the VM is included if any of the label sets are applicable for the VM.
+      { # Message representing label set. * A label is a key value pair set for a VM. * A LabelSet is a set of labels. * Labels within a LabelSet are ANDed. In other words, a LabelSet is applicable for a VM only if it matches all the labels in the LabelSet. * Example: A LabelSet with 2 labels: `env=prod` and `type=webserver` will only be applicable for those VMs with both labels present.
+        &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels are identified by key/value pairs in this map. A VM should contain all the key/value pairs specified in this map to be selected.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;inventories&quot;: [ # List of inventories to select VMs. A VM is selected if its inventory data matches at least one of the following inventories.
+      { # VM inventory details.
+        &quot;osShortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OS short name
+        &quot;osVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The OS version Prefix matches are supported if asterisk(*) is provided as the last character. For example, to match all versions with a major version of `7`, specify the following value for this field `7.*` An empty string matches all OS versions.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/osPolicyAssignments/{os_policy_assignment_id}` This field is ignored when you create an OS policy assignment.
+  &quot;osPolicies&quot;: [ # Required. List of OS policies to be applied to the VMs.
+    { # An OS policy defines the desired state configuration for a VM.
+      &quot;allowNoResourceGroupMatch&quot;: True or False, # This flag determines the OS policy compliance status when none of the resource groups within the policy are applicable for a VM. Set this value to `true` if the policy needs to be reported as compliant even if the policy has nothing to validate or enforce.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Policy description. Length of the description is limited to 1024 characters.
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The id of the OS policy with the following restrictions: * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter. * Must be between 1-63 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the assignment.
+      &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Policy mode
+      &quot;resourceGroups&quot;: [ # Required. List of resource groups for the policy. For a particular VM, resource groups are evaluated in the order specified and the first resource group that is applicable is selected and the rest are ignored. If none of the resource groups are applicable for a VM, the VM is considered to be non-compliant w.r.t this policy. This behavior can be toggled by the flag `allow_no_resource_group_match`
+        { # Resource groups provide a mechanism to group OS policy resources. Resource groups enable OS policy authors to create a single OS policy to be applied to VMs running different operating Systems. When the OS policy is applied to a target VM, the appropriate resource group within the OS policy is selected based on the `OSFilter` specified within the resource group.
+          &quot;inventoryFilters&quot;: [ # List of inventory filters for the resource group. The resources in this resource group are applied to the target VM if it satisfies at least one of the following inventory filters. For example, to apply this resource group to VMs running either `RHEL` or `CentOS` operating systems, specify 2 items for the list with following values: inventory_filters[0].os_short_name=&#x27;rhel&#x27; and inventory_filters[1].os_short_name=&#x27;centos&#x27; If the list is empty, this resource group will be applied to the target VM unconditionally.
+            { # Filtering criteria to select VMs based on inventory details.
+              &quot;osShortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OS short name
+              &quot;osVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The OS version Prefix matches are supported if asterisk(*) is provided as the last character. For example, to match all versions with a major version of `7`, specify the following value for this field `7.*` An empty string matches all OS versions.
+            },
+          ],
+          &quot;resources&quot;: [ # Required. List of resources configured for this resource group. The resources are executed in the exact order specified here.
+            { # An OS policy resource is used to define the desired state configuration and provides a specific functionality like installing/removing packages, executing a script etc. The system ensures that resources are always in their desired state by taking necessary actions if they have drifted from their desired state.
+              &quot;exec&quot;: { # A resource that allows executing scripts on the VM. The `ExecResource` has 2 stages: `validate` and `enforce` and both stages accept a script as an argument to execute. When the `ExecResource` is applied by the agent, it first executes the script in the `validate` stage. The `validate` stage can signal that the `ExecResource` is already in the desired state by returning an exit code of `100`. If the `ExecResource` is not in the desired state, it should return an exit code of `101`. Any other exit code returned by this stage is considered an error. If the `ExecResource` is not in the desired state based on the exit code from the `validate` stage, the agent proceeds to execute the script from the `enforce` stage. If the `ExecResource` is already in the desired state, the `enforce` stage will not be run. Similar to `validate` stage, the `enforce` stage should return an exit code of `100` to indicate that the resource in now in its desired state. Any other exit code is considered an error. NOTE: An exit code of `100` was chosen over `0` (and `101` vs `1`) to have an explicit indicator of `in desired state`, `not in desired state` and errors. Because, for example, Powershell will always return an exit code of `0` unless an `exit` statement is provided in the script. So, for reasons of consistency and being explicit, exit codes `100` and `101` were chosen. # Exec resource
+                &quot;enforce&quot;: { # A file or script to execute. # What to run to bring this resource into the desired state. An exit code of 100 indicates &quot;success&quot;, any other exit code indicates a failure running enforce.
+                  &quot;args&quot;: [ # Optional arguments to pass to the source during execution.
+                    &quot;A String&quot;,
+                  ],
+                  &quot;file&quot;: { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local file.
+                    &quot;allowInsecure&quot;: True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified.
+                    &quot;gcs&quot;: { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Generation number of the Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+                    },
+                    &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A local path within the VM to use.
+                    &quot;remote&quot;: { # Specifies a file available via some URI. # A generic remote file.
+                      &quot;sha256Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # SHA256 checksum of the remote file.
+                      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI from which to fetch the object. It should contain both the protocol and path following the format `{protocol}://{location}`.
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;interpreter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The script interpreter to use.
+                  &quot;outputFilePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Only recorded for enforce Exec. Path to an output file (that is created by this Exec) whose content will be recorded in OSPolicyResourceCompliance after a successful run. Absence or failure to read this file will result in this ExecResource being non-compliant. Output file size is limited to 100K bytes.
+                  &quot;script&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An inline script. The size of the script is limited to 1024 characters.
+                },
+                &quot;validate&quot;: { # A file or script to execute. # Required. What to run to validate this resource is in the desired state. An exit code of 100 indicates &quot;in desired state&quot;, and exit code of 101 indicates &quot;not in desired state&quot;. Any other exit code indicates a failure running validate.
+                  &quot;args&quot;: [ # Optional arguments to pass to the source during execution.
+                    &quot;A String&quot;,
+                  ],
+                  &quot;file&quot;: { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local file.
+                    &quot;allowInsecure&quot;: True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified.
+                    &quot;gcs&quot;: { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Generation number of the Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+                    },
+                    &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A local path within the VM to use.
+                    &quot;remote&quot;: { # Specifies a file available via some URI. # A generic remote file.
+                      &quot;sha256Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # SHA256 checksum of the remote file.
+                      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI from which to fetch the object. It should contain both the protocol and path following the format `{protocol}://{location}`.
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;interpreter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The script interpreter to use.
+                  &quot;outputFilePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Only recorded for enforce Exec. Path to an output file (that is created by this Exec) whose content will be recorded in OSPolicyResourceCompliance after a successful run. Absence or failure to read this file will result in this ExecResource being non-compliant. Output file size is limited to 100K bytes.
+                  &quot;script&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An inline script. The size of the script is limited to 1024 characters.
+                },
+              },
+              &quot;file&quot;: { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource
+                &quot;content&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 1024 characters.
+                &quot;file&quot;: { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source.
+                  &quot;allowInsecure&quot;: True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified.
+                  &quot;gcs&quot;: { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object.
+                    &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+                    &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Generation number of the Cloud Storage object.
+                    &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+                  },
+                  &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A local path within the VM to use.
+                  &quot;remote&quot;: { # Specifies a file available via some URI. # A generic remote file.
+                    &quot;sha256Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # SHA256 checksum of the remote file.
+                    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI from which to fetch the object. It should contain both the protocol and path following the format `{protocol}://{location}`.
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The absolute path of the file within the VM.
+                &quot;permissions&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Consists of three octal digits which represent, in order, the permissions of the owner, group, and other users for the file (similarly to the numeric mode used in the linux chmod utility). Each digit represents a three bit number with the 4 bit corresponding to the read permissions, the 2 bit corresponds to the write bit, and the one bit corresponds to the execute permission. Default behavior is 755. Below are some examples of permissions and their associated values: read, write, and execute: 7 read and execute: 5 read and write: 6 read only: 4
+                &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Desired state of the file.
+              },
+              &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The id of the resource with the following restrictions: * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter. * Must be between 1-63 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the OS policy.
+              &quot;pkg&quot;: { # A resource that manages a system package. # Package resource
+                &quot;apt&quot;: { # A package managed by APT. - install: `apt-get update &amp;&amp; apt-get -y install [name]` - remove: `apt-get -y remove [name]` # A package managed by Apt.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Package name.
+                },
+                &quot;deb&quot;: { # A deb package file. dpkg packages only support INSTALLED state. # A deb package file.
+                  &quot;pullDeps&quot;: True or False, # Whether dependencies should also be installed. - install when false: `dpkg -i package` - install when true: `apt-get update &amp;&amp; apt-get -y install package.deb`
+                  &quot;source&quot;: { # A remote or local file. # Required. A deb package.
+                    &quot;allowInsecure&quot;: True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified.
+                    &quot;gcs&quot;: { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Generation number of the Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+                    },
+                    &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A local path within the VM to use.
+                    &quot;remote&quot;: { # Specifies a file available via some URI. # A generic remote file.
+                      &quot;sha256Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # SHA256 checksum of the remote file.
+                      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI from which to fetch the object. It should contain both the protocol and path following the format `{protocol}://{location}`.
+                    },
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;desiredState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The desired state the agent should maintain for this package.
+                &quot;googet&quot;: { # A package managed by GooGet. - install: `googet -noconfirm install package` - remove: `googet -noconfirm remove package` # A package managed by GooGet.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Package name.
+                },
+                &quot;msi&quot;: { # An MSI package. MSI packages only support INSTALLED state. # An MSI package.
+                  &quot;properties&quot;: [ # Additional properties to use during installation. This should be in the format of Property=Setting. Appended to the defaults of `ACTION=INSTALL REBOOT=ReallySuppress`.
+                    &quot;A String&quot;,
+                  ],
+                  &quot;source&quot;: { # A remote or local file. # Required. The MSI package.
+                    &quot;allowInsecure&quot;: True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified.
+                    &quot;gcs&quot;: { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Generation number of the Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+                    },
+                    &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A local path within the VM to use.
+                    &quot;remote&quot;: { # Specifies a file available via some URI. # A generic remote file.
+                      &quot;sha256Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # SHA256 checksum of the remote file.
+                      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI from which to fetch the object. It should contain both the protocol and path following the format `{protocol}://{location}`.
+                    },
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;rpm&quot;: { # An RPM package file. RPM packages only support INSTALLED state. # An rpm package file.
+                  &quot;pullDeps&quot;: True or False, # Whether dependencies should also be installed. - install when false: `rpm --upgrade --replacepkgs package.rpm` - install when true: `yum -y install package.rpm` or `zypper -y install package.rpm`
+                  &quot;source&quot;: { # A remote or local file. # Required. An rpm package.
+                    &quot;allowInsecure&quot;: True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified.
+                    &quot;gcs&quot;: { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Generation number of the Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+                    },
+                    &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A local path within the VM to use.
+                    &quot;remote&quot;: { # Specifies a file available via some URI. # A generic remote file.
+                      &quot;sha256Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # SHA256 checksum of the remote file.
+                      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI from which to fetch the object. It should contain both the protocol and path following the format `{protocol}://{location}`.
+                    },
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;yum&quot;: { # A package managed by YUM. - install: `yum -y install package` - remove: `yum -y remove package` # A package managed by YUM.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Package name.
+                },
+                &quot;zypper&quot;: { # A package managed by Zypper. - install: `zypper -y install package` - remove: `zypper -y rm package` # A package managed by Zypper.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Package name.
+                },
+              },
+              &quot;repository&quot;: { # A resource that manages a package repository. # Package repository resource
+                &quot;apt&quot;: { # Represents a single apt package repository. These will be added to a repo file that will be managed at `/etc/apt/sources.list.d/google_osconfig.list`. # An Apt Repository.
+                  &quot;archiveType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type of archive files in this repository.
+                  &quot;components&quot;: [ # Required. List of components for this repository. Must contain at least one item.
+                    &quot;A String&quot;,
+                  ],
+                  &quot;distribution&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Distribution of this repository.
+                  &quot;gpgKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the key file for this repository. The agent maintains a keyring at `/etc/apt/trusted.gpg.d/osconfig_agent_managed.gpg`.
+                  &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI for this repository.
+                },
+                &quot;goo&quot;: { # Represents a Goo package repository. These are added to a repo file that is managed at `C:/ProgramData/GooGet/repos/google_osconfig.repo`. # A Goo Repository.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the repository.
+                  &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The url of the repository.
+                },
+                &quot;yum&quot;: { # Represents a single yum package repository. These are added to a repo file that is managed at `/etc/yum.repos.d/google_osconfig.repo`. # A Yum Repository.
+                  &quot;baseUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the repository directory.
+                  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the repository.
+                  &quot;gpgKeys&quot;: [ # URIs of GPG keys.
+                    &quot;A String&quot;,
+                  ],
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A one word, unique name for this repository. This is the `repo id` in the yum config file and also the `display_name` if `display_name` is omitted. This id is also used as the unique identifier when checking for resource conflicts.
+                },
+                &quot;zypper&quot;: { # Represents a single zypper package repository. These are added to a repo file that is managed at `/etc/zypp/repos.d/google_osconfig.repo`. # A Zypper Repository.
+                  &quot;baseUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the repository directory.
+                  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the repository.
+                  &quot;gpgKeys&quot;: [ # URIs of GPG keys.
+                    &quot;A String&quot;,
+                  ],
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A one word, unique name for this repository. This is the `repo id` in the zypper config file and also the `display_name` if `display_name` is omitted. This id is also used as the unique identifier when checking for GuestPolicy conflicts.
+                },
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;reconciling&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates that reconciliation is in progress for the revision. This value is `true` when the `rollout_state` is one of: * IN_PROGRESS * CANCELLING
+  &quot;revisionCreateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The timestamp that the revision was created.
+  &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The assignment revision ID A new revision is committed whenever a rollout is triggered for a OS policy assignment
+  &quot;rollout&quot;: { # Message to configure the rollout at the zonal level for the OS policy assignment. # Required. Rollout to deploy the OS policy assignment. A rollout is triggered in the following situations: 1) OSPolicyAssignment is created. 2) OSPolicyAssignment is updated and the update contains changes to one of the following fields: - instance_filter - os_policies 3) OSPolicyAssignment is deleted.
+    &quot;disruptionBudget&quot;: { # Message encapsulating a value that can be either absolute (&quot;fixed&quot;) or relative (&quot;percent&quot;) to a value. # Required. The maximum number (or percentage) of VMs per zone to disrupt at any given moment.
+      &quot;fixed&quot;: 42, # Specifies a fixed value.
+      &quot;percent&quot;: 42, # Specifies the relative value defined as a percentage, which will be multiplied by a reference value.
+    },
+    &quot;minWaitDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. This determines the minimum duration of time to wait after the configuration changes are applied through the current rollout. A VM continues to count towards the `disruption_budget` at least until this duration of time has passed after configuration changes are applied.
+  },
+  &quot;rolloutState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. OS policy assignment rollout state
+  &quot;uid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Server generated unique id for the OS policy assignment resource.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>List the OS policy assignments under the parent resource. For each OS policy assignment, the latest revision is returned.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of assignments to return.
+  pageToken: string, A pagination token returned from a previous call to `ListOSPolicyAssignments` that indicates where this listing should continue from.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A response message for listing all assignments under given parent.
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pagination token to retrieve the next page of OS policy assignments.
+  &quot;osPolicyAssignments&quot;: [ # The list of assignments
+    { # OS policy assignment is an API resource that is used to apply a set of OS policies to a dynamically targeted group of Compute Engine VM instances. An OS policy is used to define the desired state configuration for a Compute Engine VM instance through a set of configuration resources that provide capabilities such as installing or removing software packages, or executing a script. For more information, see [OS policy and OS policy assignment](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/os-configuration-management/working-with-os-policies).
+      &quot;baseline&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates that this revision has been successfully rolled out in this zone and new VMs will be assigned OS policies from this revision. For a given OS policy assignment, there is only one revision with a value of `true` for this field.
+      &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates that this revision deletes the OS policy assignment.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # OS policy assignment description. Length of the description is limited to 1024 characters.
+      &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The etag for this OS policy assignment. If this is provided on update, it must match the server&#x27;s etag.
+      &quot;instanceFilter&quot;: { # Filters to select target VMs for an assignment. If more than one filter criteria is specified below, a VM will be selected if and only if it satisfies all of them. # Required. Filter to select VMs.
+        &quot;all&quot;: True or False, # Target all VMs in the project. If true, no other criteria is permitted.
+        &quot;exclusionLabels&quot;: [ # List of label sets used for VM exclusion. If the list has more than one label set, the VM is excluded if any of the label sets are applicable for the VM.
+          { # Message representing label set. * A label is a key value pair set for a VM. * A LabelSet is a set of labels. * Labels within a LabelSet are ANDed. In other words, a LabelSet is applicable for a VM only if it matches all the labels in the LabelSet. * Example: A LabelSet with 2 labels: `env=prod` and `type=webserver` will only be applicable for those VMs with both labels present.
+            &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels are identified by key/value pairs in this map. A VM should contain all the key/value pairs specified in this map to be selected.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;inclusionLabels&quot;: [ # List of label sets used for VM inclusion. If the list has more than one `LabelSet`, the VM is included if any of the label sets are applicable for the VM.
+          { # Message representing label set. * A label is a key value pair set for a VM. * A LabelSet is a set of labels. * Labels within a LabelSet are ANDed. In other words, a LabelSet is applicable for a VM only if it matches all the labels in the LabelSet. * Example: A LabelSet with 2 labels: `env=prod` and `type=webserver` will only be applicable for those VMs with both labels present.
+            &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels are identified by key/value pairs in this map. A VM should contain all the key/value pairs specified in this map to be selected.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;inventories&quot;: [ # List of inventories to select VMs. A VM is selected if its inventory data matches at least one of the following inventories.
+          { # VM inventory details.
+            &quot;osShortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OS short name
+            &quot;osVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The OS version Prefix matches are supported if asterisk(*) is provided as the last character. For example, to match all versions with a major version of `7`, specify the following value for this field `7.*` An empty string matches all OS versions.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/osPolicyAssignments/{os_policy_assignment_id}` This field is ignored when you create an OS policy assignment.
+      &quot;osPolicies&quot;: [ # Required. List of OS policies to be applied to the VMs.
+        { # An OS policy defines the desired state configuration for a VM.
+          &quot;allowNoResourceGroupMatch&quot;: True or False, # This flag determines the OS policy compliance status when none of the resource groups within the policy are applicable for a VM. Set this value to `true` if the policy needs to be reported as compliant even if the policy has nothing to validate or enforce.
+          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Policy description. Length of the description is limited to 1024 characters.
+          &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The id of the OS policy with the following restrictions: * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter. * Must be between 1-63 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the assignment.
+          &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Policy mode
+          &quot;resourceGroups&quot;: [ # Required. List of resource groups for the policy. For a particular VM, resource groups are evaluated in the order specified and the first resource group that is applicable is selected and the rest are ignored. If none of the resource groups are applicable for a VM, the VM is considered to be non-compliant w.r.t this policy. This behavior can be toggled by the flag `allow_no_resource_group_match`
+            { # Resource groups provide a mechanism to group OS policy resources. Resource groups enable OS policy authors to create a single OS policy to be applied to VMs running different operating Systems. When the OS policy is applied to a target VM, the appropriate resource group within the OS policy is selected based on the `OSFilter` specified within the resource group.
+              &quot;inventoryFilters&quot;: [ # List of inventory filters for the resource group. The resources in this resource group are applied to the target VM if it satisfies at least one of the following inventory filters. For example, to apply this resource group to VMs running either `RHEL` or `CentOS` operating systems, specify 2 items for the list with following values: inventory_filters[0].os_short_name=&#x27;rhel&#x27; and inventory_filters[1].os_short_name=&#x27;centos&#x27; If the list is empty, this resource group will be applied to the target VM unconditionally.
+                { # Filtering criteria to select VMs based on inventory details.
+                  &quot;osShortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OS short name
+                  &quot;osVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The OS version Prefix matches are supported if asterisk(*) is provided as the last character. For example, to match all versions with a major version of `7`, specify the following value for this field `7.*` An empty string matches all OS versions.
+                },
+              ],
+              &quot;resources&quot;: [ # Required. List of resources configured for this resource group. The resources are executed in the exact order specified here.
+                { # An OS policy resource is used to define the desired state configuration and provides a specific functionality like installing/removing packages, executing a script etc. The system ensures that resources are always in their desired state by taking necessary actions if they have drifted from their desired state.
+                  &quot;exec&quot;: { # A resource that allows executing scripts on the VM. The `ExecResource` has 2 stages: `validate` and `enforce` and both stages accept a script as an argument to execute. When the `ExecResource` is applied by the agent, it first executes the script in the `validate` stage. The `validate` stage can signal that the `ExecResource` is already in the desired state by returning an exit code of `100`. If the `ExecResource` is not in the desired state, it should return an exit code of `101`. Any other exit code returned by this stage is considered an error. If the `ExecResource` is not in the desired state based on the exit code from the `validate` stage, the agent proceeds to execute the script from the `enforce` stage. If the `ExecResource` is already in the desired state, the `enforce` stage will not be run. Similar to `validate` stage, the `enforce` stage should return an exit code of `100` to indicate that the resource in now in its desired state. Any other exit code is considered an error. NOTE: An exit code of `100` was chosen over `0` (and `101` vs `1`) to have an explicit indicator of `in desired state`, `not in desired state` and errors. Because, for example, Powershell will always return an exit code of `0` unless an `exit` statement is provided in the script. So, for reasons of consistency and being explicit, exit codes `100` and `101` were chosen. # Exec resource
+                    &quot;enforce&quot;: { # A file or script to execute. # What to run to bring this resource into the desired state. An exit code of 100 indicates &quot;success&quot;, any other exit code indicates a failure running enforce.
+                      &quot;args&quot;: [ # Optional arguments to pass to the source during execution.
+                        &quot;A String&quot;,
+                      ],
+                      &quot;file&quot;: { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local file.
+                        &quot;allowInsecure&quot;: True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified.
+                        &quot;gcs&quot;: { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object.
+                          &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+                          &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Generation number of the Cloud Storage object.
+                          &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+                        },
+                        &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A local path within the VM to use.
+                        &quot;remote&quot;: { # Specifies a file available via some URI. # A generic remote file.
+                          &quot;sha256Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # SHA256 checksum of the remote file.
+                          &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI from which to fetch the object. It should contain both the protocol and path following the format `{protocol}://{location}`.
+                        },
+                      },
+                      &quot;interpreter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The script interpreter to use.
+                      &quot;outputFilePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Only recorded for enforce Exec. Path to an output file (that is created by this Exec) whose content will be recorded in OSPolicyResourceCompliance after a successful run. Absence or failure to read this file will result in this ExecResource being non-compliant. Output file size is limited to 100K bytes.
+                      &quot;script&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An inline script. The size of the script is limited to 1024 characters.
+                    },
+                    &quot;validate&quot;: { # A file or script to execute. # Required. What to run to validate this resource is in the desired state. An exit code of 100 indicates &quot;in desired state&quot;, and exit code of 101 indicates &quot;not in desired state&quot;. Any other exit code indicates a failure running validate.
+                      &quot;args&quot;: [ # Optional arguments to pass to the source during execution.
+                        &quot;A String&quot;,
+                      ],
+                      &quot;file&quot;: { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local file.
+                        &quot;allowInsecure&quot;: True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified.
+                        &quot;gcs&quot;: { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object.
+                          &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+                          &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Generation number of the Cloud Storage object.
+                          &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+                        },
+                        &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A local path within the VM to use.
+                        &quot;remote&quot;: { # Specifies a file available via some URI. # A generic remote file.
+                          &quot;sha256Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # SHA256 checksum of the remote file.
+                          &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI from which to fetch the object. It should contain both the protocol and path following the format `{protocol}://{location}`.
+                        },
+                      },
+                      &quot;interpreter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The script interpreter to use.
+                      &quot;outputFilePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Only recorded for enforce Exec. Path to an output file (that is created by this Exec) whose content will be recorded in OSPolicyResourceCompliance after a successful run. Absence or failure to read this file will result in this ExecResource being non-compliant. Output file size is limited to 100K bytes.
+                      &quot;script&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An inline script. The size of the script is limited to 1024 characters.
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;file&quot;: { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource
+                    &quot;content&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 1024 characters.
+                    &quot;file&quot;: { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source.
+                      &quot;allowInsecure&quot;: True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified.
+                      &quot;gcs&quot;: { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object.
+                        &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+                        &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Generation number of the Cloud Storage object.
+                        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+                      },
+                      &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A local path within the VM to use.
+                      &quot;remote&quot;: { # Specifies a file available via some URI. # A generic remote file.
+                        &quot;sha256Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # SHA256 checksum of the remote file.
+                        &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI from which to fetch the object. It should contain both the protocol and path following the format `{protocol}://{location}`.
+                      },
+                    },
+                    &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The absolute path of the file within the VM.
+                    &quot;permissions&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Consists of three octal digits which represent, in order, the permissions of the owner, group, and other users for the file (similarly to the numeric mode used in the linux chmod utility). Each digit represents a three bit number with the 4 bit corresponding to the read permissions, the 2 bit corresponds to the write bit, and the one bit corresponds to the execute permission. Default behavior is 755. Below are some examples of permissions and their associated values: read, write, and execute: 7 read and execute: 5 read and write: 6 read only: 4
+                    &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Desired state of the file.
+                  },
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The id of the resource with the following restrictions: * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter. * Must be between 1-63 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the OS policy.
+                  &quot;pkg&quot;: { # A resource that manages a system package. # Package resource
+                    &quot;apt&quot;: { # A package managed by APT. - install: `apt-get update &amp;&amp; apt-get -y install [name]` - remove: `apt-get -y remove [name]` # A package managed by Apt.
+                      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Package name.
+                    },
+                    &quot;deb&quot;: { # A deb package file. dpkg packages only support INSTALLED state. # A deb package file.
+                      &quot;pullDeps&quot;: True or False, # Whether dependencies should also be installed. - install when false: `dpkg -i package` - install when true: `apt-get update &amp;&amp; apt-get -y install package.deb`
+                      &quot;source&quot;: { # A remote or local file. # Required. A deb package.
+                        &quot;allowInsecure&quot;: True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified.
+                        &quot;gcs&quot;: { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object.
+                          &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+                          &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Generation number of the Cloud Storage object.
+                          &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+                        },
+                        &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A local path within the VM to use.
+                        &quot;remote&quot;: { # Specifies a file available via some URI. # A generic remote file.
+                          &quot;sha256Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # SHA256 checksum of the remote file.
+                          &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI from which to fetch the object. It should contain both the protocol and path following the format `{protocol}://{location}`.
+                        },
+                      },
+                    },
+                    &quot;desiredState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The desired state the agent should maintain for this package.
+                    &quot;googet&quot;: { # A package managed by GooGet. - install: `googet -noconfirm install package` - remove: `googet -noconfirm remove package` # A package managed by GooGet.
+                      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Package name.
+                    },
+                    &quot;msi&quot;: { # An MSI package. MSI packages only support INSTALLED state. # An MSI package.
+                      &quot;properties&quot;: [ # Additional properties to use during installation. This should be in the format of Property=Setting. Appended to the defaults of `ACTION=INSTALL REBOOT=ReallySuppress`.
+                        &quot;A String&quot;,
+                      ],
+                      &quot;source&quot;: { # A remote or local file. # Required. The MSI package.
+                        &quot;allowInsecure&quot;: True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified.
+                        &quot;gcs&quot;: { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object.
+                          &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+                          &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Generation number of the Cloud Storage object.
+                          &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+                        },
+                        &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A local path within the VM to use.
+                        &quot;remote&quot;: { # Specifies a file available via some URI. # A generic remote file.
+                          &quot;sha256Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # SHA256 checksum of the remote file.
+                          &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI from which to fetch the object. It should contain both the protocol and path following the format `{protocol}://{location}`.
+                        },
+                      },
+                    },
+                    &quot;rpm&quot;: { # An RPM package file. RPM packages only support INSTALLED state. # An rpm package file.
+                      &quot;pullDeps&quot;: True or False, # Whether dependencies should also be installed. - install when false: `rpm --upgrade --replacepkgs package.rpm` - install when true: `yum -y install package.rpm` or `zypper -y install package.rpm`
+                      &quot;source&quot;: { # A remote or local file. # Required. An rpm package.
+                        &quot;allowInsecure&quot;: True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified.
+                        &quot;gcs&quot;: { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object.
+                          &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+                          &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Generation number of the Cloud Storage object.
+                          &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+                        },
+                        &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A local path within the VM to use.
+                        &quot;remote&quot;: { # Specifies a file available via some URI. # A generic remote file.
+                          &quot;sha256Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # SHA256 checksum of the remote file.
+                          &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI from which to fetch the object. It should contain both the protocol and path following the format `{protocol}://{location}`.
+                        },
+                      },
+                    },
+                    &quot;yum&quot;: { # A package managed by YUM. - install: `yum -y install package` - remove: `yum -y remove package` # A package managed by YUM.
+                      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Package name.
+                    },
+                    &quot;zypper&quot;: { # A package managed by Zypper. - install: `zypper -y install package` - remove: `zypper -y rm package` # A package managed by Zypper.
+                      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Package name.
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;repository&quot;: { # A resource that manages a package repository. # Package repository resource
+                    &quot;apt&quot;: { # Represents a single apt package repository. These will be added to a repo file that will be managed at `/etc/apt/sources.list.d/google_osconfig.list`. # An Apt Repository.
+                      &quot;archiveType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type of archive files in this repository.
+                      &quot;components&quot;: [ # Required. List of components for this repository. Must contain at least one item.
+                        &quot;A String&quot;,
+                      ],
+                      &quot;distribution&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Distribution of this repository.
+                      &quot;gpgKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the key file for this repository. The agent maintains a keyring at `/etc/apt/trusted.gpg.d/osconfig_agent_managed.gpg`.
+                      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI for this repository.
+                    },
+                    &quot;goo&quot;: { # Represents a Goo package repository. These are added to a repo file that is managed at `C:/ProgramData/GooGet/repos/google_osconfig.repo`. # A Goo Repository.
+                      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the repository.
+                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The url of the repository.
+                    },
+                    &quot;yum&quot;: { # Represents a single yum package repository. These are added to a repo file that is managed at `/etc/yum.repos.d/google_osconfig.repo`. # A Yum Repository.
+                      &quot;baseUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the repository directory.
+                      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the repository.
+                      &quot;gpgKeys&quot;: [ # URIs of GPG keys.
+                        &quot;A String&quot;,
+                      ],
+                      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A one word, unique name for this repository. This is the `repo id` in the yum config file and also the `display_name` if `display_name` is omitted. This id is also used as the unique identifier when checking for resource conflicts.
+                    },
+                    &quot;zypper&quot;: { # Represents a single zypper package repository. These are added to a repo file that is managed at `/etc/zypp/repos.d/google_osconfig.repo`. # A Zypper Repository.
+                      &quot;baseUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the repository directory.
+                      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the repository.
+                      &quot;gpgKeys&quot;: [ # URIs of GPG keys.
+                        &quot;A String&quot;,
+                      ],
+                      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A one word, unique name for this repository. This is the `repo id` in the zypper config file and also the `display_name` if `display_name` is omitted. This id is also used as the unique identifier when checking for GuestPolicy conflicts.
+                    },
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;reconciling&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates that reconciliation is in progress for the revision. This value is `true` when the `rollout_state` is one of: * IN_PROGRESS * CANCELLING
+      &quot;revisionCreateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The timestamp that the revision was created.
+      &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The assignment revision ID A new revision is committed whenever a rollout is triggered for a OS policy assignment
+      &quot;rollout&quot;: { # Message to configure the rollout at the zonal level for the OS policy assignment. # Required. Rollout to deploy the OS policy assignment. A rollout is triggered in the following situations: 1) OSPolicyAssignment is created. 2) OSPolicyAssignment is updated and the update contains changes to one of the following fields: - instance_filter - os_policies 3) OSPolicyAssignment is deleted.
+        &quot;disruptionBudget&quot;: { # Message encapsulating a value that can be either absolute (&quot;fixed&quot;) or relative (&quot;percent&quot;) to a value. # Required. The maximum number (or percentage) of VMs per zone to disrupt at any given moment.
+          &quot;fixed&quot;: 42, # Specifies a fixed value.
+          &quot;percent&quot;: 42, # Specifies the relative value defined as a percentage, which will be multiplied by a reference value.
+        },
+        &quot;minWaitDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. This determines the minimum duration of time to wait after the configuration changes are applied through the current rollout. A VM continues to count towards the `disruption_budget` at least until this duration of time has passed after configuration changes are applied.
+      },
+      &quot;rolloutState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. OS policy assignment rollout state
+      &quot;uid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Server generated unique id for the OS policy assignment resource.
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="listRevisions">listRevisions(name, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>List the OS policy assignment revisions for a given OS policy assignment.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the OS policy assignment to list revisions for. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of revisions to return.
+  pageToken: string, A pagination token returned from a previous call to `ListOSPolicyAssignmentRevisions` that indicates where this listing should continue from.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A response message for listing all revisions for a OS policy assignment.
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pagination token to retrieve the next page of OS policy assignment revisions.
+  &quot;osPolicyAssignments&quot;: [ # The OS policy assignment revisions
+    { # OS policy assignment is an API resource that is used to apply a set of OS policies to a dynamically targeted group of Compute Engine VM instances. An OS policy is used to define the desired state configuration for a Compute Engine VM instance through a set of configuration resources that provide capabilities such as installing or removing software packages, or executing a script. For more information, see [OS policy and OS policy assignment](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/os-configuration-management/working-with-os-policies).
+      &quot;baseline&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates that this revision has been successfully rolled out in this zone and new VMs will be assigned OS policies from this revision. For a given OS policy assignment, there is only one revision with a value of `true` for this field.
+      &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates that this revision deletes the OS policy assignment.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # OS policy assignment description. Length of the description is limited to 1024 characters.
+      &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The etag for this OS policy assignment. If this is provided on update, it must match the server&#x27;s etag.
+      &quot;instanceFilter&quot;: { # Filters to select target VMs for an assignment. If more than one filter criteria is specified below, a VM will be selected if and only if it satisfies all of them. # Required. Filter to select VMs.
+        &quot;all&quot;: True or False, # Target all VMs in the project. If true, no other criteria is permitted.
+        &quot;exclusionLabels&quot;: [ # List of label sets used for VM exclusion. If the list has more than one label set, the VM is excluded if any of the label sets are applicable for the VM.
+          { # Message representing label set. * A label is a key value pair set for a VM. * A LabelSet is a set of labels. * Labels within a LabelSet are ANDed. In other words, a LabelSet is applicable for a VM only if it matches all the labels in the LabelSet. * Example: A LabelSet with 2 labels: `env=prod` and `type=webserver` will only be applicable for those VMs with both labels present.
+            &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels are identified by key/value pairs in this map. A VM should contain all the key/value pairs specified in this map to be selected.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;inclusionLabels&quot;: [ # List of label sets used for VM inclusion. If the list has more than one `LabelSet`, the VM is included if any of the label sets are applicable for the VM.
+          { # Message representing label set. * A label is a key value pair set for a VM. * A LabelSet is a set of labels. * Labels within a LabelSet are ANDed. In other words, a LabelSet is applicable for a VM only if it matches all the labels in the LabelSet. * Example: A LabelSet with 2 labels: `env=prod` and `type=webserver` will only be applicable for those VMs with both labels present.
+            &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels are identified by key/value pairs in this map. A VM should contain all the key/value pairs specified in this map to be selected.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;inventories&quot;: [ # List of inventories to select VMs. A VM is selected if its inventory data matches at least one of the following inventories.
+          { # VM inventory details.
+            &quot;osShortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OS short name
+            &quot;osVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The OS version Prefix matches are supported if asterisk(*) is provided as the last character. For example, to match all versions with a major version of `7`, specify the following value for this field `7.*` An empty string matches all OS versions.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/osPolicyAssignments/{os_policy_assignment_id}` This field is ignored when you create an OS policy assignment.
+      &quot;osPolicies&quot;: [ # Required. List of OS policies to be applied to the VMs.
+        { # An OS policy defines the desired state configuration for a VM.
+          &quot;allowNoResourceGroupMatch&quot;: True or False, # This flag determines the OS policy compliance status when none of the resource groups within the policy are applicable for a VM. Set this value to `true` if the policy needs to be reported as compliant even if the policy has nothing to validate or enforce.
+          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Policy description. Length of the description is limited to 1024 characters.
+          &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The id of the OS policy with the following restrictions: * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter. * Must be between 1-63 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the assignment.
+          &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Policy mode
+          &quot;resourceGroups&quot;: [ # Required. List of resource groups for the policy. For a particular VM, resource groups are evaluated in the order specified and the first resource group that is applicable is selected and the rest are ignored. If none of the resource groups are applicable for a VM, the VM is considered to be non-compliant w.r.t this policy. This behavior can be toggled by the flag `allow_no_resource_group_match`
+            { # Resource groups provide a mechanism to group OS policy resources. Resource groups enable OS policy authors to create a single OS policy to be applied to VMs running different operating Systems. When the OS policy is applied to a target VM, the appropriate resource group within the OS policy is selected based on the `OSFilter` specified within the resource group.
+              &quot;inventoryFilters&quot;: [ # List of inventory filters for the resource group. The resources in this resource group are applied to the target VM if it satisfies at least one of the following inventory filters. For example, to apply this resource group to VMs running either `RHEL` or `CentOS` operating systems, specify 2 items for the list with following values: inventory_filters[0].os_short_name=&#x27;rhel&#x27; and inventory_filters[1].os_short_name=&#x27;centos&#x27; If the list is empty, this resource group will be applied to the target VM unconditionally.
+                { # Filtering criteria to select VMs based on inventory details.
+                  &quot;osShortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OS short name
+                  &quot;osVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The OS version Prefix matches are supported if asterisk(*) is provided as the last character. For example, to match all versions with a major version of `7`, specify the following value for this field `7.*` An empty string matches all OS versions.
+                },
+              ],
+              &quot;resources&quot;: [ # Required. List of resources configured for this resource group. The resources are executed in the exact order specified here.
+                { # An OS policy resource is used to define the desired state configuration and provides a specific functionality like installing/removing packages, executing a script etc. The system ensures that resources are always in their desired state by taking necessary actions if they have drifted from their desired state.
+                  &quot;exec&quot;: { # A resource that allows executing scripts on the VM. The `ExecResource` has 2 stages: `validate` and `enforce` and both stages accept a script as an argument to execute. When the `ExecResource` is applied by the agent, it first executes the script in the `validate` stage. The `validate` stage can signal that the `ExecResource` is already in the desired state by returning an exit code of `100`. If the `ExecResource` is not in the desired state, it should return an exit code of `101`. Any other exit code returned by this stage is considered an error. If the `ExecResource` is not in the desired state based on the exit code from the `validate` stage, the agent proceeds to execute the script from the `enforce` stage. If the `ExecResource` is already in the desired state, the `enforce` stage will not be run. Similar to `validate` stage, the `enforce` stage should return an exit code of `100` to indicate that the resource in now in its desired state. Any other exit code is considered an error. NOTE: An exit code of `100` was chosen over `0` (and `101` vs `1`) to have an explicit indicator of `in desired state`, `not in desired state` and errors. Because, for example, Powershell will always return an exit code of `0` unless an `exit` statement is provided in the script. So, for reasons of consistency and being explicit, exit codes `100` and `101` were chosen. # Exec resource
+                    &quot;enforce&quot;: { # A file or script to execute. # What to run to bring this resource into the desired state. An exit code of 100 indicates &quot;success&quot;, any other exit code indicates a failure running enforce.
+                      &quot;args&quot;: [ # Optional arguments to pass to the source during execution.
+                        &quot;A String&quot;,
+                      ],
+                      &quot;file&quot;: { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local file.
+                        &quot;allowInsecure&quot;: True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified.
+                        &quot;gcs&quot;: { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object.
+                          &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+                          &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Generation number of the Cloud Storage object.
+                          &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+                        },
+                        &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A local path within the VM to use.
+                        &quot;remote&quot;: { # Specifies a file available via some URI. # A generic remote file.
+                          &quot;sha256Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # SHA256 checksum of the remote file.
+                          &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI from which to fetch the object. It should contain both the protocol and path following the format `{protocol}://{location}`.
+                        },
+                      },
+                      &quot;interpreter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The script interpreter to use.
+                      &quot;outputFilePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Only recorded for enforce Exec. Path to an output file (that is created by this Exec) whose content will be recorded in OSPolicyResourceCompliance after a successful run. Absence or failure to read this file will result in this ExecResource being non-compliant. Output file size is limited to 100K bytes.
+                      &quot;script&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An inline script. The size of the script is limited to 1024 characters.
+                    },
+                    &quot;validate&quot;: { # A file or script to execute. # Required. What to run to validate this resource is in the desired state. An exit code of 100 indicates &quot;in desired state&quot;, and exit code of 101 indicates &quot;not in desired state&quot;. Any other exit code indicates a failure running validate.
+                      &quot;args&quot;: [ # Optional arguments to pass to the source during execution.
+                        &quot;A String&quot;,
+                      ],
+                      &quot;file&quot;: { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local file.
+                        &quot;allowInsecure&quot;: True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified.
+                        &quot;gcs&quot;: { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object.
+                          &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+                          &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Generation number of the Cloud Storage object.
+                          &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+                        },
+                        &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A local path within the VM to use.
+                        &quot;remote&quot;: { # Specifies a file available via some URI. # A generic remote file.
+                          &quot;sha256Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # SHA256 checksum of the remote file.
+                          &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI from which to fetch the object. It should contain both the protocol and path following the format `{protocol}://{location}`.
+                        },
+                      },
+                      &quot;interpreter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The script interpreter to use.
+                      &quot;outputFilePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Only recorded for enforce Exec. Path to an output file (that is created by this Exec) whose content will be recorded in OSPolicyResourceCompliance after a successful run. Absence or failure to read this file will result in this ExecResource being non-compliant. Output file size is limited to 100K bytes.
+                      &quot;script&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An inline script. The size of the script is limited to 1024 characters.
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;file&quot;: { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource
+                    &quot;content&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 1024 characters.
+                    &quot;file&quot;: { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source.
+                      &quot;allowInsecure&quot;: True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified.
+                      &quot;gcs&quot;: { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object.
+                        &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+                        &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Generation number of the Cloud Storage object.
+                        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+                      },
+                      &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A local path within the VM to use.
+                      &quot;remote&quot;: { # Specifies a file available via some URI. # A generic remote file.
+                        &quot;sha256Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # SHA256 checksum of the remote file.
+                        &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI from which to fetch the object. It should contain both the protocol and path following the format `{protocol}://{location}`.
+                      },
+                    },
+                    &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The absolute path of the file within the VM.
+                    &quot;permissions&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Consists of three octal digits which represent, in order, the permissions of the owner, group, and other users for the file (similarly to the numeric mode used in the linux chmod utility). Each digit represents a three bit number with the 4 bit corresponding to the read permissions, the 2 bit corresponds to the write bit, and the one bit corresponds to the execute permission. Default behavior is 755. Below are some examples of permissions and their associated values: read, write, and execute: 7 read and execute: 5 read and write: 6 read only: 4
+                    &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Desired state of the file.
+                  },
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The id of the resource with the following restrictions: * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter. * Must be between 1-63 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the OS policy.
+                  &quot;pkg&quot;: { # A resource that manages a system package. # Package resource
+                    &quot;apt&quot;: { # A package managed by APT. - install: `apt-get update &amp;&amp; apt-get -y install [name]` - remove: `apt-get -y remove [name]` # A package managed by Apt.
+                      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Package name.
+                    },
+                    &quot;deb&quot;: { # A deb package file. dpkg packages only support INSTALLED state. # A deb package file.
+                      &quot;pullDeps&quot;: True or False, # Whether dependencies should also be installed. - install when false: `dpkg -i package` - install when true: `apt-get update &amp;&amp; apt-get -y install package.deb`
+                      &quot;source&quot;: { # A remote or local file. # Required. A deb package.
+                        &quot;allowInsecure&quot;: True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified.
+                        &quot;gcs&quot;: { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object.
+                          &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+                          &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Generation number of the Cloud Storage object.
+                          &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+                        },
+                        &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A local path within the VM to use.
+                        &quot;remote&quot;: { # Specifies a file available via some URI. # A generic remote file.
+                          &quot;sha256Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # SHA256 checksum of the remote file.
+                          &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI from which to fetch the object. It should contain both the protocol and path following the format `{protocol}://{location}`.
+                        },
+                      },
+                    },
+                    &quot;desiredState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The desired state the agent should maintain for this package.
+                    &quot;googet&quot;: { # A package managed by GooGet. - install: `googet -noconfirm install package` - remove: `googet -noconfirm remove package` # A package managed by GooGet.
+                      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Package name.
+                    },
+                    &quot;msi&quot;: { # An MSI package. MSI packages only support INSTALLED state. # An MSI package.
+                      &quot;properties&quot;: [ # Additional properties to use during installation. This should be in the format of Property=Setting. Appended to the defaults of `ACTION=INSTALL REBOOT=ReallySuppress`.
+                        &quot;A String&quot;,
+                      ],
+                      &quot;source&quot;: { # A remote or local file. # Required. The MSI package.
+                        &quot;allowInsecure&quot;: True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified.
+                        &quot;gcs&quot;: { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object.
+                          &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+                          &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Generation number of the Cloud Storage object.
+                          &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+                        },
+                        &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A local path within the VM to use.
+                        &quot;remote&quot;: { # Specifies a file available via some URI. # A generic remote file.
+                          &quot;sha256Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # SHA256 checksum of the remote file.
+                          &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI from which to fetch the object. It should contain both the protocol and path following the format `{protocol}://{location}`.
+                        },
+                      },
+                    },
+                    &quot;rpm&quot;: { # An RPM package file. RPM packages only support INSTALLED state. # An rpm package file.
+                      &quot;pullDeps&quot;: True or False, # Whether dependencies should also be installed. - install when false: `rpm --upgrade --replacepkgs package.rpm` - install when true: `yum -y install package.rpm` or `zypper -y install package.rpm`
+                      &quot;source&quot;: { # A remote or local file. # Required. An rpm package.
+                        &quot;allowInsecure&quot;: True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified.
+                        &quot;gcs&quot;: { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object.
+                          &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+                          &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Generation number of the Cloud Storage object.
+                          &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+                        },
+                        &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A local path within the VM to use.
+                        &quot;remote&quot;: { # Specifies a file available via some URI. # A generic remote file.
+                          &quot;sha256Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # SHA256 checksum of the remote file.
+                          &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI from which to fetch the object. It should contain both the protocol and path following the format `{protocol}://{location}`.
+                        },
+                      },
+                    },
+                    &quot;yum&quot;: { # A package managed by YUM. - install: `yum -y install package` - remove: `yum -y remove package` # A package managed by YUM.
+                      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Package name.
+                    },
+                    &quot;zypper&quot;: { # A package managed by Zypper. - install: `zypper -y install package` - remove: `zypper -y rm package` # A package managed by Zypper.
+                      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Package name.
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;repository&quot;: { # A resource that manages a package repository. # Package repository resource
+                    &quot;apt&quot;: { # Represents a single apt package repository. These will be added to a repo file that will be managed at `/etc/apt/sources.list.d/google_osconfig.list`. # An Apt Repository.
+                      &quot;archiveType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type of archive files in this repository.
+                      &quot;components&quot;: [ # Required. List of components for this repository. Must contain at least one item.
+                        &quot;A String&quot;,
+                      ],
+                      &quot;distribution&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Distribution of this repository.
+                      &quot;gpgKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the key file for this repository. The agent maintains a keyring at `/etc/apt/trusted.gpg.d/osconfig_agent_managed.gpg`.
+                      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI for this repository.
+                    },
+                    &quot;goo&quot;: { # Represents a Goo package repository. These are added to a repo file that is managed at `C:/ProgramData/GooGet/repos/google_osconfig.repo`. # A Goo Repository.
+                      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the repository.
+                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The url of the repository.
+                    },
+                    &quot;yum&quot;: { # Represents a single yum package repository. These are added to a repo file that is managed at `/etc/yum.repos.d/google_osconfig.repo`. # A Yum Repository.
+                      &quot;baseUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the repository directory.
+                      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the repository.
+                      &quot;gpgKeys&quot;: [ # URIs of GPG keys.
+                        &quot;A String&quot;,
+                      ],
+                      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A one word, unique name for this repository. This is the `repo id` in the yum config file and also the `display_name` if `display_name` is omitted. This id is also used as the unique identifier when checking for resource conflicts.
+                    },
+                    &quot;zypper&quot;: { # Represents a single zypper package repository. These are added to a repo file that is managed at `/etc/zypp/repos.d/google_osconfig.repo`. # A Zypper Repository.
+                      &quot;baseUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the repository directory.
+                      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the repository.
+                      &quot;gpgKeys&quot;: [ # URIs of GPG keys.
+                        &quot;A String&quot;,
+                      ],
+                      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A one word, unique name for this repository. This is the `repo id` in the zypper config file and also the `display_name` if `display_name` is omitted. This id is also used as the unique identifier when checking for GuestPolicy conflicts.
+                    },
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;reconciling&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates that reconciliation is in progress for the revision. This value is `true` when the `rollout_state` is one of: * IN_PROGRESS * CANCELLING
+      &quot;revisionCreateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The timestamp that the revision was created.
+      &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The assignment revision ID A new revision is committed whenever a rollout is triggered for a OS policy assignment
+      &quot;rollout&quot;: { # Message to configure the rollout at the zonal level for the OS policy assignment. # Required. Rollout to deploy the OS policy assignment. A rollout is triggered in the following situations: 1) OSPolicyAssignment is created. 2) OSPolicyAssignment is updated and the update contains changes to one of the following fields: - instance_filter - os_policies 3) OSPolicyAssignment is deleted.
+        &quot;disruptionBudget&quot;: { # Message encapsulating a value that can be either absolute (&quot;fixed&quot;) or relative (&quot;percent&quot;) to a value. # Required. The maximum number (or percentage) of VMs per zone to disrupt at any given moment.
+          &quot;fixed&quot;: 42, # Specifies a fixed value.
+          &quot;percent&quot;: 42, # Specifies the relative value defined as a percentage, which will be multiplied by a reference value.
+        },
+        &quot;minWaitDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. This determines the minimum duration of time to wait after the configuration changes are applied through the current rollout. A VM continues to count towards the `disruption_budget` at least until this duration of time has passed after configuration changes are applied.
+      },
+      &quot;rolloutState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. OS policy assignment rollout state
+      &quot;uid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Server generated unique id for the OS policy assignment resource.
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="listRevisions_next">listRevisions_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Update an existing OS policy assignment. This method creates a new revision of the OS policy assignment. This method returns a long running operation (LRO) that contains the rollout details. The rollout can be cancelled by cancelling the LRO. For more information, see [Method: projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.operations.cancel](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/osconfig/rest/v1/projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.operations/cancel).
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/osPolicyAssignments/{os_policy_assignment_id}` This field is ignored when you create an OS policy assignment. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # OS policy assignment is an API resource that is used to apply a set of OS policies to a dynamically targeted group of Compute Engine VM instances. An OS policy is used to define the desired state configuration for a Compute Engine VM instance through a set of configuration resources that provide capabilities such as installing or removing software packages, or executing a script. For more information, see [OS policy and OS policy assignment](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/os-configuration-management/working-with-os-policies).
+  &quot;baseline&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates that this revision has been successfully rolled out in this zone and new VMs will be assigned OS policies from this revision. For a given OS policy assignment, there is only one revision with a value of `true` for this field.
+  &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates that this revision deletes the OS policy assignment.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # OS policy assignment description. Length of the description is limited to 1024 characters.
+  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The etag for this OS policy assignment. If this is provided on update, it must match the server&#x27;s etag.
+  &quot;instanceFilter&quot;: { # Filters to select target VMs for an assignment. If more than one filter criteria is specified below, a VM will be selected if and only if it satisfies all of them. # Required. Filter to select VMs.
+    &quot;all&quot;: True or False, # Target all VMs in the project. If true, no other criteria is permitted.
+    &quot;exclusionLabels&quot;: [ # List of label sets used for VM exclusion. If the list has more than one label set, the VM is excluded if any of the label sets are applicable for the VM.
+      { # Message representing label set. * A label is a key value pair set for a VM. * A LabelSet is a set of labels. * Labels within a LabelSet are ANDed. In other words, a LabelSet is applicable for a VM only if it matches all the labels in the LabelSet. * Example: A LabelSet with 2 labels: `env=prod` and `type=webserver` will only be applicable for those VMs with both labels present.
+        &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels are identified by key/value pairs in this map. A VM should contain all the key/value pairs specified in this map to be selected.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;inclusionLabels&quot;: [ # List of label sets used for VM inclusion. If the list has more than one `LabelSet`, the VM is included if any of the label sets are applicable for the VM.
+      { # Message representing label set. * A label is a key value pair set for a VM. * A LabelSet is a set of labels. * Labels within a LabelSet are ANDed. In other words, a LabelSet is applicable for a VM only if it matches all the labels in the LabelSet. * Example: A LabelSet with 2 labels: `env=prod` and `type=webserver` will only be applicable for those VMs with both labels present.
+        &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels are identified by key/value pairs in this map. A VM should contain all the key/value pairs specified in this map to be selected.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;inventories&quot;: [ # List of inventories to select VMs. A VM is selected if its inventory data matches at least one of the following inventories.
+      { # VM inventory details.
+        &quot;osShortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OS short name
+        &quot;osVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The OS version Prefix matches are supported if asterisk(*) is provided as the last character. For example, to match all versions with a major version of `7`, specify the following value for this field `7.*` An empty string matches all OS versions.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/osPolicyAssignments/{os_policy_assignment_id}` This field is ignored when you create an OS policy assignment.
+  &quot;osPolicies&quot;: [ # Required. List of OS policies to be applied to the VMs.
+    { # An OS policy defines the desired state configuration for a VM.
+      &quot;allowNoResourceGroupMatch&quot;: True or False, # This flag determines the OS policy compliance status when none of the resource groups within the policy are applicable for a VM. Set this value to `true` if the policy needs to be reported as compliant even if the policy has nothing to validate or enforce.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Policy description. Length of the description is limited to 1024 characters.
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The id of the OS policy with the following restrictions: * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter. * Must be between 1-63 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the assignment.
+      &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Policy mode
+      &quot;resourceGroups&quot;: [ # Required. List of resource groups for the policy. For a particular VM, resource groups are evaluated in the order specified and the first resource group that is applicable is selected and the rest are ignored. If none of the resource groups are applicable for a VM, the VM is considered to be non-compliant w.r.t this policy. This behavior can be toggled by the flag `allow_no_resource_group_match`
+        { # Resource groups provide a mechanism to group OS policy resources. Resource groups enable OS policy authors to create a single OS policy to be applied to VMs running different operating Systems. When the OS policy is applied to a target VM, the appropriate resource group within the OS policy is selected based on the `OSFilter` specified within the resource group.
+          &quot;inventoryFilters&quot;: [ # List of inventory filters for the resource group. The resources in this resource group are applied to the target VM if it satisfies at least one of the following inventory filters. For example, to apply this resource group to VMs running either `RHEL` or `CentOS` operating systems, specify 2 items for the list with following values: inventory_filters[0].os_short_name=&#x27;rhel&#x27; and inventory_filters[1].os_short_name=&#x27;centos&#x27; If the list is empty, this resource group will be applied to the target VM unconditionally.
+            { # Filtering criteria to select VMs based on inventory details.
+              &quot;osShortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OS short name
+              &quot;osVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The OS version Prefix matches are supported if asterisk(*) is provided as the last character. For example, to match all versions with a major version of `7`, specify the following value for this field `7.*` An empty string matches all OS versions.
+            },
+          ],
+          &quot;resources&quot;: [ # Required. List of resources configured for this resource group. The resources are executed in the exact order specified here.
+            { # An OS policy resource is used to define the desired state configuration and provides a specific functionality like installing/removing packages, executing a script etc. The system ensures that resources are always in their desired state by taking necessary actions if they have drifted from their desired state.
+              &quot;exec&quot;: { # A resource that allows executing scripts on the VM. The `ExecResource` has 2 stages: `validate` and `enforce` and both stages accept a script as an argument to execute. When the `ExecResource` is applied by the agent, it first executes the script in the `validate` stage. The `validate` stage can signal that the `ExecResource` is already in the desired state by returning an exit code of `100`. If the `ExecResource` is not in the desired state, it should return an exit code of `101`. Any other exit code returned by this stage is considered an error. If the `ExecResource` is not in the desired state based on the exit code from the `validate` stage, the agent proceeds to execute the script from the `enforce` stage. If the `ExecResource` is already in the desired state, the `enforce` stage will not be run. Similar to `validate` stage, the `enforce` stage should return an exit code of `100` to indicate that the resource in now in its desired state. Any other exit code is considered an error. NOTE: An exit code of `100` was chosen over `0` (and `101` vs `1`) to have an explicit indicator of `in desired state`, `not in desired state` and errors. Because, for example, Powershell will always return an exit code of `0` unless an `exit` statement is provided in the script. So, for reasons of consistency and being explicit, exit codes `100` and `101` were chosen. # Exec resource
+                &quot;enforce&quot;: { # A file or script to execute. # What to run to bring this resource into the desired state. An exit code of 100 indicates &quot;success&quot;, any other exit code indicates a failure running enforce.
+                  &quot;args&quot;: [ # Optional arguments to pass to the source during execution.
+                    &quot;A String&quot;,
+                  ],
+                  &quot;file&quot;: { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local file.
+                    &quot;allowInsecure&quot;: True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified.
+                    &quot;gcs&quot;: { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Generation number of the Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+                    },
+                    &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A local path within the VM to use.
+                    &quot;remote&quot;: { # Specifies a file available via some URI. # A generic remote file.
+                      &quot;sha256Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # SHA256 checksum of the remote file.
+                      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI from which to fetch the object. It should contain both the protocol and path following the format `{protocol}://{location}`.
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;interpreter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The script interpreter to use.
+                  &quot;outputFilePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Only recorded for enforce Exec. Path to an output file (that is created by this Exec) whose content will be recorded in OSPolicyResourceCompliance after a successful run. Absence or failure to read this file will result in this ExecResource being non-compliant. Output file size is limited to 100K bytes.
+                  &quot;script&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An inline script. The size of the script is limited to 1024 characters.
+                },
+                &quot;validate&quot;: { # A file or script to execute. # Required. What to run to validate this resource is in the desired state. An exit code of 100 indicates &quot;in desired state&quot;, and exit code of 101 indicates &quot;not in desired state&quot;. Any other exit code indicates a failure running validate.
+                  &quot;args&quot;: [ # Optional arguments to pass to the source during execution.
+                    &quot;A String&quot;,
+                  ],
+                  &quot;file&quot;: { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local file.
+                    &quot;allowInsecure&quot;: True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified.
+                    &quot;gcs&quot;: { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Generation number of the Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+                    },
+                    &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A local path within the VM to use.
+                    &quot;remote&quot;: { # Specifies a file available via some URI. # A generic remote file.
+                      &quot;sha256Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # SHA256 checksum of the remote file.
+                      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI from which to fetch the object. It should contain both the protocol and path following the format `{protocol}://{location}`.
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;interpreter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The script interpreter to use.
+                  &quot;outputFilePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Only recorded for enforce Exec. Path to an output file (that is created by this Exec) whose content will be recorded in OSPolicyResourceCompliance after a successful run. Absence or failure to read this file will result in this ExecResource being non-compliant. Output file size is limited to 100K bytes.
+                  &quot;script&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An inline script. The size of the script is limited to 1024 characters.
+                },
+              },
+              &quot;file&quot;: { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource
+                &quot;content&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 1024 characters.
+                &quot;file&quot;: { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source.
+                  &quot;allowInsecure&quot;: True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified.
+                  &quot;gcs&quot;: { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object.
+                    &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+                    &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Generation number of the Cloud Storage object.
+                    &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+                  },
+                  &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A local path within the VM to use.
+                  &quot;remote&quot;: { # Specifies a file available via some URI. # A generic remote file.
+                    &quot;sha256Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # SHA256 checksum of the remote file.
+                    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI from which to fetch the object. It should contain both the protocol and path following the format `{protocol}://{location}`.
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The absolute path of the file within the VM.
+                &quot;permissions&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Consists of three octal digits which represent, in order, the permissions of the owner, group, and other users for the file (similarly to the numeric mode used in the linux chmod utility). Each digit represents a three bit number with the 4 bit corresponding to the read permissions, the 2 bit corresponds to the write bit, and the one bit corresponds to the execute permission. Default behavior is 755. Below are some examples of permissions and their associated values: read, write, and execute: 7 read and execute: 5 read and write: 6 read only: 4
+                &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Desired state of the file.
+              },
+              &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The id of the resource with the following restrictions: * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter. * Must be between 1-63 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the OS policy.
+              &quot;pkg&quot;: { # A resource that manages a system package. # Package resource
+                &quot;apt&quot;: { # A package managed by APT. - install: `apt-get update &amp;&amp; apt-get -y install [name]` - remove: `apt-get -y remove [name]` # A package managed by Apt.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Package name.
+                },
+                &quot;deb&quot;: { # A deb package file. dpkg packages only support INSTALLED state. # A deb package file.
+                  &quot;pullDeps&quot;: True or False, # Whether dependencies should also be installed. - install when false: `dpkg -i package` - install when true: `apt-get update &amp;&amp; apt-get -y install package.deb`
+                  &quot;source&quot;: { # A remote or local file. # Required. A deb package.
+                    &quot;allowInsecure&quot;: True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified.
+                    &quot;gcs&quot;: { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Generation number of the Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+                    },
+                    &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A local path within the VM to use.
+                    &quot;remote&quot;: { # Specifies a file available via some URI. # A generic remote file.
+                      &quot;sha256Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # SHA256 checksum of the remote file.
+                      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI from which to fetch the object. It should contain both the protocol and path following the format `{protocol}://{location}`.
+                    },
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;desiredState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The desired state the agent should maintain for this package.
+                &quot;googet&quot;: { # A package managed by GooGet. - install: `googet -noconfirm install package` - remove: `googet -noconfirm remove package` # A package managed by GooGet.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Package name.
+                },
+                &quot;msi&quot;: { # An MSI package. MSI packages only support INSTALLED state. # An MSI package.
+                  &quot;properties&quot;: [ # Additional properties to use during installation. This should be in the format of Property=Setting. Appended to the defaults of `ACTION=INSTALL REBOOT=ReallySuppress`.
+                    &quot;A String&quot;,
+                  ],
+                  &quot;source&quot;: { # A remote or local file. # Required. The MSI package.
+                    &quot;allowInsecure&quot;: True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified.
+                    &quot;gcs&quot;: { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Generation number of the Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+                    },
+                    &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A local path within the VM to use.
+                    &quot;remote&quot;: { # Specifies a file available via some URI. # A generic remote file.
+                      &quot;sha256Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # SHA256 checksum of the remote file.
+                      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI from which to fetch the object. It should contain both the protocol and path following the format `{protocol}://{location}`.
+                    },
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;rpm&quot;: { # An RPM package file. RPM packages only support INSTALLED state. # An rpm package file.
+                  &quot;pullDeps&quot;: True or False, # Whether dependencies should also be installed. - install when false: `rpm --upgrade --replacepkgs package.rpm` - install when true: `yum -y install package.rpm` or `zypper -y install package.rpm`
+                  &quot;source&quot;: { # A remote or local file. # Required. An rpm package.
+                    &quot;allowInsecure&quot;: True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified.
+                    &quot;gcs&quot;: { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Generation number of the Cloud Storage object.
+                      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+                    },
+                    &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A local path within the VM to use.
+                    &quot;remote&quot;: { # Specifies a file available via some URI. # A generic remote file.
+                      &quot;sha256Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # SHA256 checksum of the remote file.
+                      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI from which to fetch the object. It should contain both the protocol and path following the format `{protocol}://{location}`.
+                    },
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;yum&quot;: { # A package managed by YUM. - install: `yum -y install package` - remove: `yum -y remove package` # A package managed by YUM.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Package name.
+                },
+                &quot;zypper&quot;: { # A package managed by Zypper. - install: `zypper -y install package` - remove: `zypper -y rm package` # A package managed by Zypper.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Package name.
+                },
+              },
+              &quot;repository&quot;: { # A resource that manages a package repository. # Package repository resource
+                &quot;apt&quot;: { # Represents a single apt package repository. These will be added to a repo file that will be managed at `/etc/apt/sources.list.d/google_osconfig.list`. # An Apt Repository.
+                  &quot;archiveType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type of archive files in this repository.
+                  &quot;components&quot;: [ # Required. List of components for this repository. Must contain at least one item.
+                    &quot;A String&quot;,
+                  ],
+                  &quot;distribution&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Distribution of this repository.
+                  &quot;gpgKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the key file for this repository. The agent maintains a keyring at `/etc/apt/trusted.gpg.d/osconfig_agent_managed.gpg`.
+                  &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. URI for this repository.
+                },
+                &quot;goo&quot;: { # Represents a Goo package repository. These are added to a repo file that is managed at `C:/ProgramData/GooGet/repos/google_osconfig.repo`. # A Goo Repository.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the repository.
+                  &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The url of the repository.
+                },
+                &quot;yum&quot;: { # Represents a single yum package repository. These are added to a repo file that is managed at `/etc/yum.repos.d/google_osconfig.repo`. # A Yum Repository.
+                  &quot;baseUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the repository directory.
+                  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the repository.
+                  &quot;gpgKeys&quot;: [ # URIs of GPG keys.
+                    &quot;A String&quot;,
+                  ],
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A one word, unique name for this repository. This is the `repo id` in the yum config file and also the `display_name` if `display_name` is omitted. This id is also used as the unique identifier when checking for resource conflicts.
+                },
+                &quot;zypper&quot;: { # Represents a single zypper package repository. These are added to a repo file that is managed at `/etc/zypp/repos.d/google_osconfig.repo`. # A Zypper Repository.
+                  &quot;baseUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The location of the repository directory.
+                  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the repository.
+                  &quot;gpgKeys&quot;: [ # URIs of GPG keys.
+                    &quot;A String&quot;,
+                  ],
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A one word, unique name for this repository. This is the `repo id` in the zypper config file and also the `display_name` if `display_name` is omitted. This id is also used as the unique identifier when checking for GuestPolicy conflicts.
+                },
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;reconciling&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates that reconciliation is in progress for the revision. This value is `true` when the `rollout_state` is one of: * IN_PROGRESS * CANCELLING
+  &quot;revisionCreateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The timestamp that the revision was created.
+  &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The assignment revision ID A new revision is committed whenever a rollout is triggered for a OS policy assignment
+  &quot;rollout&quot;: { # Message to configure the rollout at the zonal level for the OS policy assignment. # Required. Rollout to deploy the OS policy assignment. A rollout is triggered in the following situations: 1) OSPolicyAssignment is created. 2) OSPolicyAssignment is updated and the update contains changes to one of the following fields: - instance_filter - os_policies 3) OSPolicyAssignment is deleted.
+    &quot;disruptionBudget&quot;: { # Message encapsulating a value that can be either absolute (&quot;fixed&quot;) or relative (&quot;percent&quot;) to a value. # Required. The maximum number (or percentage) of VMs per zone to disrupt at any given moment.
+      &quot;fixed&quot;: 42, # Specifies a fixed value.
+      &quot;percent&quot;: 42, # Specifies the relative value defined as a percentage, which will be multiplied by a reference value.
+    },
+    &quot;minWaitDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. This determines the minimum duration of time to wait after the configuration changes are applied through the current rollout. A VM continues to count towards the `disruption_budget` at least until this duration of time has passed after configuration changes are applied.
+  },
+  &quot;rolloutState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. OS policy assignment rollout state
+  &quot;uid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Server generated unique id for the OS policy assignment resource.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that controls which fields of the assignment should be updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.instances.html
index 801b8d5..7db0089 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -80,6 +80,11 @@
 <p class="firstline">Returns the inventories Resource.</p>
 
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.instances.osPolicyAssignments.html">osPolicyAssignments()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the osPolicyAssignments Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.instances.vulnerabilityReports.html">vulnerabilityReports()</a></code>
 </p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns the vulnerabilityReports Resource.</p>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.instances.osPolicyAssignments.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.instances.osPolicyAssignments.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f101487
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.instances.osPolicyAssignments.html
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="osconfig_v1alpha.html">OS Config API</a> . <a href="osconfig_v1alpha.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.instances.html">instances</a> . <a href="osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.instances.osPolicyAssignments.html">osPolicyAssignments</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.instances.osPolicyAssignments.reports.html">reports()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the reports Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#getReport">getReport(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Get the OS policy asssignment report for the specified Compute Engine VM instance.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="getReport">getReport(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Get the OS policy asssignment report for the specified Compute Engine VM instance.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. API resource name for OS policy assignment report. Format: `/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}/osPolicyAssignments/{assignment}/report` For `{project}`, either `project-number` or `project-id` can be provided. For `{instance_id}`, either Compute Engine `instance-id` or `instance-name` can be provided. For `{assignment_id}`, the OSPolicyAssignment id must be provided. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A report of the OS policy assignment status for a given instance.
+  &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Compute Engine VM instance name.
+  &quot;lastRunId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unique identifier of the last attempted run to apply the OS policies associated with this assignment on the VM. This ID is logged by the OS Config agent while applying the OS policies associated with this assignment on the VM. NOTE: If the service is unable to successfully connect to the agent for this run, then this id will not be available in the agent logs.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `OSPolicyAssignmentReport` API resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}/osPolicyAssignments/{os_policy_assignment_id}/report`
+  &quot;osPolicyAssignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reference to the `OSPolicyAssignment` API resource that the `OSPolicy` belongs to. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/osPolicyAssignments/{os_policy_assignment_id@revision_id}`
+  &quot;osPolicyCompliances&quot;: [ # Compliance data for each `OSPolicy` that is applied to the VM.
+    { # Compliance data for an OS policy
+      &quot;complianceState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The compliance state of the OS policy.
+      &quot;complianceStateReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason for the OS policy to be in an unknown compliance state. This field is always populated when `compliance_state` is `UNKNOWN`. If populated, the field can contain one of the following values: * `vm-not-running`: The VM was not running. * `os-policies-not-supported-by-agent`: The version of the OS Config agent running on the VM does not support running OS policies. * `no-agent-detected`: The OS Config agent is not detected for the VM. * `resource-execution-errors`: The OS Config agent encountered errors while executing one or more resources in the policy. See `os_policy_resource_compliances` for details. * `task-timeout`: The task sent to the agent to apply the policy timed out. * `unexpected-agent-state`: The OS Config agent did not report the final status of the task that attempted to apply the policy. Instead, the agent unexpectedly started working on a different task. This mostly happens when the agent or VM unexpectedly restarts while applying OS policies. * `internal-service-errors`: Internal service errors were encountered while attempting to apply the policy.
+      &quot;osPolicyId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The OS policy id
+      &quot;osPolicyResourceCompliances&quot;: [ # Compliance data for each resource within the policy that is applied to the VM.
+        { # Compliance data for an OS policy resource.
+          &quot;complianceState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The compliance state of the resource.
+          &quot;complianceStateReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reason for the resource to be in the given compliance state. This field is always populated when `compliance_state` is `UNKNOWN`. The following values are supported when `compliance_state == UNKNOWN` * `execution-errors`: Errors were encountered by the agent while executing the resource and the compliance state couldn&#x27;t be determined. * `execution-skipped-by-agent`: Resource execution was skipped by the agent because errors were encountered while executing prior resources in the OS policy. * `os-policy-execution-attempt-failed`: The execution of the OS policy containing this resource failed and the compliance state couldn&#x27;t be determined.
+          &quot;configSteps&quot;: [ # Ordered list of configuration completed by the agent for the OS policy resource.
+            { # Step performed by the OS Config agent for configuring an `OSPolicy` resource to its desired state.
+              &quot;errorMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An error message recorded during the execution of this step. Only populated if errors were encountered during this step execution.
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Configuration step type.
+            },
+          ],
+          &quot;execResourceOutput&quot;: { # ExecResource specific output. # ExecResource specific output.
+            &quot;enforcementOutput&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output from enforcement phase output file (if run). Output size is limited to 100K bytes.
+          },
+          &quot;osPolicyResourceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the OS policy resource.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Timestamp for when the report was last generated.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.instances.osPolicyAssignments.reports.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.instances.osPolicyAssignments.reports.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf0cf7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.instances.osPolicyAssignments.reports.html
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="osconfig_v1alpha.html">OS Config API</a> . <a href="osconfig_v1alpha.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.instances.html">instances</a> . <a href="osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.instances.osPolicyAssignments.html">osPolicyAssignments</a> . <a href="osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.instances.osPolicyAssignments.reports.html">reports</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">List OS policy asssignment reports for all Compute Engine VM instances in the specified zone.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>List OS policy asssignment reports for all Compute Engine VM instances in the specified zone.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}/osPolicyAssignments/{assignment}/reports` For `{project}`, either `project-number` or `project-id` can be provided. For `{instance}`, either `instance-name`, `instance-id`, or `-` can be provided. If &#x27;-&#x27; is provided, the response will include OSPolicyAssignmentReports for all instances in the project/location. For `{assignment}`, either `assignment-id` or `-` can be provided. If &#x27;-&#x27; is provided, the response will include OSPolicyAssignmentReports for all OSPolicyAssignments in the project/location. Either {instance} or {assignment} must be `-`. For example: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}/osPolicyAssignments/-/reports` returns all reports for the instance `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/-/osPolicyAssignments/{assignment-id}/reports` returns all the reports for the given assignment across all instances. `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/-/osPolicyAssignments/-/reports` returns all the reports for all assignments across all instances. (required)
+  filter: string, If provided, this field specifies the criteria that must be met by the `OSPolicyAssignmentReport` API resource that is included in the response.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return.
+  pageToken: string, A pagination token returned from a previous call to the `ListOSPolicyAssignmentReports` method that indicates where this listing should continue from.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A response message for listing OS Policy assignment reports including the page of results and page token.
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pagination token to retrieve the next page of OS policy assignment report objects.
+  &quot;osPolicyAssignmentReports&quot;: [ # List of OS policy assignment reports.
+    { # A report of the OS policy assignment status for a given instance.
+      &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Compute Engine VM instance name.
+      &quot;lastRunId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unique identifier of the last attempted run to apply the OS policies associated with this assignment on the VM. This ID is logged by the OS Config agent while applying the OS policies associated with this assignment on the VM. NOTE: If the service is unable to successfully connect to the agent for this run, then this id will not be available in the agent logs.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `OSPolicyAssignmentReport` API resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}/osPolicyAssignments/{os_policy_assignment_id}/report`
+      &quot;osPolicyAssignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reference to the `OSPolicyAssignment` API resource that the `OSPolicy` belongs to. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/osPolicyAssignments/{os_policy_assignment_id@revision_id}`
+      &quot;osPolicyCompliances&quot;: [ # Compliance data for each `OSPolicy` that is applied to the VM.
+        { # Compliance data for an OS policy
+          &quot;complianceState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The compliance state of the OS policy.
+          &quot;complianceStateReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason for the OS policy to be in an unknown compliance state. This field is always populated when `compliance_state` is `UNKNOWN`. If populated, the field can contain one of the following values: * `vm-not-running`: The VM was not running. * `os-policies-not-supported-by-agent`: The version of the OS Config agent running on the VM does not support running OS policies. * `no-agent-detected`: The OS Config agent is not detected for the VM. * `resource-execution-errors`: The OS Config agent encountered errors while executing one or more resources in the policy. See `os_policy_resource_compliances` for details. * `task-timeout`: The task sent to the agent to apply the policy timed out. * `unexpected-agent-state`: The OS Config agent did not report the final status of the task that attempted to apply the policy. Instead, the agent unexpectedly started working on a different task. This mostly happens when the agent or VM unexpectedly restarts while applying OS policies. * `internal-service-errors`: Internal service errors were encountered while attempting to apply the policy.
+          &quot;osPolicyId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The OS policy id
+          &quot;osPolicyResourceCompliances&quot;: [ # Compliance data for each resource within the policy that is applied to the VM.
+            { # Compliance data for an OS policy resource.
+              &quot;complianceState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The compliance state of the resource.
+              &quot;complianceStateReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reason for the resource to be in the given compliance state. This field is always populated when `compliance_state` is `UNKNOWN`. The following values are supported when `compliance_state == UNKNOWN` * `execution-errors`: Errors were encountered by the agent while executing the resource and the compliance state couldn&#x27;t be determined. * `execution-skipped-by-agent`: Resource execution was skipped by the agent because errors were encountered while executing prior resources in the OS policy. * `os-policy-execution-attempt-failed`: The execution of the OS policy containing this resource failed and the compliance state couldn&#x27;t be determined.
+              &quot;configSteps&quot;: [ # Ordered list of configuration completed by the agent for the OS policy resource.
+                { # Step performed by the OS Config agent for configuring an `OSPolicy` resource to its desired state.
+                  &quot;errorMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An error message recorded during the execution of this step. Only populated if errors were encountered during this step execution.
+                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Configuration step type.
+                },
+              ],
+              &quot;execResourceOutput&quot;: { # ExecResource specific output. # ExecResource specific output.
+                &quot;enforcementOutput&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output from enforcement phase output file (if run). Output size is limited to 100K bytes.
+              },
+              &quot;osPolicyResourceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the OS policy resource.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Timestamp for when the report was last generated.
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.html
index 9cb6194..e9b9126 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.html
@@ -80,6 +80,11 @@
 <p class="firstline">Returns the operations Resource.</p>
 
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.reservations.html">reservations()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the reservations Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.subscriptions.html">subscriptions()</a></code>
 </p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns the subscriptions Resource.</p>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.reservations.html b/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.reservations.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9e1a6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.reservations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="pubsublite_v1.html">Pub/Sub Lite API</a> . <a href="pubsublite_v1.admin.html">admin</a> . <a href="pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.reservations.html">reservations</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.reservations.topics.html">topics()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the topics Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, reservationId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a new reservation.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified reservation.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the reservation configuration.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the list of reservations for the given project.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates properties of the specified reservation.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, reservationId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Creates a new reservation.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent location in which to create the reservation. Structured like `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Metadata about a reservation resource.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the reservation. Structured like: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation_id}
+  &quot;throughputCapacity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reserved throughput capacity. Every unit of throughput capacity is equivalent to 1 MiB/s of published messages or 2 MiB/s of subscribed messages. Any topics which are declared as using capacity from a Reservation will consume resources from this reservation instead of being charged individually.
+}
+
+  reservationId: string, Required. The ID to use for the reservation, which will become the final component of the reservation&#x27;s name. This value is structured like: `my-reservation-name`.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Metadata about a reservation resource.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the reservation. Structured like: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation_id}
+  &quot;throughputCapacity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reserved throughput capacity. Every unit of throughput capacity is equivalent to 1 MiB/s of published messages or 2 MiB/s of subscribed messages. Any topics which are declared as using capacity from a Reservation will consume resources from this reservation instead of being charged individually.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Deletes the specified reservation.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the reservation to delete. Structured like: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation_id} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Returns the reservation configuration.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the reservation whose configuration to return. Structured like: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation_id} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Metadata about a reservation resource.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the reservation. Structured like: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation_id}
+  &quot;throughputCapacity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reserved throughput capacity. Every unit of throughput capacity is equivalent to 1 MiB/s of published messages or 2 MiB/s of subscribed messages. Any topics which are declared as using capacity from a Reservation will consume resources from this reservation instead of being charged individually.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Returns the list of reservations for the given project.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent whose reservations are to be listed. Structured like `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of reservations to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unset or zero, all reservations for the parent will be returned.
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListReservations` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListReservations` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for ListReservations.
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token that can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page of results. If this field is omitted, there are no more results.
+  &quot;reservations&quot;: [ # The list of reservation in the requested parent. The order of the reservations is unspecified.
+    { # Metadata about a reservation resource.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the reservation. Structured like: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation_id}
+      &quot;throughputCapacity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reserved throughput capacity. Every unit of throughput capacity is equivalent to 1 MiB/s of published messages or 2 MiB/s of subscribed messages. Any topics which are declared as using capacity from a Reservation will consume resources from this reservation instead of being charged individually.
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Updates properties of the specified reservation.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the reservation. Structured like: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation_id} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Metadata about a reservation resource.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the reservation. Structured like: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation_id}
+  &quot;throughputCapacity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reserved throughput capacity. Every unit of throughput capacity is equivalent to 1 MiB/s of published messages or 2 MiB/s of subscribed messages. Any topics which are declared as using capacity from a Reservation will consume resources from this reservation instead of being charged individually.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. A mask specifying the reservation fields to change.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Metadata about a reservation resource.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the reservation. Structured like: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation_id}
+  &quot;throughputCapacity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reserved throughput capacity. Every unit of throughput capacity is equivalent to 1 MiB/s of published messages or 2 MiB/s of subscribed messages. Any topics which are declared as using capacity from a Reservation will consume resources from this reservation instead of being charged individually.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.reservations.topics.html b/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.reservations.topics.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53e7fa0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.reservations.topics.html
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="pubsublite_v1.html">Pub/Sub Lite API</a> . <a href="pubsublite_v1.admin.html">admin</a> . <a href="pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.reservations.html">reservations</a> . <a href="pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.reservations.topics.html">topics</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(name, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists the topics attached to the specified reservation.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(name, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists the topics attached to the specified reservation.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the reservation whose topics to list. Structured like: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation_id} (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of topics to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unset or zero, all topics for the given reservation will be returned.
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListReservationTopics` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListReservationTopics` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for ListReservationTopics.
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token that can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page of results. If this field is omitted, there are no more results.
+  &quot;topics&quot;: [ # The names of topics attached to the reservation. The order of the topics is unspecified.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.topics.html b/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.topics.html
index 4a81ee9..8bd80c6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.topics.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.topics.html
@@ -128,6 +128,9 @@
     &quot;count&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The number of partitions in the topic. Must be at least 1. Once a topic has been created the number of partitions can be increased but not decreased. Message ordering is not guaranteed across a topic resize. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/lite/docs/topics#scaling_capacity
     &quot;scale&quot;: 42, # DEPRECATED: Use capacity instead which can express a superset of configurations. Every partition in the topic is allocated throughput equivalent to `scale` times the standard partition throughput (4 MiB/s). This is also reflected in the cost of this topic; a topic with `scale` of 2 and count of 10 is charged for 20 partitions. This value must be in the range [1,4].
   },
+  &quot;reservationConfig&quot;: { # The settings for this topic&#x27;s Reservation usage. # The settings for this topic&#x27;s Reservation usage.
+    &quot;throughputReservation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Reservation to use for this topic&#x27;s throughput capacity. Structured like: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation_id}
+  },
   &quot;retentionConfig&quot;: { # The settings for a topic&#x27;s message retention. # The settings for this topic&#x27;s message retention.
     &quot;perPartitionBytes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The provisioned storage, in bytes, per partition. If the number of bytes stored in any of the topic&#x27;s partitions grows beyond this value, older messages will be dropped to make room for newer ones, regardless of the value of `period`.
     &quot;period&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How long a published message is retained. If unset, messages will be retained as long as the bytes retained for each partition is below `per_partition_bytes`.
@@ -153,6 +156,9 @@
     &quot;count&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The number of partitions in the topic. Must be at least 1. Once a topic has been created the number of partitions can be increased but not decreased. Message ordering is not guaranteed across a topic resize. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/lite/docs/topics#scaling_capacity
     &quot;scale&quot;: 42, # DEPRECATED: Use capacity instead which can express a superset of configurations. Every partition in the topic is allocated throughput equivalent to `scale` times the standard partition throughput (4 MiB/s). This is also reflected in the cost of this topic; a topic with `scale` of 2 and count of 10 is charged for 20 partitions. This value must be in the range [1,4].
   },
+  &quot;reservationConfig&quot;: { # The settings for this topic&#x27;s Reservation usage. # The settings for this topic&#x27;s Reservation usage.
+    &quot;throughputReservation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Reservation to use for this topic&#x27;s throughput capacity. Structured like: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation_id}
+  },
   &quot;retentionConfig&quot;: { # The settings for a topic&#x27;s message retention. # The settings for this topic&#x27;s message retention.
     &quot;perPartitionBytes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The provisioned storage, in bytes, per partition. If the number of bytes stored in any of the topic&#x27;s partitions grows beyond this value, older messages will be dropped to make room for newer ones, regardless of the value of `period`.
     &quot;period&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How long a published message is retained. If unset, messages will be retained as long as the bytes retained for each partition is below `per_partition_bytes`.
@@ -202,6 +208,9 @@
     &quot;count&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The number of partitions in the topic. Must be at least 1. Once a topic has been created the number of partitions can be increased but not decreased. Message ordering is not guaranteed across a topic resize. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/lite/docs/topics#scaling_capacity
     &quot;scale&quot;: 42, # DEPRECATED: Use capacity instead which can express a superset of configurations. Every partition in the topic is allocated throughput equivalent to `scale` times the standard partition throughput (4 MiB/s). This is also reflected in the cost of this topic; a topic with `scale` of 2 and count of 10 is charged for 20 partitions. This value must be in the range [1,4].
   },
+  &quot;reservationConfig&quot;: { # The settings for this topic&#x27;s Reservation usage. # The settings for this topic&#x27;s Reservation usage.
+    &quot;throughputReservation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Reservation to use for this topic&#x27;s throughput capacity. Structured like: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation_id}
+  },
   &quot;retentionConfig&quot;: { # The settings for a topic&#x27;s message retention. # The settings for this topic&#x27;s message retention.
     &quot;perPartitionBytes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The provisioned storage, in bytes, per partition. If the number of bytes stored in any of the topic&#x27;s partitions grows beyond this value, older messages will be dropped to make room for newer ones, regardless of the value of `period`.
     &quot;period&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How long a published message is retained. If unset, messages will be retained as long as the bytes retained for each partition is below `per_partition_bytes`.
@@ -257,6 +266,9 @@
         &quot;count&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The number of partitions in the topic. Must be at least 1. Once a topic has been created the number of partitions can be increased but not decreased. Message ordering is not guaranteed across a topic resize. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/lite/docs/topics#scaling_capacity
         &quot;scale&quot;: 42, # DEPRECATED: Use capacity instead which can express a superset of configurations. Every partition in the topic is allocated throughput equivalent to `scale` times the standard partition throughput (4 MiB/s). This is also reflected in the cost of this topic; a topic with `scale` of 2 and count of 10 is charged for 20 partitions. This value must be in the range [1,4].
       },
+      &quot;reservationConfig&quot;: { # The settings for this topic&#x27;s Reservation usage. # The settings for this topic&#x27;s Reservation usage.
+        &quot;throughputReservation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Reservation to use for this topic&#x27;s throughput capacity. Structured like: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation_id}
+      },
       &quot;retentionConfig&quot;: { # The settings for a topic&#x27;s message retention. # The settings for this topic&#x27;s message retention.
         &quot;perPartitionBytes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The provisioned storage, in bytes, per partition. If the number of bytes stored in any of the topic&#x27;s partitions grows beyond this value, older messages will be dropped to make room for newer ones, regardless of the value of `period`.
         &quot;period&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How long a published message is retained. If unset, messages will be retained as long as the bytes retained for each partition is below `per_partition_bytes`.
@@ -299,6 +311,9 @@
     &quot;count&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The number of partitions in the topic. Must be at least 1. Once a topic has been created the number of partitions can be increased but not decreased. Message ordering is not guaranteed across a topic resize. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/lite/docs/topics#scaling_capacity
     &quot;scale&quot;: 42, # DEPRECATED: Use capacity instead which can express a superset of configurations. Every partition in the topic is allocated throughput equivalent to `scale` times the standard partition throughput (4 MiB/s). This is also reflected in the cost of this topic; a topic with `scale` of 2 and count of 10 is charged for 20 partitions. This value must be in the range [1,4].
   },
+  &quot;reservationConfig&quot;: { # The settings for this topic&#x27;s Reservation usage. # The settings for this topic&#x27;s Reservation usage.
+    &quot;throughputReservation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Reservation to use for this topic&#x27;s throughput capacity. Structured like: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation_id}
+  },
   &quot;retentionConfig&quot;: { # The settings for a topic&#x27;s message retention. # The settings for this topic&#x27;s message retention.
     &quot;perPartitionBytes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The provisioned storage, in bytes, per partition. If the number of bytes stored in any of the topic&#x27;s partitions grows beyond this value, older messages will be dropped to make room for newer ones, regardless of the value of `period`.
     &quot;period&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How long a published message is retained. If unset, messages will be retained as long as the bytes retained for each partition is below `per_partition_bytes`.
@@ -324,6 +339,9 @@
     &quot;count&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The number of partitions in the topic. Must be at least 1. Once a topic has been created the number of partitions can be increased but not decreased. Message ordering is not guaranteed across a topic resize. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/lite/docs/topics#scaling_capacity
     &quot;scale&quot;: 42, # DEPRECATED: Use capacity instead which can express a superset of configurations. Every partition in the topic is allocated throughput equivalent to `scale` times the standard partition throughput (4 MiB/s). This is also reflected in the cost of this topic; a topic with `scale` of 2 and count of 10 is charged for 20 partitions. This value must be in the range [1,4].
   },
+  &quot;reservationConfig&quot;: { # The settings for this topic&#x27;s Reservation usage. # The settings for this topic&#x27;s Reservation usage.
+    &quot;throughputReservation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Reservation to use for this topic&#x27;s throughput capacity. Structured like: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation_id}
+  },
   &quot;retentionConfig&quot;: { # The settings for a topic&#x27;s message retention. # The settings for this topic&#x27;s message retention.
     &quot;perPartitionBytes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The provisioned storage, in bytes, per partition. If the number of bytes stored in any of the topic&#x27;s partitions grows beyond this value, older messages will be dropped to make room for newer ones, regardless of the value of `period`.
     &quot;period&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How long a published message is retained. If unset, messages will be retained as long as the bytes retained for each partition is below `per_partition_bytes`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
index a646cd6..4e405ee 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 36
+{ # A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 37
   &quot;alternativeLocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Only applicable to STANDARD_HA tier which protects the instance against zonal failures by provisioning it across two zones. If provided, it must be a different zone from the one provided in location_id.
   &quot;authEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether OSS Redis AUTH is enabled for the instance. If set to &quot;true&quot; AUTH is enabled on the instance. Default value is &quot;false&quot; meaning AUTH is disabled.
   &quot;authorizedNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The full name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 36
+    { # A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 37
   &quot;alternativeLocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Only applicable to STANDARD_HA tier which protects the instance against zonal failures by provisioning it across two zones. If provided, it must be a different zone from the one provided in location_id.
   &quot;authEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether OSS Redis AUTH is enabled for the instance. If set to &quot;true&quot; AUTH is enabled on the instance. Default value is &quot;false&quot; meaning AUTH is disabled.
   &quot;authorizedNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The full name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@
 
     { # Response for ListInstances.
   &quot;instances&quot;: [ # A list of Redis instances in the project in the specified location, or across all locations. If the `location_id` in the parent field of the request is &quot;-&quot;, all regions available to the project are queried, and the results aggregated. If in such an aggregated query a location is unavailable, a placeholder Redis entry is included in the response with the `name` field set to a value of the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/`- and the `status` field set to ERROR and `status_message` field set to &quot;location not available for ListInstances&quot;.
-    { # A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 36
+    { # A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 37
       &quot;alternativeLocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Only applicable to STANDARD_HA tier which protects the instance against zonal failures by provisioning it across two zones. If provided, it must be a different zone from the one provided in location_id.
       &quot;authEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether OSS Redis AUTH is enabled for the instance. If set to &quot;true&quot; AUTH is enabled on the instance. Default value is &quot;false&quot; meaning AUTH is disabled.
       &quot;authorizedNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The full name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 36
+{ # A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 37
   &quot;alternativeLocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Only applicable to STANDARD_HA tier which protects the instance against zonal failures by provisioning it across two zones. If provided, it must be a different zone from the one provided in location_id.
   &quot;authEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether OSS Redis AUTH is enabled for the instance. If set to &quot;true&quot; AUTH is enabled on the instance. Default value is &quot;false&quot; meaning AUTH is disabled.
   &quot;authorizedNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The full name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html
index 4da5fb8..48dbf51 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 36
+{ # A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 37
   &quot;alternativeLocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Only applicable to STANDARD_HA tier which protects the instance against zonal failures by provisioning it across two zones. If provided, it must be a different zone from the one provided in location_id.
   &quot;authEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether OSS Redis AUTH is enabled for the instance. If set to &quot;true&quot; AUTH is enabled on the instance. Default value is &quot;false&quot; meaning AUTH is disabled.
   &quot;authorizedNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The full name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 36
+    { # A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 37
   &quot;alternativeLocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Only applicable to STANDARD_HA tier which protects the instance against zonal failures by provisioning it across two zones. If provided, it must be a different zone from the one provided in location_id.
   &quot;authEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether OSS Redis AUTH is enabled for the instance. If set to &quot;true&quot; AUTH is enabled on the instance. Default value is &quot;false&quot; meaning AUTH is disabled.
   &quot;authorizedNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The full name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@
 
     { # Response for ListInstances.
   &quot;instances&quot;: [ # A list of Redis instances in the project in the specified location, or across all locations. If the `location_id` in the parent field of the request is &quot;-&quot;, all regions available to the project are queried, and the results aggregated. If in such an aggregated query a location is unavailable, a placeholder Redis entry is included in the response with the `name` field set to a value of the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/`- and the `status` field set to ERROR and `status_message` field set to &quot;location not available for ListInstances&quot;.
-    { # A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 36
+    { # A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 37
       &quot;alternativeLocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Only applicable to STANDARD_HA tier which protects the instance against zonal failures by provisioning it across two zones. If provided, it must be a different zone from the one provided in location_id.
       &quot;authEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether OSS Redis AUTH is enabled for the instance. If set to &quot;true&quot; AUTH is enabled on the instance. Default value is &quot;false&quot; meaning AUTH is disabled.
       &quot;authorizedNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The full name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 36
+{ # A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 37
   &quot;alternativeLocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Only applicable to STANDARD_HA tier which protects the instance against zonal failures by provisioning it across two zones. If provided, it must be a different zone from the one provided in location_id.
   &quot;authEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether OSS Redis AUTH is enabled for the instance. If set to &quot;true&quot; AUTH is enabled on the instance. Default value is &quot;false&quot; meaning AUTH is disabled.
   &quot;authorizedNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The full name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1alpha1.namespaces.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1alpha1.namespaces.jobs.html
index 2337755..f356a29 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1alpha1.namespaces.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1alpha1.namespaces.jobs.html
@@ -369,6 +369,18 @@
         &quot;completionTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Represents time when the instance was completed. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. +optional
         &quot;failed&quot;: 42, # Optional. The number of times this instance exited with code &gt; 0; +optional
         &quot;index&quot;: 42, # Required. Index of the instance, unique per Job, and beginning at 0.
+        &quot;lastAttemptResult&quot;: { # Result of an instance attempt. # Optional. Result of the last attempt of this instance. +optional
+          &quot;exitCode&quot;: 42, # Optional. The exit code of this attempt. This may be unset if the container was unable to exit cleanly with a code due to some other failure. See status field for possible failure details.
+          &quot;status&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Optional. The status of this attempt. If the status code is OK, then the attempt succeeded.
+            &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+            &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+              {
+                &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+              },
+            ],
+            &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+          },
+        },
         &quot;lastExitCode&quot;: 42, # Optional. Last exit code seen for this instance. +optional
         &quot;restarted&quot;: 42, # Optional. The number of times this instance was restarted. Instances are restarted according the restartPolicy configured in the Job template. +optional
         &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Represents time when the instance was created by the job controller. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. +optional
@@ -654,6 +666,18 @@
         &quot;completionTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Represents time when the instance was completed. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. +optional
         &quot;failed&quot;: 42, # Optional. The number of times this instance exited with code &gt; 0; +optional
         &quot;index&quot;: 42, # Required. Index of the instance, unique per Job, and beginning at 0.
+        &quot;lastAttemptResult&quot;: { # Result of an instance attempt. # Optional. Result of the last attempt of this instance. +optional
+          &quot;exitCode&quot;: 42, # Optional. The exit code of this attempt. This may be unset if the container was unable to exit cleanly with a code due to some other failure. See status field for possible failure details.
+          &quot;status&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Optional. The status of this attempt. If the status code is OK, then the attempt succeeded.
+            &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+            &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+              {
+                &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+              },
+            ],
+            &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+          },
+        },
         &quot;lastExitCode&quot;: 42, # Optional. Last exit code seen for this instance. +optional
         &quot;restarted&quot;: 42, # Optional. The number of times this instance was restarted. Instances are restarted according the restartPolicy configured in the Job template. +optional
         &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Represents time when the instance was created by the job controller. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. +optional
@@ -967,6 +991,18 @@
         &quot;completionTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Represents time when the instance was completed. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. +optional
         &quot;failed&quot;: 42, # Optional. The number of times this instance exited with code &gt; 0; +optional
         &quot;index&quot;: 42, # Required. Index of the instance, unique per Job, and beginning at 0.
+        &quot;lastAttemptResult&quot;: { # Result of an instance attempt. # Optional. Result of the last attempt of this instance. +optional
+          &quot;exitCode&quot;: 42, # Optional. The exit code of this attempt. This may be unset if the container was unable to exit cleanly with a code due to some other failure. See status field for possible failure details.
+          &quot;status&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Optional. The status of this attempt. If the status code is OK, then the attempt succeeded.
+            &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+            &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+              {
+                &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+              },
+            ],
+            &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+          },
+        },
         &quot;lastExitCode&quot;: 42, # Optional. Last exit code seen for this instance. +optional
         &quot;restarted&quot;: 42, # Optional. The number of times this instance was restarted. Instances are restarted according the restartPolicy configured in the Job template. +optional
         &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Represents time when the instance was created by the job controller. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. +optional
@@ -1269,6 +1305,18 @@
             &quot;completionTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Represents time when the instance was completed. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. +optional
             &quot;failed&quot;: 42, # Optional. The number of times this instance exited with code &gt; 0; +optional
             &quot;index&quot;: 42, # Required. Index of the instance, unique per Job, and beginning at 0.
+            &quot;lastAttemptResult&quot;: { # Result of an instance attempt. # Optional. Result of the last attempt of this instance. +optional
+              &quot;exitCode&quot;: 42, # Optional. The exit code of this attempt. This may be unset if the container was unable to exit cleanly with a code due to some other failure. See status field for possible failure details.
+              &quot;status&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Optional. The status of this attempt. If the status code is OK, then the attempt succeeded.
+                &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+                &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+                  {
+                    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+                  },
+                ],
+                &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+              },
+            },
             &quot;lastExitCode&quot;: 42, # Optional. Last exit code seen for this instance. +optional
             &quot;restarted&quot;: 42, # Optional. The number of times this instance was restarted. Instances are restarted according the restartPolicy configured in the Job template. +optional
             &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Represents time when the instance was created by the job controller. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. +optional
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.deployments.devices.html b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.deployments.devices.html
index 97c799f..f4d6bc6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.deployments.devices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.deployments.devices.html
@@ -154,6 +154,8 @@
   ],
   &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
     &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+    &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+    &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
   &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -289,6 +291,8 @@
   ],
   &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
     &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+    &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+    &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
   &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -439,6 +443,8 @@
   ],
   &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
     &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+    &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+    &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
   &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -586,6 +592,8 @@
       ],
       &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
         &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+        &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+        &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
       },
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
       &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.devices.html b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.devices.html
index f114084..ed9d812 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.devices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.devices.html
@@ -172,6 +172,8 @@
   ],
   &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
     &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+    &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+    &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
   &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -307,6 +309,8 @@
   ],
   &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
     &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+    &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+    &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
   &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -457,6 +461,8 @@
   ],
   &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
     &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+    &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+    &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
   &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -617,6 +623,8 @@
   ],
   &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
     &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+    &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+    &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
   &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -764,6 +772,8 @@
       ],
       &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
         &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+        &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+        &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
       },
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
       &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -960,6 +970,8 @@
   ],
   &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
     &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+    &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+    &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
   &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -1096,6 +1108,8 @@
   ],
   &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
     &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+    &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+    &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
   &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -1234,6 +1248,8 @@
     ],
     &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
       &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+      &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+      &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
     },
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
     &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -1396,6 +1412,8 @@
   ],
   &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
     &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+    &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+    &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
   &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.nodes.devices.html b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.nodes.devices.html
index e4e8c62..2aca56c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.nodes.devices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.nodes.devices.html
@@ -154,6 +154,8 @@
   ],
   &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
     &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+    &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+    &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
   &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -289,6 +291,8 @@
   ],
   &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
     &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+    &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+    &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
   &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -439,6 +443,8 @@
   ],
   &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
     &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+    &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+    &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
   &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -586,6 +592,8 @@
       ],
       &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
         &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+        &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+        &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
       },
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
       &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.deployments.devices.html b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.deployments.devices.html
index 00d361d..d5e88ea 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.deployments.devices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.deployments.devices.html
@@ -183,6 +183,8 @@
   ],
   &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
     &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+    &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+    &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
   &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -362,6 +364,8 @@
   ],
   &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
     &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+    &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+    &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
   &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -498,6 +502,8 @@
   ],
   &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
     &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+    &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+    &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
   &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -636,6 +642,8 @@
     ],
     &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
       &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+      &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+      &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
     },
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
     &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -798,6 +806,8 @@
   ],
   &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
     &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+    &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+    &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
   &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.deployments.devices.html b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.deployments.devices.html
index 0552795..3908d1b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.deployments.devices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.deployments.devices.html
@@ -154,6 +154,8 @@
   ],
   &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
     &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+    &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+    &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
   &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -289,6 +291,8 @@
   ],
   &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
     &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+    &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+    &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
   &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -439,6 +443,8 @@
   ],
   &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
     &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+    &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+    &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
   &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -586,6 +592,8 @@
       ],
       &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
         &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+        &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+        &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
       },
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
       &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.devices.html b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.devices.html
index e2e6a0f..57c27b0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.devices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.devices.html
@@ -172,6 +172,8 @@
   ],
   &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
     &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+    &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+    &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
   &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -307,6 +309,8 @@
   ],
   &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
     &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+    &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+    &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
   &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -457,6 +461,8 @@
   ],
   &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
     &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+    &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+    &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
   &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -617,6 +623,8 @@
   ],
   &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
     &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+    &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+    &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
   &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -764,6 +772,8 @@
       ],
       &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
         &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+        &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+        &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
       },
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
       &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -960,6 +970,8 @@
   ],
   &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
     &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+    &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+    &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
   &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -1096,6 +1108,8 @@
   ],
   &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
     &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+    &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+    &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
   &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -1234,6 +1248,8 @@
     ],
     &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
       &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+      &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+      &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
     },
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
     &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -1396,6 +1412,8 @@
   ],
   &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
     &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+    &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+    &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
   &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.nodes.devices.html b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.nodes.devices.html
index 0c86bda..d340788 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.nodes.devices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.nodes.devices.html
@@ -154,6 +154,8 @@
   ],
   &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
     &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+    &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+    &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
   &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -289,6 +291,8 @@
   ],
   &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
     &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+    &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+    &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
   &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -439,6 +443,8 @@
   ],
   &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
     &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+    &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+    &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
   &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -586,6 +592,8 @@
       ],
       &quot;deviceMetadata&quot;: { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
         &quot;antennaModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
+        &quot;commonChannelGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
+        &quot;interferenceCoordinationGroup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.
       },
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Device display name.
       &quot;fccId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The FCC identifier of the device.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.backupRuns.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.backupRuns.html
index 2c7220e..13ad939 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.backupRuns.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.backupRuns.html
@@ -138,15 +138,15 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -182,10 +182,10 @@
   &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -220,8 +220,8 @@
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionStatus**.
     &quot;kmsKeyVersionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # KMS key version used to encrypt the Cloud SQL instance resource
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the backup operation completed in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;enqueuedTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the run was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the backup operation completed in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;enqueuedTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the run was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation error. # Information about why the backup operation failed. This is only present if the run has the FAILED status.
     &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
@@ -232,10 +232,10 @@
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupRun*.
   &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Location of the backups.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the backup operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the backup operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of this run.
   &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of this run; can be either &quot;AUTOMATED&quot; or &quot;ON_DEMAND&quot;. This field defaults to &quot;ON_DEMAND&quot; and is ignored, when specified for insert requests.
-  &quot;windowStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The start time of the backup window during which this the backup was attempted in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;windowStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The start time of the backup window during which this the backup was attempted in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -260,8 +260,8 @@
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionStatus**.
     &quot;kmsKeyVersionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # KMS key version used to encrypt the Cloud SQL instance resource
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the backup operation completed in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;enqueuedTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the run was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the backup operation completed in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;enqueuedTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the run was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation error. # Information about why the backup operation failed. This is only present if the run has the FAILED status.
     &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
@@ -272,10 +272,10 @@
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupRun*.
   &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Location of the backups.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the backup operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the backup operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of this run.
   &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of this run; can be either &quot;AUTOMATED&quot; or &quot;ON_DEMAND&quot;. This field defaults to &quot;ON_DEMAND&quot; and is ignored, when specified for insert requests.
-  &quot;windowStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The start time of the backup window during which this the backup was attempted in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;windowStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The start time of the backup window during which this the backup was attempted in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -310,15 +310,15 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -354,10 +354,10 @@
   &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -395,8 +395,8 @@
         &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionStatus**.
         &quot;kmsKeyVersionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # KMS key version used to encrypt the Cloud SQL instance resource
       },
-      &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the backup operation completed in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-      &quot;enqueuedTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the run was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+      &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the backup operation completed in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+      &quot;enqueuedTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the run was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
       &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation error. # Information about why the backup operation failed. This is only present if the run has the FAILED status.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
         &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
@@ -407,10 +407,10 @@
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupRun*.
       &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Location of the backups.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-      &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the backup operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+      &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the backup operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
       &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of this run.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of this run; can be either &quot;AUTOMATED&quot; or &quot;ON_DEMAND&quot;. This field defaults to &quot;ON_DEMAND&quot; and is ignored, when specified for insert requests.
-      &quot;windowStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The start time of the backup window during which this the backup was attempted in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+      &quot;windowStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The start time of the backup window during which this the backup was attempted in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
     },
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupRunsList*.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.connect.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.connect.html
index 1518643..833c867 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.connect.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.connect.html
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**
     &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
     &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always sql#sslCert.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#sslCert**.
     &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
     &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sha1 Fingerprint.
   },
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**
     &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
     &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always sql#sslCert.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#sslCert**.
     &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
     &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sha1 Fingerprint.
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.databases.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.databases.html
index 045e71f..8cf62c2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.databases.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.databases.html
@@ -141,15 +141,15 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -185,10 +185,10 @@
   &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -285,15 +285,15 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -329,10 +329,10 @@
   &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -434,15 +434,15 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -478,10 +478,10 @@
   &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -547,15 +547,15 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -591,10 +591,10 @@
   &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html
index dbd2779..8a77c70 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html
@@ -183,15 +183,15 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -227,10 +227,10 @@
   &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -294,15 +294,15 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -338,10 +338,10 @@
   &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -393,15 +393,15 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -437,10 +437,10 @@
   &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@
       },
     },
     &quot;skipReplicationSetup&quot;: True or False, # Flag to skip replication setup on the instance.
-    &quot;verifyGtidConsistency&quot;: True or False, # Verify GTID consistency for demote operation. Default value: *True*. Setting this flag to false enables you to bypass GTID consistency check between on-premises primary instance and Cloud SQL instance during the demotion operation but also exposes you to the risk of future replication failures. Change the value value only if you know the reason for the GTID divergence and are confident that doing so will not cause any replication issues.
+    &quot;verifyGtidConsistency&quot;: True or False, # Verify GTID consistency for demote operation. Default value: **True**. Setting this flag to false enables you to bypass GTID consistency check between on-premises primary instance and Cloud SQL instance during the demotion operation but also exposes you to the risk of future replication failures. Change the value only if you know the reason for the GTID divergence and are confident that doing so will not cause any replication issues.
   },
 }
 
@@ -510,15 +510,15 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -554,10 +554,10 @@
   &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -584,15 +584,15 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -635,15 +635,15 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -679,10 +679,10 @@
   &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -739,15 +739,15 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -783,10 +783,10 @@
   &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -812,7 +812,7 @@
     { # A Cloud SQL instance resource.
   &quot;backendType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  *SECOND_GEN*: Cloud SQL database instance. *EXTERNAL*: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the *tier* property in the *settings* object to determine the database type.
   &quot;connectionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Connection name of the Cloud SQL instance used in connection strings.
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the instance was created in RFC 3339 format (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339), for example 2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the instance was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;currentDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current disk usage of the instance in bytes. This property has been deprecated. Use the &quot;cloudsql.googleapis.com/database/disk/bytes_used&quot; metric in Cloud Monitoring API instead. Please see this announcement for details.
   &quot;databaseVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The database engine type and version. The *databaseVersion* field cannot be changed after instance creation. MySQL instances: *MYSQL_8_0*, *MYSQL_5_7* (default), or *MYSQL_5_6*. PostgreSQL instances: *POSTGRES_9_6*, *POSTGRES_10*, *POSTGRES_11*, *POSTGRES_12*, *POSTGRES_13* (default). SQL Server instances: *SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD*, *SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2019_WEB*, *SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD* (default), *SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2017_WEB*.
   &quot;diskEncryptionConfiguration&quot;: { # Disk encryption configuration for an instance. # Disk encryption configuration specific to an instance.
@@ -857,16 +857,16 @@
     },
     &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The username for connecting to on-premises instance.
   },
-  &quot;outOfDiskReport&quot;: { # This message wraps up the information written by out-of-disk detection job. # This field represents the report generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD. Readers: -- the Pantheon frontend -- the proactive database wellness job
-    &quot;sqlMinRecommendedIncreaseSizeGb&quot;: 42, # The minimum recommended increase size in GigaBytes This field is consumed by the frontend Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD. Readers: -- the Pantheon frontend
-    &quot;sqlOutOfDiskState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD. Readers: -- the Pantheon frontend -- the proactive database wellness job
+  &quot;outOfDiskReport&quot;: { # This message wraps up the information written by out-of-disk detection job. # This field represents the report generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job
+    &quot;sqlMinRecommendedIncreaseSizeGb&quot;: 42, # The minimum recommended increase size in GigaBytes This field is consumed by the frontend * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers:
+    &quot;sqlOutOfDiskState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job
   },
   &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL instance. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geographical region. Can be *us-central* (*FIRST_GEN* instances only) *us-central1* (*SECOND_GEN* instances only) *asia-east1* or *europe-west1*. Defaults to *us-central* or *us-central1* depending on the instance type. The region cannot be changed after instance creation.
   &quot;replicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration for connecting to the primary instance. # Configuration specific to failover replicas and read replicas.
     &quot;failoverTarget&quot;: True or False, # Specifies if the replica is the failover target. If the field is set to *true* the replica will be designated as a failover replica. In case the primary instance fails, the replica instance will be promoted as the new primary instance. Only one replica can be specified as failover target, and the replica has to be in different zone with the primary instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#replicaConfiguration*.
-    &quot;mysqlReplicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration specific to MySQL databases. # MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata.The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named *master.info* in the data directory.
+    &quot;mysqlReplicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration specific to MySQL databases. # MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata. The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named **master.info** in the data directory.
       &quot;caCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the trusted CA&#x27;s x509 certificate.
       &quot;clientCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s x509 certificate.
       &quot;clientKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s private key. The corresponsing public key is encoded in the client&#x27;s certificate.
@@ -900,13 +900,13 @@
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**
     &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
     &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always sql#sslCert.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#sslCert**.
     &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
     &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sha1 Fingerprint.
   },
   &quot;serviceAccountEmailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account email address assigned to the instance. This property is read-only.
   &quot;settings&quot;: { # Database instance settings. # The user settings.
-    &quot;activationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The activation policy specifies when the instance is activated; it is applicable only when the instance state is RUNNABLE. Valid values: **ALWAYS**: The instance is on, and remains so even in the absence of connection requests. **NEVER**: The instance is off; it is not activated, even if a connection request arrives.
+    &quot;activationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The activation policy specifies when the instance is activated; it is applicable only when the instance state is RUNNABLE. Valid values: * **ALWAYS**: The instance is on, and remains so even in the absence of connection requests. * **NEVER**: The instance is off; it is not activated, even if a connection request arrives.
     &quot;activeDirectoryConfig&quot;: { # Active Directory configuration, relevant only for Cloud SQL for SQL Server. # Active Directory configuration, relevant only for Cloud SQL for SQL Server.
       &quot;domain&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the domain (e.g., mydomain.com).
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always sql#activeDirectoryConfig.
@@ -914,7 +914,7 @@
     &quot;authorizedGaeApplications&quot;: [ # The App Engine app IDs that can access this instance. (Deprecated) Applied to First Generation instances only.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;availabilityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Availability type. Potential values: **ZONAL**: The instance serves data from only one zone. Outages in that zone affect data accessibility. **REGIONAL**: The instance can serve data from more than one zone in a region (it is highly available). For more information, see [Overview of the High Availability Configuration](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/high-availability).
+    &quot;availabilityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Availability type. Potential values: * **ZONAL**: The instance serves data from only one zone. Outages in that zone affect data accessibility. * **REGIONAL**: The instance can serve data from more than one zone in a region (it is highly available)./ For more information, see [Overview of the High Availability Configuration](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/high-availability).
     &quot;backupConfiguration&quot;: { # Database instance backup configuration. # The daily backup configuration for the instance.
       &quot;backupRetentionSettings&quot;: { # We currently only support backup retention by specifying the number of backups we will retain. # Backup retention settings.
         &quot;retainedBackups&quot;: 42, # Depending on the value of retention_unit, this is used to determine if a backup needs to be deleted. If retention_unit is &#x27;COUNT&#x27;, we will retain this many backups.
@@ -932,7 +932,7 @@
     &quot;collation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of server Instance collation.
     &quot;crashSafeReplicationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether database flags for crash-safe replication are enabled. This property was only applicable to First Generation instances.
     &quot;dataDiskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The size of data disk, in GB. The data disk size minimum is 10GB.
-    &quot;dataDiskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data disk: **PD_SSD** (default) or **PD_HDD**.
+    &quot;dataDiskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data disk: **PD_SSD** (default) or **PD_HDD**. Not used for First Generation instances.
     &quot;databaseFlags&quot;: [ # The database flags passed to the instance at startup.
       { # Database flags for Cloud SQL instances.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the flag. These flags are passed at instance startup, so include both server options and system variables. Flags are specified with underscores, not hyphens. For more information, see [Configuring Database Flags](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/flags) in the Cloud SQL documentation.
@@ -943,7 +943,7 @@
     &quot;denyMaintenancePeriods&quot;: [ # Deny maintenance periods
       { # Deny maintenance Periods. This specifies a date range during when all CSA rollout will be denied.
         &quot;endDate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # &quot;deny maintenance period&quot; end date. If the year of the end date is empty, the year of the start date also must be empty. In this case, it means the no maintenance interval recurs every year. The date is in format yyyy-mm-dd i.e., 2020-11-01, or mm-dd, i.e., 11-01
-        &quot;startDate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # &quot;deny maintenance period&quot; start date. If the year of the start date is empty, the year of the end date also must be empty. In this case, it means the no maintenance interval recurs every year. The date is in format yyyy-mm-dd i.e., 2020-11-01, or mm-dd, i.e., 11-01
+        &quot;startDate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # &quot;deny maintenance period&quot; start date. If the year of the start date is empty, the year of the end date also must be empty. In this case, it means the deny maintenance period recurs every year. The date is in format yyyy-mm-dd i.e., 2020-11-01, or mm-dd, i.e., 11-01
         &quot;time&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time in UTC when the &quot;deny maintenance period&quot; starts on start_date and ends on end_date. The time is in format: HH:mm:SS, i.e., 00:00:00
       },
     ],
@@ -969,7 +969,7 @@
       &quot;requireSsl&quot;: True or False, # Whether SSL connections over IP are enforced or not.
     },
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#settings**.
-    &quot;locationPreference&quot;: { # Preferred location. This specifies where a Cloud SQL instance is located. Note that if the preferred location is not available, the instance will be located as close as possible within the region. Only one location may be specified. # The location preference settings. This allows the instance to be located as near as possible to Compute Engine zone for better performance.
+    &quot;locationPreference&quot;: { # Preferred location. This specifies where a Cloud SQL instance is located. Note that if the preferred location is not available, the instance will be located as close as possible within the region. Only one location may be specified. # The location preference settings. This allows the instance to be located as near as possible to either an App Engine app or Compute Engine zone for better performance. App Engine co-location was only applicable to First Generation instances.
       &quot;followGaeApplication&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The App Engine application to follow, it must be in the same region as the Cloud SQL instance.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#locationPreference**.
       &quot;secondaryZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The preferred Compute Engine zone for the secondary/failover (for example: us-central1-a, us-central1-b, etc.). Reserved for future use.
@@ -979,7 +979,7 @@
       &quot;day&quot;: 42, # day of week (1-7), starting on Monday.
       &quot;hour&quot;: 42, # hour of day - 0 to 23.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#maintenanceWindow**.
-      &quot;updateTrack&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maintenance timing setting: **canary** (Earlier) or **stable** (Later). [Learn more] (https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/instance-settings#maintenance-timing-2ndgen).
+      &quot;updateTrack&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maintenance timing setting: **canary** (Earlier) or **stable** (Later). [Learn more](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/instance-settings#maintenance-timing-2ndgen).
     },
     &quot;pricingPlan&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing plan for this instance. This can be either **PER_USE** or **PACKAGE**. Only **PER_USE** is supported for Second Generation instances.
     &quot;replicationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of replication this instance uses. This can be either **ASYNCHRONOUS** or **SYNCHRONOUS**. (Deprecated) This property was only applicable to First Generation instances.
@@ -1071,15 +1071,15 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -1115,10 +1115,10 @@
   &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -1138,7 +1138,7 @@
 { # A Cloud SQL instance resource.
   &quot;backendType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  *SECOND_GEN*: Cloud SQL database instance. *EXTERNAL*: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the *tier* property in the *settings* object to determine the database type.
   &quot;connectionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Connection name of the Cloud SQL instance used in connection strings.
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the instance was created in RFC 3339 format (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339), for example 2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the instance was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;currentDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current disk usage of the instance in bytes. This property has been deprecated. Use the &quot;cloudsql.googleapis.com/database/disk/bytes_used&quot; metric in Cloud Monitoring API instead. Please see this announcement for details.
   &quot;databaseVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The database engine type and version. The *databaseVersion* field cannot be changed after instance creation. MySQL instances: *MYSQL_8_0*, *MYSQL_5_7* (default), or *MYSQL_5_6*. PostgreSQL instances: *POSTGRES_9_6*, *POSTGRES_10*, *POSTGRES_11*, *POSTGRES_12*, *POSTGRES_13* (default). SQL Server instances: *SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD*, *SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2019_WEB*, *SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD* (default), *SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2017_WEB*.
   &quot;diskEncryptionConfiguration&quot;: { # Disk encryption configuration for an instance. # Disk encryption configuration specific to an instance.
@@ -1183,16 +1183,16 @@
     },
     &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The username for connecting to on-premises instance.
   },
-  &quot;outOfDiskReport&quot;: { # This message wraps up the information written by out-of-disk detection job. # This field represents the report generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD. Readers: -- the Pantheon frontend -- the proactive database wellness job
-    &quot;sqlMinRecommendedIncreaseSizeGb&quot;: 42, # The minimum recommended increase size in GigaBytes This field is consumed by the frontend Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD. Readers: -- the Pantheon frontend
-    &quot;sqlOutOfDiskState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD. Readers: -- the Pantheon frontend -- the proactive database wellness job
+  &quot;outOfDiskReport&quot;: { # This message wraps up the information written by out-of-disk detection job. # This field represents the report generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job
+    &quot;sqlMinRecommendedIncreaseSizeGb&quot;: 42, # The minimum recommended increase size in GigaBytes This field is consumed by the frontend * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers:
+    &quot;sqlOutOfDiskState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job
   },
   &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL instance. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geographical region. Can be *us-central* (*FIRST_GEN* instances only) *us-central1* (*SECOND_GEN* instances only) *asia-east1* or *europe-west1*. Defaults to *us-central* or *us-central1* depending on the instance type. The region cannot be changed after instance creation.
   &quot;replicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration for connecting to the primary instance. # Configuration specific to failover replicas and read replicas.
     &quot;failoverTarget&quot;: True or False, # Specifies if the replica is the failover target. If the field is set to *true* the replica will be designated as a failover replica. In case the primary instance fails, the replica instance will be promoted as the new primary instance. Only one replica can be specified as failover target, and the replica has to be in different zone with the primary instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#replicaConfiguration*.
-    &quot;mysqlReplicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration specific to MySQL databases. # MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata.The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named *master.info* in the data directory.
+    &quot;mysqlReplicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration specific to MySQL databases. # MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata. The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named **master.info** in the data directory.
       &quot;caCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the trusted CA&#x27;s x509 certificate.
       &quot;clientCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s x509 certificate.
       &quot;clientKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s private key. The corresponsing public key is encoded in the client&#x27;s certificate.
@@ -1226,13 +1226,13 @@
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**
     &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
     &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always sql#sslCert.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#sslCert**.
     &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
     &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sha1 Fingerprint.
   },
   &quot;serviceAccountEmailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account email address assigned to the instance. This property is read-only.
   &quot;settings&quot;: { # Database instance settings. # The user settings.
-    &quot;activationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The activation policy specifies when the instance is activated; it is applicable only when the instance state is RUNNABLE. Valid values: **ALWAYS**: The instance is on, and remains so even in the absence of connection requests. **NEVER**: The instance is off; it is not activated, even if a connection request arrives.
+    &quot;activationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The activation policy specifies when the instance is activated; it is applicable only when the instance state is RUNNABLE. Valid values: * **ALWAYS**: The instance is on, and remains so even in the absence of connection requests. * **NEVER**: The instance is off; it is not activated, even if a connection request arrives.
     &quot;activeDirectoryConfig&quot;: { # Active Directory configuration, relevant only for Cloud SQL for SQL Server. # Active Directory configuration, relevant only for Cloud SQL for SQL Server.
       &quot;domain&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the domain (e.g., mydomain.com).
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always sql#activeDirectoryConfig.
@@ -1240,7 +1240,7 @@
     &quot;authorizedGaeApplications&quot;: [ # The App Engine app IDs that can access this instance. (Deprecated) Applied to First Generation instances only.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;availabilityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Availability type. Potential values: **ZONAL**: The instance serves data from only one zone. Outages in that zone affect data accessibility. **REGIONAL**: The instance can serve data from more than one zone in a region (it is highly available). For more information, see [Overview of the High Availability Configuration](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/high-availability).
+    &quot;availabilityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Availability type. Potential values: * **ZONAL**: The instance serves data from only one zone. Outages in that zone affect data accessibility. * **REGIONAL**: The instance can serve data from more than one zone in a region (it is highly available)./ For more information, see [Overview of the High Availability Configuration](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/high-availability).
     &quot;backupConfiguration&quot;: { # Database instance backup configuration. # The daily backup configuration for the instance.
       &quot;backupRetentionSettings&quot;: { # We currently only support backup retention by specifying the number of backups we will retain. # Backup retention settings.
         &quot;retainedBackups&quot;: 42, # Depending on the value of retention_unit, this is used to determine if a backup needs to be deleted. If retention_unit is &#x27;COUNT&#x27;, we will retain this many backups.
@@ -1258,7 +1258,7 @@
     &quot;collation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of server Instance collation.
     &quot;crashSafeReplicationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether database flags for crash-safe replication are enabled. This property was only applicable to First Generation instances.
     &quot;dataDiskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The size of data disk, in GB. The data disk size minimum is 10GB.
-    &quot;dataDiskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data disk: **PD_SSD** (default) or **PD_HDD**.
+    &quot;dataDiskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data disk: **PD_SSD** (default) or **PD_HDD**. Not used for First Generation instances.
     &quot;databaseFlags&quot;: [ # The database flags passed to the instance at startup.
       { # Database flags for Cloud SQL instances.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the flag. These flags are passed at instance startup, so include both server options and system variables. Flags are specified with underscores, not hyphens. For more information, see [Configuring Database Flags](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/flags) in the Cloud SQL documentation.
@@ -1269,7 +1269,7 @@
     &quot;denyMaintenancePeriods&quot;: [ # Deny maintenance periods
       { # Deny maintenance Periods. This specifies a date range during when all CSA rollout will be denied.
         &quot;endDate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # &quot;deny maintenance period&quot; end date. If the year of the end date is empty, the year of the start date also must be empty. In this case, it means the no maintenance interval recurs every year. The date is in format yyyy-mm-dd i.e., 2020-11-01, or mm-dd, i.e., 11-01
-        &quot;startDate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # &quot;deny maintenance period&quot; start date. If the year of the start date is empty, the year of the end date also must be empty. In this case, it means the no maintenance interval recurs every year. The date is in format yyyy-mm-dd i.e., 2020-11-01, or mm-dd, i.e., 11-01
+        &quot;startDate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # &quot;deny maintenance period&quot; start date. If the year of the start date is empty, the year of the end date also must be empty. In this case, it means the deny maintenance period recurs every year. The date is in format yyyy-mm-dd i.e., 2020-11-01, or mm-dd, i.e., 11-01
         &quot;time&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time in UTC when the &quot;deny maintenance period&quot; starts on start_date and ends on end_date. The time is in format: HH:mm:SS, i.e., 00:00:00
       },
     ],
@@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@
       &quot;requireSsl&quot;: True or False, # Whether SSL connections over IP are enforced or not.
     },
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#settings**.
-    &quot;locationPreference&quot;: { # Preferred location. This specifies where a Cloud SQL instance is located. Note that if the preferred location is not available, the instance will be located as close as possible within the region. Only one location may be specified. # The location preference settings. This allows the instance to be located as near as possible to Compute Engine zone for better performance.
+    &quot;locationPreference&quot;: { # Preferred location. This specifies where a Cloud SQL instance is located. Note that if the preferred location is not available, the instance will be located as close as possible within the region. Only one location may be specified. # The location preference settings. This allows the instance to be located as near as possible to either an App Engine app or Compute Engine zone for better performance. App Engine co-location was only applicable to First Generation instances.
       &quot;followGaeApplication&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The App Engine application to follow, it must be in the same region as the Cloud SQL instance.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#locationPreference**.
       &quot;secondaryZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The preferred Compute Engine zone for the secondary/failover (for example: us-central1-a, us-central1-b, etc.). Reserved for future use.
@@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@
       &quot;day&quot;: 42, # day of week (1-7), starting on Monday.
       &quot;hour&quot;: 42, # hour of day - 0 to 23.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#maintenanceWindow**.
-      &quot;updateTrack&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maintenance timing setting: **canary** (Earlier) or **stable** (Later). [Learn more] (https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/instance-settings#maintenance-timing-2ndgen).
+      &quot;updateTrack&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maintenance timing setting: **canary** (Earlier) or **stable** (Later). [Learn more](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/instance-settings#maintenance-timing-2ndgen).
     },
     &quot;pricingPlan&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing plan for this instance. This can be either **PER_USE** or **PACKAGE**. Only **PER_USE** is supported for Second Generation instances.
     &quot;replicationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of replication this instance uses. This can be either **ASYNCHRONOUS** or **SYNCHRONOUS**. (Deprecated) This property was only applicable to First Generation instances.
@@ -1359,15 +1359,15 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -1403,10 +1403,10 @@
   &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -1436,7 +1436,7 @@
     { # A Cloud SQL instance resource.
       &quot;backendType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  *SECOND_GEN*: Cloud SQL database instance. *EXTERNAL*: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the *tier* property in the *settings* object to determine the database type.
       &quot;connectionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Connection name of the Cloud SQL instance used in connection strings.
-      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the instance was created in RFC 3339 format (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339), for example 2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the instance was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
       &quot;currentDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current disk usage of the instance in bytes. This property has been deprecated. Use the &quot;cloudsql.googleapis.com/database/disk/bytes_used&quot; metric in Cloud Monitoring API instead. Please see this announcement for details.
       &quot;databaseVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The database engine type and version. The *databaseVersion* field cannot be changed after instance creation. MySQL instances: *MYSQL_8_0*, *MYSQL_5_7* (default), or *MYSQL_5_6*. PostgreSQL instances: *POSTGRES_9_6*, *POSTGRES_10*, *POSTGRES_11*, *POSTGRES_12*, *POSTGRES_13* (default). SQL Server instances: *SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD*, *SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2019_WEB*, *SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD* (default), *SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2017_WEB*.
       &quot;diskEncryptionConfiguration&quot;: { # Disk encryption configuration for an instance. # Disk encryption configuration specific to an instance.
@@ -1481,16 +1481,16 @@
         },
         &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The username for connecting to on-premises instance.
       },
-      &quot;outOfDiskReport&quot;: { # This message wraps up the information written by out-of-disk detection job. # This field represents the report generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD. Readers: -- the Pantheon frontend -- the proactive database wellness job
-        &quot;sqlMinRecommendedIncreaseSizeGb&quot;: 42, # The minimum recommended increase size in GigaBytes This field is consumed by the frontend Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD. Readers: -- the Pantheon frontend
-        &quot;sqlOutOfDiskState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD. Readers: -- the Pantheon frontend -- the proactive database wellness job
+      &quot;outOfDiskReport&quot;: { # This message wraps up the information written by out-of-disk detection job. # This field represents the report generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job
+        &quot;sqlMinRecommendedIncreaseSizeGb&quot;: 42, # The minimum recommended increase size in GigaBytes This field is consumed by the frontend * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers:
+        &quot;sqlOutOfDiskState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job
       },
       &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL instance. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable.
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geographical region. Can be *us-central* (*FIRST_GEN* instances only) *us-central1* (*SECOND_GEN* instances only) *asia-east1* or *europe-west1*. Defaults to *us-central* or *us-central1* depending on the instance type. The region cannot be changed after instance creation.
       &quot;replicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration for connecting to the primary instance. # Configuration specific to failover replicas and read replicas.
         &quot;failoverTarget&quot;: True or False, # Specifies if the replica is the failover target. If the field is set to *true* the replica will be designated as a failover replica. In case the primary instance fails, the replica instance will be promoted as the new primary instance. Only one replica can be specified as failover target, and the replica has to be in different zone with the primary instance.
         &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#replicaConfiguration*.
-        &quot;mysqlReplicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration specific to MySQL databases. # MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata.The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named *master.info* in the data directory.
+        &quot;mysqlReplicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration specific to MySQL databases. # MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata. The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named **master.info** in the data directory.
           &quot;caCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the trusted CA&#x27;s x509 certificate.
           &quot;clientCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s x509 certificate.
           &quot;clientKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s private key. The corresponsing public key is encoded in the client&#x27;s certificate.
@@ -1524,13 +1524,13 @@
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**
         &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
         &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always sql#sslCert.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#sslCert**.
         &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
         &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sha1 Fingerprint.
       },
       &quot;serviceAccountEmailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account email address assigned to the instance. This property is read-only.
       &quot;settings&quot;: { # Database instance settings. # The user settings.
-        &quot;activationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The activation policy specifies when the instance is activated; it is applicable only when the instance state is RUNNABLE. Valid values: **ALWAYS**: The instance is on, and remains so even in the absence of connection requests. **NEVER**: The instance is off; it is not activated, even if a connection request arrives.
+        &quot;activationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The activation policy specifies when the instance is activated; it is applicable only when the instance state is RUNNABLE. Valid values: * **ALWAYS**: The instance is on, and remains so even in the absence of connection requests. * **NEVER**: The instance is off; it is not activated, even if a connection request arrives.
         &quot;activeDirectoryConfig&quot;: { # Active Directory configuration, relevant only for Cloud SQL for SQL Server. # Active Directory configuration, relevant only for Cloud SQL for SQL Server.
           &quot;domain&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the domain (e.g., mydomain.com).
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always sql#activeDirectoryConfig.
@@ -1538,7 +1538,7 @@
         &quot;authorizedGaeApplications&quot;: [ # The App Engine app IDs that can access this instance. (Deprecated) Applied to First Generation instances only.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
-        &quot;availabilityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Availability type. Potential values: **ZONAL**: The instance serves data from only one zone. Outages in that zone affect data accessibility. **REGIONAL**: The instance can serve data from more than one zone in a region (it is highly available). For more information, see [Overview of the High Availability Configuration](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/high-availability).
+        &quot;availabilityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Availability type. Potential values: * **ZONAL**: The instance serves data from only one zone. Outages in that zone affect data accessibility. * **REGIONAL**: The instance can serve data from more than one zone in a region (it is highly available)./ For more information, see [Overview of the High Availability Configuration](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/high-availability).
         &quot;backupConfiguration&quot;: { # Database instance backup configuration. # The daily backup configuration for the instance.
           &quot;backupRetentionSettings&quot;: { # We currently only support backup retention by specifying the number of backups we will retain. # Backup retention settings.
             &quot;retainedBackups&quot;: 42, # Depending on the value of retention_unit, this is used to determine if a backup needs to be deleted. If retention_unit is &#x27;COUNT&#x27;, we will retain this many backups.
@@ -1556,7 +1556,7 @@
         &quot;collation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of server Instance collation.
         &quot;crashSafeReplicationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether database flags for crash-safe replication are enabled. This property was only applicable to First Generation instances.
         &quot;dataDiskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The size of data disk, in GB. The data disk size minimum is 10GB.
-        &quot;dataDiskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data disk: **PD_SSD** (default) or **PD_HDD**.
+        &quot;dataDiskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data disk: **PD_SSD** (default) or **PD_HDD**. Not used for First Generation instances.
         &quot;databaseFlags&quot;: [ # The database flags passed to the instance at startup.
           { # Database flags for Cloud SQL instances.
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the flag. These flags are passed at instance startup, so include both server options and system variables. Flags are specified with underscores, not hyphens. For more information, see [Configuring Database Flags](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/flags) in the Cloud SQL documentation.
@@ -1567,7 +1567,7 @@
         &quot;denyMaintenancePeriods&quot;: [ # Deny maintenance periods
           { # Deny maintenance Periods. This specifies a date range during when all CSA rollout will be denied.
             &quot;endDate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # &quot;deny maintenance period&quot; end date. If the year of the end date is empty, the year of the start date also must be empty. In this case, it means the no maintenance interval recurs every year. The date is in format yyyy-mm-dd i.e., 2020-11-01, or mm-dd, i.e., 11-01
-            &quot;startDate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # &quot;deny maintenance period&quot; start date. If the year of the start date is empty, the year of the end date also must be empty. In this case, it means the no maintenance interval recurs every year. The date is in format yyyy-mm-dd i.e., 2020-11-01, or mm-dd, i.e., 11-01
+            &quot;startDate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # &quot;deny maintenance period&quot; start date. If the year of the start date is empty, the year of the end date also must be empty. In this case, it means the deny maintenance period recurs every year. The date is in format yyyy-mm-dd i.e., 2020-11-01, or mm-dd, i.e., 11-01
             &quot;time&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time in UTC when the &quot;deny maintenance period&quot; starts on start_date and ends on end_date. The time is in format: HH:mm:SS, i.e., 00:00:00
           },
         ],
@@ -1593,7 +1593,7 @@
           &quot;requireSsl&quot;: True or False, # Whether SSL connections over IP are enforced or not.
         },
         &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#settings**.
-        &quot;locationPreference&quot;: { # Preferred location. This specifies where a Cloud SQL instance is located. Note that if the preferred location is not available, the instance will be located as close as possible within the region. Only one location may be specified. # The location preference settings. This allows the instance to be located as near as possible to Compute Engine zone for better performance.
+        &quot;locationPreference&quot;: { # Preferred location. This specifies where a Cloud SQL instance is located. Note that if the preferred location is not available, the instance will be located as close as possible within the region. Only one location may be specified. # The location preference settings. This allows the instance to be located as near as possible to either an App Engine app or Compute Engine zone for better performance. App Engine co-location was only applicable to First Generation instances.
           &quot;followGaeApplication&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The App Engine application to follow, it must be in the same region as the Cloud SQL instance.
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#locationPreference**.
           &quot;secondaryZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The preferred Compute Engine zone for the secondary/failover (for example: us-central1-a, us-central1-b, etc.). Reserved for future use.
@@ -1603,7 +1603,7 @@
           &quot;day&quot;: 42, # day of week (1-7), starting on Monday.
           &quot;hour&quot;: 42, # hour of day - 0 to 23.
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#maintenanceWindow**.
-          &quot;updateTrack&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maintenance timing setting: **canary** (Earlier) or **stable** (Later). [Learn more] (https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/instance-settings#maintenance-timing-2ndgen).
+          &quot;updateTrack&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maintenance timing setting: **canary** (Earlier) or **stable** (Later). [Learn more](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/instance-settings#maintenance-timing-2ndgen).
         },
         &quot;pricingPlan&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing plan for this instance. This can be either **PER_USE** or **PACKAGE**. Only **PER_USE** is supported for Second Generation instances.
         &quot;replicationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of replication this instance uses. This can be either **ASYNCHRONOUS** or **SYNCHRONOUS**. (Deprecated) This property was only applicable to First Generation instances.
@@ -1662,7 +1662,7 @@
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**
       &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
       &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always sql#sslCert.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#sslCert**.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
       &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sha1 Fingerprint.
     },
@@ -1698,7 +1698,7 @@
 { # A Cloud SQL instance resource.
   &quot;backendType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  *SECOND_GEN*: Cloud SQL database instance. *EXTERNAL*: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the *tier* property in the *settings* object to determine the database type.
   &quot;connectionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Connection name of the Cloud SQL instance used in connection strings.
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the instance was created in RFC 3339 format (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339), for example 2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the instance was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;currentDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current disk usage of the instance in bytes. This property has been deprecated. Use the &quot;cloudsql.googleapis.com/database/disk/bytes_used&quot; metric in Cloud Monitoring API instead. Please see this announcement for details.
   &quot;databaseVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The database engine type and version. The *databaseVersion* field cannot be changed after instance creation. MySQL instances: *MYSQL_8_0*, *MYSQL_5_7* (default), or *MYSQL_5_6*. PostgreSQL instances: *POSTGRES_9_6*, *POSTGRES_10*, *POSTGRES_11*, *POSTGRES_12*, *POSTGRES_13* (default). SQL Server instances: *SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD*, *SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2019_WEB*, *SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD* (default), *SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2017_WEB*.
   &quot;diskEncryptionConfiguration&quot;: { # Disk encryption configuration for an instance. # Disk encryption configuration specific to an instance.
@@ -1743,16 +1743,16 @@
     },
     &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The username for connecting to on-premises instance.
   },
-  &quot;outOfDiskReport&quot;: { # This message wraps up the information written by out-of-disk detection job. # This field represents the report generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD. Readers: -- the Pantheon frontend -- the proactive database wellness job
-    &quot;sqlMinRecommendedIncreaseSizeGb&quot;: 42, # The minimum recommended increase size in GigaBytes This field is consumed by the frontend Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD. Readers: -- the Pantheon frontend
-    &quot;sqlOutOfDiskState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD. Readers: -- the Pantheon frontend -- the proactive database wellness job
+  &quot;outOfDiskReport&quot;: { # This message wraps up the information written by out-of-disk detection job. # This field represents the report generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job
+    &quot;sqlMinRecommendedIncreaseSizeGb&quot;: 42, # The minimum recommended increase size in GigaBytes This field is consumed by the frontend * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers:
+    &quot;sqlOutOfDiskState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job
   },
   &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL instance. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geographical region. Can be *us-central* (*FIRST_GEN* instances only) *us-central1* (*SECOND_GEN* instances only) *asia-east1* or *europe-west1*. Defaults to *us-central* or *us-central1* depending on the instance type. The region cannot be changed after instance creation.
   &quot;replicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration for connecting to the primary instance. # Configuration specific to failover replicas and read replicas.
     &quot;failoverTarget&quot;: True or False, # Specifies if the replica is the failover target. If the field is set to *true* the replica will be designated as a failover replica. In case the primary instance fails, the replica instance will be promoted as the new primary instance. Only one replica can be specified as failover target, and the replica has to be in different zone with the primary instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#replicaConfiguration*.
-    &quot;mysqlReplicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration specific to MySQL databases. # MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata.The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named *master.info* in the data directory.
+    &quot;mysqlReplicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration specific to MySQL databases. # MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata. The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named **master.info** in the data directory.
       &quot;caCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the trusted CA&#x27;s x509 certificate.
       &quot;clientCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s x509 certificate.
       &quot;clientKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s private key. The corresponsing public key is encoded in the client&#x27;s certificate.
@@ -1786,13 +1786,13 @@
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**
     &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
     &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always sql#sslCert.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#sslCert**.
     &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
     &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sha1 Fingerprint.
   },
   &quot;serviceAccountEmailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account email address assigned to the instance. This property is read-only.
   &quot;settings&quot;: { # Database instance settings. # The user settings.
-    &quot;activationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The activation policy specifies when the instance is activated; it is applicable only when the instance state is RUNNABLE. Valid values: **ALWAYS**: The instance is on, and remains so even in the absence of connection requests. **NEVER**: The instance is off; it is not activated, even if a connection request arrives.
+    &quot;activationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The activation policy specifies when the instance is activated; it is applicable only when the instance state is RUNNABLE. Valid values: * **ALWAYS**: The instance is on, and remains so even in the absence of connection requests. * **NEVER**: The instance is off; it is not activated, even if a connection request arrives.
     &quot;activeDirectoryConfig&quot;: { # Active Directory configuration, relevant only for Cloud SQL for SQL Server. # Active Directory configuration, relevant only for Cloud SQL for SQL Server.
       &quot;domain&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the domain (e.g., mydomain.com).
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always sql#activeDirectoryConfig.
@@ -1800,7 +1800,7 @@
     &quot;authorizedGaeApplications&quot;: [ # The App Engine app IDs that can access this instance. (Deprecated) Applied to First Generation instances only.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;availabilityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Availability type. Potential values: **ZONAL**: The instance serves data from only one zone. Outages in that zone affect data accessibility. **REGIONAL**: The instance can serve data from more than one zone in a region (it is highly available). For more information, see [Overview of the High Availability Configuration](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/high-availability).
+    &quot;availabilityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Availability type. Potential values: * **ZONAL**: The instance serves data from only one zone. Outages in that zone affect data accessibility. * **REGIONAL**: The instance can serve data from more than one zone in a region (it is highly available)./ For more information, see [Overview of the High Availability Configuration](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/high-availability).
     &quot;backupConfiguration&quot;: { # Database instance backup configuration. # The daily backup configuration for the instance.
       &quot;backupRetentionSettings&quot;: { # We currently only support backup retention by specifying the number of backups we will retain. # Backup retention settings.
         &quot;retainedBackups&quot;: 42, # Depending on the value of retention_unit, this is used to determine if a backup needs to be deleted. If retention_unit is &#x27;COUNT&#x27;, we will retain this many backups.
@@ -1818,7 +1818,7 @@
     &quot;collation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of server Instance collation.
     &quot;crashSafeReplicationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether database flags for crash-safe replication are enabled. This property was only applicable to First Generation instances.
     &quot;dataDiskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The size of data disk, in GB. The data disk size minimum is 10GB.
-    &quot;dataDiskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data disk: **PD_SSD** (default) or **PD_HDD**.
+    &quot;dataDiskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data disk: **PD_SSD** (default) or **PD_HDD**. Not used for First Generation instances.
     &quot;databaseFlags&quot;: [ # The database flags passed to the instance at startup.
       { # Database flags for Cloud SQL instances.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the flag. These flags are passed at instance startup, so include both server options and system variables. Flags are specified with underscores, not hyphens. For more information, see [Configuring Database Flags](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/flags) in the Cloud SQL documentation.
@@ -1829,7 +1829,7 @@
     &quot;denyMaintenancePeriods&quot;: [ # Deny maintenance periods
       { # Deny maintenance Periods. This specifies a date range during when all CSA rollout will be denied.
         &quot;endDate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # &quot;deny maintenance period&quot; end date. If the year of the end date is empty, the year of the start date also must be empty. In this case, it means the no maintenance interval recurs every year. The date is in format yyyy-mm-dd i.e., 2020-11-01, or mm-dd, i.e., 11-01
-        &quot;startDate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # &quot;deny maintenance period&quot; start date. If the year of the start date is empty, the year of the end date also must be empty. In this case, it means the no maintenance interval recurs every year. The date is in format yyyy-mm-dd i.e., 2020-11-01, or mm-dd, i.e., 11-01
+        &quot;startDate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # &quot;deny maintenance period&quot; start date. If the year of the start date is empty, the year of the end date also must be empty. In this case, it means the deny maintenance period recurs every year. The date is in format yyyy-mm-dd i.e., 2020-11-01, or mm-dd, i.e., 11-01
         &quot;time&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time in UTC when the &quot;deny maintenance period&quot; starts on start_date and ends on end_date. The time is in format: HH:mm:SS, i.e., 00:00:00
       },
     ],
@@ -1855,7 +1855,7 @@
       &quot;requireSsl&quot;: True or False, # Whether SSL connections over IP are enforced or not.
     },
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#settings**.
-    &quot;locationPreference&quot;: { # Preferred location. This specifies where a Cloud SQL instance is located. Note that if the preferred location is not available, the instance will be located as close as possible within the region. Only one location may be specified. # The location preference settings. This allows the instance to be located as near as possible to Compute Engine zone for better performance.
+    &quot;locationPreference&quot;: { # Preferred location. This specifies where a Cloud SQL instance is located. Note that if the preferred location is not available, the instance will be located as close as possible within the region. Only one location may be specified. # The location preference settings. This allows the instance to be located as near as possible to either an App Engine app or Compute Engine zone for better performance. App Engine co-location was only applicable to First Generation instances.
       &quot;followGaeApplication&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The App Engine application to follow, it must be in the same region as the Cloud SQL instance.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#locationPreference**.
       &quot;secondaryZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The preferred Compute Engine zone for the secondary/failover (for example: us-central1-a, us-central1-b, etc.). Reserved for future use.
@@ -1865,7 +1865,7 @@
       &quot;day&quot;: 42, # day of week (1-7), starting on Monday.
       &quot;hour&quot;: 42, # hour of day - 0 to 23.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#maintenanceWindow**.
-      &quot;updateTrack&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maintenance timing setting: **canary** (Earlier) or **stable** (Later). [Learn more] (https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/instance-settings#maintenance-timing-2ndgen).
+      &quot;updateTrack&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maintenance timing setting: **canary** (Earlier) or **stable** (Later). [Learn more](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/instance-settings#maintenance-timing-2ndgen).
     },
     &quot;pricingPlan&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing plan for this instance. This can be either **PER_USE** or **PACKAGE**. Only **PER_USE** is supported for Second Generation instances.
     &quot;replicationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of replication this instance uses. This can be either **ASYNCHRONOUS** or **SYNCHRONOUS**. (Deprecated) This property was only applicable to First Generation instances.
@@ -1919,15 +1919,15 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -1963,10 +1963,10 @@
   &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -2013,15 +2013,15 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -2057,10 +2057,10 @@
   &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -2107,15 +2107,15 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -2151,10 +2151,10 @@
   &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -2201,15 +2201,15 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -2245,10 +2245,10 @@
   &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -2307,15 +2307,15 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -2351,10 +2351,10 @@
   &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -2411,15 +2411,15 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -2455,10 +2455,10 @@
   &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -2505,15 +2505,15 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -2549,10 +2549,10 @@
   &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -2599,15 +2599,15 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -2643,10 +2643,10 @@
   &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -2703,15 +2703,15 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -2747,10 +2747,10 @@
   &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -2771,7 +2771,7 @@
 { # A Cloud SQL instance resource.
   &quot;backendType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  *SECOND_GEN*: Cloud SQL database instance. *EXTERNAL*: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the *tier* property in the *settings* object to determine the database type.
   &quot;connectionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Connection name of the Cloud SQL instance used in connection strings.
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the instance was created in RFC 3339 format (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339), for example 2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the instance was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;currentDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current disk usage of the instance in bytes. This property has been deprecated. Use the &quot;cloudsql.googleapis.com/database/disk/bytes_used&quot; metric in Cloud Monitoring API instead. Please see this announcement for details.
   &quot;databaseVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The database engine type and version. The *databaseVersion* field cannot be changed after instance creation. MySQL instances: *MYSQL_8_0*, *MYSQL_5_7* (default), or *MYSQL_5_6*. PostgreSQL instances: *POSTGRES_9_6*, *POSTGRES_10*, *POSTGRES_11*, *POSTGRES_12*, *POSTGRES_13* (default). SQL Server instances: *SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD*, *SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2019_WEB*, *SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD* (default), *SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2017_WEB*.
   &quot;diskEncryptionConfiguration&quot;: { # Disk encryption configuration for an instance. # Disk encryption configuration specific to an instance.
@@ -2816,16 +2816,16 @@
     },
     &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The username for connecting to on-premises instance.
   },
-  &quot;outOfDiskReport&quot;: { # This message wraps up the information written by out-of-disk detection job. # This field represents the report generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD. Readers: -- the Pantheon frontend -- the proactive database wellness job
-    &quot;sqlMinRecommendedIncreaseSizeGb&quot;: 42, # The minimum recommended increase size in GigaBytes This field is consumed by the frontend Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD. Readers: -- the Pantheon frontend
-    &quot;sqlOutOfDiskState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD. Readers: -- the Pantheon frontend -- the proactive database wellness job
+  &quot;outOfDiskReport&quot;: { # This message wraps up the information written by out-of-disk detection job. # This field represents the report generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job
+    &quot;sqlMinRecommendedIncreaseSizeGb&quot;: 42, # The minimum recommended increase size in GigaBytes This field is consumed by the frontend * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers:
+    &quot;sqlOutOfDiskState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job
   },
   &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL instance. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geographical region. Can be *us-central* (*FIRST_GEN* instances only) *us-central1* (*SECOND_GEN* instances only) *asia-east1* or *europe-west1*. Defaults to *us-central* or *us-central1* depending on the instance type. The region cannot be changed after instance creation.
   &quot;replicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration for connecting to the primary instance. # Configuration specific to failover replicas and read replicas.
     &quot;failoverTarget&quot;: True or False, # Specifies if the replica is the failover target. If the field is set to *true* the replica will be designated as a failover replica. In case the primary instance fails, the replica instance will be promoted as the new primary instance. Only one replica can be specified as failover target, and the replica has to be in different zone with the primary instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#replicaConfiguration*.
-    &quot;mysqlReplicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration specific to MySQL databases. # MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata.The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named *master.info* in the data directory.
+    &quot;mysqlReplicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration specific to MySQL databases. # MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata. The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named **master.info** in the data directory.
       &quot;caCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the trusted CA&#x27;s x509 certificate.
       &quot;clientCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s x509 certificate.
       &quot;clientKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s private key. The corresponsing public key is encoded in the client&#x27;s certificate.
@@ -2859,13 +2859,13 @@
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**
     &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
     &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always sql#sslCert.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#sslCert**.
     &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
     &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sha1 Fingerprint.
   },
   &quot;serviceAccountEmailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account email address assigned to the instance. This property is read-only.
   &quot;settings&quot;: { # Database instance settings. # The user settings.
-    &quot;activationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The activation policy specifies when the instance is activated; it is applicable only when the instance state is RUNNABLE. Valid values: **ALWAYS**: The instance is on, and remains so even in the absence of connection requests. **NEVER**: The instance is off; it is not activated, even if a connection request arrives.
+    &quot;activationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The activation policy specifies when the instance is activated; it is applicable only when the instance state is RUNNABLE. Valid values: * **ALWAYS**: The instance is on, and remains so even in the absence of connection requests. * **NEVER**: The instance is off; it is not activated, even if a connection request arrives.
     &quot;activeDirectoryConfig&quot;: { # Active Directory configuration, relevant only for Cloud SQL for SQL Server. # Active Directory configuration, relevant only for Cloud SQL for SQL Server.
       &quot;domain&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the domain (e.g., mydomain.com).
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always sql#activeDirectoryConfig.
@@ -2873,7 +2873,7 @@
     &quot;authorizedGaeApplications&quot;: [ # The App Engine app IDs that can access this instance. (Deprecated) Applied to First Generation instances only.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;availabilityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Availability type. Potential values: **ZONAL**: The instance serves data from only one zone. Outages in that zone affect data accessibility. **REGIONAL**: The instance can serve data from more than one zone in a region (it is highly available). For more information, see [Overview of the High Availability Configuration](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/high-availability).
+    &quot;availabilityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Availability type. Potential values: * **ZONAL**: The instance serves data from only one zone. Outages in that zone affect data accessibility. * **REGIONAL**: The instance can serve data from more than one zone in a region (it is highly available)./ For more information, see [Overview of the High Availability Configuration](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/high-availability).
     &quot;backupConfiguration&quot;: { # Database instance backup configuration. # The daily backup configuration for the instance.
       &quot;backupRetentionSettings&quot;: { # We currently only support backup retention by specifying the number of backups we will retain. # Backup retention settings.
         &quot;retainedBackups&quot;: 42, # Depending on the value of retention_unit, this is used to determine if a backup needs to be deleted. If retention_unit is &#x27;COUNT&#x27;, we will retain this many backups.
@@ -2891,7 +2891,7 @@
     &quot;collation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of server Instance collation.
     &quot;crashSafeReplicationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether database flags for crash-safe replication are enabled. This property was only applicable to First Generation instances.
     &quot;dataDiskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The size of data disk, in GB. The data disk size minimum is 10GB.
-    &quot;dataDiskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data disk: **PD_SSD** (default) or **PD_HDD**.
+    &quot;dataDiskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data disk: **PD_SSD** (default) or **PD_HDD**. Not used for First Generation instances.
     &quot;databaseFlags&quot;: [ # The database flags passed to the instance at startup.
       { # Database flags for Cloud SQL instances.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the flag. These flags are passed at instance startup, so include both server options and system variables. Flags are specified with underscores, not hyphens. For more information, see [Configuring Database Flags](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/flags) in the Cloud SQL documentation.
@@ -2902,7 +2902,7 @@
     &quot;denyMaintenancePeriods&quot;: [ # Deny maintenance periods
       { # Deny maintenance Periods. This specifies a date range during when all CSA rollout will be denied.
         &quot;endDate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # &quot;deny maintenance period&quot; end date. If the year of the end date is empty, the year of the start date also must be empty. In this case, it means the no maintenance interval recurs every year. The date is in format yyyy-mm-dd i.e., 2020-11-01, or mm-dd, i.e., 11-01
-        &quot;startDate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # &quot;deny maintenance period&quot; start date. If the year of the start date is empty, the year of the end date also must be empty. In this case, it means the no maintenance interval recurs every year. The date is in format yyyy-mm-dd i.e., 2020-11-01, or mm-dd, i.e., 11-01
+        &quot;startDate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # &quot;deny maintenance period&quot; start date. If the year of the start date is empty, the year of the end date also must be empty. In this case, it means the deny maintenance period recurs every year. The date is in format yyyy-mm-dd i.e., 2020-11-01, or mm-dd, i.e., 11-01
         &quot;time&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time in UTC when the &quot;deny maintenance period&quot; starts on start_date and ends on end_date. The time is in format: HH:mm:SS, i.e., 00:00:00
       },
     ],
@@ -2928,7 +2928,7 @@
       &quot;requireSsl&quot;: True or False, # Whether SSL connections over IP are enforced or not.
     },
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#settings**.
-    &quot;locationPreference&quot;: { # Preferred location. This specifies where a Cloud SQL instance is located. Note that if the preferred location is not available, the instance will be located as close as possible within the region. Only one location may be specified. # The location preference settings. This allows the instance to be located as near as possible to Compute Engine zone for better performance.
+    &quot;locationPreference&quot;: { # Preferred location. This specifies where a Cloud SQL instance is located. Note that if the preferred location is not available, the instance will be located as close as possible within the region. Only one location may be specified. # The location preference settings. This allows the instance to be located as near as possible to either an App Engine app or Compute Engine zone for better performance. App Engine co-location was only applicable to First Generation instances.
       &quot;followGaeApplication&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The App Engine application to follow, it must be in the same region as the Cloud SQL instance.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#locationPreference**.
       &quot;secondaryZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The preferred Compute Engine zone for the secondary/failover (for example: us-central1-a, us-central1-b, etc.). Reserved for future use.
@@ -2938,7 +2938,7 @@
       &quot;day&quot;: 42, # day of week (1-7), starting on Monday.
       &quot;hour&quot;: 42, # hour of day - 0 to 23.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#maintenanceWindow**.
-      &quot;updateTrack&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maintenance timing setting: **canary** (Earlier) or **stable** (Later). [Learn more] (https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/instance-settings#maintenance-timing-2ndgen).
+      &quot;updateTrack&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maintenance timing setting: **canary** (Earlier) or **stable** (Later). [Learn more](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/instance-settings#maintenance-timing-2ndgen).
     },
     &quot;pricingPlan&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing plan for this instance. This can be either **PER_USE** or **PACKAGE**. Only **PER_USE** is supported for Second Generation instances.
     &quot;replicationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of replication this instance uses. This can be either **ASYNCHRONOUS** or **SYNCHRONOUS**. (Deprecated) This property was only applicable to First Generation instances.
@@ -2992,15 +2992,15 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -3036,10 +3036,10 @@
   &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.operations.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.operations.html
index bcec13c..8bfb54f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.operations.html
@@ -131,15 +131,15 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -175,10 +175,10 @@
   &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -229,15 +229,15 @@
           &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
           &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
         },
-        &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+        &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
-        &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+        &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
         &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
         &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
         &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
           &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-            &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+            &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
           },
           &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
           &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -273,10 +273,10 @@
       &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-      &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+      &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
       &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-      &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+      &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
       &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
       &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.projects.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.projects.instances.html
index ac45b79..84ebfab 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.projects.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.projects.instances.html
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 { # Reschedule options for maintenance windows.
   &quot;reschedule&quot;: { # Required. The type of the reschedule the user wants.
     &quot;rescheduleType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The type of the reschedule.
-    &quot;scheduleTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Timestamp when the maintenance shall be rescheduled to if reschedule_type=SPECIFIC_TIME, in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+    &quot;scheduleTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Timestamp when the maintenance shall be rescheduled to if reschedule_type=SPECIFIC_TIME, in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   },
 }
 
@@ -141,15 +141,15 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -185,10 +185,10 @@
   &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -251,15 +251,15 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -295,10 +295,10 @@
   &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@
 
     { # Instance verify external sync settings response.
   &quot;errors&quot;: [ # List of migration violations.
-    { # External primary instance migration setting error.
+    { # External primary instance migration setting error/warning.
       &quot;detail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Can be *sql#externalSyncSettingError* or *sql#externalSyncSettingWarning*.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#migrationSettingErrorList*.
   &quot;warnings&quot;: [ # List of migration warnings.
-    { # External primary instance migration setting error.
+    { # External primary instance migration setting error/warning.
       &quot;detail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Can be *sql#externalSyncSettingError* or *sql#externalSyncSettingWarning*.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.sslCerts.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.sslCerts.html
index 7e36ff9..c9e4b3b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.sslCerts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.sslCerts.html
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**
   &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always sql#sslCert.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#sslCert**.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sha1 Fingerprint.
 }</pre>
@@ -174,15 +174,15 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -218,10 +218,10 @@
   &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**
   &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always sql#sslCert.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#sslCert**.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sha1 Fingerprint.
 }</pre>
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**
       &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
       &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always sql#sslCert.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#sslCert**.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
       &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sha1 Fingerprint.
     },
@@ -320,15 +320,15 @@
         &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
         &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
       },
-      &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+      &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+      &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
       &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
       &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
         &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-          &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+          &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
         },
         &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
         &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -364,10 +364,10 @@
     &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-    &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+    &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
     &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
     &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-    &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+    &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
     &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
     &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**
     &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
     &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always sql#sslCert.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#sslCert**.
     &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
     &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sha1 Fingerprint.
   },
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**
       &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
       &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always sql#sslCert.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#sslCert**.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
       &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sha1 Fingerprint.
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html
index 482c7ee..6c5cd78 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html
@@ -136,15 +136,15 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -180,10 +180,10 @@
   &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -250,15 +250,15 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -294,10 +294,10 @@
   &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -405,15 +405,15 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
@@ -449,10 +449,10 @@
   &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backupRuns.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backupRuns.html
index 1b2428c..2a2fcef 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backupRuns.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backupRuns.html
@@ -117,48 +117,48 @@
     { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
   &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
     &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
       { # Database instance operation error.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
   },
   &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
       &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
       &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
       &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
   },
   &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
     &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
         &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
@@ -173,19 +173,19 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
     },
-    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
   },
-  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -213,18 +213,18 @@
   &quot;backupKind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the kind of backup, PHYSICAL or DEFAULT_SNAPSHOT.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of this run, only applicable to on-demand backups.
   &quot;diskEncryptionConfiguration&quot;: { # Disk encryption configuration for an instance. # Encryption configuration specific to a backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration**.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of KMS key for disk encryption
   },
   &quot;diskEncryptionStatus&quot;: { # Disk encryption status for an instance. # Encryption status specific to a backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#diskEncryptionStatus*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionStatus**.
     &quot;kmsKeyVersionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # KMS key version used to encrypt the Cloud SQL instance resource
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the backup operation completed in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;enqueuedTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the run was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the backup operation completed in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;enqueuedTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the run was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation error. # Information about why the backup operation failed. This is only present if the run has the FAILED status.
     &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
     &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
   },
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier for this backup run. Unique only for a specific Cloud SQL instance.
@@ -232,10 +232,10 @@
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupRun*.
   &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Location of the backups.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the backup operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the backup operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of this run.
   &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of this run; can be either &quot;AUTOMATED&quot; or &quot;ON_DEMAND&quot;. This field defaults to &quot;ON_DEMAND&quot; and is ignored, when specified for insert requests.
-  &quot;windowStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The start time of the backup window during which this the backup was attempted in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;windowStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The start time of the backup window during which this the backup was attempted in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -253,18 +253,18 @@
   &quot;backupKind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the kind of backup, PHYSICAL or DEFAULT_SNAPSHOT.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of this run, only applicable to on-demand backups.
   &quot;diskEncryptionConfiguration&quot;: { # Disk encryption configuration for an instance. # Encryption configuration specific to a backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration**.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of KMS key for disk encryption
   },
   &quot;diskEncryptionStatus&quot;: { # Disk encryption status for an instance. # Encryption status specific to a backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#diskEncryptionStatus*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionStatus**.
     &quot;kmsKeyVersionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # KMS key version used to encrypt the Cloud SQL instance resource
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the backup operation completed in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;enqueuedTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the run was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the backup operation completed in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;enqueuedTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the run was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation error. # Information about why the backup operation failed. This is only present if the run has the FAILED status.
     &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
     &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
   },
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier for this backup run. Unique only for a specific Cloud SQL instance.
@@ -272,10 +272,10 @@
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupRun*.
   &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Location of the backups.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the backup operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the backup operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of this run.
   &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of this run; can be either &quot;AUTOMATED&quot; or &quot;ON_DEMAND&quot;. This field defaults to &quot;ON_DEMAND&quot; and is ignored, when specified for insert requests.
-  &quot;windowStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The start time of the backup window during which this the backup was attempted in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;windowStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The start time of the backup window during which this the backup was attempted in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -289,48 +289,48 @@
     { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
   &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
     &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
       { # Database instance operation error.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
   },
   &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
       &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
       &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
       &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
   },
   &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
     &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
         &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
@@ -345,19 +345,19 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
     },
-    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
   },
-  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -388,18 +388,18 @@
       &quot;backupKind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the kind of backup, PHYSICAL or DEFAULT_SNAPSHOT.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of this run, only applicable to on-demand backups.
       &quot;diskEncryptionConfiguration&quot;: { # Disk encryption configuration for an instance. # Encryption configuration specific to a backup.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration**.
         &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of KMS key for disk encryption
       },
       &quot;diskEncryptionStatus&quot;: { # Disk encryption status for an instance. # Encryption status specific to a backup.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#diskEncryptionStatus*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionStatus**.
         &quot;kmsKeyVersionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # KMS key version used to encrypt the Cloud SQL instance resource
       },
-      &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the backup operation completed in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-      &quot;enqueuedTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the run was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+      &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the backup operation completed in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+      &quot;enqueuedTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the run was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
       &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation error. # Information about why the backup operation failed. This is only present if the run has the FAILED status.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       },
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier for this backup run. Unique only for a specific Cloud SQL instance.
@@ -407,10 +407,10 @@
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupRun*.
       &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Location of the backups.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-      &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the backup operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+      &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the backup operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
       &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of this run.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of this run; can be either &quot;AUTOMATED&quot; or &quot;ON_DEMAND&quot;. This field defaults to &quot;ON_DEMAND&quot; and is ignored, when specified for insert requests.
-      &quot;windowStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The start time of the backup window during which this the backup was attempted in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+      &quot;windowStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The start time of the backup window during which this the backup was attempted in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
     },
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupRunsList*.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.connect.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.connect.html
index d4e4ef6..8059b81 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.connect.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.connect.html
@@ -118,10 +118,10 @@
     &quot;cert&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation.
     &quot;certSerialNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Serial number, as extracted from the certificate.
     &quot;commonName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User supplied name. Constrained to [a-zA-Z.-_ ]+.
-    &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*
-    &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+    &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+    &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
     &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#sslCert*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#sslCert**.
     &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
     &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sha1 Fingerprint.
   },
@@ -150,8 +150,8 @@
   &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # The assigned IP addresses for the instance.
     { # Database instance IP Mapping.
       &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address assigned.
-      &quot;timeToRetire&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The due time for this IP to be retired in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired.
-      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of this IP address. A *PRIMARY* address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A *PRIVATE* address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An *OUTGOING* address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported.
+      &quot;timeToRetire&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The due time for this IP to be retired in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired.
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of this IP address. A **PRIMARY** address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A **PRIVATE** address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An **OUTGOING** address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported.
     },
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always `sql#connectSettings`.
@@ -160,10 +160,10 @@
     &quot;cert&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation.
     &quot;certSerialNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Serial number, as extracted from the certificate.
     &quot;commonName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User supplied name. Constrained to [a-zA-Z.-_ ]+.
-    &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*
-    &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+    &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+    &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
     &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#sslCert*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#sslCert**.
     &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
     &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sha1 Fingerprint.
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.databases.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.databases.html
index b7d9e3b..8e979b5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.databases.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.databases.html
@@ -120,48 +120,48 @@
     { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
   &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
     &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
       { # Database instance operation error.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
   },
   &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
       &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
       &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
       &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
   },
   &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
     &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
         &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
@@ -176,19 +176,19 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
     },
-    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
   },
-  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
   &quot;collation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud SQL collation value.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API.
   &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#database*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#database**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the database in the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID or instance name.
   &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL database. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@
   &quot;collation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud SQL collation value.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API.
   &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#database*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#database**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the database in the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID or instance name.
   &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL database. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
@@ -264,48 +264,48 @@
     { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
   &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
     &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
       { # Database instance operation error.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
   },
   &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
       &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
       &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
       &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
   },
   &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
     &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
         &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
@@ -320,19 +320,19 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
     },
-    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
   },
-  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@
       &quot;collation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud SQL collation value.
       &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API.
       &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#database*.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#database**.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the database in the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID or instance name.
       &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL database. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@
   &quot;collation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud SQL collation value.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API.
   &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#database*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#database**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the database in the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID or instance name.
   &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL database. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
@@ -413,48 +413,48 @@
     { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
   &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
     &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
       { # Database instance operation error.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
   },
   &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
       &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
       &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
       &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
   },
   &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
     &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
         &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
@@ -469,19 +469,19 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
     },
-    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
   },
-  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@
   &quot;collation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud SQL collation value.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API.
   &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#database*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#database**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the database in the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID or instance name.
   &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL database. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
@@ -526,48 +526,48 @@
     { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
   &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
     &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
       { # Database instance operation error.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
   },
   &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
       &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
       &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
       &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
   },
   &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
     &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
         &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
@@ -582,19 +582,19 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
     },
-    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
   },
-  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.flags.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.flags.html
index 61b3099..14b6cc0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.flags.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.flags.html
@@ -106,22 +106,22 @@
       &quot;allowedIntValues&quot;: [ # Use this field if only certain integers are accepted. Can be combined with min_value and max_value to add additional values.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;allowedStringValues&quot;: [ # For *STRING* flags, a list of strings that the value can be set to.
+      &quot;allowedStringValues&quot;: [ # For **STRING** flags, a list of strings that the value can be set to.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;appliesTo&quot;: [ # The database version this flag applies to. Can be *MYSQL_8_0*, *MYSQL_5_6*, or *MYSQL_5_7*.
+      &quot;appliesTo&quot;: [ # The database version this flag applies to. Can be **MYSQL_8_0**, **MYSQL_5_6**, or **MYSQL_5_7**.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;inBeta&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the flag is considered in beta.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#flag*.
-      &quot;maxValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For *INTEGER* flags, the maximum allowed value.
-      &quot;minValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For *INTEGER* flags, the minimum allowed value.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is the name of the flag. Flag names always use underscores, not hyphens, for example: *max_allowed_packet*
-      &quot;requiresRestart&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether changing this flag will trigger a database restart.
-      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the flag. Flags are typed to being *BOOLEAN*, *STRING*, *INTEGER* or *NONE*. *NONE* is used for flags which do not take a value, such as *skip_grant_tables*.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#flag**.
+      &quot;maxValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For **INTEGER** flags, the maximum allowed value.
+      &quot;minValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For **INTEGER** flags, the minimum allowed value.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is the name of the flag. Flag names always use underscores, not hyphens, for example: **max_allowed_packet**
+      &quot;requiresRestart&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether changing this flag will trigger a database restart. Only applicable to Second Generation instances.
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the flag. Flags are typed to being **BOOLEAN**, **STRING**, **INTEGER** or **NONE**. **NONE** is used for flags which do not take a value, such as **skip_grant_tables**.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#flagsList*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#flagsList**.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html
index 379e080..64ed947 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html
@@ -162,48 +162,48 @@
     { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
   &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
     &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
       { # Database instance operation error.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
   },
   &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
       &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
       &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
       &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
   },
   &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
     &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
         &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
@@ -218,19 +218,19 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
     },
-    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
   },
-  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -273,48 +273,48 @@
     { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
   &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
     &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
       { # Database instance operation error.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
   },
   &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
       &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
       &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
       &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
   },
   &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
     &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
         &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
@@ -329,19 +329,19 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
     },
-    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
   },
-  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -372,48 +372,48 @@
     { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
   &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
     &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
       { # Database instance operation error.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
   },
   &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
       &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
       &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
       &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
   },
   &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
     &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
         &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
@@ -428,19 +428,19 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
     },
-    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
   },
-  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -463,18 +463,18 @@
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#demoteMasterContext*.
     &quot;masterInstanceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the instance which will act as on-premises primary instance in the replication setup.
     &quot;replicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration for connecting to the on-premises primary instance. # Configuration specific to read-replicas replicating from the on-premises primary instance.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#demoteMasterConfiguration*.
-      &quot;mysqlReplicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration specific to MySQL databases. # MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata. The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named *master.info* in the data directory.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#demoteMasterConfiguration**.
+      &quot;mysqlReplicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration specific to MySQL databases. # MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata. The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named **master.info** in the data directory.
         &quot;caCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the trusted CA&#x27;s x509 certificate.
         &quot;clientCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s x509 certificate.
         &quot;clientKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s private key. The corresponsing public key is encoded in the client&#x27;s certificate. The format of the replica&#x27;s private key can be either PKCS #1 or PKCS #8.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#demoteMasterMysqlReplicaConfiguration*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#demoteMasterMysqlReplicaConfiguration**.
         &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for the replication connection.
         &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The username for the replication connection.
       },
     },
     &quot;skipReplicationSetup&quot;: True or False, # Flag to skip replication setup on the instance.
-    &quot;verifyGtidConsistency&quot;: True or False, # Verify GTID consistency for demote operation. Default value: *True*. Setting this flag to false enables you to bypass GTID consistency check between on-premises primary instance and Cloud SQL instance during the demotion operation but also exposes you to the risk of future replication failures. Change the value only if you know the reason for the GTID divergence and are confident that doing so will not cause any replication issues.
+    &quot;verifyGtidConsistency&quot;: True or False, # Verify GTID consistency for demote operation. Default value: **True**. Setting this flag to false enables you to bypass GTID consistency check between on-premises primary instance and Cloud SQL instance during the demotion operation but also exposes you to the risk of future replication failures. Change the value only if you know the reason for the GTID divergence and are confident that doing so will not cause any replication issues.
   },
 }
 
@@ -489,48 +489,48 @@
     { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
   &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
     &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
       { # Database instance operation error.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
   },
   &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
       &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
       &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
       &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
   },
   &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
     &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
         &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
@@ -545,19 +545,19 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
     },
-    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
   },
-  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -577,29 +577,29 @@
 
 { # Database instance export request.
   &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # Contains details about the export operation.
-    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
       &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
       &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
       &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
   },
 }
 
@@ -614,48 +614,48 @@
     { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
   &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
     &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
       { # Database instance operation error.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
   },
   &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
       &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
       &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
       &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
   },
   &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
     &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
         &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
@@ -670,19 +670,19 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
     },
-    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
   },
-  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -718,48 +718,48 @@
     { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
   &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
     &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
       { # Database instance operation error.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
   },
   &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
       &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
       &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
       &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
   },
   &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
     &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
         &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
@@ -774,19 +774,19 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
     },
-    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
   },
-  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -812,15 +812,15 @@
     { # A Cloud SQL instance resource.
   &quot;backendType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  *SECOND_GEN*: Cloud SQL database instance. *EXTERNAL*: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the *tier* property in the *settings* object to determine the database type.
   &quot;connectionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Connection name of the Cloud SQL instance used in connection strings.
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the instance was created in RFC 3339 format (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339), for example 2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the instance was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;currentDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current disk usage of the instance in bytes. This property has been deprecated. Use the &quot;cloudsql.googleapis.com/database/disk/bytes_used&quot; metric in Cloud Monitoring API instead. Please see this announcement for details.
   &quot;databaseVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The database engine type and version. The *databaseVersion* field cannot be changed after instance creation. MySQL instances: *MYSQL_8_0*, *MYSQL_5_7* (default), or *MYSQL_5_6*. PostgreSQL instances: *POSTGRES_9_6*, *POSTGRES_10*, *POSTGRES_11*, *POSTGRES_12*, *POSTGRES_13* (default). SQL Server instances: *SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD*, *SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2019_WEB*, *SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD* (default), *SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2017_WEB*.
   &quot;diskEncryptionConfiguration&quot;: { # Disk encryption configuration for an instance. # Disk encryption configuration specific to an instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration**.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of KMS key for disk encryption
   },
   &quot;diskEncryptionStatus&quot;: { # Disk encryption status for an instance. # Disk encryption status specific to an instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#diskEncryptionStatus*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionStatus**.
     &quot;kmsKeyVersionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # KMS key version used to encrypt the Cloud SQL instance resource
   },
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. Use the *settings.settingsVersion* field instead.
@@ -833,8 +833,8 @@
   &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # The assigned IP addresses for the instance.
     { # Database instance IP Mapping.
       &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address assigned.
-      &quot;timeToRetire&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The due time for this IP to be retired in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired.
-      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of this IP address. A *PRIMARY* address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A *PRIVATE* address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An *OUTGOING* address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported.
+      &quot;timeToRetire&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The due time for this IP to be retired in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired.
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of this IP address. A **PRIMARY** address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A **PRIVATE** address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An **OUTGOING** address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported.
     },
   ],
   &quot;ipv6Address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IPv6 address assigned to the instance. (Deprecated) This property was applicable only to First Generation instances.
@@ -857,22 +857,22 @@
     },
     &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The username for connecting to on-premises instance.
   },
-  &quot;outOfDiskReport&quot;: { # This message wraps up the information written by out-of-disk detection job. # This field represents the report generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD. Readers: -- the proactive database wellness job
-    &quot;sqlMinRecommendedIncreaseSizeGb&quot;: 42, # The minimum recommended increase size in GigaBytes This field is consumed by the frontend Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD.
-    &quot;sqlOutOfDiskState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD. Readers: -- the proactive database wellness job
+  &quot;outOfDiskReport&quot;: { # This message wraps up the information written by out-of-disk detection job. # This field represents the report generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job
+    &quot;sqlMinRecommendedIncreaseSizeGb&quot;: 42, # The minimum recommended increase size in GigaBytes This field is consumed by the frontend * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers:
+    &quot;sqlOutOfDiskState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job
   },
   &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL instance. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geographical region. Can be *us-central* (*FIRST_GEN* instances only) *us-central1* (*SECOND_GEN* instances only) *asia-east1* or *europe-west1*. Defaults to *us-central* or *us-central1* depending on the instance type. The region cannot be changed after instance creation.
   &quot;replicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration for connecting to the primary instance. # Configuration specific to failover replicas and read replicas.
     &quot;failoverTarget&quot;: True or False, # Specifies if the replica is the failover target. If the field is set to *true* the replica will be designated as a failover replica. In case the primary instance fails, the replica instance will be promoted as the new primary instance. Only one replica can be specified as failover target, and the replica has to be in different zone with the primary instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#replicaConfiguration*.
-    &quot;mysqlReplicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration specific to MySQL databases. # MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata. The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named *master.info* in the data directory.
+    &quot;mysqlReplicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration specific to MySQL databases. # MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata. The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named **master.info** in the data directory.
       &quot;caCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the trusted CA&#x27;s x509 certificate.
       &quot;clientCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s x509 certificate.
       &quot;clientKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s private key. The corresponsing public key is encoded in the client&#x27;s certificate.
       &quot;connectRetryInterval&quot;: 42, # Seconds to wait between connect retries. MySQL&#x27;s default is 60 seconds.
       &quot;dumpFilePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to a SQL dump file in Google Cloud Storage from which the replica instance is to be created. The URI is in the form gs://bucketName/fileName. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are also supported. Dumps have the binlog co-ordinates from which replication begins. This can be accomplished by setting --master-data to 1 when using mysqldump.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#mysqlReplicaConfiguration*.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#mysqlReplicaConfiguration**.
       &quot;masterHeartbeatPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Interval in milliseconds between replication heartbeats.
       &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for the replication connection.
       &quot;sslCipher&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A list of permissible ciphers to use for SSL encryption.
@@ -897,16 +897,16 @@
     &quot;cert&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation.
     &quot;certSerialNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Serial number, as extracted from the certificate.
     &quot;commonName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User supplied name. Constrained to [a-zA-Z.-_ ]+.
-    &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*
-    &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+    &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+    &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
     &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#sslCert*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#sslCert**.
     &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
     &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sha1 Fingerprint.
   },
   &quot;serviceAccountEmailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account email address assigned to the instance. This property is read-only.
   &quot;settings&quot;: { # Database instance settings. # The user settings.
-    &quot;activationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The activation policy specifies when the instance is activated; it is applicable only when the instance state is RUNNABLE. Valid values: *ALWAYS*: The instance is on, and remains so even in the absence of connection requests. *NEVER*: The instance is off; it is not activated, even if a connection request arrives.
+    &quot;activationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The activation policy specifies when the instance is activated; it is applicable only when the instance state is RUNNABLE. Valid values: * **ALWAYS**: The instance is on, and remains so even in the absence of connection requests. * **NEVER**: The instance is off; it is not activated, even if a connection request arrives.
     &quot;activeDirectoryConfig&quot;: { # Active Directory configuration, relevant only for Cloud SQL for SQL Server. # Active Directory configuration, relevant only for Cloud SQL for SQL Server.
       &quot;domain&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the domain (e.g., mydomain.com).
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always sql#activeDirectoryConfig.
@@ -914,7 +914,7 @@
     &quot;authorizedGaeApplications&quot;: [ # The App Engine app IDs that can access this instance. (Deprecated) Applied to First Generation instances only.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;availabilityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Availability type. Potential values: *ZONAL*: The instance serves data from only one zone. Outages in that zone affect data accessibility. *REGIONAL*: The instance can serve data from more than one zone in a region (it is highly available). For more information, see Overview of the High Availability Configuration.
+    &quot;availabilityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Availability type. Potential values: * **ZONAL**: The instance serves data from only one zone. Outages in that zone affect data accessibility. * **REGIONAL**: The instance can serve data from more than one zone in a region (it is highly available)./ For more information, see [Overview of the High Availability Configuration](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/high-availability).
     &quot;backupConfiguration&quot;: { # Database instance backup configuration. # The daily backup configuration for the instance.
       &quot;backupRetentionSettings&quot;: { # We currently only support backup retention by specifying the number of backups we will retain. # Backup retention settings.
         &quot;retainedBackups&quot;: 42, # Depending on the value of retention_unit, this is used to determine if a backup needs to be deleted. If retention_unit is &#x27;COUNT&#x27;, we will retain this many backups.
@@ -922,7 +922,7 @@
       },
       &quot;binaryLogEnabled&quot;: True or False, # (MySQL only) Whether binary log is enabled. If backup configuration is disabled, binarylog must be disabled as well.
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether this configuration is enabled.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupConfiguration*.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupConfiguration**.
       &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Location of the backup
       &quot;pointInTimeRecoveryEnabled&quot;: True or False, # (Postgres only) Whether point in time recovery is enabled.
       &quot;replicationLogArchivingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Reserved for future use.
@@ -932,11 +932,11 @@
     &quot;collation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of server Instance collation.
     &quot;crashSafeReplicationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether database flags for crash-safe replication are enabled. This property was only applicable to First Generation instances.
     &quot;dataDiskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The size of data disk, in GB. The data disk size minimum is 10GB.
-    &quot;dataDiskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data disk: PD_SSD (default) or PD_HDD. Not used for First Generation instances.
+    &quot;dataDiskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data disk: **PD_SSD** (default) or **PD_HDD**. Not used for First Generation instances.
     &quot;databaseFlags&quot;: [ # The database flags passed to the instance at startup.
       { # Database flags for Cloud SQL instances.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the flag. These flags are passed at instance startup, so include both server options and system variables. Flags are specified with underscores, not hyphens. For more information, see Configuring Database Flags in the Cloud SQL documentation.
-        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the flag. Booleans are set to *on* for true and *off* for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn&#x27;t take a value.
+        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the flag. Booleans are set to **on** for true and **off** for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn&#x27;t take a value.
       },
     ],
     &quot;databaseReplicationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether replication is enabled or not.
@@ -954,35 +954,35 @@
       &quot;recordApplicationTags&quot;: True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record application tags from query when enabled.
       &quot;recordClientAddress&quot;: True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled.
     },
-    &quot;ipConfiguration&quot;: { # IP Management configuration. # The settings for IP Management. This allows to enable or disable the instance IP and manage which external networks can connect to the instance. The IPv4 address cannot be disabled.
+    &quot;ipConfiguration&quot;: { # IP Management configuration. # The settings for IP Management. This allows to enable or disable the instance IP and manage which external networks can connect to the instance. The IPv4 address cannot be disabled for Second Generation instances.
       &quot;allocatedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip CloudSQL instance. For example: &quot;google-managed-services-default&quot;. If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.` Reserved for future use.
-      &quot;authorizedNetworks&quot;: [ # The list of external networks that are allowed to connect to the instance using the IP. In &#x27;CIDR&#x27; notation, also known as &#x27;slash&#x27; notation (for example: *192.168.100.0/24*).
+      &quot;authorizedNetworks&quot;: [ # The list of external networks that are allowed to connect to the instance using the IP. In &#x27;CIDR&#x27; notation, also known as &#x27;slash&#x27; notation (for example: **192.168.100.0/24**).
         { # An entry for an Access Control list.
-          &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when this access control entry expires in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-          &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#aclEntry*.
+          &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when this access control entry expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+          &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#aclEntry**.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A label to identify this entry.
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The allowlisted value for the access control list.
         },
       ],
       &quot;ipv4Enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether the instance is assigned a public IP address or not.
-      &quot;privateNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, */projects/myProject/global/networks/default*. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.
+      &quot;privateNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, **/projects/myProject/global/networks/default**. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.
       &quot;requireSsl&quot;: True or False, # Whether SSL connections over IP are enforced or not.
     },
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#settings*.
-    &quot;locationPreference&quot;: { # Preferred location. This specifies where a Cloud SQL instance is located, either in a specific Compute Engine zone, or co-located with an App Engine application. Note that if the preferred location is not available, the instance will be located as close as possible within the region. Only one location may be specified. # The location preference settings. This allows the instance to be located as near as possible to either an App Engine app or Compute Engine zone for better performance. App Engine co-location was only applicable to First Generation instances.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#settings**.
+    &quot;locationPreference&quot;: { # Preferred location. This specifies where a Cloud SQL instance is located. Note that if the preferred location is not available, the instance will be located as close as possible within the region. Only one location may be specified. # The location preference settings. This allows the instance to be located as near as possible to either an App Engine app or Compute Engine zone for better performance. App Engine co-location was only applicable to First Generation instances.
       &quot;followGaeApplication&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The App Engine application to follow, it must be in the same region as the Cloud SQL instance.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#locationPreference*.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#locationPreference**.
       &quot;secondaryZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The preferred Compute Engine zone for the secondary/failover (for example: us-central1-a, us-central1-b, etc.). Reserved for future use.
       &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The preferred Compute Engine zone (for example: us-central1-a, us-central1-b, etc.).
     },
     &quot;maintenanceWindow&quot;: { # Maintenance window. This specifies when a Cloud SQL instance is restarted for system maintenance purposes. # The maintenance window for this instance. This specifies when the instance can be restarted for maintenance purposes.
       &quot;day&quot;: 42, # day of week (1-7), starting on Monday.
       &quot;hour&quot;: 42, # hour of day - 0 to 23.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#maintenanceWindow*.
-      &quot;updateTrack&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maintenance timing setting: *canary* (Earlier) or *stable* (Later). Learn more.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#maintenanceWindow**.
+      &quot;updateTrack&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maintenance timing setting: **canary** (Earlier) or **stable** (Later). [Learn more](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/instance-settings#maintenance-timing-2ndgen).
     },
-    &quot;pricingPlan&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing plan for this instance. This can be either *PER_USE* or *PACKAGE*. Only *PER_USE* is supported for Second Generation instances.
-    &quot;replicationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of replication this instance uses. This can be either *ASYNCHRONOUS* or *SYNCHRONOUS*. (Deprecated_ This property was only applicable to First Generation instances.
+    &quot;pricingPlan&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing plan for this instance. This can be either **PER_USE** or **PACKAGE**. Only **PER_USE** is supported for Second Generation instances.
+    &quot;replicationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of replication this instance uses. This can be either **ASYNCHRONOUS** or **SYNCHRONOUS**. (Deprecated) This property was only applicable to First Generation instances.
     &quot;settingsVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of instance settings. This is a required field for update method to make sure concurrent updates are handled properly. During update, use the most recent settingsVersion value for this instance and do not try to update this value.
     &quot;sqlServerAuditConfig&quot;: { # SQL Server specific audit configuration. # SQL Server specific audit configuration.
       &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the destination bucket (e.g., gs://mybucket).
@@ -990,7 +990,7 @@
     },
     &quot;storageAutoResize&quot;: True or False, # Configuration to increase storage size automatically. The default value is true.
     &quot;storageAutoResizeLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The maximum size to which storage capacity can be automatically increased. The default value is 0, which specifies that there is no limit.
-    &quot;tier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tier (or machine type) for this instance, for example *db-custom-1-3840* .
+    &quot;tier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tier (or machine type) for this instance, for example **db-custom-1-3840**.
     &quot;userLabels&quot;: { # User-provided labels, represented as a dictionary where each label is a single key value pair.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
@@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@
   &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # Contains details about the import operation.
     &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
         &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
@@ -1031,11 +1031,11 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
     },
-    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
   },
 }
 
@@ -1050,48 +1050,48 @@
     { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
   &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
     &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
       { # Database instance operation error.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
   },
   &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
       &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
       &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
       &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
   },
   &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
     &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
         &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
@@ -1106,19 +1106,19 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
     },
-    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
   },
-  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -1138,15 +1138,15 @@
 { # A Cloud SQL instance resource.
   &quot;backendType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  *SECOND_GEN*: Cloud SQL database instance. *EXTERNAL*: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the *tier* property in the *settings* object to determine the database type.
   &quot;connectionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Connection name of the Cloud SQL instance used in connection strings.
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the instance was created in RFC 3339 format (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339), for example 2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the instance was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;currentDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current disk usage of the instance in bytes. This property has been deprecated. Use the &quot;cloudsql.googleapis.com/database/disk/bytes_used&quot; metric in Cloud Monitoring API instead. Please see this announcement for details.
   &quot;databaseVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The database engine type and version. The *databaseVersion* field cannot be changed after instance creation. MySQL instances: *MYSQL_8_0*, *MYSQL_5_7* (default), or *MYSQL_5_6*. PostgreSQL instances: *POSTGRES_9_6*, *POSTGRES_10*, *POSTGRES_11*, *POSTGRES_12*, *POSTGRES_13* (default). SQL Server instances: *SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD*, *SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2019_WEB*, *SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD* (default), *SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2017_WEB*.
   &quot;diskEncryptionConfiguration&quot;: { # Disk encryption configuration for an instance. # Disk encryption configuration specific to an instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration**.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of KMS key for disk encryption
   },
   &quot;diskEncryptionStatus&quot;: { # Disk encryption status for an instance. # Disk encryption status specific to an instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#diskEncryptionStatus*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionStatus**.
     &quot;kmsKeyVersionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # KMS key version used to encrypt the Cloud SQL instance resource
   },
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. Use the *settings.settingsVersion* field instead.
@@ -1159,8 +1159,8 @@
   &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # The assigned IP addresses for the instance.
     { # Database instance IP Mapping.
       &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address assigned.
-      &quot;timeToRetire&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The due time for this IP to be retired in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired.
-      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of this IP address. A *PRIMARY* address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A *PRIVATE* address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An *OUTGOING* address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported.
+      &quot;timeToRetire&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The due time for this IP to be retired in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired.
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of this IP address. A **PRIMARY** address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A **PRIVATE** address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An **OUTGOING** address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported.
     },
   ],
   &quot;ipv6Address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IPv6 address assigned to the instance. (Deprecated) This property was applicable only to First Generation instances.
@@ -1183,22 +1183,22 @@
     },
     &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The username for connecting to on-premises instance.
   },
-  &quot;outOfDiskReport&quot;: { # This message wraps up the information written by out-of-disk detection job. # This field represents the report generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD. Readers: -- the proactive database wellness job
-    &quot;sqlMinRecommendedIncreaseSizeGb&quot;: 42, # The minimum recommended increase size in GigaBytes This field is consumed by the frontend Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD.
-    &quot;sqlOutOfDiskState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD. Readers: -- the proactive database wellness job
+  &quot;outOfDiskReport&quot;: { # This message wraps up the information written by out-of-disk detection job. # This field represents the report generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job
+    &quot;sqlMinRecommendedIncreaseSizeGb&quot;: 42, # The minimum recommended increase size in GigaBytes This field is consumed by the frontend * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers:
+    &quot;sqlOutOfDiskState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job
   },
   &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL instance. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geographical region. Can be *us-central* (*FIRST_GEN* instances only) *us-central1* (*SECOND_GEN* instances only) *asia-east1* or *europe-west1*. Defaults to *us-central* or *us-central1* depending on the instance type. The region cannot be changed after instance creation.
   &quot;replicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration for connecting to the primary instance. # Configuration specific to failover replicas and read replicas.
     &quot;failoverTarget&quot;: True or False, # Specifies if the replica is the failover target. If the field is set to *true* the replica will be designated as a failover replica. In case the primary instance fails, the replica instance will be promoted as the new primary instance. Only one replica can be specified as failover target, and the replica has to be in different zone with the primary instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#replicaConfiguration*.
-    &quot;mysqlReplicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration specific to MySQL databases. # MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata. The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named *master.info* in the data directory.
+    &quot;mysqlReplicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration specific to MySQL databases. # MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata. The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named **master.info** in the data directory.
       &quot;caCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the trusted CA&#x27;s x509 certificate.
       &quot;clientCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s x509 certificate.
       &quot;clientKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s private key. The corresponsing public key is encoded in the client&#x27;s certificate.
       &quot;connectRetryInterval&quot;: 42, # Seconds to wait between connect retries. MySQL&#x27;s default is 60 seconds.
       &quot;dumpFilePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to a SQL dump file in Google Cloud Storage from which the replica instance is to be created. The URI is in the form gs://bucketName/fileName. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are also supported. Dumps have the binlog co-ordinates from which replication begins. This can be accomplished by setting --master-data to 1 when using mysqldump.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#mysqlReplicaConfiguration*.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#mysqlReplicaConfiguration**.
       &quot;masterHeartbeatPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Interval in milliseconds between replication heartbeats.
       &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for the replication connection.
       &quot;sslCipher&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A list of permissible ciphers to use for SSL encryption.
@@ -1223,16 +1223,16 @@
     &quot;cert&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation.
     &quot;certSerialNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Serial number, as extracted from the certificate.
     &quot;commonName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User supplied name. Constrained to [a-zA-Z.-_ ]+.
-    &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*
-    &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+    &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+    &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
     &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#sslCert*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#sslCert**.
     &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
     &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sha1 Fingerprint.
   },
   &quot;serviceAccountEmailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account email address assigned to the instance. This property is read-only.
   &quot;settings&quot;: { # Database instance settings. # The user settings.
-    &quot;activationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The activation policy specifies when the instance is activated; it is applicable only when the instance state is RUNNABLE. Valid values: *ALWAYS*: The instance is on, and remains so even in the absence of connection requests. *NEVER*: The instance is off; it is not activated, even if a connection request arrives.
+    &quot;activationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The activation policy specifies when the instance is activated; it is applicable only when the instance state is RUNNABLE. Valid values: * **ALWAYS**: The instance is on, and remains so even in the absence of connection requests. * **NEVER**: The instance is off; it is not activated, even if a connection request arrives.
     &quot;activeDirectoryConfig&quot;: { # Active Directory configuration, relevant only for Cloud SQL for SQL Server. # Active Directory configuration, relevant only for Cloud SQL for SQL Server.
       &quot;domain&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the domain (e.g., mydomain.com).
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always sql#activeDirectoryConfig.
@@ -1240,7 +1240,7 @@
     &quot;authorizedGaeApplications&quot;: [ # The App Engine app IDs that can access this instance. (Deprecated) Applied to First Generation instances only.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;availabilityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Availability type. Potential values: *ZONAL*: The instance serves data from only one zone. Outages in that zone affect data accessibility. *REGIONAL*: The instance can serve data from more than one zone in a region (it is highly available). For more information, see Overview of the High Availability Configuration.
+    &quot;availabilityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Availability type. Potential values: * **ZONAL**: The instance serves data from only one zone. Outages in that zone affect data accessibility. * **REGIONAL**: The instance can serve data from more than one zone in a region (it is highly available)./ For more information, see [Overview of the High Availability Configuration](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/high-availability).
     &quot;backupConfiguration&quot;: { # Database instance backup configuration. # The daily backup configuration for the instance.
       &quot;backupRetentionSettings&quot;: { # We currently only support backup retention by specifying the number of backups we will retain. # Backup retention settings.
         &quot;retainedBackups&quot;: 42, # Depending on the value of retention_unit, this is used to determine if a backup needs to be deleted. If retention_unit is &#x27;COUNT&#x27;, we will retain this many backups.
@@ -1248,7 +1248,7 @@
       },
       &quot;binaryLogEnabled&quot;: True or False, # (MySQL only) Whether binary log is enabled. If backup configuration is disabled, binarylog must be disabled as well.
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether this configuration is enabled.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupConfiguration*.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupConfiguration**.
       &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Location of the backup
       &quot;pointInTimeRecoveryEnabled&quot;: True or False, # (Postgres only) Whether point in time recovery is enabled.
       &quot;replicationLogArchivingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Reserved for future use.
@@ -1258,11 +1258,11 @@
     &quot;collation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of server Instance collation.
     &quot;crashSafeReplicationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether database flags for crash-safe replication are enabled. This property was only applicable to First Generation instances.
     &quot;dataDiskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The size of data disk, in GB. The data disk size minimum is 10GB.
-    &quot;dataDiskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data disk: PD_SSD (default) or PD_HDD. Not used for First Generation instances.
+    &quot;dataDiskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data disk: **PD_SSD** (default) or **PD_HDD**. Not used for First Generation instances.
     &quot;databaseFlags&quot;: [ # The database flags passed to the instance at startup.
       { # Database flags for Cloud SQL instances.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the flag. These flags are passed at instance startup, so include both server options and system variables. Flags are specified with underscores, not hyphens. For more information, see Configuring Database Flags in the Cloud SQL documentation.
-        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the flag. Booleans are set to *on* for true and *off* for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn&#x27;t take a value.
+        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the flag. Booleans are set to **on** for true and **off** for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn&#x27;t take a value.
       },
     ],
     &quot;databaseReplicationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether replication is enabled or not.
@@ -1280,35 +1280,35 @@
       &quot;recordApplicationTags&quot;: True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record application tags from query when enabled.
       &quot;recordClientAddress&quot;: True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled.
     },
-    &quot;ipConfiguration&quot;: { # IP Management configuration. # The settings for IP Management. This allows to enable or disable the instance IP and manage which external networks can connect to the instance. The IPv4 address cannot be disabled.
+    &quot;ipConfiguration&quot;: { # IP Management configuration. # The settings for IP Management. This allows to enable or disable the instance IP and manage which external networks can connect to the instance. The IPv4 address cannot be disabled for Second Generation instances.
       &quot;allocatedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip CloudSQL instance. For example: &quot;google-managed-services-default&quot;. If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.` Reserved for future use.
-      &quot;authorizedNetworks&quot;: [ # The list of external networks that are allowed to connect to the instance using the IP. In &#x27;CIDR&#x27; notation, also known as &#x27;slash&#x27; notation (for example: *192.168.100.0/24*).
+      &quot;authorizedNetworks&quot;: [ # The list of external networks that are allowed to connect to the instance using the IP. In &#x27;CIDR&#x27; notation, also known as &#x27;slash&#x27; notation (for example: **192.168.100.0/24**).
         { # An entry for an Access Control list.
-          &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when this access control entry expires in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-          &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#aclEntry*.
+          &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when this access control entry expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+          &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#aclEntry**.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A label to identify this entry.
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The allowlisted value for the access control list.
         },
       ],
       &quot;ipv4Enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether the instance is assigned a public IP address or not.
-      &quot;privateNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, */projects/myProject/global/networks/default*. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.
+      &quot;privateNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, **/projects/myProject/global/networks/default**. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.
       &quot;requireSsl&quot;: True or False, # Whether SSL connections over IP are enforced or not.
     },
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#settings*.
-    &quot;locationPreference&quot;: { # Preferred location. This specifies where a Cloud SQL instance is located, either in a specific Compute Engine zone, or co-located with an App Engine application. Note that if the preferred location is not available, the instance will be located as close as possible within the region. Only one location may be specified. # The location preference settings. This allows the instance to be located as near as possible to either an App Engine app or Compute Engine zone for better performance. App Engine co-location was only applicable to First Generation instances.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#settings**.
+    &quot;locationPreference&quot;: { # Preferred location. This specifies where a Cloud SQL instance is located. Note that if the preferred location is not available, the instance will be located as close as possible within the region. Only one location may be specified. # The location preference settings. This allows the instance to be located as near as possible to either an App Engine app or Compute Engine zone for better performance. App Engine co-location was only applicable to First Generation instances.
       &quot;followGaeApplication&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The App Engine application to follow, it must be in the same region as the Cloud SQL instance.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#locationPreference*.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#locationPreference**.
       &quot;secondaryZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The preferred Compute Engine zone for the secondary/failover (for example: us-central1-a, us-central1-b, etc.). Reserved for future use.
       &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The preferred Compute Engine zone (for example: us-central1-a, us-central1-b, etc.).
     },
     &quot;maintenanceWindow&quot;: { # Maintenance window. This specifies when a Cloud SQL instance is restarted for system maintenance purposes. # The maintenance window for this instance. This specifies when the instance can be restarted for maintenance purposes.
       &quot;day&quot;: 42, # day of week (1-7), starting on Monday.
       &quot;hour&quot;: 42, # hour of day - 0 to 23.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#maintenanceWindow*.
-      &quot;updateTrack&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maintenance timing setting: *canary* (Earlier) or *stable* (Later). Learn more.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#maintenanceWindow**.
+      &quot;updateTrack&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maintenance timing setting: **canary** (Earlier) or **stable** (Later). [Learn more](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/instance-settings#maintenance-timing-2ndgen).
     },
-    &quot;pricingPlan&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing plan for this instance. This can be either *PER_USE* or *PACKAGE*. Only *PER_USE* is supported for Second Generation instances.
-    &quot;replicationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of replication this instance uses. This can be either *ASYNCHRONOUS* or *SYNCHRONOUS*. (Deprecated_ This property was only applicable to First Generation instances.
+    &quot;pricingPlan&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing plan for this instance. This can be either **PER_USE** or **PACKAGE**. Only **PER_USE** is supported for Second Generation instances.
+    &quot;replicationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of replication this instance uses. This can be either **ASYNCHRONOUS** or **SYNCHRONOUS**. (Deprecated) This property was only applicable to First Generation instances.
     &quot;settingsVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of instance settings. This is a required field for update method to make sure concurrent updates are handled properly. During update, use the most recent settingsVersion value for this instance and do not try to update this value.
     &quot;sqlServerAuditConfig&quot;: { # SQL Server specific audit configuration. # SQL Server specific audit configuration.
       &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the destination bucket (e.g., gs://mybucket).
@@ -1316,7 +1316,7 @@
     },
     &quot;storageAutoResize&quot;: True or False, # Configuration to increase storage size automatically. The default value is true.
     &quot;storageAutoResizeLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The maximum size to which storage capacity can be automatically increased. The default value is 0, which specifies that there is no limit.
-    &quot;tier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tier (or machine type) for this instance, for example *db-custom-1-3840* .
+    &quot;tier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tier (or machine type) for this instance, for example **db-custom-1-3840**.
     &quot;userLabels&quot;: { # User-provided labels, represented as a dictionary where each label is a single key value pair.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
@@ -1338,48 +1338,48 @@
     { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
   &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
     &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
       { # Database instance operation error.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
   },
   &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
       &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
       &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
       &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
   },
   &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
     &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
         &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
@@ -1394,19 +1394,19 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
     },
-    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
   },
-  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -1436,15 +1436,15 @@
     { # A Cloud SQL instance resource.
       &quot;backendType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  *SECOND_GEN*: Cloud SQL database instance. *EXTERNAL*: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the *tier* property in the *settings* object to determine the database type.
       &quot;connectionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Connection name of the Cloud SQL instance used in connection strings.
-      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the instance was created in RFC 3339 format (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339), for example 2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the instance was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
       &quot;currentDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current disk usage of the instance in bytes. This property has been deprecated. Use the &quot;cloudsql.googleapis.com/database/disk/bytes_used&quot; metric in Cloud Monitoring API instead. Please see this announcement for details.
       &quot;databaseVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The database engine type and version. The *databaseVersion* field cannot be changed after instance creation. MySQL instances: *MYSQL_8_0*, *MYSQL_5_7* (default), or *MYSQL_5_6*. PostgreSQL instances: *POSTGRES_9_6*, *POSTGRES_10*, *POSTGRES_11*, *POSTGRES_12*, *POSTGRES_13* (default). SQL Server instances: *SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD*, *SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2019_WEB*, *SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD* (default), *SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2017_WEB*.
       &quot;diskEncryptionConfiguration&quot;: { # Disk encryption configuration for an instance. # Disk encryption configuration specific to an instance.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration**.
         &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of KMS key for disk encryption
       },
       &quot;diskEncryptionStatus&quot;: { # Disk encryption status for an instance. # Disk encryption status specific to an instance.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#diskEncryptionStatus*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionStatus**.
         &quot;kmsKeyVersionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # KMS key version used to encrypt the Cloud SQL instance resource
       },
       &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. Use the *settings.settingsVersion* field instead.
@@ -1457,8 +1457,8 @@
       &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # The assigned IP addresses for the instance.
         { # Database instance IP Mapping.
           &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address assigned.
-          &quot;timeToRetire&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The due time for this IP to be retired in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired.
-          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of this IP address. A *PRIMARY* address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A *PRIVATE* address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An *OUTGOING* address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported.
+          &quot;timeToRetire&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The due time for this IP to be retired in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired.
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of this IP address. A **PRIMARY** address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A **PRIVATE** address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An **OUTGOING** address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported.
         },
       ],
       &quot;ipv6Address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IPv6 address assigned to the instance. (Deprecated) This property was applicable only to First Generation instances.
@@ -1481,22 +1481,22 @@
         },
         &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The username for connecting to on-premises instance.
       },
-      &quot;outOfDiskReport&quot;: { # This message wraps up the information written by out-of-disk detection job. # This field represents the report generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD. Readers: -- the proactive database wellness job
-        &quot;sqlMinRecommendedIncreaseSizeGb&quot;: 42, # The minimum recommended increase size in GigaBytes This field is consumed by the frontend Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD.
-        &quot;sqlOutOfDiskState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD. Readers: -- the proactive database wellness job
+      &quot;outOfDiskReport&quot;: { # This message wraps up the information written by out-of-disk detection job. # This field represents the report generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job
+        &quot;sqlMinRecommendedIncreaseSizeGb&quot;: 42, # The minimum recommended increase size in GigaBytes This field is consumed by the frontend * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers:
+        &quot;sqlOutOfDiskState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job
       },
       &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL instance. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable.
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geographical region. Can be *us-central* (*FIRST_GEN* instances only) *us-central1* (*SECOND_GEN* instances only) *asia-east1* or *europe-west1*. Defaults to *us-central* or *us-central1* depending on the instance type. The region cannot be changed after instance creation.
       &quot;replicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration for connecting to the primary instance. # Configuration specific to failover replicas and read replicas.
         &quot;failoverTarget&quot;: True or False, # Specifies if the replica is the failover target. If the field is set to *true* the replica will be designated as a failover replica. In case the primary instance fails, the replica instance will be promoted as the new primary instance. Only one replica can be specified as failover target, and the replica has to be in different zone with the primary instance.
         &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#replicaConfiguration*.
-        &quot;mysqlReplicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration specific to MySQL databases. # MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata. The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named *master.info* in the data directory.
+        &quot;mysqlReplicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration specific to MySQL databases. # MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata. The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named **master.info** in the data directory.
           &quot;caCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the trusted CA&#x27;s x509 certificate.
           &quot;clientCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s x509 certificate.
           &quot;clientKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s private key. The corresponsing public key is encoded in the client&#x27;s certificate.
           &quot;connectRetryInterval&quot;: 42, # Seconds to wait between connect retries. MySQL&#x27;s default is 60 seconds.
           &quot;dumpFilePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to a SQL dump file in Google Cloud Storage from which the replica instance is to be created. The URI is in the form gs://bucketName/fileName. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are also supported. Dumps have the binlog co-ordinates from which replication begins. This can be accomplished by setting --master-data to 1 when using mysqldump.
-          &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#mysqlReplicaConfiguration*.
+          &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#mysqlReplicaConfiguration**.
           &quot;masterHeartbeatPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Interval in milliseconds between replication heartbeats.
           &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for the replication connection.
           &quot;sslCipher&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A list of permissible ciphers to use for SSL encryption.
@@ -1521,16 +1521,16 @@
         &quot;cert&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation.
         &quot;certSerialNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Serial number, as extracted from the certificate.
         &quot;commonName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User supplied name. Constrained to [a-zA-Z.-_ ]+.
-        &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*
-        &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+        &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+        &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
         &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#sslCert*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#sslCert**.
         &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
         &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sha1 Fingerprint.
       },
       &quot;serviceAccountEmailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account email address assigned to the instance. This property is read-only.
       &quot;settings&quot;: { # Database instance settings. # The user settings.
-        &quot;activationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The activation policy specifies when the instance is activated; it is applicable only when the instance state is RUNNABLE. Valid values: *ALWAYS*: The instance is on, and remains so even in the absence of connection requests. *NEVER*: The instance is off; it is not activated, even if a connection request arrives.
+        &quot;activationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The activation policy specifies when the instance is activated; it is applicable only when the instance state is RUNNABLE. Valid values: * **ALWAYS**: The instance is on, and remains so even in the absence of connection requests. * **NEVER**: The instance is off; it is not activated, even if a connection request arrives.
         &quot;activeDirectoryConfig&quot;: { # Active Directory configuration, relevant only for Cloud SQL for SQL Server. # Active Directory configuration, relevant only for Cloud SQL for SQL Server.
           &quot;domain&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the domain (e.g., mydomain.com).
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always sql#activeDirectoryConfig.
@@ -1538,7 +1538,7 @@
         &quot;authorizedGaeApplications&quot;: [ # The App Engine app IDs that can access this instance. (Deprecated) Applied to First Generation instances only.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
-        &quot;availabilityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Availability type. Potential values: *ZONAL*: The instance serves data from only one zone. Outages in that zone affect data accessibility. *REGIONAL*: The instance can serve data from more than one zone in a region (it is highly available). For more information, see Overview of the High Availability Configuration.
+        &quot;availabilityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Availability type. Potential values: * **ZONAL**: The instance serves data from only one zone. Outages in that zone affect data accessibility. * **REGIONAL**: The instance can serve data from more than one zone in a region (it is highly available)./ For more information, see [Overview of the High Availability Configuration](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/high-availability).
         &quot;backupConfiguration&quot;: { # Database instance backup configuration. # The daily backup configuration for the instance.
           &quot;backupRetentionSettings&quot;: { # We currently only support backup retention by specifying the number of backups we will retain. # Backup retention settings.
             &quot;retainedBackups&quot;: 42, # Depending on the value of retention_unit, this is used to determine if a backup needs to be deleted. If retention_unit is &#x27;COUNT&#x27;, we will retain this many backups.
@@ -1546,7 +1546,7 @@
           },
           &quot;binaryLogEnabled&quot;: True or False, # (MySQL only) Whether binary log is enabled. If backup configuration is disabled, binarylog must be disabled as well.
           &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether this configuration is enabled.
-          &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupConfiguration*.
+          &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupConfiguration**.
           &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Location of the backup
           &quot;pointInTimeRecoveryEnabled&quot;: True or False, # (Postgres only) Whether point in time recovery is enabled.
           &quot;replicationLogArchivingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Reserved for future use.
@@ -1556,11 +1556,11 @@
         &quot;collation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of server Instance collation.
         &quot;crashSafeReplicationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether database flags for crash-safe replication are enabled. This property was only applicable to First Generation instances.
         &quot;dataDiskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The size of data disk, in GB. The data disk size minimum is 10GB.
-        &quot;dataDiskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data disk: PD_SSD (default) or PD_HDD. Not used for First Generation instances.
+        &quot;dataDiskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data disk: **PD_SSD** (default) or **PD_HDD**. Not used for First Generation instances.
         &quot;databaseFlags&quot;: [ # The database flags passed to the instance at startup.
           { # Database flags for Cloud SQL instances.
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the flag. These flags are passed at instance startup, so include both server options and system variables. Flags are specified with underscores, not hyphens. For more information, see Configuring Database Flags in the Cloud SQL documentation.
-            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the flag. Booleans are set to *on* for true and *off* for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn&#x27;t take a value.
+            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the flag. Booleans are set to **on** for true and **off** for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn&#x27;t take a value.
           },
         ],
         &quot;databaseReplicationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether replication is enabled or not.
@@ -1578,35 +1578,35 @@
           &quot;recordApplicationTags&quot;: True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record application tags from query when enabled.
           &quot;recordClientAddress&quot;: True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled.
         },
-        &quot;ipConfiguration&quot;: { # IP Management configuration. # The settings for IP Management. This allows to enable or disable the instance IP and manage which external networks can connect to the instance. The IPv4 address cannot be disabled.
+        &quot;ipConfiguration&quot;: { # IP Management configuration. # The settings for IP Management. This allows to enable or disable the instance IP and manage which external networks can connect to the instance. The IPv4 address cannot be disabled for Second Generation instances.
           &quot;allocatedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip CloudSQL instance. For example: &quot;google-managed-services-default&quot;. If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.` Reserved for future use.
-          &quot;authorizedNetworks&quot;: [ # The list of external networks that are allowed to connect to the instance using the IP. In &#x27;CIDR&#x27; notation, also known as &#x27;slash&#x27; notation (for example: *192.168.100.0/24*).
+          &quot;authorizedNetworks&quot;: [ # The list of external networks that are allowed to connect to the instance using the IP. In &#x27;CIDR&#x27; notation, also known as &#x27;slash&#x27; notation (for example: **192.168.100.0/24**).
             { # An entry for an Access Control list.
-              &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when this access control entry expires in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-              &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#aclEntry*.
+              &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when this access control entry expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+              &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#aclEntry**.
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A label to identify this entry.
               &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The allowlisted value for the access control list.
             },
           ],
           &quot;ipv4Enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether the instance is assigned a public IP address or not.
-          &quot;privateNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, */projects/myProject/global/networks/default*. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.
+          &quot;privateNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, **/projects/myProject/global/networks/default**. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.
           &quot;requireSsl&quot;: True or False, # Whether SSL connections over IP are enforced or not.
         },
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#settings*.
-        &quot;locationPreference&quot;: { # Preferred location. This specifies where a Cloud SQL instance is located, either in a specific Compute Engine zone, or co-located with an App Engine application. Note that if the preferred location is not available, the instance will be located as close as possible within the region. Only one location may be specified. # The location preference settings. This allows the instance to be located as near as possible to either an App Engine app or Compute Engine zone for better performance. App Engine co-location was only applicable to First Generation instances.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#settings**.
+        &quot;locationPreference&quot;: { # Preferred location. This specifies where a Cloud SQL instance is located. Note that if the preferred location is not available, the instance will be located as close as possible within the region. Only one location may be specified. # The location preference settings. This allows the instance to be located as near as possible to either an App Engine app or Compute Engine zone for better performance. App Engine co-location was only applicable to First Generation instances.
           &quot;followGaeApplication&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The App Engine application to follow, it must be in the same region as the Cloud SQL instance.
-          &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#locationPreference*.
+          &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#locationPreference**.
           &quot;secondaryZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The preferred Compute Engine zone for the secondary/failover (for example: us-central1-a, us-central1-b, etc.). Reserved for future use.
           &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The preferred Compute Engine zone (for example: us-central1-a, us-central1-b, etc.).
         },
         &quot;maintenanceWindow&quot;: { # Maintenance window. This specifies when a Cloud SQL instance is restarted for system maintenance purposes. # The maintenance window for this instance. This specifies when the instance can be restarted for maintenance purposes.
           &quot;day&quot;: 42, # day of week (1-7), starting on Monday.
           &quot;hour&quot;: 42, # hour of day - 0 to 23.
-          &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#maintenanceWindow*.
-          &quot;updateTrack&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maintenance timing setting: *canary* (Earlier) or *stable* (Later). Learn more.
+          &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#maintenanceWindow**.
+          &quot;updateTrack&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maintenance timing setting: **canary** (Earlier) or **stable** (Later). [Learn more](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/instance-settings#maintenance-timing-2ndgen).
         },
-        &quot;pricingPlan&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing plan for this instance. This can be either *PER_USE* or *PACKAGE*. Only *PER_USE* is supported for Second Generation instances.
-        &quot;replicationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of replication this instance uses. This can be either *ASYNCHRONOUS* or *SYNCHRONOUS*. (Deprecated_ This property was only applicable to First Generation instances.
+        &quot;pricingPlan&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing plan for this instance. This can be either **PER_USE** or **PACKAGE**. Only **PER_USE** is supported for Second Generation instances.
+        &quot;replicationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of replication this instance uses. This can be either **ASYNCHRONOUS** or **SYNCHRONOUS**. (Deprecated) This property was only applicable to First Generation instances.
         &quot;settingsVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of instance settings. This is a required field for update method to make sure concurrent updates are handled properly. During update, use the most recent settingsVersion value for this instance and do not try to update this value.
         &quot;sqlServerAuditConfig&quot;: { # SQL Server specific audit configuration. # SQL Server specific audit configuration.
           &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the destination bucket (e.g., gs://mybucket).
@@ -1614,7 +1614,7 @@
         },
         &quot;storageAutoResize&quot;: True or False, # Configuration to increase storage size automatically. The default value is true.
         &quot;storageAutoResizeLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The maximum size to which storage capacity can be automatically increased. The default value is 0, which specifies that there is no limit.
-        &quot;tier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tier (or machine type) for this instance, for example *db-custom-1-3840* .
+        &quot;tier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tier (or machine type) for this instance, for example **db-custom-1-3840**.
         &quot;userLabels&quot;: { # User-provided labels, represented as a dictionary where each label is a single key value pair.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
@@ -1659,10 +1659,10 @@
       &quot;cert&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation.
       &quot;certSerialNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Serial number, as extracted from the certificate.
       &quot;commonName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User supplied name. Constrained to [a-zA-Z.-_ ]+.
-      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*
-      &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+      &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
       &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#sslCert*.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#sslCert**.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
       &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sha1 Fingerprint.
     },
@@ -1698,15 +1698,15 @@
 { # A Cloud SQL instance resource.
   &quot;backendType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  *SECOND_GEN*: Cloud SQL database instance. *EXTERNAL*: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the *tier* property in the *settings* object to determine the database type.
   &quot;connectionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Connection name of the Cloud SQL instance used in connection strings.
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the instance was created in RFC 3339 format (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339), for example 2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the instance was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;currentDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current disk usage of the instance in bytes. This property has been deprecated. Use the &quot;cloudsql.googleapis.com/database/disk/bytes_used&quot; metric in Cloud Monitoring API instead. Please see this announcement for details.
   &quot;databaseVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The database engine type and version. The *databaseVersion* field cannot be changed after instance creation. MySQL instances: *MYSQL_8_0*, *MYSQL_5_7* (default), or *MYSQL_5_6*. PostgreSQL instances: *POSTGRES_9_6*, *POSTGRES_10*, *POSTGRES_11*, *POSTGRES_12*, *POSTGRES_13* (default). SQL Server instances: *SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD*, *SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2019_WEB*, *SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD* (default), *SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2017_WEB*.
   &quot;diskEncryptionConfiguration&quot;: { # Disk encryption configuration for an instance. # Disk encryption configuration specific to an instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration**.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of KMS key for disk encryption
   },
   &quot;diskEncryptionStatus&quot;: { # Disk encryption status for an instance. # Disk encryption status specific to an instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#diskEncryptionStatus*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionStatus**.
     &quot;kmsKeyVersionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # KMS key version used to encrypt the Cloud SQL instance resource
   },
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. Use the *settings.settingsVersion* field instead.
@@ -1719,8 +1719,8 @@
   &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # The assigned IP addresses for the instance.
     { # Database instance IP Mapping.
       &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address assigned.
-      &quot;timeToRetire&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The due time for this IP to be retired in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired.
-      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of this IP address. A *PRIMARY* address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A *PRIVATE* address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An *OUTGOING* address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported.
+      &quot;timeToRetire&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The due time for this IP to be retired in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired.
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of this IP address. A **PRIMARY** address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A **PRIVATE** address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An **OUTGOING** address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported.
     },
   ],
   &quot;ipv6Address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IPv6 address assigned to the instance. (Deprecated) This property was applicable only to First Generation instances.
@@ -1743,22 +1743,22 @@
     },
     &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The username for connecting to on-premises instance.
   },
-  &quot;outOfDiskReport&quot;: { # This message wraps up the information written by out-of-disk detection job. # This field represents the report generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD. Readers: -- the proactive database wellness job
-    &quot;sqlMinRecommendedIncreaseSizeGb&quot;: 42, # The minimum recommended increase size in GigaBytes This field is consumed by the frontend Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD.
-    &quot;sqlOutOfDiskState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD. Readers: -- the proactive database wellness job
+  &quot;outOfDiskReport&quot;: { # This message wraps up the information written by out-of-disk detection job. # This field represents the report generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job
+    &quot;sqlMinRecommendedIncreaseSizeGb&quot;: 42, # The minimum recommended increase size in GigaBytes This field is consumed by the frontend * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers:
+    &quot;sqlOutOfDiskState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job
   },
   &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL instance. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geographical region. Can be *us-central* (*FIRST_GEN* instances only) *us-central1* (*SECOND_GEN* instances only) *asia-east1* or *europe-west1*. Defaults to *us-central* or *us-central1* depending on the instance type. The region cannot be changed after instance creation.
   &quot;replicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration for connecting to the primary instance. # Configuration specific to failover replicas and read replicas.
     &quot;failoverTarget&quot;: True or False, # Specifies if the replica is the failover target. If the field is set to *true* the replica will be designated as a failover replica. In case the primary instance fails, the replica instance will be promoted as the new primary instance. Only one replica can be specified as failover target, and the replica has to be in different zone with the primary instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#replicaConfiguration*.
-    &quot;mysqlReplicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration specific to MySQL databases. # MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata. The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named *master.info* in the data directory.
+    &quot;mysqlReplicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration specific to MySQL databases. # MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata. The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named **master.info** in the data directory.
       &quot;caCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the trusted CA&#x27;s x509 certificate.
       &quot;clientCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s x509 certificate.
       &quot;clientKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s private key. The corresponsing public key is encoded in the client&#x27;s certificate.
       &quot;connectRetryInterval&quot;: 42, # Seconds to wait between connect retries. MySQL&#x27;s default is 60 seconds.
       &quot;dumpFilePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to a SQL dump file in Google Cloud Storage from which the replica instance is to be created. The URI is in the form gs://bucketName/fileName. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are also supported. Dumps have the binlog co-ordinates from which replication begins. This can be accomplished by setting --master-data to 1 when using mysqldump.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#mysqlReplicaConfiguration*.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#mysqlReplicaConfiguration**.
       &quot;masterHeartbeatPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Interval in milliseconds between replication heartbeats.
       &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for the replication connection.
       &quot;sslCipher&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A list of permissible ciphers to use for SSL encryption.
@@ -1783,16 +1783,16 @@
     &quot;cert&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation.
     &quot;certSerialNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Serial number, as extracted from the certificate.
     &quot;commonName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User supplied name. Constrained to [a-zA-Z.-_ ]+.
-    &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*
-    &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+    &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+    &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
     &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#sslCert*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#sslCert**.
     &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
     &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sha1 Fingerprint.
   },
   &quot;serviceAccountEmailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account email address assigned to the instance. This property is read-only.
   &quot;settings&quot;: { # Database instance settings. # The user settings.
-    &quot;activationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The activation policy specifies when the instance is activated; it is applicable only when the instance state is RUNNABLE. Valid values: *ALWAYS*: The instance is on, and remains so even in the absence of connection requests. *NEVER*: The instance is off; it is not activated, even if a connection request arrives.
+    &quot;activationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The activation policy specifies when the instance is activated; it is applicable only when the instance state is RUNNABLE. Valid values: * **ALWAYS**: The instance is on, and remains so even in the absence of connection requests. * **NEVER**: The instance is off; it is not activated, even if a connection request arrives.
     &quot;activeDirectoryConfig&quot;: { # Active Directory configuration, relevant only for Cloud SQL for SQL Server. # Active Directory configuration, relevant only for Cloud SQL for SQL Server.
       &quot;domain&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the domain (e.g., mydomain.com).
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always sql#activeDirectoryConfig.
@@ -1800,7 +1800,7 @@
     &quot;authorizedGaeApplications&quot;: [ # The App Engine app IDs that can access this instance. (Deprecated) Applied to First Generation instances only.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;availabilityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Availability type. Potential values: *ZONAL*: The instance serves data from only one zone. Outages in that zone affect data accessibility. *REGIONAL*: The instance can serve data from more than one zone in a region (it is highly available). For more information, see Overview of the High Availability Configuration.
+    &quot;availabilityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Availability type. Potential values: * **ZONAL**: The instance serves data from only one zone. Outages in that zone affect data accessibility. * **REGIONAL**: The instance can serve data from more than one zone in a region (it is highly available)./ For more information, see [Overview of the High Availability Configuration](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/high-availability).
     &quot;backupConfiguration&quot;: { # Database instance backup configuration. # The daily backup configuration for the instance.
       &quot;backupRetentionSettings&quot;: { # We currently only support backup retention by specifying the number of backups we will retain. # Backup retention settings.
         &quot;retainedBackups&quot;: 42, # Depending on the value of retention_unit, this is used to determine if a backup needs to be deleted. If retention_unit is &#x27;COUNT&#x27;, we will retain this many backups.
@@ -1808,7 +1808,7 @@
       },
       &quot;binaryLogEnabled&quot;: True or False, # (MySQL only) Whether binary log is enabled. If backup configuration is disabled, binarylog must be disabled as well.
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether this configuration is enabled.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupConfiguration*.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupConfiguration**.
       &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Location of the backup
       &quot;pointInTimeRecoveryEnabled&quot;: True or False, # (Postgres only) Whether point in time recovery is enabled.
       &quot;replicationLogArchivingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Reserved for future use.
@@ -1818,11 +1818,11 @@
     &quot;collation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of server Instance collation.
     &quot;crashSafeReplicationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether database flags for crash-safe replication are enabled. This property was only applicable to First Generation instances.
     &quot;dataDiskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The size of data disk, in GB. The data disk size minimum is 10GB.
-    &quot;dataDiskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data disk: PD_SSD (default) or PD_HDD. Not used for First Generation instances.
+    &quot;dataDiskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data disk: **PD_SSD** (default) or **PD_HDD**. Not used for First Generation instances.
     &quot;databaseFlags&quot;: [ # The database flags passed to the instance at startup.
       { # Database flags for Cloud SQL instances.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the flag. These flags are passed at instance startup, so include both server options and system variables. Flags are specified with underscores, not hyphens. For more information, see Configuring Database Flags in the Cloud SQL documentation.
-        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the flag. Booleans are set to *on* for true and *off* for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn&#x27;t take a value.
+        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the flag. Booleans are set to **on** for true and **off** for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn&#x27;t take a value.
       },
     ],
     &quot;databaseReplicationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether replication is enabled or not.
@@ -1840,35 +1840,35 @@
       &quot;recordApplicationTags&quot;: True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record application tags from query when enabled.
       &quot;recordClientAddress&quot;: True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled.
     },
-    &quot;ipConfiguration&quot;: { # IP Management configuration. # The settings for IP Management. This allows to enable or disable the instance IP and manage which external networks can connect to the instance. The IPv4 address cannot be disabled.
+    &quot;ipConfiguration&quot;: { # IP Management configuration. # The settings for IP Management. This allows to enable or disable the instance IP and manage which external networks can connect to the instance. The IPv4 address cannot be disabled for Second Generation instances.
       &quot;allocatedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip CloudSQL instance. For example: &quot;google-managed-services-default&quot;. If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.` Reserved for future use.
-      &quot;authorizedNetworks&quot;: [ # The list of external networks that are allowed to connect to the instance using the IP. In &#x27;CIDR&#x27; notation, also known as &#x27;slash&#x27; notation (for example: *192.168.100.0/24*).
+      &quot;authorizedNetworks&quot;: [ # The list of external networks that are allowed to connect to the instance using the IP. In &#x27;CIDR&#x27; notation, also known as &#x27;slash&#x27; notation (for example: **192.168.100.0/24**).
         { # An entry for an Access Control list.
-          &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when this access control entry expires in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-          &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#aclEntry*.
+          &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when this access control entry expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+          &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#aclEntry**.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A label to identify this entry.
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The allowlisted value for the access control list.
         },
       ],
       &quot;ipv4Enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether the instance is assigned a public IP address or not.
-      &quot;privateNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, */projects/myProject/global/networks/default*. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.
+      &quot;privateNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, **/projects/myProject/global/networks/default**. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.
       &quot;requireSsl&quot;: True or False, # Whether SSL connections over IP are enforced or not.
     },
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#settings*.
-    &quot;locationPreference&quot;: { # Preferred location. This specifies where a Cloud SQL instance is located, either in a specific Compute Engine zone, or co-located with an App Engine application. Note that if the preferred location is not available, the instance will be located as close as possible within the region. Only one location may be specified. # The location preference settings. This allows the instance to be located as near as possible to either an App Engine app or Compute Engine zone for better performance. App Engine co-location was only applicable to First Generation instances.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#settings**.
+    &quot;locationPreference&quot;: { # Preferred location. This specifies where a Cloud SQL instance is located. Note that if the preferred location is not available, the instance will be located as close as possible within the region. Only one location may be specified. # The location preference settings. This allows the instance to be located as near as possible to either an App Engine app or Compute Engine zone for better performance. App Engine co-location was only applicable to First Generation instances.
       &quot;followGaeApplication&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The App Engine application to follow, it must be in the same region as the Cloud SQL instance.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#locationPreference*.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#locationPreference**.
       &quot;secondaryZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The preferred Compute Engine zone for the secondary/failover (for example: us-central1-a, us-central1-b, etc.). Reserved for future use.
       &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The preferred Compute Engine zone (for example: us-central1-a, us-central1-b, etc.).
     },
     &quot;maintenanceWindow&quot;: { # Maintenance window. This specifies when a Cloud SQL instance is restarted for system maintenance purposes. # The maintenance window for this instance. This specifies when the instance can be restarted for maintenance purposes.
       &quot;day&quot;: 42, # day of week (1-7), starting on Monday.
       &quot;hour&quot;: 42, # hour of day - 0 to 23.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#maintenanceWindow*.
-      &quot;updateTrack&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maintenance timing setting: *canary* (Earlier) or *stable* (Later). Learn more.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#maintenanceWindow**.
+      &quot;updateTrack&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maintenance timing setting: **canary** (Earlier) or **stable** (Later). [Learn more](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/instance-settings#maintenance-timing-2ndgen).
     },
-    &quot;pricingPlan&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing plan for this instance. This can be either *PER_USE* or *PACKAGE*. Only *PER_USE* is supported for Second Generation instances.
-    &quot;replicationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of replication this instance uses. This can be either *ASYNCHRONOUS* or *SYNCHRONOUS*. (Deprecated_ This property was only applicable to First Generation instances.
+    &quot;pricingPlan&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing plan for this instance. This can be either **PER_USE** or **PACKAGE**. Only **PER_USE** is supported for Second Generation instances.
+    &quot;replicationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of replication this instance uses. This can be either **ASYNCHRONOUS** or **SYNCHRONOUS**. (Deprecated) This property was only applicable to First Generation instances.
     &quot;settingsVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of instance settings. This is a required field for update method to make sure concurrent updates are handled properly. During update, use the most recent settingsVersion value for this instance and do not try to update this value.
     &quot;sqlServerAuditConfig&quot;: { # SQL Server specific audit configuration. # SQL Server specific audit configuration.
       &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the destination bucket (e.g., gs://mybucket).
@@ -1876,7 +1876,7 @@
     },
     &quot;storageAutoResize&quot;: True or False, # Configuration to increase storage size automatically. The default value is true.
     &quot;storageAutoResizeLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The maximum size to which storage capacity can be automatically increased. The default value is 0, which specifies that there is no limit.
-    &quot;tier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tier (or machine type) for this instance, for example *db-custom-1-3840* .
+    &quot;tier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tier (or machine type) for this instance, for example **db-custom-1-3840**.
     &quot;userLabels&quot;: { # User-provided labels, represented as a dictionary where each label is a single key value pair.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
@@ -1898,48 +1898,48 @@
     { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
   &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
     &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
       { # Database instance operation error.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
   },
   &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
       &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
       &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
       &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
   },
   &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
     &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
         &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
@@ -1954,19 +1954,19 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
     },
-    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
   },
-  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -1992,48 +1992,48 @@
     { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
   &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
     &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
       { # Database instance operation error.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
   },
   &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
       &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
       &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
       &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
   },
   &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
     &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
         &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
@@ -2048,19 +2048,19 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
     },
-    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
   },
-  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -2086,48 +2086,48 @@
     { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
   &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
     &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
       { # Database instance operation error.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
   },
   &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
       &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
       &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
       &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
   },
   &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
     &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
         &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
@@ -2142,19 +2142,19 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
     },
-    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
   },
-  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -2180,48 +2180,48 @@
     { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
   &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
     &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
       { # Database instance operation error.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
   },
   &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
       &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
       &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
       &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
   },
   &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
     &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
         &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
@@ -2236,19 +2236,19 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
     },
-    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
   },
-  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -2286,48 +2286,48 @@
     { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
   &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
     &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
       { # Database instance operation error.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
   },
   &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
       &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
       &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
       &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
   },
   &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
     &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
         &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
@@ -2342,19 +2342,19 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
     },
-    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
   },
-  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -2390,48 +2390,48 @@
     { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
   &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
     &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
       { # Database instance operation error.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
   },
   &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
       &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
       &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
       &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
   },
   &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
     &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
         &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
@@ -2446,19 +2446,19 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
     },
-    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
   },
-  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -2484,48 +2484,48 @@
     { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
   &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
     &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
       { # Database instance operation error.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
   },
   &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
       &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
       &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
       &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
   },
   &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
     &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
         &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
@@ -2540,19 +2540,19 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
     },
-    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
   },
-  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -2578,48 +2578,48 @@
     { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
   &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
     &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
       { # Database instance operation error.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
   },
   &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
       &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
       &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
       &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
   },
   &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
     &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
         &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
@@ -2634,19 +2634,19 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
     },
-    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
   },
-  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -2682,48 +2682,48 @@
     { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
   &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
     &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
       { # Database instance operation error.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
   },
   &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
       &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
       &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
       &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
   },
   &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
     &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
         &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
@@ -2738,19 +2738,19 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
     },
-    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
   },
-  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -2771,15 +2771,15 @@
 { # A Cloud SQL instance resource.
   &quot;backendType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  *SECOND_GEN*: Cloud SQL database instance. *EXTERNAL*: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the *tier* property in the *settings* object to determine the database type.
   &quot;connectionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Connection name of the Cloud SQL instance used in connection strings.
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the instance was created in RFC 3339 format (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339), for example 2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the instance was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;currentDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current disk usage of the instance in bytes. This property has been deprecated. Use the &quot;cloudsql.googleapis.com/database/disk/bytes_used&quot; metric in Cloud Monitoring API instead. Please see this announcement for details.
   &quot;databaseVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The database engine type and version. The *databaseVersion* field cannot be changed after instance creation. MySQL instances: *MYSQL_8_0*, *MYSQL_5_7* (default), or *MYSQL_5_6*. PostgreSQL instances: *POSTGRES_9_6*, *POSTGRES_10*, *POSTGRES_11*, *POSTGRES_12*, *POSTGRES_13* (default). SQL Server instances: *SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD*, *SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2019_WEB*, *SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD* (default), *SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2017_WEB*.
   &quot;diskEncryptionConfiguration&quot;: { # Disk encryption configuration for an instance. # Disk encryption configuration specific to an instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration**.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of KMS key for disk encryption
   },
   &quot;diskEncryptionStatus&quot;: { # Disk encryption status for an instance. # Disk encryption status specific to an instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#diskEncryptionStatus*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionStatus**.
     &quot;kmsKeyVersionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # KMS key version used to encrypt the Cloud SQL instance resource
   },
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. Use the *settings.settingsVersion* field instead.
@@ -2792,8 +2792,8 @@
   &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # The assigned IP addresses for the instance.
     { # Database instance IP Mapping.
       &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address assigned.
-      &quot;timeToRetire&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The due time for this IP to be retired in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired.
-      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of this IP address. A *PRIMARY* address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A *PRIVATE* address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An *OUTGOING* address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported.
+      &quot;timeToRetire&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The due time for this IP to be retired in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired.
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of this IP address. A **PRIMARY** address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A **PRIVATE** address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An **OUTGOING** address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported.
     },
   ],
   &quot;ipv6Address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IPv6 address assigned to the instance. (Deprecated) This property was applicable only to First Generation instances.
@@ -2816,22 +2816,22 @@
     },
     &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The username for connecting to on-premises instance.
   },
-  &quot;outOfDiskReport&quot;: { # This message wraps up the information written by out-of-disk detection job. # This field represents the report generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD. Readers: -- the proactive database wellness job
-    &quot;sqlMinRecommendedIncreaseSizeGb&quot;: 42, # The minimum recommended increase size in GigaBytes This field is consumed by the frontend Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD.
-    &quot;sqlOutOfDiskState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD. Readers: -- the proactive database wellness job
+  &quot;outOfDiskReport&quot;: { # This message wraps up the information written by out-of-disk detection job. # This field represents the report generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job
+    &quot;sqlMinRecommendedIncreaseSizeGb&quot;: 42, # The minimum recommended increase size in GigaBytes This field is consumed by the frontend * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers:
+    &quot;sqlOutOfDiskState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job
   },
   &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL instance. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geographical region. Can be *us-central* (*FIRST_GEN* instances only) *us-central1* (*SECOND_GEN* instances only) *asia-east1* or *europe-west1*. Defaults to *us-central* or *us-central1* depending on the instance type. The region cannot be changed after instance creation.
   &quot;replicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration for connecting to the primary instance. # Configuration specific to failover replicas and read replicas.
     &quot;failoverTarget&quot;: True or False, # Specifies if the replica is the failover target. If the field is set to *true* the replica will be designated as a failover replica. In case the primary instance fails, the replica instance will be promoted as the new primary instance. Only one replica can be specified as failover target, and the replica has to be in different zone with the primary instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#replicaConfiguration*.
-    &quot;mysqlReplicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration specific to MySQL databases. # MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata. The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named *master.info* in the data directory.
+    &quot;mysqlReplicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration specific to MySQL databases. # MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata. The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named **master.info** in the data directory.
       &quot;caCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the trusted CA&#x27;s x509 certificate.
       &quot;clientCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s x509 certificate.
       &quot;clientKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s private key. The corresponsing public key is encoded in the client&#x27;s certificate.
       &quot;connectRetryInterval&quot;: 42, # Seconds to wait between connect retries. MySQL&#x27;s default is 60 seconds.
       &quot;dumpFilePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to a SQL dump file in Google Cloud Storage from which the replica instance is to be created. The URI is in the form gs://bucketName/fileName. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are also supported. Dumps have the binlog co-ordinates from which replication begins. This can be accomplished by setting --master-data to 1 when using mysqldump.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#mysqlReplicaConfiguration*.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#mysqlReplicaConfiguration**.
       &quot;masterHeartbeatPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Interval in milliseconds between replication heartbeats.
       &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for the replication connection.
       &quot;sslCipher&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A list of permissible ciphers to use for SSL encryption.
@@ -2856,16 +2856,16 @@
     &quot;cert&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation.
     &quot;certSerialNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Serial number, as extracted from the certificate.
     &quot;commonName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User supplied name. Constrained to [a-zA-Z.-_ ]+.
-    &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*
-    &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+    &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+    &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
     &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#sslCert*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#sslCert**.
     &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
     &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sha1 Fingerprint.
   },
   &quot;serviceAccountEmailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account email address assigned to the instance. This property is read-only.
   &quot;settings&quot;: { # Database instance settings. # The user settings.
-    &quot;activationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The activation policy specifies when the instance is activated; it is applicable only when the instance state is RUNNABLE. Valid values: *ALWAYS*: The instance is on, and remains so even in the absence of connection requests. *NEVER*: The instance is off; it is not activated, even if a connection request arrives.
+    &quot;activationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The activation policy specifies when the instance is activated; it is applicable only when the instance state is RUNNABLE. Valid values: * **ALWAYS**: The instance is on, and remains so even in the absence of connection requests. * **NEVER**: The instance is off; it is not activated, even if a connection request arrives.
     &quot;activeDirectoryConfig&quot;: { # Active Directory configuration, relevant only for Cloud SQL for SQL Server. # Active Directory configuration, relevant only for Cloud SQL for SQL Server.
       &quot;domain&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the domain (e.g., mydomain.com).
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always sql#activeDirectoryConfig.
@@ -2873,7 +2873,7 @@
     &quot;authorizedGaeApplications&quot;: [ # The App Engine app IDs that can access this instance. (Deprecated) Applied to First Generation instances only.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;availabilityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Availability type. Potential values: *ZONAL*: The instance serves data from only one zone. Outages in that zone affect data accessibility. *REGIONAL*: The instance can serve data from more than one zone in a region (it is highly available). For more information, see Overview of the High Availability Configuration.
+    &quot;availabilityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Availability type. Potential values: * **ZONAL**: The instance serves data from only one zone. Outages in that zone affect data accessibility. * **REGIONAL**: The instance can serve data from more than one zone in a region (it is highly available)./ For more information, see [Overview of the High Availability Configuration](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/high-availability).
     &quot;backupConfiguration&quot;: { # Database instance backup configuration. # The daily backup configuration for the instance.
       &quot;backupRetentionSettings&quot;: { # We currently only support backup retention by specifying the number of backups we will retain. # Backup retention settings.
         &quot;retainedBackups&quot;: 42, # Depending on the value of retention_unit, this is used to determine if a backup needs to be deleted. If retention_unit is &#x27;COUNT&#x27;, we will retain this many backups.
@@ -2881,7 +2881,7 @@
       },
       &quot;binaryLogEnabled&quot;: True or False, # (MySQL only) Whether binary log is enabled. If backup configuration is disabled, binarylog must be disabled as well.
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether this configuration is enabled.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupConfiguration*.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupConfiguration**.
       &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Location of the backup
       &quot;pointInTimeRecoveryEnabled&quot;: True or False, # (Postgres only) Whether point in time recovery is enabled.
       &quot;replicationLogArchivingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Reserved for future use.
@@ -2891,11 +2891,11 @@
     &quot;collation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of server Instance collation.
     &quot;crashSafeReplicationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether database flags for crash-safe replication are enabled. This property was only applicable to First Generation instances.
     &quot;dataDiskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The size of data disk, in GB. The data disk size minimum is 10GB.
-    &quot;dataDiskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data disk: PD_SSD (default) or PD_HDD. Not used for First Generation instances.
+    &quot;dataDiskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data disk: **PD_SSD** (default) or **PD_HDD**. Not used for First Generation instances.
     &quot;databaseFlags&quot;: [ # The database flags passed to the instance at startup.
       { # Database flags for Cloud SQL instances.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the flag. These flags are passed at instance startup, so include both server options and system variables. Flags are specified with underscores, not hyphens. For more information, see Configuring Database Flags in the Cloud SQL documentation.
-        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the flag. Booleans are set to *on* for true and *off* for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn&#x27;t take a value.
+        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the flag. Booleans are set to **on** for true and **off** for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn&#x27;t take a value.
       },
     ],
     &quot;databaseReplicationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether replication is enabled or not.
@@ -2913,35 +2913,35 @@
       &quot;recordApplicationTags&quot;: True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record application tags from query when enabled.
       &quot;recordClientAddress&quot;: True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled.
     },
-    &quot;ipConfiguration&quot;: { # IP Management configuration. # The settings for IP Management. This allows to enable or disable the instance IP and manage which external networks can connect to the instance. The IPv4 address cannot be disabled.
+    &quot;ipConfiguration&quot;: { # IP Management configuration. # The settings for IP Management. This allows to enable or disable the instance IP and manage which external networks can connect to the instance. The IPv4 address cannot be disabled for Second Generation instances.
       &quot;allocatedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip CloudSQL instance. For example: &quot;google-managed-services-default&quot;. If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.` Reserved for future use.
-      &quot;authorizedNetworks&quot;: [ # The list of external networks that are allowed to connect to the instance using the IP. In &#x27;CIDR&#x27; notation, also known as &#x27;slash&#x27; notation (for example: *192.168.100.0/24*).
+      &quot;authorizedNetworks&quot;: [ # The list of external networks that are allowed to connect to the instance using the IP. In &#x27;CIDR&#x27; notation, also known as &#x27;slash&#x27; notation (for example: **192.168.100.0/24**).
         { # An entry for an Access Control list.
-          &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when this access control entry expires in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-          &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#aclEntry*.
+          &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when this access control entry expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+          &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#aclEntry**.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A label to identify this entry.
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The allowlisted value for the access control list.
         },
       ],
       &quot;ipv4Enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether the instance is assigned a public IP address or not.
-      &quot;privateNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, */projects/myProject/global/networks/default*. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.
+      &quot;privateNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, **/projects/myProject/global/networks/default**. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.
       &quot;requireSsl&quot;: True or False, # Whether SSL connections over IP are enforced or not.
     },
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#settings*.
-    &quot;locationPreference&quot;: { # Preferred location. This specifies where a Cloud SQL instance is located, either in a specific Compute Engine zone, or co-located with an App Engine application. Note that if the preferred location is not available, the instance will be located as close as possible within the region. Only one location may be specified. # The location preference settings. This allows the instance to be located as near as possible to either an App Engine app or Compute Engine zone for better performance. App Engine co-location was only applicable to First Generation instances.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#settings**.
+    &quot;locationPreference&quot;: { # Preferred location. This specifies where a Cloud SQL instance is located. Note that if the preferred location is not available, the instance will be located as close as possible within the region. Only one location may be specified. # The location preference settings. This allows the instance to be located as near as possible to either an App Engine app or Compute Engine zone for better performance. App Engine co-location was only applicable to First Generation instances.
       &quot;followGaeApplication&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The App Engine application to follow, it must be in the same region as the Cloud SQL instance.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#locationPreference*.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#locationPreference**.
       &quot;secondaryZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The preferred Compute Engine zone for the secondary/failover (for example: us-central1-a, us-central1-b, etc.). Reserved for future use.
       &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The preferred Compute Engine zone (for example: us-central1-a, us-central1-b, etc.).
     },
     &quot;maintenanceWindow&quot;: { # Maintenance window. This specifies when a Cloud SQL instance is restarted for system maintenance purposes. # The maintenance window for this instance. This specifies when the instance can be restarted for maintenance purposes.
       &quot;day&quot;: 42, # day of week (1-7), starting on Monday.
       &quot;hour&quot;: 42, # hour of day - 0 to 23.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#maintenanceWindow*.
-      &quot;updateTrack&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maintenance timing setting: *canary* (Earlier) or *stable* (Later). Learn more.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#maintenanceWindow**.
+      &quot;updateTrack&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maintenance timing setting: **canary** (Earlier) or **stable** (Later). [Learn more](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/instance-settings#maintenance-timing-2ndgen).
     },
-    &quot;pricingPlan&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing plan for this instance. This can be either *PER_USE* or *PACKAGE*. Only *PER_USE* is supported for Second Generation instances.
-    &quot;replicationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of replication this instance uses. This can be either *ASYNCHRONOUS* or *SYNCHRONOUS*. (Deprecated_ This property was only applicable to First Generation instances.
+    &quot;pricingPlan&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing plan for this instance. This can be either **PER_USE** or **PACKAGE**. Only **PER_USE** is supported for Second Generation instances.
+    &quot;replicationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of replication this instance uses. This can be either **ASYNCHRONOUS** or **SYNCHRONOUS**. (Deprecated) This property was only applicable to First Generation instances.
     &quot;settingsVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of instance settings. This is a required field for update method to make sure concurrent updates are handled properly. During update, use the most recent settingsVersion value for this instance and do not try to update this value.
     &quot;sqlServerAuditConfig&quot;: { # SQL Server specific audit configuration. # SQL Server specific audit configuration.
       &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the destination bucket (e.g., gs://mybucket).
@@ -2949,7 +2949,7 @@
     },
     &quot;storageAutoResize&quot;: True or False, # Configuration to increase storage size automatically. The default value is true.
     &quot;storageAutoResizeLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The maximum size to which storage capacity can be automatically increased. The default value is 0, which specifies that there is no limit.
-    &quot;tier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tier (or machine type) for this instance, for example *db-custom-1-3840* .
+    &quot;tier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tier (or machine type) for this instance, for example **db-custom-1-3840**.
     &quot;userLabels&quot;: { # User-provided labels, represented as a dictionary where each label is a single key value pair.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
@@ -2971,48 +2971,48 @@
     { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
   &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
     &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
       { # Database instance operation error.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
   },
   &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
       &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
       &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
       &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
   },
   &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
     &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
         &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
@@ -3027,19 +3027,19 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
     },
-    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
   },
-  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.operations.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.operations.html
index 1ca02e0..fd7fae4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.operations.html
@@ -110,48 +110,48 @@
     { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
   &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
     &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
       { # Database instance operation error.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
   },
   &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
       &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
       &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
       &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
   },
   &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
     &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
         &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
@@ -166,19 +166,19 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
     },
-    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
   },
-  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -203,53 +203,53 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Database instance list operations response.
+    { # Operations list response.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # List of operation resources.
     { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
       &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
         &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
       },
-      &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+      &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
       &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
         &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
           { # Database instance operation error.
             &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-            &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+            &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
             &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
       },
       &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-        &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+        &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
           &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
           &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
           &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
           &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
           &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
         },
-        &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+        &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
-        &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+        &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
         &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
         &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
         &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
           &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-            &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+            &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
           },
           &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
           &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
-        &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+        &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
       },
       &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
         &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
           &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-            &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+            &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
             &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
             &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
           },
@@ -264,19 +264,19 @@
           &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
           &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
         },
-        &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-        &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+        &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+        &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
         &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-        &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+        &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
-      &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+      &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-      &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+      &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-      &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-      &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+      &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+      &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
       &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
       &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.projects.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.projects.instances.html
index fdbb906..f6fc75f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.projects.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.projects.instances.html
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 { # Reschedule options for maintenance windows.
   &quot;reschedule&quot;: { # Required. The type of the reschedule the user wants.
     &quot;rescheduleType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The type of the reschedule.
-    &quot;scheduleTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Timestamp when the maintenance shall be rescheduled to if reschedule_type=SPECIFIC_TIME, in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+    &quot;scheduleTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Timestamp when the maintenance shall be rescheduled to if reschedule_type=SPECIFIC_TIME, in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   },
 }
 
@@ -120,48 +120,48 @@
     { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
   &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
     &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
       { # Database instance operation error.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
   },
   &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
       &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
       &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
       &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
   },
   &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
     &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
         &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
@@ -176,19 +176,19 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
     },
-    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
   },
-  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -230,48 +230,48 @@
     { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
   &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
     &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
       { # Database instance operation error.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
   },
   &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
       &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
       &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
       &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
   },
   &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
     &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
         &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
@@ -286,19 +286,19 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
     },
-    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
   },
-  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.sslCerts.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.sslCerts.html
index 3ada534..c014567 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.sslCerts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.sslCerts.html
@@ -125,10 +125,10 @@
   &quot;cert&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation.
   &quot;certSerialNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Serial number, as extracted from the certificate.
   &quot;commonName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User supplied name. Constrained to [a-zA-Z.-_ ]+.
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*
-  &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#sslCert*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#sslCert**.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sha1 Fingerprint.
 }</pre>
@@ -153,48 +153,48 @@
     { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
   &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
     &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
       { # Database instance operation error.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
   },
   &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
       &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
       &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
       &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
   },
   &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
     &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
         &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
@@ -209,19 +209,19 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
     },
-    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
   },
-  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -249,10 +249,10 @@
   &quot;cert&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation.
   &quot;certSerialNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Serial number, as extracted from the certificate.
   &quot;commonName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User supplied name. Constrained to [a-zA-Z.-_ ]+.
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*
-  &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#sslCert*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#sslCert**.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sha1 Fingerprint.
 }</pre>
@@ -286,10 +286,10 @@
       &quot;cert&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation.
       &quot;certSerialNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Serial number, as extracted from the certificate.
       &quot;commonName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User supplied name. Constrained to [a-zA-Z.-_ ]+.
-      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*
-      &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+      &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
       &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#sslCert*.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#sslCert**.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
       &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sha1 Fingerprint.
     },
@@ -299,48 +299,48 @@
   &quot;operation&quot;: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. # The operation to track the ssl certs insert request.
     &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
       &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
     },
-    &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+    &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
     &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
       &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
         { # Database instance operation error.
           &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-          &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+          &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
           &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
     },
     &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-      &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+      &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
         &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
         &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
         &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
         &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
         &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
       },
-      &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+      &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+      &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
       &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
       &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
         &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-          &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+          &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
         },
         &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
         &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
       },
-      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
     },
     &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
       &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
         &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-          &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+          &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
           &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
           &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         },
@@ -355,19 +355,19 @@
         &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
         &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
       },
-      &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-      &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+      &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+      &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
       &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
     },
-    &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+    &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-    &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+    &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
     &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-    &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-    &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+    &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+    &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
     &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
     &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -377,10 +377,10 @@
     &quot;cert&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation.
     &quot;certSerialNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Serial number, as extracted from the certificate.
     &quot;commonName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User supplied name. Constrained to [a-zA-Z.-_ ]+.
-    &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*
-    &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+    &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+    &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
     &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#sslCert*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#sslCert**.
     &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
     &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sha1 Fingerprint.
   },
@@ -408,10 +408,10 @@
       &quot;cert&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation.
       &quot;certSerialNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Serial number, as extracted from the certificate.
       &quot;commonName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User supplied name. Constrained to [a-zA-Z.-_ ]+.
-      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*
-      &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+      &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the certificate expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
       &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#sslCert*.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#sslCert**.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
       &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sha1 Fingerprint.
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html
index 362d6b9..f899697 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html
@@ -115,48 +115,48 @@
     { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
   &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
     &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
       { # Database instance operation error.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
   },
   &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
       &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
       &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
       &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
   },
   &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
     &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
         &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
@@ -171,19 +171,19 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
     },
-    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
   },
-  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -229,48 +229,48 @@
     { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
   &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
     &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
       { # Database instance operation error.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
   },
   &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
       &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
       &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
       &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
   },
   &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
     &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
         &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
@@ -285,19 +285,19 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
     },
-    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
   },
-  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -384,48 +384,48 @@
     { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
   &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
     &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupContext**.
   },
-  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
   &quot;error&quot;: { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
       { # Database instance operation error.
         &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationError*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationError**.
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationErrors*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationErrors**.
   },
   &quot;exportContext&quot;: { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.
+    &quot;csvExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.
       &quot;escapeCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
       &quot;fieldsTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
       &quot;linesTerminatedBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;selectQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The select query used to extract the data.
     },
-    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.
+    &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+        &quot;masterData&quot;: 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
       },
       &quot;schemaOnly&quot;: True or False, # Export only schemas.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
   },
   &quot;importContext&quot;: { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
     &quot;bakImportOptions&quot;: { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
-        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
         &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
@@ -440,19 +440,19 @@
       &quot;quoteCharacter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
       &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The table to which CSV data is imported.
     },
-    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.
-    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.
+    &quot;database&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.
+    &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
     &quot;importUser&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#importContext*.
-    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#importContext**.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
   },
-  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operation*.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operation**.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
-  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
-  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**
   &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;targetProject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/storage_v1.buckets.html b/docs/dyn/storage_v1.buckets.html
index 72a9f4e..81f0d0f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/storage_v1.buckets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/storage_v1.buckets.html
@@ -194,6 +194,11 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
+  &quot;customPlacementConfig&quot;: { # The bucket&#x27;s custom placement configuration for Custom Dual Regions.
+    &quot;dataLocations&quot;: [ # The list of regional locations in which data is placed.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+  },
   &quot;defaultEventBasedHold&quot;: True or False, # The default value for event-based hold on newly created objects in this bucket. Event-based hold is a way to retain objects indefinitely until an event occurs, signified by the hold&#x27;s release. After being released, such objects will be subject to bucket-level retention (if any). One sample use case of this flag is for banks to hold loan documents for at least 3 years after loan is paid in full. Here, bucket-level retention is 3 years and the event is loan being paid in full. In this example, these objects will be held intact for any number of years until the event has occurred (event-based hold on the object is released) and then 3 more years after that. That means retention duration of the objects begins from the moment event-based hold transitioned from true to false. Objects under event-based hold cannot be deleted, overwritten or archived until the hold is removed.
   &quot;defaultObjectAcl&quot;: [ # Default access controls to apply to new objects when no ACL is provided.
     { # An access-control entry.
@@ -288,6 +293,7 @@
     &quot;isLocked&quot;: True or False, # Once locked, an object retention policy cannot be modified.
     &quot;retentionPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The duration in seconds that objects need to be retained. Retention duration must be greater than zero and less than 100 years. Note that enforcement of retention periods less than a day is not guaranteed. Such periods should only be used for testing purposes.
   },
+  &quot;rpo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Recovery Point Objective (RPO) of this bucket. Set to ASYNC_TURBO to turn on Turbo Replication on a bucket.
   &quot;satisfiesPZS&quot;: True or False, # Reserved for future use.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this bucket.
   &quot;storageClass&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bucket&#x27;s default storage class, used whenever no storageClass is specified for a newly-created object. This defines how objects in the bucket are stored and determines the SLA and the cost of storage. Values include MULTI_REGIONAL, REGIONAL, STANDARD, NEARLINE, COLDLINE, ARCHIVE, and DURABLE_REDUCED_AVAILABILITY. If this value is not specified when the bucket is created, it will default to STANDARD. For more information, see storage classes.
@@ -300,9 +306,6 @@
     &quot;mainPageSuffix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If the requested object path is missing, the service will ensure the path has a trailing &#x27;/&#x27;, append this suffix, and attempt to retrieve the resulting object. This allows the creation of index.html objects to represent directory pages.
     &quot;notFoundPage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If the requested object path is missing, and any mainPageSuffix object is missing, if applicable, the service will return the named object from this bucket as the content for a 404 Not Found result.
   },
-  &quot;zoneAffinity&quot;: [ # The zone or zones from which the bucket is intended to use zonal quota. Requests for data from outside the specified affinities are still allowed but won&#x27;t be able to use zonal quota. The zone or zones need to be within the bucket location otherwise the requests will fail with a 400 Bad Request response.
-    &quot;A String&quot;,
-  ],
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -416,6 +419,11 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
+  &quot;customPlacementConfig&quot;: { # The bucket&#x27;s custom placement configuration for Custom Dual Regions.
+    &quot;dataLocations&quot;: [ # The list of regional locations in which data is placed.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+  },
   &quot;defaultEventBasedHold&quot;: True or False, # The default value for event-based hold on newly created objects in this bucket. Event-based hold is a way to retain objects indefinitely until an event occurs, signified by the hold&#x27;s release. After being released, such objects will be subject to bucket-level retention (if any). One sample use case of this flag is for banks to hold loan documents for at least 3 years after loan is paid in full. Here, bucket-level retention is 3 years and the event is loan being paid in full. In this example, these objects will be held intact for any number of years until the event has occurred (event-based hold on the object is released) and then 3 more years after that. That means retention duration of the objects begins from the moment event-based hold transitioned from true to false. Objects under event-based hold cannot be deleted, overwritten or archived until the hold is removed.
   &quot;defaultObjectAcl&quot;: [ # Default access controls to apply to new objects when no ACL is provided.
     { # An access-control entry.
@@ -510,6 +518,7 @@
     &quot;isLocked&quot;: True or False, # Once locked, an object retention policy cannot be modified.
     &quot;retentionPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The duration in seconds that objects need to be retained. Retention duration must be greater than zero and less than 100 years. Note that enforcement of retention periods less than a day is not guaranteed. Such periods should only be used for testing purposes.
   },
+  &quot;rpo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Recovery Point Objective (RPO) of this bucket. Set to ASYNC_TURBO to turn on Turbo Replication on a bucket.
   &quot;satisfiesPZS&quot;: True or False, # Reserved for future use.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this bucket.
   &quot;storageClass&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bucket&#x27;s default storage class, used whenever no storageClass is specified for a newly-created object. This defines how objects in the bucket are stored and determines the SLA and the cost of storage. Values include MULTI_REGIONAL, REGIONAL, STANDARD, NEARLINE, COLDLINE, ARCHIVE, and DURABLE_REDUCED_AVAILABILITY. If this value is not specified when the bucket is created, it will default to STANDARD. For more information, see storage classes.
@@ -522,9 +531,6 @@
     &quot;mainPageSuffix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If the requested object path is missing, the service will ensure the path has a trailing &#x27;/&#x27;, append this suffix, and attempt to retrieve the resulting object. This allows the creation of index.html objects to represent directory pages.
     &quot;notFoundPage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If the requested object path is missing, and any mainPageSuffix object is missing, if applicable, the service will return the named object from this bucket as the content for a 404 Not Found result.
   },
-  &quot;zoneAffinity&quot;: [ # The zone or zones from which the bucket is intended to use zonal quota. Requests for data from outside the specified affinities are still allowed but won&#x27;t be able to use zonal quota. The zone or zones need to be within the bucket location otherwise the requests will fail with a 400 Bad Request response.
-    &quot;A String&quot;,
-  ],
 }
 
   predefinedAcl: string, Apply a predefined set of access controls to this bucket.
@@ -599,6 +605,11 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
+  &quot;customPlacementConfig&quot;: { # The bucket&#x27;s custom placement configuration for Custom Dual Regions.
+    &quot;dataLocations&quot;: [ # The list of regional locations in which data is placed.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+  },
   &quot;defaultEventBasedHold&quot;: True or False, # The default value for event-based hold on newly created objects in this bucket. Event-based hold is a way to retain objects indefinitely until an event occurs, signified by the hold&#x27;s release. After being released, such objects will be subject to bucket-level retention (if any). One sample use case of this flag is for banks to hold loan documents for at least 3 years after loan is paid in full. Here, bucket-level retention is 3 years and the event is loan being paid in full. In this example, these objects will be held intact for any number of years until the event has occurred (event-based hold on the object is released) and then 3 more years after that. That means retention duration of the objects begins from the moment event-based hold transitioned from true to false. Objects under event-based hold cannot be deleted, overwritten or archived until the hold is removed.
   &quot;defaultObjectAcl&quot;: [ # Default access controls to apply to new objects when no ACL is provided.
     { # An access-control entry.
@@ -693,6 +704,7 @@
     &quot;isLocked&quot;: True or False, # Once locked, an object retention policy cannot be modified.
     &quot;retentionPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The duration in seconds that objects need to be retained. Retention duration must be greater than zero and less than 100 years. Note that enforcement of retention periods less than a day is not guaranteed. Such periods should only be used for testing purposes.
   },
+  &quot;rpo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Recovery Point Objective (RPO) of this bucket. Set to ASYNC_TURBO to turn on Turbo Replication on a bucket.
   &quot;satisfiesPZS&quot;: True or False, # Reserved for future use.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this bucket.
   &quot;storageClass&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bucket&#x27;s default storage class, used whenever no storageClass is specified for a newly-created object. This defines how objects in the bucket are stored and determines the SLA and the cost of storage. Values include MULTI_REGIONAL, REGIONAL, STANDARD, NEARLINE, COLDLINE, ARCHIVE, and DURABLE_REDUCED_AVAILABILITY. If this value is not specified when the bucket is created, it will default to STANDARD. For more information, see storage classes.
@@ -705,9 +717,6 @@
     &quot;mainPageSuffix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If the requested object path is missing, the service will ensure the path has a trailing &#x27;/&#x27;, append this suffix, and attempt to retrieve the resulting object. This allows the creation of index.html objects to represent directory pages.
     &quot;notFoundPage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If the requested object path is missing, and any mainPageSuffix object is missing, if applicable, the service will return the named object from this bucket as the content for a 404 Not Found result.
   },
-  &quot;zoneAffinity&quot;: [ # The zone or zones from which the bucket is intended to use zonal quota. Requests for data from outside the specified affinities are still allowed but won&#x27;t be able to use zonal quota. The zone or zones need to be within the bucket location otherwise the requests will fail with a 400 Bad Request response.
-    &quot;A String&quot;,
-  ],
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -779,6 +788,11 @@
           ],
         },
       ],
+      &quot;customPlacementConfig&quot;: { # The bucket&#x27;s custom placement configuration for Custom Dual Regions.
+        &quot;dataLocations&quot;: [ # The list of regional locations in which data is placed.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;defaultEventBasedHold&quot;: True or False, # The default value for event-based hold on newly created objects in this bucket. Event-based hold is a way to retain objects indefinitely until an event occurs, signified by the hold&#x27;s release. After being released, such objects will be subject to bucket-level retention (if any). One sample use case of this flag is for banks to hold loan documents for at least 3 years after loan is paid in full. Here, bucket-level retention is 3 years and the event is loan being paid in full. In this example, these objects will be held intact for any number of years until the event has occurred (event-based hold on the object is released) and then 3 more years after that. That means retention duration of the objects begins from the moment event-based hold transitioned from true to false. Objects under event-based hold cannot be deleted, overwritten or archived until the hold is removed.
       &quot;defaultObjectAcl&quot;: [ # Default access controls to apply to new objects when no ACL is provided.
         { # An access-control entry.
@@ -873,6 +887,7 @@
         &quot;isLocked&quot;: True or False, # Once locked, an object retention policy cannot be modified.
         &quot;retentionPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The duration in seconds that objects need to be retained. Retention duration must be greater than zero and less than 100 years. Note that enforcement of retention periods less than a day is not guaranteed. Such periods should only be used for testing purposes.
       },
+      &quot;rpo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Recovery Point Objective (RPO) of this bucket. Set to ASYNC_TURBO to turn on Turbo Replication on a bucket.
       &quot;satisfiesPZS&quot;: True or False, # Reserved for future use.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this bucket.
       &quot;storageClass&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bucket&#x27;s default storage class, used whenever no storageClass is specified for a newly-created object. This defines how objects in the bucket are stored and determines the SLA and the cost of storage. Values include MULTI_REGIONAL, REGIONAL, STANDARD, NEARLINE, COLDLINE, ARCHIVE, and DURABLE_REDUCED_AVAILABILITY. If this value is not specified when the bucket is created, it will default to STANDARD. For more information, see storage classes.
@@ -885,9 +900,6 @@
         &quot;mainPageSuffix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If the requested object path is missing, the service will ensure the path has a trailing &#x27;/&#x27;, append this suffix, and attempt to retrieve the resulting object. This allows the creation of index.html objects to represent directory pages.
         &quot;notFoundPage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If the requested object path is missing, and any mainPageSuffix object is missing, if applicable, the service will return the named object from this bucket as the content for a 404 Not Found result.
       },
-      &quot;zoneAffinity&quot;: [ # The zone or zones from which the bucket is intended to use zonal quota. Requests for data from outside the specified affinities are still allowed but won&#x27;t be able to use zonal quota. The zone or zones need to be within the bucket location otherwise the requests will fail with a 400 Bad Request response.
-        &quot;A String&quot;,
-      ],
     },
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;storage#buckets&quot;, # The kind of item this is. For lists of buckets, this is always storage#buckets.
@@ -969,6 +981,11 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
+  &quot;customPlacementConfig&quot;: { # The bucket&#x27;s custom placement configuration for Custom Dual Regions.
+    &quot;dataLocations&quot;: [ # The list of regional locations in which data is placed.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+  },
   &quot;defaultEventBasedHold&quot;: True or False, # The default value for event-based hold on newly created objects in this bucket. Event-based hold is a way to retain objects indefinitely until an event occurs, signified by the hold&#x27;s release. After being released, such objects will be subject to bucket-level retention (if any). One sample use case of this flag is for banks to hold loan documents for at least 3 years after loan is paid in full. Here, bucket-level retention is 3 years and the event is loan being paid in full. In this example, these objects will be held intact for any number of years until the event has occurred (event-based hold on the object is released) and then 3 more years after that. That means retention duration of the objects begins from the moment event-based hold transitioned from true to false. Objects under event-based hold cannot be deleted, overwritten or archived until the hold is removed.
   &quot;defaultObjectAcl&quot;: [ # Default access controls to apply to new objects when no ACL is provided.
     { # An access-control entry.
@@ -1063,6 +1080,7 @@
     &quot;isLocked&quot;: True or False, # Once locked, an object retention policy cannot be modified.
     &quot;retentionPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The duration in seconds that objects need to be retained. Retention duration must be greater than zero and less than 100 years. Note that enforcement of retention periods less than a day is not guaranteed. Such periods should only be used for testing purposes.
   },
+  &quot;rpo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Recovery Point Objective (RPO) of this bucket. Set to ASYNC_TURBO to turn on Turbo Replication on a bucket.
   &quot;satisfiesPZS&quot;: True or False, # Reserved for future use.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this bucket.
   &quot;storageClass&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bucket&#x27;s default storage class, used whenever no storageClass is specified for a newly-created object. This defines how objects in the bucket are stored and determines the SLA and the cost of storage. Values include MULTI_REGIONAL, REGIONAL, STANDARD, NEARLINE, COLDLINE, ARCHIVE, and DURABLE_REDUCED_AVAILABILITY. If this value is not specified when the bucket is created, it will default to STANDARD. For more information, see storage classes.
@@ -1075,9 +1093,6 @@
     &quot;mainPageSuffix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If the requested object path is missing, the service will ensure the path has a trailing &#x27;/&#x27;, append this suffix, and attempt to retrieve the resulting object. This allows the creation of index.html objects to represent directory pages.
     &quot;notFoundPage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If the requested object path is missing, and any mainPageSuffix object is missing, if applicable, the service will return the named object from this bucket as the content for a 404 Not Found result.
   },
-  &quot;zoneAffinity&quot;: [ # The zone or zones from which the bucket is intended to use zonal quota. Requests for data from outside the specified affinities are still allowed but won&#x27;t be able to use zonal quota. The zone or zones need to be within the bucket location otherwise the requests will fail with a 400 Bad Request response.
-    &quot;A String&quot;,
-  ],
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -1137,6 +1152,11 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
+  &quot;customPlacementConfig&quot;: { # The bucket&#x27;s custom placement configuration for Custom Dual Regions.
+    &quot;dataLocations&quot;: [ # The list of regional locations in which data is placed.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+  },
   &quot;defaultEventBasedHold&quot;: True or False, # The default value for event-based hold on newly created objects in this bucket. Event-based hold is a way to retain objects indefinitely until an event occurs, signified by the hold&#x27;s release. After being released, such objects will be subject to bucket-level retention (if any). One sample use case of this flag is for banks to hold loan documents for at least 3 years after loan is paid in full. Here, bucket-level retention is 3 years and the event is loan being paid in full. In this example, these objects will be held intact for any number of years until the event has occurred (event-based hold on the object is released) and then 3 more years after that. That means retention duration of the objects begins from the moment event-based hold transitioned from true to false. Objects under event-based hold cannot be deleted, overwritten or archived until the hold is removed.
   &quot;defaultObjectAcl&quot;: [ # Default access controls to apply to new objects when no ACL is provided.
     { # An access-control entry.
@@ -1231,6 +1251,7 @@
     &quot;isLocked&quot;: True or False, # Once locked, an object retention policy cannot be modified.
     &quot;retentionPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The duration in seconds that objects need to be retained. Retention duration must be greater than zero and less than 100 years. Note that enforcement of retention periods less than a day is not guaranteed. Such periods should only be used for testing purposes.
   },
+  &quot;rpo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Recovery Point Objective (RPO) of this bucket. Set to ASYNC_TURBO to turn on Turbo Replication on a bucket.
   &quot;satisfiesPZS&quot;: True or False, # Reserved for future use.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this bucket.
   &quot;storageClass&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bucket&#x27;s default storage class, used whenever no storageClass is specified for a newly-created object. This defines how objects in the bucket are stored and determines the SLA and the cost of storage. Values include MULTI_REGIONAL, REGIONAL, STANDARD, NEARLINE, COLDLINE, ARCHIVE, and DURABLE_REDUCED_AVAILABILITY. If this value is not specified when the bucket is created, it will default to STANDARD. For more information, see storage classes.
@@ -1243,9 +1264,6 @@
     &quot;mainPageSuffix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If the requested object path is missing, the service will ensure the path has a trailing &#x27;/&#x27;, append this suffix, and attempt to retrieve the resulting object. This allows the creation of index.html objects to represent directory pages.
     &quot;notFoundPage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If the requested object path is missing, and any mainPageSuffix object is missing, if applicable, the service will return the named object from this bucket as the content for a 404 Not Found result.
   },
-  &quot;zoneAffinity&quot;: [ # The zone or zones from which the bucket is intended to use zonal quota. Requests for data from outside the specified affinities are still allowed but won&#x27;t be able to use zonal quota. The zone or zones need to be within the bucket location otherwise the requests will fail with a 400 Bad Request response.
-    &quot;A String&quot;,
-  ],
 }
 
   ifMetagenerationMatch: string, Makes the return of the bucket metadata conditional on whether the bucket&#x27;s current metageneration matches the given value.
@@ -1322,6 +1340,11 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
+  &quot;customPlacementConfig&quot;: { # The bucket&#x27;s custom placement configuration for Custom Dual Regions.
+    &quot;dataLocations&quot;: [ # The list of regional locations in which data is placed.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+  },
   &quot;defaultEventBasedHold&quot;: True or False, # The default value for event-based hold on newly created objects in this bucket. Event-based hold is a way to retain objects indefinitely until an event occurs, signified by the hold&#x27;s release. After being released, such objects will be subject to bucket-level retention (if any). One sample use case of this flag is for banks to hold loan documents for at least 3 years after loan is paid in full. Here, bucket-level retention is 3 years and the event is loan being paid in full. In this example, these objects will be held intact for any number of years until the event has occurred (event-based hold on the object is released) and then 3 more years after that. That means retention duration of the objects begins from the moment event-based hold transitioned from true to false. Objects under event-based hold cannot be deleted, overwritten or archived until the hold is removed.
   &quot;defaultObjectAcl&quot;: [ # Default access controls to apply to new objects when no ACL is provided.
     { # An access-control entry.
@@ -1416,6 +1439,7 @@
     &quot;isLocked&quot;: True or False, # Once locked, an object retention policy cannot be modified.
     &quot;retentionPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The duration in seconds that objects need to be retained. Retention duration must be greater than zero and less than 100 years. Note that enforcement of retention periods less than a day is not guaranteed. Such periods should only be used for testing purposes.
   },
+  &quot;rpo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Recovery Point Objective (RPO) of this bucket. Set to ASYNC_TURBO to turn on Turbo Replication on a bucket.
   &quot;satisfiesPZS&quot;: True or False, # Reserved for future use.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this bucket.
   &quot;storageClass&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bucket&#x27;s default storage class, used whenever no storageClass is specified for a newly-created object. This defines how objects in the bucket are stored and determines the SLA and the cost of storage. Values include MULTI_REGIONAL, REGIONAL, STANDARD, NEARLINE, COLDLINE, ARCHIVE, and DURABLE_REDUCED_AVAILABILITY. If this value is not specified when the bucket is created, it will default to STANDARD. For more information, see storage classes.
@@ -1428,9 +1452,6 @@
     &quot;mainPageSuffix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If the requested object path is missing, the service will ensure the path has a trailing &#x27;/&#x27;, append this suffix, and attempt to retrieve the resulting object. This allows the creation of index.html objects to represent directory pages.
     &quot;notFoundPage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If the requested object path is missing, and any mainPageSuffix object is missing, if applicable, the service will return the named object from this bucket as the content for a 404 Not Found result.
   },
-  &quot;zoneAffinity&quot;: [ # The zone or zones from which the bucket is intended to use zonal quota. Requests for data from outside the specified affinities are still allowed but won&#x27;t be able to use zonal quota. The zone or zones need to be within the bucket location otherwise the requests will fail with a 400 Bad Request response.
-    &quot;A String&quot;,
-  ],
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -1621,6 +1642,11 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
+  &quot;customPlacementConfig&quot;: { # The bucket&#x27;s custom placement configuration for Custom Dual Regions.
+    &quot;dataLocations&quot;: [ # The list of regional locations in which data is placed.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+  },
   &quot;defaultEventBasedHold&quot;: True or False, # The default value for event-based hold on newly created objects in this bucket. Event-based hold is a way to retain objects indefinitely until an event occurs, signified by the hold&#x27;s release. After being released, such objects will be subject to bucket-level retention (if any). One sample use case of this flag is for banks to hold loan documents for at least 3 years after loan is paid in full. Here, bucket-level retention is 3 years and the event is loan being paid in full. In this example, these objects will be held intact for any number of years until the event has occurred (event-based hold on the object is released) and then 3 more years after that. That means retention duration of the objects begins from the moment event-based hold transitioned from true to false. Objects under event-based hold cannot be deleted, overwritten or archived until the hold is removed.
   &quot;defaultObjectAcl&quot;: [ # Default access controls to apply to new objects when no ACL is provided.
     { # An access-control entry.
@@ -1715,6 +1741,7 @@
     &quot;isLocked&quot;: True or False, # Once locked, an object retention policy cannot be modified.
     &quot;retentionPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The duration in seconds that objects need to be retained. Retention duration must be greater than zero and less than 100 years. Note that enforcement of retention periods less than a day is not guaranteed. Such periods should only be used for testing purposes.
   },
+  &quot;rpo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Recovery Point Objective (RPO) of this bucket. Set to ASYNC_TURBO to turn on Turbo Replication on a bucket.
   &quot;satisfiesPZS&quot;: True or False, # Reserved for future use.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this bucket.
   &quot;storageClass&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bucket&#x27;s default storage class, used whenever no storageClass is specified for a newly-created object. This defines how objects in the bucket are stored and determines the SLA and the cost of storage. Values include MULTI_REGIONAL, REGIONAL, STANDARD, NEARLINE, COLDLINE, ARCHIVE, and DURABLE_REDUCED_AVAILABILITY. If this value is not specified when the bucket is created, it will default to STANDARD. For more information, see storage classes.
@@ -1727,9 +1754,6 @@
     &quot;mainPageSuffix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If the requested object path is missing, the service will ensure the path has a trailing &#x27;/&#x27;, append this suffix, and attempt to retrieve the resulting object. This allows the creation of index.html objects to represent directory pages.
     &quot;notFoundPage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If the requested object path is missing, and any mainPageSuffix object is missing, if applicable, the service will return the named object from this bucket as the content for a 404 Not Found result.
   },
-  &quot;zoneAffinity&quot;: [ # The zone or zones from which the bucket is intended to use zonal quota. Requests for data from outside the specified affinities are still allowed but won&#x27;t be able to use zonal quota. The zone or zones need to be within the bucket location otherwise the requests will fail with a 400 Bad Request response.
-    &quot;A String&quot;,
-  ],
 }
 
   ifMetagenerationMatch: string, Makes the return of the bucket metadata conditional on whether the bucket&#x27;s current metageneration matches the given value.
@@ -1806,6 +1830,11 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
+  &quot;customPlacementConfig&quot;: { # The bucket&#x27;s custom placement configuration for Custom Dual Regions.
+    &quot;dataLocations&quot;: [ # The list of regional locations in which data is placed.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+  },
   &quot;defaultEventBasedHold&quot;: True or False, # The default value for event-based hold on newly created objects in this bucket. Event-based hold is a way to retain objects indefinitely until an event occurs, signified by the hold&#x27;s release. After being released, such objects will be subject to bucket-level retention (if any). One sample use case of this flag is for banks to hold loan documents for at least 3 years after loan is paid in full. Here, bucket-level retention is 3 years and the event is loan being paid in full. In this example, these objects will be held intact for any number of years until the event has occurred (event-based hold on the object is released) and then 3 more years after that. That means retention duration of the objects begins from the moment event-based hold transitioned from true to false. Objects under event-based hold cannot be deleted, overwritten or archived until the hold is removed.
   &quot;defaultObjectAcl&quot;: [ # Default access controls to apply to new objects when no ACL is provided.
     { # An access-control entry.
@@ -1900,6 +1929,7 @@
     &quot;isLocked&quot;: True or False, # Once locked, an object retention policy cannot be modified.
     &quot;retentionPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The duration in seconds that objects need to be retained. Retention duration must be greater than zero and less than 100 years. Note that enforcement of retention periods less than a day is not guaranteed. Such periods should only be used for testing purposes.
   },
+  &quot;rpo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Recovery Point Objective (RPO) of this bucket. Set to ASYNC_TURBO to turn on Turbo Replication on a bucket.
   &quot;satisfiesPZS&quot;: True or False, # Reserved for future use.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this bucket.
   &quot;storageClass&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bucket&#x27;s default storage class, used whenever no storageClass is specified for a newly-created object. This defines how objects in the bucket are stored and determines the SLA and the cost of storage. Values include MULTI_REGIONAL, REGIONAL, STANDARD, NEARLINE, COLDLINE, ARCHIVE, and DURABLE_REDUCED_AVAILABILITY. If this value is not specified when the bucket is created, it will default to STANDARD. For more information, see storage classes.
@@ -1912,9 +1942,6 @@
     &quot;mainPageSuffix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If the requested object path is missing, the service will ensure the path has a trailing &#x27;/&#x27;, append this suffix, and attempt to retrieve the resulting object. This allows the creation of index.html objects to represent directory pages.
     &quot;notFoundPage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If the requested object path is missing, and any mainPageSuffix object is missing, if applicable, the service will return the named object from this bucket as the content for a 404 Not Found result.
   },
-  &quot;zoneAffinity&quot;: [ # The zone or zones from which the bucket is intended to use zonal quota. Requests for data from outside the specified affinities are still allowed but won&#x27;t be able to use zonal quota. The zone or zones need to be within the bucket location otherwise the requests will fail with a 400 Bad Request response.
-    &quot;A String&quot;,
-  ],
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html b/docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html
index 2f78e3c..a28b827 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html
@@ -115,10 +115,10 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A description provided by the user for the job. Its max length is 1024 bytes when Unicode-encoded.
   &quot;lastModificationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time that the transfer job was last modified.
   &quot;latestOperationName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the most recently started TransferOperation of this JobConfig. Present if a TransferOperation has been created for this JobConfig.
-  &quot;loggingConfig&quot;: { # Logging configure. # Logging configuration.
+  &quot;loggingConfig&quot;: { # Logging configuration. # Logging configuration.
     &quot;enableOnpremGcsTransferLogs&quot;: True or False, # Enables the Cloud Storage transfer logs for this transfer. This is only supported for transfer jobs with PosixFilesystem sources. The default is that logs are not generated for this transfer.
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service assigns a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. For transfers involving PosixFilesystem, this name must start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; specifically. For all other transfer types, this name must not start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27;. &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; is a reserved prefix for PosixFilesystem transfers. Non-PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/^(?!OPI)[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/OPI^[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Applications must not rely on the enforcement of naming requirements involving OPI. Invalid job names fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service assigns a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. For transfers involving PosixFilesystem, this name must start with `transferJobs/OPI` specifically. For all other transfer types, this name must not start with `transferJobs/OPI`. Non-PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/^(?!OPI)[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/OPI^[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Applications must not rely on the enforcement of naming requirements involving OPI. Invalid job names fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
   &quot;notificationConfig&quot;: { # Specification to configure notifications published to Pub/Sub. Notifications are published to the customer-provided topic using the following `PubsubMessage.attributes`: * `&quot;eventType&quot;`: one of the EventType values * `&quot;payloadFormat&quot;`: one of the PayloadFormat values * `&quot;projectId&quot;`: the project_id of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferJobName&quot;`: the transfer_job_name of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferOperationName&quot;`: the name of the `TransferOperation` The `PubsubMessage.data` contains a TransferOperation resource formatted according to the specified `PayloadFormat`. # Notification configuration. This is not supported for transfers involving PosixFilesystem.
     &quot;eventTypes&quot;: [ # Event types for which a notification is desired. If empty, send notifications for all event types.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@
     &quot;httpDataSource&quot;: { # An HttpData resource specifies a list of objects on the web to be transferred over HTTP. The information of the objects to be transferred is contained in a file referenced by a URL. The first line in the file must be `&quot;TsvHttpData-1.0&quot;`, which specifies the format of the file. Subsequent lines specify the information of the list of objects, one object per list entry. Each entry has the following tab-delimited fields: * **HTTP URL** — The location of the object. * **Length** — The size of the object in bytes. * **MD5** — The base64-encoded MD5 hash of the object. For an example of a valid TSV file, see [Transferring data from URLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/create-url-list). When transferring data based on a URL list, keep the following in mind: * When an object located at `http(s)://hostname:port/` is transferred to a data sink, the name of the object at the data sink is `/`. * If the specified size of an object does not match the actual size of the object fetched, the object is not transferred. * If the specified MD5 does not match the MD5 computed from the transferred bytes, the object transfer fails. * Ensure that each URL you specify is publicly accessible. For example, in Cloud Storage you can [share an object publicly] (/storage/docs/cloud-console#_sharingdata) and get a link to it. * Storage Transfer Service obeys `robots.txt` rules and requires the source HTTP server to support `Range` requests and to return a `Content-Length` header in each response. * ObjectConditions have no effect when filtering objects to transfer. # An HTTP URL data source.
       &quot;listUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URL that points to the file that stores the object list entries. This file must allow public access. Currently, only URLs with HTTP and HTTPS schemes are supported.
     },
-    &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. This is not supported for transfers involving PosixFilesystem. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
+    &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. Transfers that use PosixFilesystem and have a Cloud Storage source don&#x27;t support `ObjectConditions`. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
       &quot;excludePrefixes&quot;: [ # If you specify `exclude_prefixes`, Storage Transfer Service uses the items in the `exclude_prefixes` array to determine which objects to exclude from a transfer. Objects must not start with one of the matching `exclude_prefixes` for inclusion in a transfer. The following are requirements of `exclude_prefixes`: * Each exclude-prefix can contain any sequence of Unicode characters, to a max length of 1024 bytes when UTF8-encoded, and must not contain Carriage Return or Line Feed characters. Wildcard matching and regular expression matching are not supported. * Each exclude-prefix must omit the leading slash. For example, to exclude the object `s3://my-aws-bucket/logs/y=2015/requests.gz`, specify the exclude-prefix as `logs/y=2015/requests.gz`. * None of the exclude-prefix values can be empty, if specified. * Each exclude-prefix must exclude a distinct portion of the object namespace. No exclude-prefix may be a prefix of another exclude-prefix. * If include_prefixes is specified, then each exclude-prefix must start with the value of a path explicitly included by `include_prefixes`. The max size of `exclude_prefixes` is 1000. For more information, see [Filtering objects from transfers](/storage-transfer/docs/filtering-objects-from-transfers).
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@
       &quot;maxTimeElapsedSinceLastModification&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If specified, only objects with a &quot;last modification time&quot; on or after `NOW` - `max_time_elapsed_since_last_modification` and objects that don&#x27;t have a &quot;last modification time&quot; are transferred. For each TransferOperation started by this TransferJob, `NOW` refers to the start_time of the `TransferOperation`.
       &quot;minTimeElapsedSinceLastModification&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If specified, only objects with a &quot;last modification time&quot; before `NOW` - `min_time_elapsed_since_last_modification` and objects that don&#x27;t have a &quot;last modification time&quot; are transferred. For each TransferOperation started by this TransferJob, `NOW` refers to the start_time of the `TransferOperation`.
     },
-    &quot;posixDataSource&quot;: { # A POSIX filesystem data source or sink. # A POSIX Filesystem data source.
+    &quot;posixDataSource&quot;: { # A POSIX filesystem resource. # A POSIX Filesystem data source.
       &quot;rootDirectory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Root directory path to the filesystem.
     },
     &quot;transferOptions&quot;: { # TransferOptions define the actions to be performed on objects in a transfer. # If the option delete_objects_unique_in_sink is `true` and time-based object conditions such as &#x27;last modification time&#x27; are specified, the request fails with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
@@ -219,10 +219,10 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A description provided by the user for the job. Its max length is 1024 bytes when Unicode-encoded.
   &quot;lastModificationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time that the transfer job was last modified.
   &quot;latestOperationName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the most recently started TransferOperation of this JobConfig. Present if a TransferOperation has been created for this JobConfig.
-  &quot;loggingConfig&quot;: { # Logging configure. # Logging configuration.
+  &quot;loggingConfig&quot;: { # Logging configuration. # Logging configuration.
     &quot;enableOnpremGcsTransferLogs&quot;: True or False, # Enables the Cloud Storage transfer logs for this transfer. This is only supported for transfer jobs with PosixFilesystem sources. The default is that logs are not generated for this transfer.
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service assigns a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. For transfers involving PosixFilesystem, this name must start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; specifically. For all other transfer types, this name must not start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27;. &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; is a reserved prefix for PosixFilesystem transfers. Non-PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/^(?!OPI)[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/OPI^[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Applications must not rely on the enforcement of naming requirements involving OPI. Invalid job names fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service assigns a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. For transfers involving PosixFilesystem, this name must start with `transferJobs/OPI` specifically. For all other transfer types, this name must not start with `transferJobs/OPI`. Non-PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/^(?!OPI)[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/OPI^[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Applications must not rely on the enforcement of naming requirements involving OPI. Invalid job names fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
   &quot;notificationConfig&quot;: { # Specification to configure notifications published to Pub/Sub. Notifications are published to the customer-provided topic using the following `PubsubMessage.attributes`: * `&quot;eventType&quot;`: one of the EventType values * `&quot;payloadFormat&quot;`: one of the PayloadFormat values * `&quot;projectId&quot;`: the project_id of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferJobName&quot;`: the transfer_job_name of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferOperationName&quot;`: the name of the `TransferOperation` The `PubsubMessage.data` contains a TransferOperation resource formatted according to the specified `PayloadFormat`. # Notification configuration. This is not supported for transfers involving PosixFilesystem.
     &quot;eventTypes&quot;: [ # Event types for which a notification is desired. If empty, send notifications for all event types.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@
     &quot;httpDataSource&quot;: { # An HttpData resource specifies a list of objects on the web to be transferred over HTTP. The information of the objects to be transferred is contained in a file referenced by a URL. The first line in the file must be `&quot;TsvHttpData-1.0&quot;`, which specifies the format of the file. Subsequent lines specify the information of the list of objects, one object per list entry. Each entry has the following tab-delimited fields: * **HTTP URL** — The location of the object. * **Length** — The size of the object in bytes. * **MD5** — The base64-encoded MD5 hash of the object. For an example of a valid TSV file, see [Transferring data from URLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/create-url-list). When transferring data based on a URL list, keep the following in mind: * When an object located at `http(s)://hostname:port/` is transferred to a data sink, the name of the object at the data sink is `/`. * If the specified size of an object does not match the actual size of the object fetched, the object is not transferred. * If the specified MD5 does not match the MD5 computed from the transferred bytes, the object transfer fails. * Ensure that each URL you specify is publicly accessible. For example, in Cloud Storage you can [share an object publicly] (/storage/docs/cloud-console#_sharingdata) and get a link to it. * Storage Transfer Service obeys `robots.txt` rules and requires the source HTTP server to support `Range` requests and to return a `Content-Length` header in each response. * ObjectConditions have no effect when filtering objects to transfer. # An HTTP URL data source.
       &quot;listUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URL that points to the file that stores the object list entries. This file must allow public access. Currently, only URLs with HTTP and HTTPS schemes are supported.
     },
-    &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. This is not supported for transfers involving PosixFilesystem. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
+    &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. Transfers that use PosixFilesystem and have a Cloud Storage source don&#x27;t support `ObjectConditions`. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
       &quot;excludePrefixes&quot;: [ # If you specify `exclude_prefixes`, Storage Transfer Service uses the items in the `exclude_prefixes` array to determine which objects to exclude from a transfer. Objects must not start with one of the matching `exclude_prefixes` for inclusion in a transfer. The following are requirements of `exclude_prefixes`: * Each exclude-prefix can contain any sequence of Unicode characters, to a max length of 1024 bytes when UTF8-encoded, and must not contain Carriage Return or Line Feed characters. Wildcard matching and regular expression matching are not supported. * Each exclude-prefix must omit the leading slash. For example, to exclude the object `s3://my-aws-bucket/logs/y=2015/requests.gz`, specify the exclude-prefix as `logs/y=2015/requests.gz`. * None of the exclude-prefix values can be empty, if specified. * Each exclude-prefix must exclude a distinct portion of the object namespace. No exclude-prefix may be a prefix of another exclude-prefix. * If include_prefixes is specified, then each exclude-prefix must start with the value of a path explicitly included by `include_prefixes`. The max size of `exclude_prefixes` is 1000. For more information, see [Filtering objects from transfers](/storage-transfer/docs/filtering-objects-from-transfers).
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@
       &quot;maxTimeElapsedSinceLastModification&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If specified, only objects with a &quot;last modification time&quot; on or after `NOW` - `max_time_elapsed_since_last_modification` and objects that don&#x27;t have a &quot;last modification time&quot; are transferred. For each TransferOperation started by this TransferJob, `NOW` refers to the start_time of the `TransferOperation`.
       &quot;minTimeElapsedSinceLastModification&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If specified, only objects with a &quot;last modification time&quot; before `NOW` - `min_time_elapsed_since_last_modification` and objects that don&#x27;t have a &quot;last modification time&quot; are transferred. For each TransferOperation started by this TransferJob, `NOW` refers to the start_time of the `TransferOperation`.
     },
-    &quot;posixDataSource&quot;: { # A POSIX filesystem data source or sink. # A POSIX Filesystem data source.
+    &quot;posixDataSource&quot;: { # A POSIX filesystem resource. # A POSIX Filesystem data source.
       &quot;rootDirectory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Root directory path to the filesystem.
     },
     &quot;transferOptions&quot;: { # TransferOptions define the actions to be performed on objects in a transfer. # If the option delete_objects_unique_in_sink is `true` and time-based object conditions such as &#x27;last modification time&#x27; are specified, the request fails with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
@@ -331,10 +331,10 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A description provided by the user for the job. Its max length is 1024 bytes when Unicode-encoded.
   &quot;lastModificationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time that the transfer job was last modified.
   &quot;latestOperationName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the most recently started TransferOperation of this JobConfig. Present if a TransferOperation has been created for this JobConfig.
-  &quot;loggingConfig&quot;: { # Logging configure. # Logging configuration.
+  &quot;loggingConfig&quot;: { # Logging configuration. # Logging configuration.
     &quot;enableOnpremGcsTransferLogs&quot;: True or False, # Enables the Cloud Storage transfer logs for this transfer. This is only supported for transfer jobs with PosixFilesystem sources. The default is that logs are not generated for this transfer.
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service assigns a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. For transfers involving PosixFilesystem, this name must start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; specifically. For all other transfer types, this name must not start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27;. &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; is a reserved prefix for PosixFilesystem transfers. Non-PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/^(?!OPI)[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/OPI^[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Applications must not rely on the enforcement of naming requirements involving OPI. Invalid job names fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service assigns a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. For transfers involving PosixFilesystem, this name must start with `transferJobs/OPI` specifically. For all other transfer types, this name must not start with `transferJobs/OPI`. Non-PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/^(?!OPI)[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/OPI^[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Applications must not rely on the enforcement of naming requirements involving OPI. Invalid job names fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
   &quot;notificationConfig&quot;: { # Specification to configure notifications published to Pub/Sub. Notifications are published to the customer-provided topic using the following `PubsubMessage.attributes`: * `&quot;eventType&quot;`: one of the EventType values * `&quot;payloadFormat&quot;`: one of the PayloadFormat values * `&quot;projectId&quot;`: the project_id of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferJobName&quot;`: the transfer_job_name of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferOperationName&quot;`: the name of the `TransferOperation` The `PubsubMessage.data` contains a TransferOperation resource formatted according to the specified `PayloadFormat`. # Notification configuration. This is not supported for transfers involving PosixFilesystem.
     &quot;eventTypes&quot;: [ # Event types for which a notification is desired. If empty, send notifications for all event types.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@
     &quot;httpDataSource&quot;: { # An HttpData resource specifies a list of objects on the web to be transferred over HTTP. The information of the objects to be transferred is contained in a file referenced by a URL. The first line in the file must be `&quot;TsvHttpData-1.0&quot;`, which specifies the format of the file. Subsequent lines specify the information of the list of objects, one object per list entry. Each entry has the following tab-delimited fields: * **HTTP URL** — The location of the object. * **Length** — The size of the object in bytes. * **MD5** — The base64-encoded MD5 hash of the object. For an example of a valid TSV file, see [Transferring data from URLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/create-url-list). When transferring data based on a URL list, keep the following in mind: * When an object located at `http(s)://hostname:port/` is transferred to a data sink, the name of the object at the data sink is `/`. * If the specified size of an object does not match the actual size of the object fetched, the object is not transferred. * If the specified MD5 does not match the MD5 computed from the transferred bytes, the object transfer fails. * Ensure that each URL you specify is publicly accessible. For example, in Cloud Storage you can [share an object publicly] (/storage/docs/cloud-console#_sharingdata) and get a link to it. * Storage Transfer Service obeys `robots.txt` rules and requires the source HTTP server to support `Range` requests and to return a `Content-Length` header in each response. * ObjectConditions have no effect when filtering objects to transfer. # An HTTP URL data source.
       &quot;listUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URL that points to the file that stores the object list entries. This file must allow public access. Currently, only URLs with HTTP and HTTPS schemes are supported.
     },
-    &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. This is not supported for transfers involving PosixFilesystem. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
+    &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. Transfers that use PosixFilesystem and have a Cloud Storage source don&#x27;t support `ObjectConditions`. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
       &quot;excludePrefixes&quot;: [ # If you specify `exclude_prefixes`, Storage Transfer Service uses the items in the `exclude_prefixes` array to determine which objects to exclude from a transfer. Objects must not start with one of the matching `exclude_prefixes` for inclusion in a transfer. The following are requirements of `exclude_prefixes`: * Each exclude-prefix can contain any sequence of Unicode characters, to a max length of 1024 bytes when UTF8-encoded, and must not contain Carriage Return or Line Feed characters. Wildcard matching and regular expression matching are not supported. * Each exclude-prefix must omit the leading slash. For example, to exclude the object `s3://my-aws-bucket/logs/y=2015/requests.gz`, specify the exclude-prefix as `logs/y=2015/requests.gz`. * None of the exclude-prefix values can be empty, if specified. * Each exclude-prefix must exclude a distinct portion of the object namespace. No exclude-prefix may be a prefix of another exclude-prefix. * If include_prefixes is specified, then each exclude-prefix must start with the value of a path explicitly included by `include_prefixes`. The max size of `exclude_prefixes` is 1000. For more information, see [Filtering objects from transfers](/storage-transfer/docs/filtering-objects-from-transfers).
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@
       &quot;maxTimeElapsedSinceLastModification&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If specified, only objects with a &quot;last modification time&quot; on or after `NOW` - `max_time_elapsed_since_last_modification` and objects that don&#x27;t have a &quot;last modification time&quot; are transferred. For each TransferOperation started by this TransferJob, `NOW` refers to the start_time of the `TransferOperation`.
       &quot;minTimeElapsedSinceLastModification&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If specified, only objects with a &quot;last modification time&quot; before `NOW` - `min_time_elapsed_since_last_modification` and objects that don&#x27;t have a &quot;last modification time&quot; are transferred. For each TransferOperation started by this TransferJob, `NOW` refers to the start_time of the `TransferOperation`.
     },
-    &quot;posixDataSource&quot;: { # A POSIX filesystem data source or sink. # A POSIX Filesystem data source.
+    &quot;posixDataSource&quot;: { # A POSIX filesystem resource. # A POSIX Filesystem data source.
       &quot;rootDirectory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Root directory path to the filesystem.
     },
     &quot;transferOptions&quot;: { # TransferOptions define the actions to be performed on objects in a transfer. # If the option delete_objects_unique_in_sink is `true` and time-based object conditions such as &#x27;last modification time&#x27; are specified, the request fails with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
@@ -447,10 +447,10 @@
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A description provided by the user for the job. Its max length is 1024 bytes when Unicode-encoded.
       &quot;lastModificationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time that the transfer job was last modified.
       &quot;latestOperationName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the most recently started TransferOperation of this JobConfig. Present if a TransferOperation has been created for this JobConfig.
-      &quot;loggingConfig&quot;: { # Logging configure. # Logging configuration.
+      &quot;loggingConfig&quot;: { # Logging configuration. # Logging configuration.
         &quot;enableOnpremGcsTransferLogs&quot;: True or False, # Enables the Cloud Storage transfer logs for this transfer. This is only supported for transfer jobs with PosixFilesystem sources. The default is that logs are not generated for this transfer.
       },
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service assigns a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. For transfers involving PosixFilesystem, this name must start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; specifically. For all other transfer types, this name must not start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27;. &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; is a reserved prefix for PosixFilesystem transfers. Non-PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/^(?!OPI)[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/OPI^[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Applications must not rely on the enforcement of naming requirements involving OPI. Invalid job names fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service assigns a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. For transfers involving PosixFilesystem, this name must start with `transferJobs/OPI` specifically. For all other transfer types, this name must not start with `transferJobs/OPI`. Non-PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/^(?!OPI)[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/OPI^[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Applications must not rely on the enforcement of naming requirements involving OPI. Invalid job names fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
       &quot;notificationConfig&quot;: { # Specification to configure notifications published to Pub/Sub. Notifications are published to the customer-provided topic using the following `PubsubMessage.attributes`: * `&quot;eventType&quot;`: one of the EventType values * `&quot;payloadFormat&quot;`: one of the PayloadFormat values * `&quot;projectId&quot;`: the project_id of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferJobName&quot;`: the transfer_job_name of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferOperationName&quot;`: the name of the `TransferOperation` The `PubsubMessage.data` contains a TransferOperation resource formatted according to the specified `PayloadFormat`. # Notification configuration. This is not supported for transfers involving PosixFilesystem.
         &quot;eventTypes&quot;: [ # Event types for which a notification is desired. If empty, send notifications for all event types.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@
         &quot;httpDataSource&quot;: { # An HttpData resource specifies a list of objects on the web to be transferred over HTTP. The information of the objects to be transferred is contained in a file referenced by a URL. The first line in the file must be `&quot;TsvHttpData-1.0&quot;`, which specifies the format of the file. Subsequent lines specify the information of the list of objects, one object per list entry. Each entry has the following tab-delimited fields: * **HTTP URL** — The location of the object. * **Length** — The size of the object in bytes. * **MD5** — The base64-encoded MD5 hash of the object. For an example of a valid TSV file, see [Transferring data from URLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/create-url-list). When transferring data based on a URL list, keep the following in mind: * When an object located at `http(s)://hostname:port/` is transferred to a data sink, the name of the object at the data sink is `/`. * If the specified size of an object does not match the actual size of the object fetched, the object is not transferred. * If the specified MD5 does not match the MD5 computed from the transferred bytes, the object transfer fails. * Ensure that each URL you specify is publicly accessible. For example, in Cloud Storage you can [share an object publicly] (/storage/docs/cloud-console#_sharingdata) and get a link to it. * Storage Transfer Service obeys `robots.txt` rules and requires the source HTTP server to support `Range` requests and to return a `Content-Length` header in each response. * ObjectConditions have no effect when filtering objects to transfer. # An HTTP URL data source.
           &quot;listUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URL that points to the file that stores the object list entries. This file must allow public access. Currently, only URLs with HTTP and HTTPS schemes are supported.
         },
-        &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. This is not supported for transfers involving PosixFilesystem. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
+        &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. Transfers that use PosixFilesystem and have a Cloud Storage source don&#x27;t support `ObjectConditions`. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
           &quot;excludePrefixes&quot;: [ # If you specify `exclude_prefixes`, Storage Transfer Service uses the items in the `exclude_prefixes` array to determine which objects to exclude from a transfer. Objects must not start with one of the matching `exclude_prefixes` for inclusion in a transfer. The following are requirements of `exclude_prefixes`: * Each exclude-prefix can contain any sequence of Unicode characters, to a max length of 1024 bytes when UTF8-encoded, and must not contain Carriage Return or Line Feed characters. Wildcard matching and regular expression matching are not supported. * Each exclude-prefix must omit the leading slash. For example, to exclude the object `s3://my-aws-bucket/logs/y=2015/requests.gz`, specify the exclude-prefix as `logs/y=2015/requests.gz`. * None of the exclude-prefix values can be empty, if specified. * Each exclude-prefix must exclude a distinct portion of the object namespace. No exclude-prefix may be a prefix of another exclude-prefix. * If include_prefixes is specified, then each exclude-prefix must start with the value of a path explicitly included by `include_prefixes`. The max size of `exclude_prefixes` is 1000. For more information, see [Filtering objects from transfers](/storage-transfer/docs/filtering-objects-from-transfers).
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@
           &quot;maxTimeElapsedSinceLastModification&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If specified, only objects with a &quot;last modification time&quot; on or after `NOW` - `max_time_elapsed_since_last_modification` and objects that don&#x27;t have a &quot;last modification time&quot; are transferred. For each TransferOperation started by this TransferJob, `NOW` refers to the start_time of the `TransferOperation`.
           &quot;minTimeElapsedSinceLastModification&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If specified, only objects with a &quot;last modification time&quot; before `NOW` - `min_time_elapsed_since_last_modification` and objects that don&#x27;t have a &quot;last modification time&quot; are transferred. For each TransferOperation started by this TransferJob, `NOW` refers to the start_time of the `TransferOperation`.
         },
-        &quot;posixDataSource&quot;: { # A POSIX filesystem data source or sink. # A POSIX Filesystem data source.
+        &quot;posixDataSource&quot;: { # A POSIX filesystem resource. # A POSIX Filesystem data source.
           &quot;rootDirectory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Root directory path to the filesystem.
         },
         &quot;transferOptions&quot;: { # TransferOptions define the actions to be performed on objects in a transfer. # If the option delete_objects_unique_in_sink is `true` and time-based object conditions such as &#x27;last modification time&#x27; are specified, the request fails with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
@@ -571,10 +571,10 @@
     &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A description provided by the user for the job. Its max length is 1024 bytes when Unicode-encoded.
     &quot;lastModificationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time that the transfer job was last modified.
     &quot;latestOperationName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the most recently started TransferOperation of this JobConfig. Present if a TransferOperation has been created for this JobConfig.
-    &quot;loggingConfig&quot;: { # Logging configure. # Logging configuration.
+    &quot;loggingConfig&quot;: { # Logging configuration. # Logging configuration.
       &quot;enableOnpremGcsTransferLogs&quot;: True or False, # Enables the Cloud Storage transfer logs for this transfer. This is only supported for transfer jobs with PosixFilesystem sources. The default is that logs are not generated for this transfer.
     },
-    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service assigns a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. For transfers involving PosixFilesystem, this name must start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; specifically. For all other transfer types, this name must not start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27;. &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; is a reserved prefix for PosixFilesystem transfers. Non-PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/^(?!OPI)[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/OPI^[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Applications must not rely on the enforcement of naming requirements involving OPI. Invalid job names fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service assigns a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. For transfers involving PosixFilesystem, this name must start with `transferJobs/OPI` specifically. For all other transfer types, this name must not start with `transferJobs/OPI`. Non-PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/^(?!OPI)[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/OPI^[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Applications must not rely on the enforcement of naming requirements involving OPI. Invalid job names fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
     &quot;notificationConfig&quot;: { # Specification to configure notifications published to Pub/Sub. Notifications are published to the customer-provided topic using the following `PubsubMessage.attributes`: * `&quot;eventType&quot;`: one of the EventType values * `&quot;payloadFormat&quot;`: one of the PayloadFormat values * `&quot;projectId&quot;`: the project_id of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferJobName&quot;`: the transfer_job_name of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferOperationName&quot;`: the name of the `TransferOperation` The `PubsubMessage.data` contains a TransferOperation resource formatted according to the specified `PayloadFormat`. # Notification configuration. This is not supported for transfers involving PosixFilesystem.
       &quot;eventTypes&quot;: [ # Event types for which a notification is desired. If empty, send notifications for all event types.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -638,7 +638,7 @@
       &quot;httpDataSource&quot;: { # An HttpData resource specifies a list of objects on the web to be transferred over HTTP. The information of the objects to be transferred is contained in a file referenced by a URL. The first line in the file must be `&quot;TsvHttpData-1.0&quot;`, which specifies the format of the file. Subsequent lines specify the information of the list of objects, one object per list entry. Each entry has the following tab-delimited fields: * **HTTP URL** — The location of the object. * **Length** — The size of the object in bytes. * **MD5** — The base64-encoded MD5 hash of the object. For an example of a valid TSV file, see [Transferring data from URLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/create-url-list). When transferring data based on a URL list, keep the following in mind: * When an object located at `http(s)://hostname:port/` is transferred to a data sink, the name of the object at the data sink is `/`. * If the specified size of an object does not match the actual size of the object fetched, the object is not transferred. * If the specified MD5 does not match the MD5 computed from the transferred bytes, the object transfer fails. * Ensure that each URL you specify is publicly accessible. For example, in Cloud Storage you can [share an object publicly] (/storage/docs/cloud-console#_sharingdata) and get a link to it. * Storage Transfer Service obeys `robots.txt` rules and requires the source HTTP server to support `Range` requests and to return a `Content-Length` header in each response. * ObjectConditions have no effect when filtering objects to transfer. # An HTTP URL data source.
         &quot;listUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URL that points to the file that stores the object list entries. This file must allow public access. Currently, only URLs with HTTP and HTTPS schemes are supported.
       },
-      &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. This is not supported for transfers involving PosixFilesystem. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
+      &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. Transfers that use PosixFilesystem and have a Cloud Storage source don&#x27;t support `ObjectConditions`. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
         &quot;excludePrefixes&quot;: [ # If you specify `exclude_prefixes`, Storage Transfer Service uses the items in the `exclude_prefixes` array to determine which objects to exclude from a transfer. Objects must not start with one of the matching `exclude_prefixes` for inclusion in a transfer. The following are requirements of `exclude_prefixes`: * Each exclude-prefix can contain any sequence of Unicode characters, to a max length of 1024 bytes when UTF8-encoded, and must not contain Carriage Return or Line Feed characters. Wildcard matching and regular expression matching are not supported. * Each exclude-prefix must omit the leading slash. For example, to exclude the object `s3://my-aws-bucket/logs/y=2015/requests.gz`, specify the exclude-prefix as `logs/y=2015/requests.gz`. * None of the exclude-prefix values can be empty, if specified. * Each exclude-prefix must exclude a distinct portion of the object namespace. No exclude-prefix may be a prefix of another exclude-prefix. * If include_prefixes is specified, then each exclude-prefix must start with the value of a path explicitly included by `include_prefixes`. The max size of `exclude_prefixes` is 1000. For more information, see [Filtering objects from transfers](/storage-transfer/docs/filtering-objects-from-transfers).
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -650,7 +650,7 @@
         &quot;maxTimeElapsedSinceLastModification&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If specified, only objects with a &quot;last modification time&quot; on or after `NOW` - `max_time_elapsed_since_last_modification` and objects that don&#x27;t have a &quot;last modification time&quot; are transferred. For each TransferOperation started by this TransferJob, `NOW` refers to the start_time of the `TransferOperation`.
         &quot;minTimeElapsedSinceLastModification&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If specified, only objects with a &quot;last modification time&quot; before `NOW` - `min_time_elapsed_since_last_modification` and objects that don&#x27;t have a &quot;last modification time&quot; are transferred. For each TransferOperation started by this TransferJob, `NOW` refers to the start_time of the `TransferOperation`.
       },
-      &quot;posixDataSource&quot;: { # A POSIX filesystem data source or sink. # A POSIX Filesystem data source.
+      &quot;posixDataSource&quot;: { # A POSIX filesystem resource. # A POSIX Filesystem data source.
         &quot;rootDirectory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Root directory path to the filesystem.
       },
       &quot;transferOptions&quot;: { # TransferOptions define the actions to be performed on objects in a transfer. # If the option delete_objects_unique_in_sink is `true` and time-based object conditions such as &#x27;last modification time&#x27; are specified, the request fails with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
@@ -677,10 +677,10 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A description provided by the user for the job. Its max length is 1024 bytes when Unicode-encoded.
   &quot;lastModificationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time that the transfer job was last modified.
   &quot;latestOperationName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the most recently started TransferOperation of this JobConfig. Present if a TransferOperation has been created for this JobConfig.
-  &quot;loggingConfig&quot;: { # Logging configure. # Logging configuration.
+  &quot;loggingConfig&quot;: { # Logging configuration. # Logging configuration.
     &quot;enableOnpremGcsTransferLogs&quot;: True or False, # Enables the Cloud Storage transfer logs for this transfer. This is only supported for transfer jobs with PosixFilesystem sources. The default is that logs are not generated for this transfer.
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service assigns a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. For transfers involving PosixFilesystem, this name must start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; specifically. For all other transfer types, this name must not start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27;. &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; is a reserved prefix for PosixFilesystem transfers. Non-PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/^(?!OPI)[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/OPI^[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Applications must not rely on the enforcement of naming requirements involving OPI. Invalid job names fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service assigns a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. For transfers involving PosixFilesystem, this name must start with `transferJobs/OPI` specifically. For all other transfer types, this name must not start with `transferJobs/OPI`. Non-PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/^(?!OPI)[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/OPI^[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Applications must not rely on the enforcement of naming requirements involving OPI. Invalid job names fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
   &quot;notificationConfig&quot;: { # Specification to configure notifications published to Pub/Sub. Notifications are published to the customer-provided topic using the following `PubsubMessage.attributes`: * `&quot;eventType&quot;`: one of the EventType values * `&quot;payloadFormat&quot;`: one of the PayloadFormat values * `&quot;projectId&quot;`: the project_id of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferJobName&quot;`: the transfer_job_name of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferOperationName&quot;`: the name of the `TransferOperation` The `PubsubMessage.data` contains a TransferOperation resource formatted according to the specified `PayloadFormat`. # Notification configuration. This is not supported for transfers involving PosixFilesystem.
     &quot;eventTypes&quot;: [ # Event types for which a notification is desired. If empty, send notifications for all event types.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -744,7 +744,7 @@
     &quot;httpDataSource&quot;: { # An HttpData resource specifies a list of objects on the web to be transferred over HTTP. The information of the objects to be transferred is contained in a file referenced by a URL. The first line in the file must be `&quot;TsvHttpData-1.0&quot;`, which specifies the format of the file. Subsequent lines specify the information of the list of objects, one object per list entry. Each entry has the following tab-delimited fields: * **HTTP URL** — The location of the object. * **Length** — The size of the object in bytes. * **MD5** — The base64-encoded MD5 hash of the object. For an example of a valid TSV file, see [Transferring data from URLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/create-url-list). When transferring data based on a URL list, keep the following in mind: * When an object located at `http(s)://hostname:port/` is transferred to a data sink, the name of the object at the data sink is `/`. * If the specified size of an object does not match the actual size of the object fetched, the object is not transferred. * If the specified MD5 does not match the MD5 computed from the transferred bytes, the object transfer fails. * Ensure that each URL you specify is publicly accessible. For example, in Cloud Storage you can [share an object publicly] (/storage/docs/cloud-console#_sharingdata) and get a link to it. * Storage Transfer Service obeys `robots.txt` rules and requires the source HTTP server to support `Range` requests and to return a `Content-Length` header in each response. * ObjectConditions have no effect when filtering objects to transfer. # An HTTP URL data source.
       &quot;listUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URL that points to the file that stores the object list entries. This file must allow public access. Currently, only URLs with HTTP and HTTPS schemes are supported.
     },
-    &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. This is not supported for transfers involving PosixFilesystem. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
+    &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. Transfers that use PosixFilesystem and have a Cloud Storage source don&#x27;t support `ObjectConditions`. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
       &quot;excludePrefixes&quot;: [ # If you specify `exclude_prefixes`, Storage Transfer Service uses the items in the `exclude_prefixes` array to determine which objects to exclude from a transfer. Objects must not start with one of the matching `exclude_prefixes` for inclusion in a transfer. The following are requirements of `exclude_prefixes`: * Each exclude-prefix can contain any sequence of Unicode characters, to a max length of 1024 bytes when UTF8-encoded, and must not contain Carriage Return or Line Feed characters. Wildcard matching and regular expression matching are not supported. * Each exclude-prefix must omit the leading slash. For example, to exclude the object `s3://my-aws-bucket/logs/y=2015/requests.gz`, specify the exclude-prefix as `logs/y=2015/requests.gz`. * None of the exclude-prefix values can be empty, if specified. * Each exclude-prefix must exclude a distinct portion of the object namespace. No exclude-prefix may be a prefix of another exclude-prefix. * If include_prefixes is specified, then each exclude-prefix must start with the value of a path explicitly included by `include_prefixes`. The max size of `exclude_prefixes` is 1000. For more information, see [Filtering objects from transfers](/storage-transfer/docs/filtering-objects-from-transfers).
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
@@ -756,7 +756,7 @@
       &quot;maxTimeElapsedSinceLastModification&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If specified, only objects with a &quot;last modification time&quot; on or after `NOW` - `max_time_elapsed_since_last_modification` and objects that don&#x27;t have a &quot;last modification time&quot; are transferred. For each TransferOperation started by this TransferJob, `NOW` refers to the start_time of the `TransferOperation`.
       &quot;minTimeElapsedSinceLastModification&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If specified, only objects with a &quot;last modification time&quot; before `NOW` - `min_time_elapsed_since_last_modification` and objects that don&#x27;t have a &quot;last modification time&quot; are transferred. For each TransferOperation started by this TransferJob, `NOW` refers to the start_time of the `TransferOperation`.
     },
-    &quot;posixDataSource&quot;: { # A POSIX filesystem data source or sink. # A POSIX Filesystem data source.
+    &quot;posixDataSource&quot;: { # A POSIX filesystem resource. # A POSIX Filesystem data source.
       &quot;rootDirectory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Root directory path to the filesystem.
     },
     &quot;transferOptions&quot;: { # TransferOptions define the actions to be performed on objects in a transfer. # If the option delete_objects_unique_in_sink is `true` and time-based object conditions such as &#x27;last modification time&#x27; are specified, the request fails with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html
index a68acd8..0ddf0a0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html
@@ -78,6 +78,9 @@
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#introspect">introspect(body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets information about a Google OAuth 2.0 access token issued by the Google Cloud [Security Token Service API](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/sts/rest).</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#token">token(body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Exchanges a credential for a Google OAuth 2.0 access token. The token asserts an external identity within a workload identity pool, or it applies a Credential Access Boundary to a Google access token. When you call this method, do not send the `Authorization` HTTP header in the request. This method does not require the `Authorization` header, and using the header can cause the request to fail.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
@@ -87,6 +90,39 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="introspect">introspect(body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets information about a Google OAuth 2.0 access token issued by the Google Cloud [Security Token Service API](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/sts/rest).
+
+Args:
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for IntrospectToken.
+  &quot;token&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OAuth 2.0 security token issued by the Security Token Service API.
+  &quot;tokenTypeHint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The type of the given token. Supported values are `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token` and `access_token`.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for IntrospectToken.
+  &quot;active&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value that indicates whether the provided access token is currently active.
+  &quot;client_id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client identifier for the OAuth 2.0 client that requested the provided token.
+  &quot;exp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The expiration timestamp, measured in the number of seconds since January 1 1970 UTC, indicating when this token will expire.
+  &quot;iat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The issued timestamp, measured in the number of seconds since January 1 1970 UTC, indicating when this token was originally issued.
+  &quot;iss&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The issuer of the provided token.
+  &quot;scope&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A list of scopes associated with the provided token.
+  &quot;sub&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique user ID associated with the provided token. For Google Accounts, this value is based on the Google Account&#x27;s user ID. For federated identities, this value is based on the identity pool ID and the value of the mapped `google.subject` attribute.
+  &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable identifier for the token principal subject. For example, if the provided token is associated with a workload identity pool, this field contains a value in the following format: `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//subject/`
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="token">token(body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Exchanges a credential for a Google OAuth 2.0 access token. The token asserts an external identity within a workload identity pool, or it applies a Credential Access Boundary to a Google access token. When you call this method, do not send the `Authorization` HTTP header in the request. This method does not require the `Authorization` header, and using the header can cause the request to fail.
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.thirdPartyLinks.html b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.thirdPartyLinks.html
index 60b480e..fe65f4d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.thirdPartyLinks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.thirdPartyLinks.html
@@ -78,16 +78,16 @@
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#delete">delete(linkingToken, type, part=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#delete">delete(linkingToken, type, externalChannelId=None, part=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Deletes a resource.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#insert">insert(part, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#insert">insert(part, body=None, externalChannelId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Inserts a new resource into this collection.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#list">list(part, linkingToken=None, type=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#list">list(part, externalChannelId=None, linkingToken=None, type=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves a list of resources, possibly filtered.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#update">update(part, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#update">update(part, body=None, externalChannelId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Updates an existing resource.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(linkingToken, type, part=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(linkingToken, type, externalChannelId=None, part=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Deletes a resource.
 
 Args:
@@ -105,6 +105,7 @@
     Allowed values
       linkUnspecified - 
       channelToStoreLink - A link that is connecting (or about to connect) a channel with a store on a merchandising platform in order to enable retail commerce capabilities for that channel on YouTube.
+  externalChannelId: string, Channel ID to which changes should be applied, for delegation.
   part: string, Do not use. Required for compatibility. (repeated)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -114,7 +115,7 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="insert">insert(part, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="insert">insert(part, body=None, externalChannelId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Inserts a new resource into this collection.
 
 Args:
@@ -138,6 +139,7 @@
   },
 }
 
+  externalChannelId: string, Channel ID to which changes should be applied, for delegation.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -164,11 +166,12 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="list">list(part, linkingToken=None, type=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(part, externalChannelId=None, linkingToken=None, type=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Retrieves a list of resources, possibly filtered.
 
 Args:
   part: string, The *part* parameter specifies the thirdPartyLink resource parts that the API response will include. Supported values are linkingToken, status, and snippet. (required) (repeated)
+  externalChannelId: string, Channel ID to which changes should be applied, for delegation.
   linkingToken: string, Get a third party link with the given linking token.
   type: string, Get a third party link of the given type.
     Allowed values
@@ -200,7 +203,7 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="update">update(part, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="update">update(part, body=None, externalChannelId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Updates an existing resource.
 
 Args:
@@ -224,6 +227,7 @@
   },
 }
 
+  externalChannelId: string, Channel ID to which changes should be applied, for delegation.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json
index c5bcd65..0e7d59f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://acceleratedmobilepageurl.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AmpUrl": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json
index c76ddfa..3b877a1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json
@@ -943,7 +943,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210827",
+  "revision": "20210913",
   "rootUrl": "https://accesscontextmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessContextManagerOperationMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1beta.json
index 3427907..6dead10 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1beta.json
@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210827",
+  "revision": "20210913",
   "rootUrl": "https://accesscontextmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessContextManagerOperationMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json
index 126d136..26ad192 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json
@@ -2568,7 +2568,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210911",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://adexchangebuyer.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AbsoluteDateRange": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json
index c5ce7aa..e8964f6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210827",
+  "revision": "20210914",
   "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Application": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json
index ea3078c..46bedba 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json
@@ -4397,7 +4397,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210827",
+  "revision": "20210914",
   "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Alias": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json
index 65c5aae..0da8099 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json
@@ -631,7 +631,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210827",
+  "revision": "20210914",
   "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Activities": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json
index 0a72e63..a5cca3e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210911",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://admob.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdUnit": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json
index 1f8c076..6ee3b30 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210911",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://admob.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdUnit": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json
index 76dd8dc..cc97cce 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json
@@ -1567,7 +1567,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210911",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://adsense.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Account": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json
index 90b3987..8e9ede4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json
@@ -3152,7 +3152,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://analyticsadmin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaAccount": {
@@ -4759,7 +4759,7 @@
       "id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaUserLink",
       "properties": {
         "directRoles": {
-          "description": "Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/manage-users Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.",
+          "description": "Roles directly assigned to this user for this account or property. Valid values: predefinedRoles/read predefinedRoles/collaborate predefinedRoles/edit predefinedRoles/admin Excludes roles that are inherited from a higher-level entity, group, or organization admin role. A UserLink that is updated to have an empty list of direct_roles will be deleted.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json
index 74ea440..f52414d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210907",
+  "revision": "20210917",
   "rootUrl": "https://analyticsdata.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "BatchRunPivotReportsRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json
index ab0f65a..69a9aa8 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json
@@ -825,7 +825,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210914",
   "rootUrl": "https://androiddeviceprovisioning.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ClaimDeviceRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json
index a15104f..c1a7f03 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json
@@ -2610,7 +2610,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210909",
+  "revision": "20210916",
   "rootUrl": "https://androidenterprise.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Administrator": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json
index 200c1c1..17ab9b9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json
@@ -1004,7 +1004,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210830",
+  "revision": "20210916",
   "rootUrl": "https://androidmanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdvancedSecurityOverrides": {
@@ -1300,6 +1300,10 @@
           "description": "Whether the app is disabled. When disabled, the app data is still preserved.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
+        "extensionConfig": {
+          "$ref": "ExtensionConfig",
+          "description": "Configuration to enable this app as an extension app, with the capability of interacting with Android Device Policy offline.This field can be set for at most one app."
+        },
         "installType": {
           "description": "The type of installation to perform.",
           "enum": [
@@ -2229,6 +2233,24 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "ExtensionConfig": {
+      "description": "Configuration to enable an app as an extension app, with the capability of interacting with Android Device Policy offline.",
+      "id": "ExtensionConfig",
+      "properties": {
+        "notificationReceiver": {
+          "description": "Fully qualified class name of the receiver service class for Android Device Policy to notify the extension app of any local command status updates.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "signingKeyFingerprintsSha256": {
+          "description": "Hex-encoded SHA256 hash of the signing certificate of the extension app. Only hexadecimal string representations of 64 characters are valid.If not specified, the signature for the corresponding package name is obtained from the Play Store instead.If this list is empty, the signature of the extension app on the device must match the signature obtained from the Play Store for the app to be able to communicate with Android Device Policy.If this list is not empty, the signature of the extension app on the device must match one of the entries in this list for the app to be able to communicate with Android Device Policy.In production use cases, it is recommended to leave this empty.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "ExternalData": {
       "description": "Data hosted at an external location. The data is to be downloaded by Android Device Policy and verified against the hash.",
       "id": "ExternalData",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json
index 0761ddd..7ab3174 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json
@@ -2681,7 +2681,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210906",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://androidpublisher.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Apk": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json
index b565a92..184bdc3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json
@@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210825",
+  "revision": "20210908",
   "rootUrl": "https://apigateway.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApigatewayApi": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json
index bcb40d7..e4f65c4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json
@@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210825",
+  "revision": "20210908",
   "rootUrl": "https://apigateway.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApigatewayApi": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json
index b608a4c..7cda74f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json
@@ -7412,7 +7412,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210902",
+  "revision": "20210916",
   "rootUrl": "https://apigee.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "EdgeConfigstoreBundleBadBundle": {
@@ -11393,9 +11393,9 @@
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Pricing model not specified. This is the default.",
             "Fixed rate charged for each API call.",
-            "Variable rate charged based on the total volume of API calls. Example: * 1-100 calls cost $2 per call * 101-200 calls cost $1.50 per call * 201-300 calls cost $1 per call * Total price for 50 calls: 50 x $2 = $100 * Total price for 150 calls: 150 x $1.5 = $225 * Total price for 250 calls: 250 x $1 = $250. **Note**: Not supported by Apigee at this time.",
             "Variable rate charged for each API call based on price tiers. Example: * 1-100 calls cost $2 per call * 101-200 calls cost $1.50 per call * 201-300 calls cost $1 per call * Total price for 50 calls: 50 x $2 = $100 * Total price for 150 calls: 100 x $2 + 50 x $1.5 = $275 * Total price for 250 calls: 100 x $2 + 100 x $1.5 + 50 x $1 = $400. **Note**: Not supported by Apigee at this time.",
-            "Flat rate charged for a bundle of API calls whether or not the entire bundle is used. Example: * 1-100 calls cost $75 flat fee * 101-200 calls cost $100 flat free * 201-300 calls cost $150 flat fee * Total price for 1 call: $75 * Total price for 50 calls: $75 * Total price for 150 calls: $100 * Total price for 250 calls: $150. **Note**: Not supported by Apigee at this time."
+            "**Note**: Not supported by Apigee at this time.",
+            "**Note**: Not supported by Apigee at this time."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json
index ad2937d..950f12f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json
@@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210827",
+  "revision": "20210911",
   "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApiConfigHandler": {
@@ -2262,7 +2262,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "description": {
-          "description": "An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 100 characters.",
+          "description": "An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 400 characters.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "priority": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json
index 0575322..11249a9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json
@@ -709,7 +709,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210827",
+  "revision": "20210911",
   "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuthorizedCertificate": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json
index 1048bd4..33ad196 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json
@@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210827",
+  "revision": "20210911",
   "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApiConfigHandler": {
@@ -2313,7 +2313,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "description": {
-          "description": "An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 100 characters.",
+          "description": "An optional string description of this rule. This field has a maximum length of 400 characters.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "priority": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json
index 02aa7d6..7f6ff31 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json
@@ -586,7 +586,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://area120tables.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "BatchCreateRowsRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json
index e0067d2..c1f3e03 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210902",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AptArtifact": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json
index 2cec9e7..3d77e0c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json
@@ -929,7 +929,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210902",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AptArtifact": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json
index 06c1f0b..b776df5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json
@@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210902",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AptArtifact": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json
index 5774358..6227efd 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210906",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://assuredworkloads.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1CreateWorkloadOperationMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json
index 5390351..021c5ec 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json
@@ -1683,7 +1683,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210904",
+  "revision": "20210906",
   "rootUrl": "https://bigquery.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AggregateClassificationMetrics": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json
index f728230..a4f2949 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210903",
+  "revision": "20210906",
   "rootUrl": "https://bigqueryconnection.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json
index 7fe77bc..fb099b2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json
@@ -1340,7 +1340,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210903",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://bigquerydatatransfer.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CheckValidCredsRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json
index 1808334..6d1b8c6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@
               ]
             },
             "searchAssignments": {
-              "description": "Looks up assignments for a specified resource for a particular region. If the request is about a project: 1. Assignments created on the project will be returned if they exist. 2. Otherwise assignments created on the closest ancestor will be returned. 3. Assignments for different JobTypes will all be returned. The same logic applies if the request is about a folder. If the request is about an organization, then assignments created on the organization will be returned (organization doesn't have ancestors). Comparing to ListAssignments, there are some behavior differences: 1. permission on the assignee will be verified in this API. 2. Hierarchy lookup (project->folder->organization) happens in this API. 3. Parent here is `projects/*/locations/*`, instead of `projects/*/locations/*reservations/*`. **Note** \"-\" cannot be used for projects nor locations.",
+              "description": "Deprecated: Looks up assignments for a specified resource for a particular region. If the request is about a project: 1. Assignments created on the project will be returned if they exist. 2. Otherwise assignments created on the closest ancestor will be returned. 3. Assignments for different JobTypes will all be returned. The same logic applies if the request is about a folder. If the request is about an organization, then assignments created on the organization will be returned (organization doesn't have ancestors). Comparing to ListAssignments, there are some behavior differences: 1. permission on the assignee will be verified in this API. 2. Hierarchy lookup (project->folder->organization) happens in this API. 3. Parent here is `projects/*/locations/*`, instead of `projects/*/locations/*reservations/*`. **Note** \"-\" cannot be used for projects nor locations.",
               "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:searchAssignments",
               "httpMethod": "GET",
               "id": "bigqueryreservation.projects.locations.searchAssignments",
@@ -788,11 +788,11 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210830",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://bigqueryreservation.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Assignment": {
-      "description": "A Assignment allows a project to submit jobs of a certain type using slots from the specified reservation.",
+      "description": "An assignment allows a project to submit jobs of a certain type using slots from the specified reservation.",
       "id": "Assignment",
       "properties": {
         "assignee": {
@@ -1043,7 +1043,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "ignoreIdleSlots": {
-          "description": "If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified above at most.",
+          "description": "If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "name": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1beta1.json
index 71f3d40..dadae7f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1beta1.json
@@ -786,11 +786,11 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210830",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://bigqueryreservation.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Assignment": {
-      "description": "A Assignment allows a project to submit jobs of a certain type using slots from the specified reservation.",
+      "description": "An assignment allows a project to submit jobs of a certain type using slots from the specified reservation.",
       "id": "Assignment",
       "properties": {
         "assignee": {
@@ -1041,7 +1041,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "ignoreIdleSlots": {
-          "description": "If false, any query using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified above at most.",
+          "description": "If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "name": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v1.json
index 10e7a57..597677c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v1.json
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
   },
   "protocol": "rest",
   "resources": {},
-  "revision": "20210811",
+  "revision": "20210907",
   "rootUrl": "https://bigtableadmin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Backup": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json
index fae539b..8ffc6fd 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json
@@ -1803,7 +1803,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210811",
+  "revision": "20210907",
   "rootUrl": "https://bigtableadmin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AppProfile": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1.json
index 58ab3a3..f0d6ca5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1.json
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210903",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://billingbudgets.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudBillingBudgetsV1Budget": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1beta1.json
index e9fe639..b890e23 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1beta1.json
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210903",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://billingbudgets.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudBillingBudgetsV1beta1AllUpdatesRule": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json
index 8b3d5cd..dea596a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210820",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://binaryauthorization.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdmissionRule": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json
index 49661a8..22a20db 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210820",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://binaryauthorization.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdmissionRule": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json
index 0ac73fb..0291654 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://blogger.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Blog": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json
index 432bb7c..931def8 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json
@@ -1678,7 +1678,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://blogger.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Blog": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json
index b66991f..5d111a2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json
@@ -2671,7 +2671,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210908",
+  "revision": "20210912",
   "rootUrl": "https://books.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Annotation": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json
index 82c4302..7b61eb1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json
@@ -1723,7 +1723,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210825",
+  "revision": "20210913",
   "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Acl": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json
index 30bc930..e49c7df 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "threadKey": {
-              "description": "Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.",
+              "description": "Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Google Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "threadKey": {
-              "description": "Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.",
+              "description": "Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Google Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
                   "type": "string"
                 },
                 "threadKey": {
-                  "description": "Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.",
+                  "description": "Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Google Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.",
                   "location": "query",
                   "type": "string"
                 }
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "threadKey": {
-              "description": "Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.",
+              "description": "Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Google Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "threadKey": {
-              "description": "Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.",
+              "description": "Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Google Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@
                   "type": "string"
                 },
                 "threadKey": {
-                  "description": "Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.",
+                  "description": "Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Google Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.",
                   "location": "query",
                   "type": "string"
                 }
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "threadKey": {
-              "description": "Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.",
+              "description": "Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Google Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -481,7 +481,7 @@
                   "type": "string"
                 },
                 "threadKey": {
-                  "description": "Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.",
+                  "description": "Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Google Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.",
                   "location": "query",
                   "type": "string"
                 }
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210903",
+  "revision": "20210911",
   "rootUrl": "https://chat.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ActionParameter": {
@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Attachment": {
-      "description": "An attachment in Hangouts Chat.",
+      "description": "An attachment in Google Chat.",
       "id": "Attachment",
       "properties": {
         "attachmentDataRef": {
@@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@
         },
         "space": {
           "$ref": "Space",
-          "description": "The room or DM in which the event occurred."
+          "description": "The space in which the event occurred."
         },
         "threadKey": {
           "description": "The bot-defined key for the thread related to the event. See the thread_key field of the `spaces.message.create` request for more information.",
@@ -1094,9 +1094,9 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Default value for the enum. DO NOT USE.",
-            "A message was sent in a room or direct message.",
-            "The bot was added to a room or DM.",
-            "The bot was removed from a room or DM.",
+            "A message was sent in a space.",
+            "The bot was added to a space.",
+            "The bot was removed from a space.",
             "The bot's interactive card was clicked."
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -2282,7 +2282,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Membership": {
-      "description": "Represents a membership relation in Hangouts Chat.",
+      "description": "Represents a membership relation in Google Chat.",
       "id": "Membership",
       "properties": {
         "createTime": {
@@ -2292,7 +2292,7 @@
         },
         "member": {
           "$ref": "User",
-          "description": "A User in Hangout Chat"
+          "description": "A user in Google Chat."
         },
         "name": {
           "type": "string"
@@ -2317,7 +2317,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Message": {
-      "description": "A message in Hangouts Chat.",
+      "description": "A message in Google Chat.",
       "id": "Message",
       "properties": {
         "actionResponse": {
@@ -2350,7 +2350,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "createTime": {
-          "description": "Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.",
+          "description": "Output only. The time at which the message was created in Google Chat server.",
           "format": "google-datetime",
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
@@ -2360,7 +2360,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "lastUpdateTime": {
-          "description": "Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.",
+          "description": "Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Google Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.",
           "format": "google-datetime",
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
@@ -2490,11 +2490,11 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Space": {
-      "description": "A room or DM in Hangouts Chat.",
+      "description": "A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot.",
       "id": "Space",
       "properties": {
         "displayName": {
-          "description": "Output only. The display name (only if the space is a room). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.",
+          "description": "Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "name": {
@@ -2518,8 +2518,8 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "",
-            "Multi-user spaces such as rooms and DMs between humans.",
-            "1:1 Direct Message between a human and a bot, where all messages are flat."
+            "Conversations between two or more humans.",
+            "1:1 Direct Message between a human and a Chat bot, where all messages are flat."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -2565,7 +2565,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Thread": {
-      "description": "A thread in Hangouts Chat.",
+      "description": "A thread in Google Chat.",
       "id": "Thread",
       "properties": {
         "name": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json
index 3c6375f..664a354 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://chromemanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleChromeManagementV1AndroidAppInfo": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json
index 87521df..e573bab 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210917",
   "rootUrl": "https://chromepolicy.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleChromePolicyV1AdditionalTargetKeyName": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json
index 045ffc1..f42460a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210909",
+  "revision": "20210916",
   "rootUrl": "https://chromeuxreport.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Bin": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json
index 53244de..835de9b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json
@@ -2400,7 +2400,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210908",
+  "revision": "20210920",
   "rootUrl": "https://classroom.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Announcement": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json
index 1a42c04..2f15052 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json
@@ -587,7 +587,7 @@
           ]
         },
         "exportAssets": {
-          "description": "Exports assets with time and resource types to a given Cloud Storage location/BigQuery table. For Cloud Storage location destinations, the output format is newline-delimited JSON. Each line represents a google.cloud.asset.v1.Asset in the JSON format; for BigQuery table destinations, the output table stores the fields in asset proto as columns. This API implements the google.longrunning.Operation API , which allows you to keep track of the export. We recommend intervals of at least 2 seconds with exponential retry to poll the export operation result. For regular-size resource parent, the export operation usually finishes within 5 minutes.",
+          "description": "Exports assets with time and resource types to a given Cloud Storage location/BigQuery table. For Cloud Storage location destinations, the output format is newline-delimited JSON. Each line represents a google.cloud.asset.v1.Asset in the JSON format; for BigQuery table destinations, the output table stores the fields in asset Protobuf as columns. This API implements the google.longrunning.Operation API, which allows you to keep track of the export. We recommend intervals of at least 2 seconds with exponential retry to poll the export operation result. For regular-size resource parent, the export operation usually finishes within 5 minutes.",
           "flatPath": "v1/{v1Id}/{v1Id1}:exportAssets",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "cloudasset.exportAssets",
@@ -727,7 +727,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210903",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessSelector": {
@@ -2698,7 +2698,7 @@
       "properties": {
         "bigqueryDestination": {
           "$ref": "BigQueryDestination",
-          "description": "Destination on BigQuery. The output table stores the fields in asset proto as columns in BigQuery."
+          "description": "Destination on BigQuery. The output table stores the fields in asset Protobuf as columns in BigQuery."
         },
         "gcsDestination": {
           "$ref": "GcsDestination",
@@ -2785,7 +2785,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "RelatedAsset": {
-      "description": "An asset identify in Google Cloud which contains its name, type and ancestors. An asset can be any resource in the Google Cloud [resource hierarchy](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/cloud-platform-resource-hierarchy), a resource outside the Google Cloud resource hierarchy (such as Google Kubernetes Engine clusters and objects), or a policy (e.g. Cloud IAM policy). See [Supported asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types) for more information.",
+      "description": "An asset identifier in Google Cloud which contains its name, type and ancestors. An asset can be any resource in the Google Cloud [resource hierarchy](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/cloud-platform-resource-hierarchy), a resource outside the Google Cloud resource hierarchy (such as Google Kubernetes Engine clusters and objects), or a policy (e.g. Cloud IAM policy). See [Supported asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types) for more information.",
       "id": "RelatedAsset",
       "properties": {
         "ancestors": {
@@ -2939,16 +2939,16 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "createTime": {
-          "description": "The create timestamp of this resource, at which the resource was created. The granularity is in seconds. Timestamp.nanos will always be 0. This field is available only when the resource's proto contains it. To search against `create_time`: * use a field query. - value in seconds since unix epoch. Example: `createTime > 1609459200` - value in date string. Example: `createTime > 2021-01-01` - value in date-time string (must be quoted). Example: `createTime > \"2021-01-01T00:00:00\"`",
+          "description": "The create timestamp of this resource, at which the resource was created. The granularity is in seconds. Timestamp.nanos will always be 0. This field is available only when the resource's Protobuf contains it. To search against `create_time`: * use a field query. - value in seconds since unix epoch. Example: `createTime > 1609459200` - value in date string. Example: `createTime > 2021-01-01` - value in date-time string (must be quoted). Example: `createTime > \"2021-01-01T00:00:00\"`",
           "format": "google-datetime",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "description": {
-          "description": "One or more paragraphs of text description of this resource. Maximum length could be up to 1M bytes. This field is available only when the resource's proto contains it. To search against the `description`: * use a field query. Example: `description:\"important instance\"` * use a free text query. Example: `\"important instance\"`",
+          "description": "One or more paragraphs of text description of this resource. Maximum length could be up to 1M bytes. This field is available only when the resource's Protobuf contains it. To search against the `description`: * use a field query. Example: `description:\"important instance\"` * use a free text query. Example: `\"important instance\"`",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "displayName": {
-          "description": "The display name of this resource. This field is available only when the resource's proto contains it. To search against the `display_name`: * use a field query. Example: `displayName:\"My Instance\"` * use a free text query. Example: `\"My Instance\"`",
+          "description": "The display name of this resource. This field is available only when the resource's Protobuf contains it. To search against the `display_name`: * use a field query. Example: `displayName:\"My Instance\"` * use a free text query. Example: `\"My Instance\"`",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "folders": {
@@ -2959,18 +2959,18 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "kmsKey": {
-          "description": "The Cloud KMS [CryptoKey](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys) name or [CryptoKeyVersion](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.cryptoKeyVersions) name. This field is available only when the resource's proto contains it. To search against the `kms_key`: * use a field query. Example: `kmsKey:key` * use a free text query. Example: `key`",
+          "description": "The Cloud KMS [CryptoKey](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys) name or [CryptoKeyVersion](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.cryptoKeyVersions) name. This field is available only when the resource's Protobuf contains it. To search against the `kms_key`: * use a field query. Example: `kmsKey:key` * use a free text query. Example: `key`",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labels": {
           "additionalProperties": {
             "type": "string"
           },
-          "description": "Labels associated with this resource. See [Labelling and grouping GCP resources](https://cloud.google.com/blog/products/gcp/labelling-and-grouping-your-google-cloud-platform-resources) for more information. This field is available only when the resource's proto contains it. To search against the `labels`: * use a field query: - query on any label's key or value. Example: `labels:prod` - query by a given label. Example: `labels.env:prod` - query by a given label's existence. Example: `labels.env:*` * use a free text query. Example: `prod`",
+          "description": "Labels associated with this resource. See [Labelling and grouping GCP resources](https://cloud.google.com/blog/products/gcp/labelling-and-grouping-your-google-cloud-platform-resources) for more information. This field is available only when the resource's Protobuf contains it. To search against the `labels`: * use a field query: - query on any label's key or value. Example: `labels:prod` - query by a given label. Example: `labels.env:prod` - query by a given label's existence. Example: `labels.env:*` * use a free text query. Example: `prod`",
           "type": "object"
         },
         "location": {
-          "description": "Location can be `global`, regional like `us-east1`, or zonal like `us-west1-b`. This field is available only when the resource's proto contains it. To search against the `location`: * use a field query. Example: `location:us-west*` * use a free text query. Example: `us-west*`",
+          "description": "Location can be `global`, regional like `us-east1`, or zonal like `us-west1-b`. This field is available only when the resource's Protobuf contains it. To search against the `location`: * use a field query. Example: `location:us-west*` * use a free text query. Example: `us-west*`",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "name": {
@@ -2978,7 +2978,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "networkTags": {
-          "description": "Network tags associated with this resource. Like labels, network tags are a type of annotations used to group GCP resources. See [Labelling GCP resources](https://cloud.google.com/blog/products/gcp/labelling-and-grouping-your-google-cloud-platform-resources) for more information. This field is available only when the resource's proto contains it. To search against the `network_tags`: * use a field query. Example: `networkTags:internal` * use a free text query. Example: `internal`",
+          "description": "Network tags associated with this resource. Like labels, network tags are a type of annotations used to group GCP resources. See [Labelling GCP resources](https://cloud.google.com/blog/products/gcp/labelling-and-grouping-your-google-cloud-platform-resources) for more information. This field is available only when the resource's Protobuf contains it. To search against the `network_tags`: * use a field query. Example: `networkTags:internal` * use a free text query. Example: `internal`",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -3008,11 +3008,11 @@
           "type": "object"
         },
         "state": {
-          "description": "The state of this resource. Different resources types have different state definitions that are mapped from various fields of different resource types. This field is available only when the resource's proto contains it. Example: If the resource is an instance provided by Compute Engine, its state will include PROVISIONING, STAGING, RUNNING, STOPPING, SUSPENDING, SUSPENDED, REPAIRING, and TERMINATED. See `status` definition in [API Reference](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/instances). If the resource is a project provided by Cloud Resource Manager, its state will include LIFECYCLE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, ACTIVE, DELETE_REQUESTED and DELETE_IN_PROGRESS. See `lifecycleState` definition in [API Reference](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/reference/rest/v1/projects). To search against the `state`: * use a field query. Example: `state:RUNNING` * use a free text query. Example: `RUNNING`",
+          "description": "The state of this resource. Different resources types have different state definitions that are mapped from various fields of different resource types. This field is available only when the resource's Protobuf contains it. Example: If the resource is an instance provided by Compute Engine, its state will include PROVISIONING, STAGING, RUNNING, STOPPING, SUSPENDING, SUSPENDED, REPAIRING, and TERMINATED. See `status` definition in [API Reference](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/instances). If the resource is a project provided by Cloud Resource Manager, its state will include LIFECYCLE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, ACTIVE, DELETE_REQUESTED and DELETE_IN_PROGRESS. See `lifecycleState` definition in [API Reference](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/reference/rest/v1/projects). To search against the `state`: * use a field query. Example: `state:RUNNING` * use a free text query. Example: `RUNNING`",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "updateTime": {
-          "description": "The last update timestamp of this resource, at which the resource was last modified or deleted. The granularity is in seconds. Timestamp.nanos will always be 0. This field is available only when the resource's proto contains it. To search against `update_time`: * use a field query. - value in seconds since unix epoch. Example: `updateTime < 1609459200` - value in date string. Example: `updateTime < 2021-01-01` - value in date-time string (must be quoted). Example: `updateTime < \"2021-01-01T00:00:00\"`",
+          "description": "The last update timestamp of this resource, at which the resource was last modified or deleted. The granularity is in seconds. Timestamp.nanos will always be 0. This field is available only when the resource's Protobuf contains it. To search against `update_time`: * use a field query. - value in seconds since unix epoch. Example: `updateTime < 1609459200` - value in date string. Example: `updateTime < 2021-01-01` - value in date-time string (must be quoted). Example: `updateTime < \"2021-01-01T00:00:00\"`",
           "format": "google-datetime",
           "type": "string"
         },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json
index 7a4980a..8924250 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210903",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json
index 90c6b35..6a92929 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210903",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p4beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p4beta1.json
index c841d80..6b638ef 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p4beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p4beta1.json
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210903",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessSelector": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json
index 556cc9f..de63cfb 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
                 "Resource metadata.",
                 "The actual IAM policy set on a resource.",
                 "The Cloud Organization Policy set on an asset.",
-                "The Cloud Access context mananger Policy set on an asset."
+                "The Cloud Access context manager Policy set on an asset."
               ],
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210903",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json
index 7c7d07e..45d111d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210903",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1.json
index cfa95fd..4188770 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1.json
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudbilling.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AggregationInfo": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json
index f7f2a20..964c0c0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@
         "githubEnterpriseConfigs": {
           "methods": {
             "create": {
-              "description": "Create an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server. This API is experimental.",
+              "description": "Create an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server.",
               "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/githubEnterpriseConfigs",
               "httpMethod": "POST",
               "id": "cloudbuild.projects.githubEnterpriseConfigs.create",
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
               ]
             },
             "delete": {
-              "description": "Delete an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server. This API is experimental.",
+              "description": "Delete an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server.",
               "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{githubEnterpriseConfigsId}",
               "httpMethod": "DELETE",
               "id": "cloudbuild.projects.githubEnterpriseConfigs.delete",
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@
               ]
             },
             "get": {
-              "description": "Retrieve a GitHubEnterpriseConfig. This API is experimental.",
+              "description": "Retrieve a GitHubEnterpriseConfig.",
               "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{githubEnterpriseConfigsId}",
               "httpMethod": "GET",
               "id": "cloudbuild.projects.githubEnterpriseConfigs.get",
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@
               ]
             },
             "list": {
-              "description": "List all GitHubEnterpriseConfigs for a given project. This API is experimental.",
+              "description": "List all GitHubEnterpriseConfigs for a given project.",
               "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/githubEnterpriseConfigs",
               "httpMethod": "GET",
               "id": "cloudbuild.projects.githubEnterpriseConfigs.list",
@@ -513,7 +513,7 @@
               ]
             },
             "patch": {
-              "description": "Update an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server. This API is experimental.",
+              "description": "Update an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server.",
               "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{githubEnterpriseConfigsId}",
               "httpMethod": "PATCH",
               "id": "cloudbuild.projects.githubEnterpriseConfigs.patch",
@@ -755,7 +755,7 @@
             "githubEnterpriseConfigs": {
               "methods": {
                 "create": {
-                  "description": "Create an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server. This API is experimental.",
+                  "description": "Create an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server.",
                   "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/githubEnterpriseConfigs",
                   "httpMethod": "POST",
                   "id": "cloudbuild.projects.locations.githubEnterpriseConfigs.create",
@@ -788,7 +788,7 @@
                   ]
                 },
                 "delete": {
-                  "description": "Delete an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server. This API is experimental.",
+                  "description": "Delete an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server.",
                   "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{githubEnterpriseConfigsId}",
                   "httpMethod": "DELETE",
                   "id": "cloudbuild.projects.locations.githubEnterpriseConfigs.delete",
@@ -823,7 +823,7 @@
                   ]
                 },
                 "get": {
-                  "description": "Retrieve a GitHubEnterpriseConfig. This API is experimental.",
+                  "description": "Retrieve a GitHubEnterpriseConfig.",
                   "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{githubEnterpriseConfigsId}",
                   "httpMethod": "GET",
                   "id": "cloudbuild.projects.locations.githubEnterpriseConfigs.get",
@@ -858,7 +858,7 @@
                   ]
                 },
                 "list": {
-                  "description": "List all GitHubEnterpriseConfigs for a given project. This API is experimental.",
+                  "description": "List all GitHubEnterpriseConfigs for a given project.",
                   "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/githubEnterpriseConfigs",
                   "httpMethod": "GET",
                   "id": "cloudbuild.projects.locations.githubEnterpriseConfigs.list",
@@ -888,7 +888,7 @@
                   ]
                 },
                 "patch": {
-                  "description": "Update an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server. This API is experimental.",
+                  "description": "Update an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server.",
                   "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{githubEnterpriseConfigsId}",
                   "httpMethod": "PATCH",
                   "id": "cloudbuild.projects.locations.githubEnterpriseConfigs.patch",
@@ -1708,7 +1708,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210819",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApprovalConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha1.json
index e27ea11..f46a5af 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha1.json
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210819",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApprovalConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha2.json
index 5301b07..86c2f0a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha2.json
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210819",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApprovalConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1beta1.json
index 44113db..6e33135 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1beta1.json
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210819",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApprovalConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json
index d8bb7e3..2e889f4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json
@@ -1589,7 +1589,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210909",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudchannel.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudChannelV1ActivateEntitlementRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddebugger.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddebugger.v2.json
index 0d6c4ff..774d618 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddebugger.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddebugger.v2.json
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210826",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://clouddebugger.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AliasContext": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json
index e0bdac5..15b834e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json
@@ -1273,7 +1273,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210906",
+  "revision": "20210913",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudidentity.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CheckTransitiveMembershipResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json
index 31a670e..fe419da 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json
@@ -1336,7 +1336,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210906",
+  "revision": "20210913",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudidentity.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AndroidAttributes": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudiot.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudiot.v1.json
index cb975e6..57ed2b4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudiot.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudiot.v1.json
@@ -938,7 +938,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210831",
+  "revision": "20210906",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudiot.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "BindDeviceToGatewayRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json
index ac56955..d748621 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210903",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudprofiler.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CreateProfileRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json
index 3f5c522..48cd830 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json
@@ -1916,7 +1916,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210831",
+  "revision": "20210913",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudsearch.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditLoggingSettings": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json
index 57a3320..2327cdc 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210906",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudshell.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddPublicKeyMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2.json
index e080fe7..a9f698c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210729",
+  "revision": "20210830",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudtasks.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AppEngineHttpRequest": {
@@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "bindings": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta2.json
index 8abd7da..f078e14 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta2.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -809,7 +809,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210729",
+  "revision": "20210830",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudtasks.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcknowledgeTaskRequest": {
@@ -1200,7 +1200,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "bindings": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta3.json
index c9ab0e7..9fbcfe4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta3.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -697,7 +697,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210729",
+  "revision": "20210830",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudtasks.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AppEngineHttpQueue": {
@@ -1090,7 +1090,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "bindings": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json
index 1413f7a..b628aac 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
                       "type": "string"
                     },
                     "updateMask": {
-                      "description": "Required. A comma-separated list of paths, relative to `Environment`, of fields to update. For example, to set the version of scikit-learn to install in the environment to 0.19.0 and to remove an existing installation of numpy, the `updateMask` parameter would include the following two `paths` values: \"config.softwareConfig.pypiPackages.scikit-learn\" and \"config.softwareConfig.pypiPackages.numpy\". The included patch environment would specify the scikit-learn version as follows: { \"config\":{ \"softwareConfig\":{ \"pypiPackages\":{ \"scikit-learn\":\"==0.19.0\" } } } } Note that in the above example, any existing PyPI packages other than scikit-learn and numpy will be unaffected. Only one update type may be included in a single request's `updateMask`. For example, one cannot update both the PyPI packages and labels in the same request. However, it is possible to update multiple members of a map field simultaneously in the same request. For example, to set the labels \"label1\" and \"label2\" while clearing \"label3\" (assuming it already exists), one can provide the paths \"labels.label1\", \"labels.label2\", and \"labels.label3\" and populate the patch environment as follows: { \"labels\":{ \"label1\":\"new-label1-value\" \"label2\":\"new-label2-value\" } } Note that in the above example, any existing labels that are not included in the `updateMask` will be unaffected. It is also possible to replace an entire map field by providing the map field's path in the `updateMask`. The new value of the field will be that which is provided in the patch environment. For example, to delete all pre-existing user-specified PyPI packages and install botocore at version 1.7.14, the `updateMask` would contain the path \"config.softwareConfig.pypiPackages\", and the patch environment would be the following: { \"config\":{ \"softwareConfig\":{ \"pypiPackages\":{ \"botocore\":\"==1.7.14\" } } } } **Note:** Only the following fields can be updated: * `config.softwareConfig.pypiPackages` * Replace all custom custom PyPI packages. If a replacement package map is not included in `environment`, all custom PyPI packages are cleared. It is an error to provide both this mask and a mask specifying an individual package. * `config.softwareConfig.pypiPackages.`packagename * Update the custom PyPI package *packagename*, preserving other packages. To delete the package, include it in `updateMask`, and omit the mapping for it in `environment.config.softwareConfig.pypiPackages`. It is an error to provide both a mask of this form and the `config.softwareConfig.pypiPackages` mask. * `labels` * Replace all environment labels. If a replacement labels map is not included in `environment`, all labels are cleared. It is an error to provide both this mask and a mask specifying one or more individual labels. * `labels.`labelName * Set the label named *labelName*, while preserving other labels. To delete the label, include it in `updateMask` and omit its mapping in `environment.labels`. It is an error to provide both a mask of this form and the `labels` mask. * `config.nodeCount` * Horizontally scale the number of nodes in the environment. An integer greater than or equal to 3 must be provided in the `config.nodeCount` field. * `config.webServerNetworkAccessControl` * Replace the environment's current `WebServerNetworkAccessControl`. * `config.databaseConfig` * Replace the environment's current `DatabaseConfig`. * `config.webServerConfig` * Replace the environment's current `WebServerConfig`. * `config.softwareConfig.airflowConfigOverrides` * Replace all Apache Airflow config overrides. If a replacement config overrides map is not included in `environment`, all config overrides are cleared. It is an error to provide both this mask and a mask specifying one or more individual config overrides. * `config.softwareConfig.airflowConfigOverrides.`section-name * Override the Apache Airflow config property *name* in the section named *section*, preserving other properties. To delete the property override, include it in `updateMask` and omit its mapping in `environment.config.softwareConfig.airflowConfigOverrides`. It is an error to provide both a mask of this form and the `config.softwareConfig.airflowConfigOverrides` mask. * `config.softwareConfig.envVariables` * Replace all environment variables. If a replacement environment variable map is not included in `environment`, all custom environment variables are cleared. It is an error to provide both this mask and a mask specifying one or more individual environment variables.",
+                      "description": "Required. A comma-separated list of paths, relative to `Environment`, of fields to update. For example, to set the version of scikit-learn to install in the environment to 0.19.0 and to remove an existing installation of numpy, the `updateMask` parameter would include the following two `paths` values: \"config.softwareConfig.pypiPackages.scikit-learn\" and \"config.softwareConfig.pypiPackages.numpy\". The included patch environment would specify the scikit-learn version as follows: { \"config\":{ \"softwareConfig\":{ \"pypiPackages\":{ \"scikit-learn\":\"==0.19.0\" } } } } Note that in the above example, any existing PyPI packages other than scikit-learn and numpy will be unaffected. Only one update type may be included in a single request's `updateMask`. For example, one cannot update both the PyPI packages and labels in the same request. However, it is possible to update multiple members of a map field simultaneously in the same request. For example, to set the labels \"label1\" and \"label2\" while clearing \"label3\" (assuming it already exists), one can provide the paths \"labels.label1\", \"labels.label2\", and \"labels.label3\" and populate the patch environment as follows: { \"labels\":{ \"label1\":\"new-label1-value\" \"label2\":\"new-label2-value\" } } Note that in the above example, any existing labels that are not included in the `updateMask` will be unaffected. It is also possible to replace an entire map field by providing the map field's path in the `updateMask`. The new value of the field will be that which is provided in the patch environment. For example, to delete all pre-existing user-specified PyPI packages and install botocore at version 1.7.14, the `updateMask` would contain the path \"config.softwareConfig.pypiPackages\", and the patch environment would be the following: { \"config\":{ \"softwareConfig\":{ \"pypiPackages\":{ \"botocore\":\"==1.7.14\" } } } } **Note:** Only the following fields can be updated: * `config.softwareConfig.pypiPackages` * Replace all custom custom PyPI packages. If a replacement package map is not included in `environment`, all custom PyPI packages are cleared. It is an error to provide both this mask and a mask specifying an individual package. * `config.softwareConfig.pypiPackages.`packagename * Update the custom PyPI package *packagename*, preserving other packages. To delete the package, include it in `updateMask`, and omit the mapping for it in `environment.config.softwareConfig.pypiPackages`. It is an error to provide both a mask of this form and the `config.softwareConfig.pypiPackages` mask. * `labels` * Replace all environment labels. If a replacement labels map is not included in `environment`, all labels are cleared. It is an error to provide both this mask and a mask specifying one or more individual labels. * `labels.`labelName * Set the label named *labelName*, while preserving other labels. To delete the label, include it in `updateMask` and omit its mapping in `environment.labels`. It is an error to provide both a mask of this form and the `labels` mask. * `config.nodeCount` * Horizontally scale the number of nodes in the environment. An integer greater than or equal to 3 must be provided in the `config.nodeCount` field. * `config.webServerNetworkAccessControl` * Replace the environment's current `WebServerNetworkAccessControl`. * `config.databaseConfig` * Replace the environment's current `DatabaseConfig`. * `config.webServerConfig` * Replace the environment's current `WebServerConfig`. * `config.softwareConfig.airflowConfigOverrides` * Replace all Apache Airflow config overrides. If a replacement config overrides map is not included in `environment`, all config overrides are cleared. It is an error to provide both this mask and a mask specifying one or more individual config overrides. * `config.softwareConfig.airflowConfigOverrides.`section-name * Override the Apache Airflow config property *name* in the section named *section*, preserving other properties. To delete the property override, include it in `updateMask` and omit its mapping in `environment.config.softwareConfig.airflowConfigOverrides`. It is an error to provide both a mask of this form and the `config.softwareConfig.airflowConfigOverrides` mask. * `config.softwareConfig.envVariables` * Replace all environment variables. If a replacement environment variable map is not included in `environment`, all custom environment variables are cleared. It is an error to provide both this mask and a mask specifying one or more individual environment variables. * `config.softwareConfig.schedulerCount` * Horizontally scale the number of schedulers in Airflow. A positive integer not greater than the number of nodes must be provided in the `config.softwareConfig.schedulerCount` field. Supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-2.*.*.",
                       "format": "google-fieldmask",
                       "location": "query",
                       "type": "string"
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210827",
+  "revision": "20210913",
   "rootUrl": "https://composer.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AllowedIpRange": {
@@ -968,6 +968,11 @@
         "pythonVersion": {
           "description": "Optional. The major version of Python used to run the Apache Airflow scheduler, worker, and webserver processes. Can be set to '2' or '3'. If not specified, the default is '3'. Cannot be updated.",
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "schedulerCount": {
+          "description": "Optional. The number of schedulers for Airflow. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-2.*.*.",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json
index 5d45556..68996e2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210827",
+  "revision": "20210913",
   "rootUrl": "https://composer.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AllowedIpRange": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json
index 6fc0f63..535837c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json
@@ -37735,7 +37735,7 @@
           ]
         },
         "wait": {
-          "description": "Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method differs from the `GET` method in that it waits for no more than the default deadline (2 minutes) and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress. This method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically: - In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. - If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`. ",
+          "description": "Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method waits for no more than the 2 minutes and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress. This method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically: - In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. - If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`. ",
           "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/operations/{operation}/wait",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.zoneOperations.wait",
@@ -37874,7 +37874,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210820",
+  "revision": "20210907",
   "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceleratorConfig": {
@@ -44544,7 +44544,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "displayName": {
-          "description": "Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
+          "description": "Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall policy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
           "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -44819,6 +44819,13 @@
       "description": "Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified.",
       "id": "FirewallPolicyRuleMatcher",
       "properties": {
+        "destAddressGroups": {
+          "description": "Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
         "destIpRanges": {
           "description": "CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.",
           "items": {
@@ -44833,6 +44840,13 @@
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
+        "srcAddressGroups": {
+          "description": "Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
         "srcIpRanges": {
           "description": "CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.",
           "items": {
@@ -49666,7 +49680,7 @@
         },
         "standbyPolicy": {
           "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStandbyPolicy",
-          "description": "Stanby policy for stopped and suspended instances."
+          "description": "Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances."
         },
         "statefulPolicy": {
           "$ref": "StatefulPolicy",
@@ -65645,7 +65659,7 @@
         },
         "bfd": {
           "$ref": "RouterBgpPeerBfd",
-          "description": "BFD configuration for the BGP peering. Not currently available publicly."
+          "description": "BFD configuration for the BGP peering."
         },
         "enable": {
           "description": "The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.",
@@ -65726,12 +65740,12 @@
       "id": "RouterBgpPeerBfd",
       "properties": {
         "minReceiveInterval": {
-          "description": "The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.",
+          "description": "The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.",
           "format": "uint32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "minTransmitInterval": {
-          "description": "The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.",
+          "description": "The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.",
           "format": "uint32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
@@ -65750,7 +65764,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "multiplier": {
-          "description": "The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. Not currently available publicly. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.",
+          "description": "The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.",
           "format": "uint32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
@@ -65767,7 +65781,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sessionInitializationMode": {
-          "description": "The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. Not currently available publicly. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.",
+          "description": "The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.",
           "enum": [
             "ACTIVE",
             "DISABLED",
@@ -68466,6 +68480,13 @@
           "description": "A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS.",
           "type": "object"
         },
+        "projectMap": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "$ref": "ShareSettingsProjectConfig"
+          },
+          "description": "A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.",
+          "type": "object"
+        },
         "projects": {
           "description": "A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.",
           "items": {
@@ -68505,6 +68526,17 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "ShareSettingsProjectConfig": {
+      "description": "Config for each project in the share settings.",
+      "id": "ShareSettingsProjectConfig",
+      "properties": {
+        "projectId": {
+          "description": "The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "ShieldedInstanceConfig": {
       "description": "A set of Shielded Instance options.",
       "id": "ShieldedInstanceConfig",
@@ -69039,7 +69071,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "postKeyRevocationActionType": {
-          "description": "PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.",
+          "description": "PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. (will be deprecated soon)",
           "enum": [
             "NOOP",
             "POST_KEY_REVOCATION_ACTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
@@ -70073,7 +70105,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "network": {
-          "description": "The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. Only networks that are in the distributed mode can have subnetworks. This field can be set only at resource creation time.",
+          "description": "The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "privateIpGoogleAccess": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json
index bce7d6e..36bddff 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json
@@ -32372,7 +32372,7 @@
           ]
         },
         "wait": {
-          "description": "Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method differs from the `GET` method in that it waits for no more than the default deadline (2 minutes) and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress. This method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically: - In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. - If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`. ",
+          "description": "Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method waits for no more than the 2 minutes and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress. This method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically: - In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. - If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`. ",
           "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/operations/{operation}/wait",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.zoneOperations.wait",
@@ -32511,7 +32511,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210820",
+  "revision": "20210907",
   "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceleratorConfig": {
@@ -38831,7 +38831,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "displayName": {
-          "description": "Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
+          "description": "Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall policy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
           "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -56493,7 +56493,7 @@
         },
         "bfd": {
           "$ref": "RouterBgpPeerBfd",
-          "description": "BFD configuration for the BGP peering. Not currently available publicly."
+          "description": "BFD configuration for the BGP peering."
         },
         "enable": {
           "description": "The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.",
@@ -56562,22 +56562,22 @@
       "id": "RouterBgpPeerBfd",
       "properties": {
         "minReceiveInterval": {
-          "description": "The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.",
+          "description": "The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.",
           "format": "uint32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "minTransmitInterval": {
-          "description": "The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.",
+          "description": "The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.",
           "format": "uint32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "multiplier": {
-          "description": "The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. Not currently available publicly. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.",
+          "description": "The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.",
           "format": "uint32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "sessionInitializationMode": {
-          "description": "The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. Not currently available publicly. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.",
+          "description": "The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.",
           "enum": [
             "ACTIVE",
             "DISABLED",
@@ -58767,6 +58767,13 @@
       "description": "The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups.",
       "id": "ShareSettings",
       "properties": {
+        "projectMap": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "$ref": "ShareSettingsProjectConfig"
+          },
+          "description": "A map of project id and project config. Using map format to ease add-to/remove-from the Project list in PATCH command. In future we will deprecate (And later remove) the array one.",
+          "type": "object"
+        },
         "projects": {
           "description": "A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.",
           "items": {
@@ -58791,6 +58798,17 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "ShareSettingsProjectConfig": {
+      "description": "Config for each project in the share settings.",
+      "id": "ShareSettingsProjectConfig",
+      "properties": {
+        "projectId": {
+          "description": "The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "ShieldedInstanceConfig": {
       "description": "A set of Shielded Instance options.",
       "id": "ShieldedInstanceConfig",
@@ -59298,7 +59316,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "postKeyRevocationActionType": {
-          "description": "PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.",
+          "description": "PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. (will be deprecated soon)",
           "enum": [
             "NOOP",
             "POST_KEY_REVOCATION_ACTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
@@ -60241,7 +60259,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "network": {
-          "description": "The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. Only networks that are in the distributed mode can have subnetworks. This field can be set only at resource creation time.",
+          "description": "The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "privateIpGoogleAccess": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json
index c103953..9537e91 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json
@@ -28139,7 +28139,7 @@
           ]
         },
         "wait": {
-          "description": "Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method differs from the `GET` method in that it waits for no more than the default deadline (2 minutes) and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress. This method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically: - In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. - If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`. ",
+          "description": "Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method waits for no more than the 2 minutes and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress. This method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically: - In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. - If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`. ",
           "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/operations/{operation}/wait",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.zoneOperations.wait",
@@ -28278,7 +28278,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210820",
+  "revision": "20210907",
   "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceleratorConfig": {
@@ -34102,7 +34102,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "displayName": {
-          "description": "Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
+          "description": "Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall policy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
           "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -51037,6 +51037,10 @@
           "format": "uint32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
+        "bfd": {
+          "$ref": "RouterBgpPeerBfd",
+          "description": "BFD configuration for the BGP peering."
+        },
         "enable": {
           "description": "The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.",
           "enum": [
@@ -51092,6 +51096,45 @@
         "peerIpAddress": {
           "description": "IP address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.",
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "routerApplianceInstance": {
+          "description": "URI of the VM instance that is used as third-party router appliances such as Next Gen Firewalls, Virtual Routers, or Router Appliances. The VM instance must be located in zones contained in the same region as this Cloud Router. The VM instance is the peer side of the BGP session.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "RouterBgpPeerBfd": {
+      "id": "RouterBgpPeerBfd",
+      "properties": {
+        "minReceiveInterval": {
+          "description": "The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.",
+          "format": "uint32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        },
+        "minTransmitInterval": {
+          "description": "The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. The default is 1000.",
+          "format": "uint32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        },
+        "multiplier": {
+          "description": "The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.",
+          "format": "uint32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        },
+        "sessionInitializationMode": {
+          "description": "The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.",
+          "enum": [
+            "ACTIVE",
+            "DISABLED",
+            "PASSIVE"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "",
+            "",
+            ""
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -51132,6 +51175,19 @@
           "description": "Name of this interface entry. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
           "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "privateIpAddress": {
+          "description": "The regional private internal IP address that is used to establish BGP sessions to a VM instance acting as a third-party Router Appliance, such as a Next Gen Firewall, a Virtual Router, or an SD-WAN VM.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "redundantInterface": {
+          "description": "Name of the interface that will be redundant with the current interface you are creating. The redundantInterface must belong to the same Cloud Router as the interface here. To establish the BGP session to a Router Appliance VM, you must create two BGP peers. The two BGP peers must be attached to two separate interfaces that are redundant with each other. The redundant_interface must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the redundant_interface must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
+          "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "subnetwork": {
+          "description": "The URI of the subnetwork resource that this interface belongs to, which must be in the same region as the Cloud Router. When you establish a BGP session to a VM instance using this interface, the VM instance must belong to the same subnetwork as the subnetwork specified here.",
+          "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -51470,6 +51526,10 @@
           "description": "IP address of the remote BGP interface.",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "routerApplianceInstance": {
+          "description": "[Output only] URI of the VM instance that is used as third-party router appliances such as Next Gen Firewalls, Virtual Routers, or Router Appliances. The VM instance is the peer side of the BGP session.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "state": {
           "description": "BGP state as specified in RFC1771.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -54077,7 +54137,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "network": {
-          "description": "The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. Only networks that are in the distributed mode can have subnetworks. This field can be set only at resource creation time.",
+          "description": "The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "privateIpGoogleAccess": {
@@ -55640,6 +55700,10 @@
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "network": {
+          "description": "The URL of the network this target instance uses to forward traffic. If not specified, the traffic will be forwarded to the network that the default network interface belongs to.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "selfLink": {
           "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.",
           "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json
index c5eaae9..8949197 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json
@@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://contactcenterinsights.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Analysis": {
@@ -1583,6 +1583,10 @@
           "description": "The name of the participant provided by Dialogflow. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "obfuscatedExternalUserId": {
+          "description": "Obfuscated user ID from Dialogflow.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "role": {
           "description": "The role of the participant.",
           "enum": [
@@ -2238,8 +2242,12 @@
       "description": "Configs for the input data used to create the issue model.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1IssueModelInputDataConfig",
       "properties": {
+        "filter": {
+          "description": "A filter to reduce the conversations used for training the model to a specific subset.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "medium": {
-          "description": "Required. ",
+          "description": "Medium of conversations used in training data. This field is being deprecated. To specify the medium to be used in training a new issue model, set the `medium` field on `filter`.",
           "enum": [
             "MEDIUM_UNSPECIFIED",
             "PHONE_CALL",
@@ -2546,6 +2554,12 @@
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "updateTime": {
+          "description": "Output only. The most recent time at which the phrase matcher was updated.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "versionTag": {
           "description": "The customized version tag to use for the phrase matcher. If not specified, it will default to `revision_id`.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -3048,8 +3062,12 @@
       "description": "Configs for the input data used to create the issue model.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1IssueModelInputDataConfig",
       "properties": {
+        "filter": {
+          "description": "A filter to reduce the conversations used for training the model to a specific subset.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "medium": {
-          "description": "Required. ",
+          "description": "Medium of conversations used in training data. This field is being deprecated. To specify the medium to be used in training a new issue model, set the `medium` field on `filter`.",
           "enum": [
             "MEDIUM_UNSPECIFIED",
             "PHONE_CALL",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json
index de23788..53065bd 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json
@@ -2459,7 +2459,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210820",
+  "revision": "20210902",
   "rootUrl": "https://container.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceleratorConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json
index f0dc01a..f69239f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json
@@ -2484,7 +2484,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210820",
+  "revision": "20210902",
   "rootUrl": "https://container.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceleratorConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json
index 015caae..2b69234 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json
@@ -1229,7 +1229,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210903",
+  "revision": "20210913",
   "rootUrl": "https://containeranalysis.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Artifact": {
@@ -1449,6 +1449,112 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "BuildStep": {
+      "description": "A step in the build pipeline.",
+      "id": "BuildStep",
+      "properties": {
+        "args": {
+          "description": "A list of arguments that will be presented to the step when it is started. If the image used to run the step's container has an entrypoint, the `args` are used as arguments to that entrypoint. If the image does not define an entrypoint, the first element in args is used as the entrypoint, and the remainder will be used as arguments.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "dir": {
+          "description": "Working directory to use when running this step's container. If this value is a relative path, it is relative to the build's working directory. If this value is absolute, it may be outside the build's working directory, in which case the contents of the path may not be persisted across build step executions, unless a `volume` for that path is specified. If the build specifies a `RepoSource` with `dir` and a step with a `dir`, which specifies an absolute path, the `RepoSource` `dir` is ignored for the step's execution.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "entrypoint": {
+          "description": "Entrypoint to be used instead of the build step image's default entrypoint. If unset, the image's default entrypoint is used.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "env": {
+          "description": "A list of environment variable definitions to be used when running a step. The elements are of the form \"KEY=VALUE\" for the environment variable \"KEY\" being given the value \"VALUE\".",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "id": {
+          "description": "Unique identifier for this build step, used in `wait_for` to reference this build step as a dependency.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "description": "Required. The name of the container image that will run this particular build step. If the image is available in the host's Docker daemon's cache, it will be run directly. If not, the host will attempt to pull the image first, using the builder service account's credentials if necessary. The Docker daemon's cache will already have the latest versions of all of the officially supported build steps ([https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders)). The Docker daemon will also have cached many of the layers for some popular images, like \"ubuntu\", \"debian\", but they will be refreshed at the time you attempt to use them. If you built an image in a previous build step, it will be stored in the host's Docker daemon's cache and is available to use as the name for a later build step.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "pullTiming": {
+          "$ref": "TimeSpan",
+          "description": "Output only. Stores timing information for pulling this build step's builder image only.",
+          "readOnly": true
+        },
+        "script": {
+          "description": "A shell script to be executed in the step. When script is provided, the user cannot specify the entrypoint or args.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "secretEnv": {
+          "description": "A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build's `Secret`.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "status": {
+          "description": "Output only. Status of the build step. At this time, build step status is only updated on build completion; step status is not updated in real-time as the build progresses.",
+          "enum": [
+            "STATUS_UNKNOWN",
+            "PENDING",
+            "QUEUED",
+            "WORKING",
+            "SUCCESS",
+            "FAILURE",
+            "INTERNAL_ERROR",
+            "TIMEOUT",
+            "CANCELLED",
+            "EXPIRED"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Status of the build is unknown.",
+            "Build has been created and is pending execution and queuing. It has not been queued.",
+            "Build or step is queued; work has not yet begun.",
+            "Build or step is being executed.",
+            "Build or step finished successfully.",
+            "Build or step failed to complete successfully.",
+            "Build or step failed due to an internal cause.",
+            "Build or step took longer than was allowed.",
+            "Build or step was canceled by a user.",
+            "Build was enqueued for longer than the value of `queue_ttl`."
+          ],
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "timeout": {
+          "description": "Time limit for executing this build step. If not defined, the step has no time limit and will be allowed to continue to run until either it completes or the build itself times out.",
+          "format": "google-duration",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "timing": {
+          "$ref": "TimeSpan",
+          "description": "Output only. Stores timing information for executing this build step.",
+          "readOnly": true
+        },
+        "volumes": {
+          "description": "List of volumes to mount into the build step. Each volume is created as an empty volume prior to execution of the build step. Upon completion of the build, volumes and their contents are discarded. Using a named volume in only one step is not valid as it is indicative of a build request with an incorrect configuration.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "Volume"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "waitFor": {
+          "description": "The ID(s) of the step(s) that this build step depends on. This build step will not start until all the build steps in `wait_for` have completed successfully. If `wait_for` is empty, this build step will start when all previous build steps in the `Build.Steps` list have completed successfully.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "BuildType": {
       "description": "Note holding the version of the provider's builder and the signature of the provenance message in linked BuildDetails.",
       "id": "BuildType",
@@ -3705,6 +3811,23 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "TimeSpan": {
+      "description": "Start and end times for a build execution phase.",
+      "id": "TimeSpan",
+      "properties": {
+        "endTime": {
+          "description": "End of time span.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "startTime": {
+          "description": "Start of time span.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "UpdateOperationRequest": {
       "description": "Request for updating an existing operation",
       "id": "UpdateOperationRequest",
@@ -3826,6 +3949,21 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "Volume": {
+      "description": "Volume describes a Docker container volume which is mounted into build steps in order to persist files across build step execution.",
+      "id": "Volume",
+      "properties": {
+        "name": {
+          "description": "Name of the volume to mount. Volume names must be unique per build step and must be valid names for Docker volumes. Each named volume must be used by at least two build steps.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "path": {
+          "description": "Path at which to mount the volume. Paths must be absolute and cannot conflict with other volume paths on the same build step or with certain reserved volume paths.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "VulnerabilityDetails": {
       "description": "Used by Occurrence to point to where the vulnerability exists and how to fix it.",
       "id": "VulnerabilityDetails",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json
index e1a2d68..5945d06 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json
@@ -853,7 +853,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210903",
+  "revision": "20210913",
   "rootUrl": "https://containeranalysis.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AliasContext": {
@@ -1166,6 +1166,112 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "BuildStep": {
+      "description": "A step in the build pipeline.",
+      "id": "BuildStep",
+      "properties": {
+        "args": {
+          "description": "A list of arguments that will be presented to the step when it is started. If the image used to run the step's container has an entrypoint, the `args` are used as arguments to that entrypoint. If the image does not define an entrypoint, the first element in args is used as the entrypoint, and the remainder will be used as arguments.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "dir": {
+          "description": "Working directory to use when running this step's container. If this value is a relative path, it is relative to the build's working directory. If this value is absolute, it may be outside the build's working directory, in which case the contents of the path may not be persisted across build step executions, unless a `volume` for that path is specified. If the build specifies a `RepoSource` with `dir` and a step with a `dir`, which specifies an absolute path, the `RepoSource` `dir` is ignored for the step's execution.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "entrypoint": {
+          "description": "Entrypoint to be used instead of the build step image's default entrypoint. If unset, the image's default entrypoint is used.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "env": {
+          "description": "A list of environment variable definitions to be used when running a step. The elements are of the form \"KEY=VALUE\" for the environment variable \"KEY\" being given the value \"VALUE\".",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "id": {
+          "description": "Unique identifier for this build step, used in `wait_for` to reference this build step as a dependency.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "description": "Required. The name of the container image that will run this particular build step. If the image is available in the host's Docker daemon's cache, it will be run directly. If not, the host will attempt to pull the image first, using the builder service account's credentials if necessary. The Docker daemon's cache will already have the latest versions of all of the officially supported build steps ([https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders)). The Docker daemon will also have cached many of the layers for some popular images, like \"ubuntu\", \"debian\", but they will be refreshed at the time you attempt to use them. If you built an image in a previous build step, it will be stored in the host's Docker daemon's cache and is available to use as the name for a later build step.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "pullTiming": {
+          "$ref": "TimeSpan",
+          "description": "Output only. Stores timing information for pulling this build step's builder image only.",
+          "readOnly": true
+        },
+        "script": {
+          "description": "A shell script to be executed in the step. When script is provided, the user cannot specify the entrypoint or args.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "secretEnv": {
+          "description": "A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build's `Secret`.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "status": {
+          "description": "Output only. Status of the build step. At this time, build step status is only updated on build completion; step status is not updated in real-time as the build progresses.",
+          "enum": [
+            "STATUS_UNKNOWN",
+            "PENDING",
+            "QUEUED",
+            "WORKING",
+            "SUCCESS",
+            "FAILURE",
+            "INTERNAL_ERROR",
+            "TIMEOUT",
+            "CANCELLED",
+            "EXPIRED"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Status of the build is unknown.",
+            "Build has been created and is pending execution and queuing. It has not been queued.",
+            "Build or step is queued; work has not yet begun.",
+            "Build or step is being executed.",
+            "Build or step finished successfully.",
+            "Build or step failed to complete successfully.",
+            "Build or step failed due to an internal cause.",
+            "Build or step took longer than was allowed.",
+            "Build or step was canceled by a user.",
+            "Build was enqueued for longer than the value of `queue_ttl`."
+          ],
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "timeout": {
+          "description": "Time limit for executing this build step. If not defined, the step has no time limit and will be allowed to continue to run until either it completes or the build itself times out.",
+          "format": "google-duration",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "timing": {
+          "$ref": "TimeSpan",
+          "description": "Output only. Stores timing information for executing this build step.",
+          "readOnly": true
+        },
+        "volumes": {
+          "description": "List of volumes to mount into the build step. Each volume is created as an empty volume prior to execution of the build step. Upon completion of the build, volumes and their contents are discarded. Using a named volume in only one step is not valid as it is indicative of a build request with an incorrect configuration.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "Volume"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "waitFor": {
+          "description": "The ID(s) of the step(s) that this build step depends on. This build step will not start until all the build steps in `wait_for` have completed successfully. If `wait_for` is empty, this build step will start when all previous build steps in the `Build.Steps` list have completed successfully.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "ByProducts": {
       "description": "Defines an object for the byproducts field in in-toto links. The suggested fields are \"stderr\", \"stdout\", and \"return-value\".",
       "id": "ByProducts",
@@ -3403,6 +3509,23 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "TimeSpan": {
+      "description": "Start and end times for a build execution phase.",
+      "id": "TimeSpan",
+      "properties": {
+        "endTime": {
+          "description": "End of time span.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "startTime": {
+          "description": "Start of time span.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "Version": {
       "description": "Version contains structured information about the version of a package.",
       "id": "Version",
@@ -3443,6 +3566,21 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "Volume": {
+      "description": "Volume describes a Docker container volume which is mounted into build steps in order to persist files across build step execution.",
+      "id": "Volume",
+      "properties": {
+        "name": {
+          "description": "Name of the volume to mount. Volume names must be unique per build step and must be valid names for Docker volumes. Each named volume must be used by at least two build steps.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "path": {
+          "description": "Path at which to mount the volume. Paths must be absolute and cannot conflict with other volume paths on the same build step or with certain reserved volume paths.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "Vulnerability": {
       "description": "Vulnerability provides metadata about a security vulnerability in a Note.",
       "id": "Vulnerability",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json
index 08e8b53..7b92f65 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json
@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@
           ]
         },
         "verifyphonenumber": {
-          "description": "Validates verification code to verify phone number for the account.",
+          "description": "Validates verification code to verify phone number for the account. If successful this will overwrite the value of `accounts.businessinformation.phoneNumber`. Only verified phone number will replace an existing verified phone number.",
           "flatPath": "{merchantId}/accounts/{accountId}/verifyphonenumber",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "content.accounts.verifyphonenumber",
@@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "regionCode": {
-              "description": "The program region code [ISO 3166-1 alpha-2](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2). Currently only US is available.",
+              "description": "Required. The program region code [ISO 3166-1 alpha-2](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2). Currently only US is available.",
               "location": "path",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -1152,7 +1152,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "regionCode": {
-              "description": "The Program region code [ISO 3166-1 alpha-2](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2). Currently only US is available.",
+              "description": "Required. The Program region code [ISO 3166-1 alpha-2](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2). Currently only US is available.",
               "location": "path",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "regionCode": {
-              "description": "The program region code [ISO 3166-1 alpha-2](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2). Currently only US is available.",
+              "description": "Required. The program region code [ISO 3166-1 alpha-2](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2). Currently only US is available.",
               "location": "path",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -1198,6 +1198,47 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content"
           ]
         },
+        "patch": {
+          "description": "Updates the status of the BoG program for your Merchant Center account.",
+          "flatPath": "{merchantId}/buyongoogleprograms/{regionCode}",
+          "httpMethod": "PATCH",
+          "id": "content.buyongoogleprograms.patch",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "merchantId",
+            "regionCode"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "merchantId": {
+              "description": "Required. The ID of the account.",
+              "format": "int64",
+              "location": "path",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "regionCode": {
+              "description": "Required. The program region code [ISO 3166-1 alpha-2](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2). Currently only US is available.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "updateMask": {
+              "description": "The list of fields to update. If the update mask is not provided, then all the fields set in buyOnGoogleProgramStatus will be updated. Clearing fields is only possible if update mask is provided.",
+              "format": "google-fieldmask",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "{merchantId}/buyongoogleprograms/{regionCode}",
+          "request": {
+            "$ref": "BuyOnGoogleProgramStatus"
+          },
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "BuyOnGoogleProgramStatus"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content"
+          ]
+        },
         "pause": {
           "description": "Pauses the BoG program in your Merchant Center account. Important: This method is only whitelisted for selected merchants.",
           "flatPath": "{merchantId}/buyongoogleprograms/{regionCode}/pause",
@@ -1216,7 +1257,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "regionCode": {
-              "description": "The program region code [ISO 3166-1 alpha-2](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2). Currently only US is available.",
+              "description": "Required. The program region code [ISO 3166-1 alpha-2](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2). Currently only US is available.",
               "location": "path",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -1248,7 +1289,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "regionCode": {
-              "description": "The program region code [ISO 3166-1 alpha-2](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2). Currently only US is available.",
+              "description": "Required. The program region code [ISO 3166-1 alpha-2](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2). Currently only US is available.",
               "location": "path",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -5742,7 +5783,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210901",
+  "revision": "20210916",
   "rootUrl": "https://shoppingcontent.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Account": {
@@ -5884,6 +5925,10 @@
           "$ref": "AccountCustomerService",
           "description": "The customer service information of the business."
         },
+        "koreanBusinessRegistrationNumber": {
+          "description": "The 10-digit [Korean business registration number](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9037766) separated with dashes in the format: XXX-XX-XXXXX. This field will only be updated if explicitly set.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "phoneNumber": {
           "description": "The phone number of the business.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -5908,11 +5953,13 @@
           "description": "Indicates to Google how Google should use these OAuth tokens.",
           "enum": [
             "ACCOUNT_CREDENTIALS_PURPOSE_UNSPECIFIED",
-            "SHOPIFY_ORDER_MANAGEMENT"
+            "SHOPIFY_ORDER_MANAGEMENT",
+            "SHOPIFY_INTEGRATION"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Unknown purpose.",
-            "The credentials allow Google to manage Shopify orders on behalf of the merchant."
+            "The credentials allow Google to manage Shopify orders on behalf of the merchant (deprecated).",
+            "The credentials allow Google to manage Shopify integration on behalf of the merchant."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -6811,15 +6858,68 @@
       "description": "Response message for the GetProgramStatus method.",
       "id": "BuyOnGoogleProgramStatus",
       "properties": {
+        "businessModel": {
+          "description": "The business models in which merchant participates.",
+          "items": {
+            "enum": [
+              "BUSINESS_MODEL_UNSPECIFIED",
+              "MANUFACTURER",
+              "IMPORTER",
+              "RESELLER",
+              "OTHER"
+            ],
+            "enumDescriptions": [
+              "Default value when business model is not set.",
+              "Merchant is a manufacturer.",
+              "Merchant is an importer.",
+              "Merchant is a reseller.",
+              "Merchant has a different business model."
+            ],
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
         "customerServicePendingEmail": {
           "description": "The customer service pending email. After verification this field becomes empty.",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "customerServicePendingPhoneNumber": {
+          "description": "The pending phone number specified for BuyOnGoogle program. It might be different than account level phone number. In order to update this field the customer_service_pending_phone_region_code must also be set. After verification this field becomes empty.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "customerServicePendingPhoneRegionCode": {
+          "description": "Two letter country code for the pending phone number, for example `CA` for Canadian numbers. See the [ISO 3166-1 alpha-2](https://wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) officially assigned codes. In order to update this field the customer_service_pending_phone_number must also be set. After verification this field becomes empty.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "customerServiceVerifiedEmail": {
           "description": "Output only. The customer service verified email.",
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "customerServiceVerifiedPhoneNumber": {
+          "description": "Output only. The verified phone number specified for BuyOnGoogle program. It might be different than account level phone number.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "customerServiceVerifiedPhoneRegionCode": {
+          "description": "Output only. Two letter country code for the verified phone number, for example `CA` for Canadian numbers. See the [ISO 3166-1 alpha-2](https://wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) officially assigned codes.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "onlineSalesChannel": {
+          "description": "The channels through which the merchant is selling.",
+          "enum": [
+            "ONLINE_SALES_CHANNEL_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "GOOGLE_EXCLUSIVE",
+            "GOOGLE_AND_OTHER_WEBSITES"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Default value when online sales channel is not set.",
+            "Merchant is selling exclusively on Google.",
+            "Merchant is selling on Google and other websites."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "participationStage": {
           "description": "Output only. The current participation stage for the program.",
           "enum": [
@@ -15706,7 +15806,7 @@
       "id": "VerifyPhoneNumberResponse",
       "properties": {
         "verifiedPhoneNumber": {
-          "description": "Verified phone number if verification is successful.",
+          "description": "Verified phone number if verification is successful. This phone number can only be replaced by another verified phone number.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.json
index 2ad3fd0..3f28ec9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.json
@@ -3298,7 +3298,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210901",
+  "revision": "20210916",
   "rootUrl": "https://shoppingcontent.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Account": {
@@ -3418,6 +3418,10 @@
           "$ref": "AccountCustomerService",
           "description": "The customer service information of the business."
         },
+        "koreanBusinessRegistrationNumber": {
+          "description": "The 10-digit [Korean business registration number](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9037766) separated with dashes in the format: XXX-XX-XXXXX. This field will only be updated if explicitly set.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "phoneNumber": {
           "description": "The phone number of the business.",
           "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json
index 896cc13..46f1c50 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json
@@ -105,12 +105,12 @@
           "parameterOrder": [],
           "parameters": {
             "c2coff": {
-              "description": "Enables or disables [Simplified and Traditional Chinese Search](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#chineseSearch). The default value for this parameter is 0 (zero), meaning that the feature is enabled. Supported values are: * `1`: Disabled * `0`: Enabled (default)",
+              "description": "Enables or disables [Simplified and Traditional Chinese Search](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#chineseSearch). The default value for this parameter is 0 (zero), meaning that the feature is enabled. Supported values are: * `1`: Disabled * `0`: Enabled (default)",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
             "cr": {
-              "description": "Restricts search results to documents originating in a particular country. You may use [Boolean operators](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results_appendices#booleanOperators) in the cr parameter's value. Google Search determines the country of a document by analyzing: * the top-level domain (TLD) of the document's URL * the geographic location of the Web server's IP address See the [Country Parameter Values](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results_appendices#countryCollections) page for a list of valid values for this parameter.",
+              "description": "Restricts search results to documents originating in a particular country. You may use [Boolean operators](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#booleanOperators) in the cr parameter's value. Google Search determines the country of a document by analyzing: * the top-level domain (TLD) of the document's URL * the geographic location of the Web server's IP address See the [Country Parameter Values](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#countryCollections) page for a list of valid values for this parameter.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -140,12 +140,12 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "filter": {
-              "description": "Controls turning on or off the duplicate content filter. * See [Automatic Filtering](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#automaticFiltering) for more information about Google's search results filters. Note that host crowding filtering applies only to multi-site searches. * By default, Google applies filtering to all search results to improve the quality of those results. Acceptable values are: * `0`: Turns off duplicate content filter. * `1`: Turns on duplicate content filter.",
+              "description": "Controls turning on or off the duplicate content filter. * See [Automatic Filtering](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#automaticFiltering) for more information about Google's search results filters. Note that host crowding filtering applies only to multi-site searches. * By default, Google applies filtering to all search results to improve the quality of those results. Acceptable values are: * `0`: Turns off duplicate content filter. * `1`: Turns on duplicate content filter.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
             "gl": {
-              "description": "Geolocation of end user. * The `gl` parameter value is a two-letter country code. The `gl` parameter boosts search results whose country of origin matches the parameter value. See the [Country Codes](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results_appendices#countryCodes) page for a list of valid values. * Specifying a `gl` parameter value should lead to more relevant results. This is particularly true for international customers and, even more specifically, for customers in English- speaking countries other than the United States.",
+              "description": "Geolocation of end user. * The `gl` parameter value is a two-letter country code. The `gl` parameter boosts search results whose country of origin matches the parameter value. See the [Country Codes](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#countryCodes) page for a list of valid values. * Specifying a `gl` parameter value should lead to more relevant results. This is particularly true for international customers and, even more specifically, for customers in English- speaking countries other than the United States.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "hl": {
-              "description": "Sets the user interface language. * Explicitly setting this parameter improves the performance and the quality of your search results. * See the [Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#wsInterfaceLanguages) section of [Internationalizing Queries and Results Presentation](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#wsInternationalizing) for more information, and (Supported Interface Languages)[https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results_appendices#interfaceLanguages] for a list of supported languages.",
+              "description": "Sets the user interface language. * Explicitly setting this parameter improves the performance and the quality of your search results. * See the [Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#wsInterfaceLanguages) section of [Internationalizing Queries and Results Presentation](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#wsInternationalizing) for more information, and [Supported Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#interfaceLanguages) for a list of supported languages.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -393,12 +393,12 @@
               "parameterOrder": [],
               "parameters": {
                 "c2coff": {
-                  "description": "Enables or disables [Simplified and Traditional Chinese Search](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#chineseSearch). The default value for this parameter is 0 (zero), meaning that the feature is enabled. Supported values are: * `1`: Disabled * `0`: Enabled (default)",
+                  "description": "Enables or disables [Simplified and Traditional Chinese Search](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#chineseSearch). The default value for this parameter is 0 (zero), meaning that the feature is enabled. Supported values are: * `1`: Disabled * `0`: Enabled (default)",
                   "location": "query",
                   "type": "string"
                 },
                 "cr": {
-                  "description": "Restricts search results to documents originating in a particular country. You may use [Boolean operators](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results_appendices#booleanOperators) in the cr parameter's value. Google Search determines the country of a document by analyzing: * the top-level domain (TLD) of the document's URL * the geographic location of the Web server's IP address See the [Country Parameter Values](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results_appendices#countryCollections) page for a list of valid values for this parameter.",
+                  "description": "Restricts search results to documents originating in a particular country. You may use [Boolean operators](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#booleanOperators) in the cr parameter's value. Google Search determines the country of a document by analyzing: * the top-level domain (TLD) of the document's URL * the geographic location of the Web server's IP address See the [Country Parameter Values](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#countryCollections) page for a list of valid values for this parameter.",
                   "location": "query",
                   "type": "string"
                 },
@@ -428,12 +428,12 @@
                   "type": "string"
                 },
                 "filter": {
-                  "description": "Controls turning on or off the duplicate content filter. * See [Automatic Filtering](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#automaticFiltering) for more information about Google's search results filters. Note that host crowding filtering applies only to multi-site searches. * By default, Google applies filtering to all search results to improve the quality of those results. Acceptable values are: * `0`: Turns off duplicate content filter. * `1`: Turns on duplicate content filter.",
+                  "description": "Controls turning on or off the duplicate content filter. * See [Automatic Filtering](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#automaticFiltering) for more information about Google's search results filters. Note that host crowding filtering applies only to multi-site searches. * By default, Google applies filtering to all search results to improve the quality of those results. Acceptable values are: * `0`: Turns off duplicate content filter. * `1`: Turns on duplicate content filter.",
                   "location": "query",
                   "type": "string"
                 },
                 "gl": {
-                  "description": "Geolocation of end user. * The `gl` parameter value is a two-letter country code. The `gl` parameter boosts search results whose country of origin matches the parameter value. See the [Country Codes](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results_appendices#countryCodes) page for a list of valid values. * Specifying a `gl` parameter value should lead to more relevant results. This is particularly true for international customers and, even more specifically, for customers in English- speaking countries other than the United States.",
+                  "description": "Geolocation of end user. * The `gl` parameter value is a two-letter country code. The `gl` parameter boosts search results whose country of origin matches the parameter value. See the [Country Codes](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#countryCodes) page for a list of valid values. * Specifying a `gl` parameter value should lead to more relevant results. This is particularly true for international customers and, even more specifically, for customers in English- speaking countries other than the United States.",
                   "location": "query",
                   "type": "string"
                 },
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@
                   "type": "string"
                 },
                 "hl": {
-                  "description": "Sets the user interface language. * Explicitly setting this parameter improves the performance and the quality of your search results. * See the [Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#wsInterfaceLanguages) section of [Internationalizing Queries and Results Presentation](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#wsInternationalizing) for more information, and (Supported Interface Languages)[https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results_appendices#interfaceLanguages] for a list of supported languages.",
+                  "description": "Sets the user interface language. * Explicitly setting this parameter improves the performance and the quality of your search results. * See the [Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#wsInterfaceLanguages) section of [Internationalizing Queries and Results Presentation](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#wsInternationalizing) for more information, and [Supported Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#interfaceLanguages) for a list of supported languages.",
                   "location": "query",
                   "type": "string"
                 },
@@ -674,7 +674,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://customsearch.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Promotion": {
@@ -682,7 +682,7 @@
       "id": "Promotion",
       "properties": {
         "bodyLines": {
-          "description": "An array of block objects for this promotion. See [Google WebSearch Protocol reference](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results) for more information.",
+          "description": "An array of block objects for this promotion.",
           "items": {
             "description": "Block object belonging to a promotion.",
             "properties": {
@@ -822,7 +822,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labels": {
-          "description": "Encapsulates all information about [refinement labels](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results).",
+          "description": "Encapsulates all information about refinement labels.",
           "items": {
             "description": "Refinement label associated with a custom search result.",
             "properties": {
@@ -914,7 +914,7 @@
                     "type": "integer"
                   },
                   "cr": {
-                    "description": "Restricts search results to documents originating in a particular country. You may use [Boolean operators](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#booleanOperators) in the `cr` parameter's value. Google WebSearch determines the country of a document by analyzing the following: * The top-level domain (TLD) of the document's URL. * The geographic location of the web server's IP address. See [Country (cr) Parameter Values](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#countryCollections) for a list of valid values for this parameter.",
+                    "description": "Restricts search results to documents originating in a particular country. You may use [Boolean operators](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#BooleanOrSearch) in the `cr` parameter's value. Google WebSearch determines the country of a document by analyzing the following: * The top-level domain (TLD) of the document's URL. * The geographic location of the web server's IP address. See [Country (cr) Parameter Values](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#countryCollections) for a list of valid values for this parameter.",
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "cx": {
@@ -926,7 +926,7 @@
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "disableCnTwTranslation": {
-                    "description": "Enables or disables the [Simplified and Traditional Chinese Search](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#chineseSearch) feature. Supported values are: * `0`: enabled (default) * `1`: disabled",
+                    "description": "Enables or disables the [Simplified and Traditional Chinese Search](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#chineseSearch) feature. Supported values are: * `0`: enabled (default) * `1`: disabled",
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "exactTerms": {
@@ -942,11 +942,11 @@
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "filter": {
-                    "description": "Activates or deactivates the automatic filtering of Google search results. See [Automatic Filtering](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#automaticFiltering) for more information about Google's search results filters. Valid values for this parameter are: * `0`: Disabled * `1`: Enabled (default) **Note**: By default, Google applies filtering to all search results to improve the quality of those results.",
+                    "description": "Activates or deactivates the automatic filtering of Google search results. See [Automatic Filtering](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#automaticFiltering) for more information about Google's search results filters. Valid values for this parameter are: * `0`: Disabled * `1`: Enabled (default) **Note**: By default, Google applies filtering to all search results to improve the quality of those results.",
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "gl": {
-                    "description": "Boosts search results whose country of origin matches the parameter value. See [Country Codes](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#countryCodes) for a list of valid values. Specifying a `gl` parameter value in WebSearch requests should improve the relevance of results. This is particularly true for international customers and, even more specifically, for customers in English-speaking countries other than the United States.",
+                    "description": "Boosts search results whose country of origin matches the parameter value. See [Country Codes](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#countryCodes) for a list of valid values. Specifying a `gl` parameter value in WebSearch requests should improve the relevance of results. This is particularly true for international customers and, even more specifically, for customers in English-speaking countries other than the United States.",
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "googleHost": {
@@ -958,7 +958,7 @@
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "hl": {
-                    "description": "Specifies the interface language (host language) of your user interface. Explicitly setting this parameter improves the performance and the quality of your search results. See the [Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#wsInterfaceLanguages) section of [Internationalizing Queries and Results Presentation](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#wsInternationalizing) for more information, and [Supported Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results_appendices#interfaceLanguages) for a list of supported languages.",
+                    "description": "Specifies the interface language (host language) of your user interface. Explicitly setting this parameter improves the performance and the quality of your search results. See the [Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#wsInterfaceLanguages) section of [Internationalizing Queries and Results Presentation](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#wsInternationalizing) for more information, and [Supported Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#interfaceLanguages) for a list of supported languages.",
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "hq": {
@@ -998,7 +998,7 @@
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "orTerms": {
-                    "description": "Provides additional search terms to check for in a document, where each document in the search results must contain at least one of the additional search terms. You can also use the [Boolean OR](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#BooleanOrqt) query term for this type of query.",
+                    "description": "Provides additional search terms to check for in a document, where each document in the search results must contain at least one of the additional search terms. You can also use the [Boolean OR](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#BooleanOrSearch) query term for this type of query.",
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "outputEncoding": {
@@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "safe": {
-                    "description": "Specifies the [SafeSearch level](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#safeSearchLevels) used for filtering out adult results. This is a custom property not defined in the OpenSearch spec. Valid parameter values are: * `\"off\"`: Disable SafeSearch * `\"active\"`: Enable SafeSearch",
+                    "description": "Specifies the [SafeSearch level](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#safeSearchLevels) used for filtering out adult results. This is a custom property not defined in the OpenSearch spec. Valid parameter values are: * `\"off\"`: Disable SafeSearch * `\"active\"`: Enable SafeSearch",
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "searchTerms": {
@@ -1072,7 +1072,7 @@
                     "type": "integer"
                   },
                   "cr": {
-                    "description": "Restricts search results to documents originating in a particular country. You may use [Boolean operators](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#booleanOperators) in the `cr` parameter's value. Google WebSearch determines the country of a document by analyzing the following: * The top-level domain (TLD) of the document's URL. * The geographic location of the web server's IP address. See [Country (cr) Parameter Values](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#countryCollections) for a list of valid values for this parameter.",
+                    "description": "Restricts search results to documents originating in a particular country. You may use [Boolean operators](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#BooleanOrSearch) in the `cr` parameter's value. Google WebSearch determines the country of a document by analyzing the following: * The top-level domain (TLD) of the document's URL. * The geographic location of the web server's IP address. See [Country (cr) Parameter Values](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#countryCollections) for a list of valid values for this parameter.",
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "cx": {
@@ -1084,7 +1084,7 @@
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "disableCnTwTranslation": {
-                    "description": "Enables or disables the [Simplified and Traditional Chinese Search](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#chineseSearch) feature. Supported values are: * `0`: enabled (default) * `1`: disabled",
+                    "description": "Enables or disables the [Simplified and Traditional Chinese Search](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#chineseSearch) feature. Supported values are: * `0`: enabled (default) * `1`: disabled",
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "exactTerms": {
@@ -1100,11 +1100,11 @@
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "filter": {
-                    "description": "Activates or deactivates the automatic filtering of Google search results. See [Automatic Filtering](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#automaticFiltering) for more information about Google's search results filters. Valid values for this parameter are: * `0`: Disabled * `1`: Enabled (default) **Note**: By default, Google applies filtering to all search results to improve the quality of those results.",
+                    "description": "Activates or deactivates the automatic filtering of Google search results. See [Automatic Filtering](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#automaticFiltering) for more information about Google's search results filters. Valid values for this parameter are: * `0`: Disabled * `1`: Enabled (default) **Note**: By default, Google applies filtering to all search results to improve the quality of those results.",
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "gl": {
-                    "description": "Boosts search results whose country of origin matches the parameter value. See [Country Codes](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#countryCodes) for a list of valid values. Specifying a `gl` parameter value in WebSearch requests should improve the relevance of results. This is particularly true for international customers and, even more specifically, for customers in English-speaking countries other than the United States.",
+                    "description": "Boosts search results whose country of origin matches the parameter value. See [Country Codes](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#countryCodes) for a list of valid values. Specifying a `gl` parameter value in WebSearch requests should improve the relevance of results. This is particularly true for international customers and, even more specifically, for customers in English-speaking countries other than the United States.",
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "googleHost": {
@@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "hl": {
-                    "description": "Specifies the interface language (host language) of your user interface. Explicitly setting this parameter improves the performance and the quality of your search results. See the [Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#wsInterfaceLanguages) section of [Internationalizing Queries and Results Presentation](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#wsInternationalizing) for more information, and [Supported Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results_appendices#interfaceLanguages) for a list of supported languages.",
+                    "description": "Specifies the interface language (host language) of your user interface. Explicitly setting this parameter improves the performance and the quality of your search results. See the [Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#wsInterfaceLanguages) section of [Internationalizing Queries and Results Presentation](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#wsInternationalizing) for more information, and [Supported Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#interfaceLanguages) for a list of supported languages.",
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "hq": {
@@ -1156,7 +1156,7 @@
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "orTerms": {
-                    "description": "Provides additional search terms to check for in a document, where each document in the search results must contain at least one of the additional search terms. You can also use the [Boolean OR](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#BooleanOrqt) query term for this type of query.",
+                    "description": "Provides additional search terms to check for in a document, where each document in the search results must contain at least one of the additional search terms. You can also use the [Boolean OR](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#BooleanOrSearch) query term for this type of query.",
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "outputEncoding": {
@@ -1172,7 +1172,7 @@
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "safe": {
-                    "description": "Specifies the [SafeSearch level](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#safeSearchLevels) used for filtering out adult results. This is a custom property not defined in the OpenSearch spec. Valid parameter values are: * `\"off\"`: Disable SafeSearch * `\"active\"`: Enable SafeSearch",
+                    "description": "Specifies the [SafeSearch level](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#safeSearchLevels) used for filtering out adult results. This is a custom property not defined in the OpenSearch spec. Valid parameter values are: * `\"off\"`: Disable SafeSearch * `\"active\"`: Enable SafeSearch",
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "searchTerms": {
@@ -1230,7 +1230,7 @@
                     "type": "integer"
                   },
                   "cr": {
-                    "description": "Restricts search results to documents originating in a particular country. You may use [Boolean operators](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#booleanOperators) in the `cr` parameter's value. Google WebSearch determines the country of a document by analyzing the following: * The top-level domain (TLD) of the document's URL. * The geographic location of the web server's IP address. See [Country (cr) Parameter Values](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#countryCollections) for a list of valid values for this parameter.",
+                    "description": "Restricts search results to documents originating in a particular country. You may use [Boolean operators](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#BooleanOrSearch) in the `cr` parameter's value. Google WebSearch determines the country of a document by analyzing the following: * The top-level domain (TLD) of the document's URL. * The geographic location of the web server's IP address. See [Country (cr) Parameter Values](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#countryCollections) for a list of valid values for this parameter.",
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "cx": {
@@ -1242,7 +1242,7 @@
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "disableCnTwTranslation": {
-                    "description": "Enables or disables the [Simplified and Traditional Chinese Search](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#chineseSearch) feature. Supported values are: * `0`: enabled (default) * `1`: disabled",
+                    "description": "Enables or disables the [Simplified and Traditional Chinese Search](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#chineseSearch) feature. Supported values are: * `0`: enabled (default) * `1`: disabled",
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "exactTerms": {
@@ -1258,11 +1258,11 @@
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "filter": {
-                    "description": "Activates or deactivates the automatic filtering of Google search results. See [Automatic Filtering](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#automaticFiltering) for more information about Google's search results filters. Valid values for this parameter are: * `0`: Disabled * `1`: Enabled (default) **Note**: By default, Google applies filtering to all search results to improve the quality of those results.",
+                    "description": "Activates or deactivates the automatic filtering of Google search results. See [Automatic Filtering](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#automaticFiltering) for more information about Google's search results filters. Valid values for this parameter are: * `0`: Disabled * `1`: Enabled (default) **Note**: By default, Google applies filtering to all search results to improve the quality of those results.",
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "gl": {
-                    "description": "Boosts search results whose country of origin matches the parameter value. See [Country Codes](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#countryCodes) for a list of valid values. Specifying a `gl` parameter value in WebSearch requests should improve the relevance of results. This is particularly true for international customers and, even more specifically, for customers in English-speaking countries other than the United States.",
+                    "description": "Boosts search results whose country of origin matches the parameter value. See [Country Codes](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#countryCodes) for a list of valid values. Specifying a `gl` parameter value in WebSearch requests should improve the relevance of results. This is particularly true for international customers and, even more specifically, for customers in English-speaking countries other than the United States.",
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "googleHost": {
@@ -1274,7 +1274,7 @@
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "hl": {
-                    "description": "Specifies the interface language (host language) of your user interface. Explicitly setting this parameter improves the performance and the quality of your search results. See the [Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#wsInterfaceLanguages) section of [Internationalizing Queries and Results Presentation](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#wsInternationalizing) for more information, and [Supported Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results_appendices#interfaceLanguages) for a list of supported languages.",
+                    "description": "Specifies the interface language (host language) of your user interface. Explicitly setting this parameter improves the performance and the quality of your search results. See the [Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#wsInterfaceLanguages) section of [Internationalizing Queries and Results Presentation](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#wsInternationalizing) for more information, and [Supported Interface Languages](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#interfaceLanguages) for a list of supported languages.",
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "hq": {
@@ -1314,7 +1314,7 @@
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "orTerms": {
-                    "description": "Provides additional search terms to check for in a document, where each document in the search results must contain at least one of the additional search terms. You can also use the [Boolean OR](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#BooleanOrqt) query term for this type of query.",
+                    "description": "Provides additional search terms to check for in a document, where each document in the search results must contain at least one of the additional search terms. You can also use the [Boolean OR](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#BooleanOrSearch) query term for this type of query.",
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "outputEncoding": {
@@ -1330,7 +1330,7 @@
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "safe": {
-                    "description": "Specifies the [SafeSearch level](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/xml_results#safeSearchLevels) used for filtering out adult results. This is a custom property not defined in the OpenSearch spec. Valid parameter values are: * `\"off\"`: Disable SafeSearch * `\"active\"`: Enable SafeSearch",
+                    "description": "Specifies the [SafeSearch level](https://developers.google.com/custom-search/docs/json_api_reference#safeSearchLevels) used for filtering out adult results. This is a custom property not defined in the OpenSearch spec. Valid parameter values are: * `\"off\"`: Disable SafeSearch * `\"active\"`: Enable SafeSearch",
                     "type": "string"
                   },
                   "searchTerms": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json
index 038a50d..14d3cde 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json
@@ -1841,7 +1841,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210901",
+  "revision": "20210909",
   "rootUrl": "https://datacatalog.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Binding": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json
index c141071..267603e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json
@@ -1808,7 +1808,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210901",
+  "revision": "20210909",
   "rootUrl": "https://datacatalog.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Binding": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json
index cde58a7..21c659b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json
@@ -2225,7 +2225,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210818",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://dataflow.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApproximateProgress": {
@@ -3373,6 +3373,10 @@
           "description": "Name for the Cloud KMS key for the job. Key format is: projects//locations//keyRings//cryptoKeys/",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "launcherMachineType": {
+          "description": "The machine type to use for launching the job. The default is n1-standard-1.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "machineType": {
           "description": "The machine type to use for the job. Defaults to the value from the template if not specified.",
           "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json
index 101c0fb..5f9bb25 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json
@@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210818",
+  "revision": "20210907",
   "rootUrl": "https://datamigration.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json
index eef364e..2d00e1a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json
@@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210818",
+  "revision": "20210907",
   "rootUrl": "https://datamigration.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json
index 2104264..2e607b4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json
@@ -2316,7 +2316,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210902",
+  "revision": "20210909",
   "rootUrl": "https://dataproc.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceleratorConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json
index 4ee6776..281fe6d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json
@@ -17,6 +17,7 @@
   "description": "Accesses the schemaless NoSQL database to provide fully managed, robust, scalable storage for your application. ",
   "discoveryVersion": "v1",
   "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/datastore/",
+  "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true,
   "icons": {
     "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif",
     "x32": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-32.gif"
@@ -625,7 +626,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210816",
+  "revision": "20210901",
   "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AllocateIdsRequest": {
@@ -1633,12 +1634,12 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Unspecified. This value must not be used.",
-            "Less than.",
-            "Less than or equal.",
-            "Greater than.",
-            "Greater than or equal.",
-            "Equal.",
-            "Has ancestor."
+            "The given `property` is less than the given `value`. Requires: * That `property` comes first in `order_by`.",
+            "The given `property` is less than or equal to the given `value`. Requires: * That `property` comes first in `order_by`.",
+            "The given `property` is greater than the given `value`. Requires: * That `property` comes first in `order_by`.",
+            "The given `property` is greater than or equal to the given `value`. Requires: * That `property` comes first in `order_by`.",
+            "The given `property` is equal to the given `value`.",
+            "Limit the result set to the given entity and its descendants. Requires: * That `value` is an entity key."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json
index 16144a3..c699ef2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json
@@ -17,6 +17,7 @@
   "description": "Accesses the schemaless NoSQL database to provide fully managed, robust, scalable storage for your application. ",
   "discoveryVersion": "v1",
   "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/datastore/",
+  "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true,
   "icons": {
     "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif",
     "x32": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-32.gif"
@@ -167,7 +168,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210816",
+  "revision": "20210901",
   "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleDatastoreAdminV1CommonMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json
index a7ed4ce..b417a07 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json
@@ -17,6 +17,7 @@
   "description": "Accesses the schemaless NoSQL database to provide fully managed, robust, scalable storage for your application. ",
   "discoveryVersion": "v1",
   "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/datastore/",
+  "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true,
   "icons": {
     "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif",
     "x32": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-32.gif"
@@ -307,7 +308,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210816",
+  "revision": "20210901",
   "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AllocateIdsRequest": {
@@ -1108,12 +1109,12 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Unspecified. This value must not be used.",
-            "Less than.",
-            "Less than or equal.",
-            "Greater than.",
-            "Greater than or equal.",
-            "Equal.",
-            "Has ancestor."
+            "The given `property` is less than the given `value`. Requires: * That `property` comes first in `order_by`.",
+            "The given `property` is less than or equal to the given `value`. Requires: * That `property` comes first in `order_by`.",
+            "The given `property` is greater than the given `value`. Requires: * That `property` comes first in `order_by`.",
+            "The given `property` is greater than or equal to the given `value`. Requires: * That `property` comes first in `order_by`.",
+            "The given `property` is equal to the given `value`.",
+            "Limit the result set to the given entity and its descendants. Requires: * That `value` is an entity key."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json
index 8c2feb6..66b1836 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json
@@ -1588,7 +1588,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210826",
+  "revision": "20210909",
   "rootUrl": "https://deploymentmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AsyncOptions": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json
index a650786..c4104ed 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json
@@ -988,7 +988,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210826",
+  "revision": "20210909",
   "rootUrl": "https://deploymentmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json
index cf55771..3649648 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json
@@ -1552,7 +1552,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210826",
+  "revision": "20210909",
   "rootUrl": "https://deploymentmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AsyncOptions": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json
index 9bad058..2b22a2f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210903",
+  "revision": "20210914",
   "rootUrl": "https://digitalassetlinks.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AndroidAppAsset": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v1.json
index f6d675f..cb4d101 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v1.json
@@ -6778,7 +6778,7 @@
                   "type": "string"
                 },
                 "targetingType": {
-                  "description": "Required. The type of targeting option to retrieve.",
+                  "description": "Required. The type of targeting option to retrieve. Accepted values are: * `TARGETING_TYPE_APP_CATEGORY` * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_USER_REWARDED_CONTENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ON_SCREEN_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OPERATING_SYSTEM` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_MAKE_MODEL` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CATEGORY` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` * `TARGETING_TYPE_AUTHORIZED_SELLER_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_LANGUAGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GEO_REGION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID`",
                   "enum": [
                     "TARGETING_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
                     "TARGETING_TYPE_CHANNEL",
@@ -6918,7 +6918,7 @@
                   "type": "string"
                 },
                 "targetingType": {
-                  "description": "Required. The type of targeting option to be listed.",
+                  "description": "Required. The type of targeting option to be listed. Accepted values are: * `TARGETING_TYPE_APP_CATEGORY` * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_USER_REWARDED_CONTENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ON_SCREEN_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OPERATING_SYSTEM` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_MAKE_MODEL` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CATEGORY` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` * `TARGETING_TYPE_AUTHORIZED_SELLER_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_LANGUAGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GEO_REGION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID`",
                   "enum": [
                     "TARGETING_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
                     "TARGETING_TYPE_CHANNEL",
@@ -7317,7 +7317,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210913",
+  "revision": "20210920",
   "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ActivateManualTriggerRequest": {
@@ -8886,7 +8886,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "targetingOptionId": {
-          "description": "Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.",
+          "description": "Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. Accepted business chain targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -10282,7 +10282,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sharedAdvertiserIds": {
-          "description": "The IDs of the advertisers who have access to this algorithm. This field will not be set if the algorithm owner is a partner and is being retrieved using an advertiser accessor.",
+          "description": "The IDs of the advertisers who have access to this algorithm. If advertiser_id is set, this field will only consist of that value. This field will not be set if the algorithm [`owner`](/display-video/api/reference/rest/v1/customBiddingAlgorithms#CustomBiddingAlgorithm.FIELDS.oneof_owner) is a partner and is being retrieved using an advertiser [`accessor`](/display-video/api/reference/rest/v1/customBiddingAlgorithms/list#body.QUERY_PARAMETERS.oneof_accessor).",
           "items": {
             "format": "int64",
             "type": "string"
@@ -15327,7 +15327,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "targetingOptionId": {
-          "description": "Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI` or reuse an existing assigned_targeting_option_id.",
+          "description": "Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. Accepted POI targeting option IDs can be retrieved using SearchTargetingOptions. If targeting a specific latitude/longitude coordinate removed from an address or POI name, you can generate the necessary targeting option ID by rounding the desired coordinate values to the 6th decimal place, removing the decimals, and concatenating the string values separated by a semicolon. For example, you can target the latitude/longitude pair of 40.7414691, -74.003387 using the targeting option ID \"40741469;-74003387\".",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json
index f3ba6e9..be1cda3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json
@@ -3412,7 +3412,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210908",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://dlp.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GooglePrivacyDlpV2Action": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json
index 8bad165..fcc108f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210907",
+  "revision": "20210915",
   "rootUrl": "https://docs.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AutoText": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json
index ec98db1..b2db145 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json
@@ -138,6 +138,31 @@
       "resources": {
         "locations": {
           "methods": {
+            "fetchProcessorTypes": {
+              "description": "Fetches processor types.",
+              "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:fetchProcessorTypes",
+              "httpMethod": "GET",
+              "id": "documentai.projects.locations.fetchProcessorTypes",
+              "parameterOrder": [
+                "parent"
+              ],
+              "parameters": {
+                "parent": {
+                  "description": "Required. The project of processor type to list. The available processor types may depend on the whitelisting on projects. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}",
+                  "location": "path",
+                  "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+                  "required": true,
+                  "type": "string"
+                }
+              },
+              "path": "v1/{+parent}:fetchProcessorTypes",
+              "response": {
+                "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1FetchProcessorTypesResponse"
+              },
+              "scopes": [
+                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+              ]
+            },
             "get": {
               "description": "Gets information about a location.",
               "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}",
@@ -331,6 +356,176 @@
                     "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
                   ]
                 },
+                "create": {
+                  "description": "Creates a processor from the type processor that the user chose. The processor will be at \"ENABLED\" state by default after its creation.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/processors",
+                  "httpMethod": "POST",
+                  "id": "documentai.projects.locations.processors.create",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "parent"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "parent": {
+                      "description": "Required. The parent (project and location) under which to create the processor. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+parent}/processors",
+                  "request": {
+                    "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1Processor"
+                  },
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1Processor"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "delete": {
+                  "description": "Deletes the processor, unloads all deployed model artifacts if it was enabled and then deletes all artifacts associated with this processor.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/processors/{processorsId}",
+                  "httpMethod": "DELETE",
+                  "id": "documentai.projects.locations.processors.delete",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "name"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "name": {
+                      "description": "Required. The processor resource name to be deleted.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/processors/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+name}",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "disable": {
+                  "description": "Disables a processor",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/processors/{processorsId}:disable",
+                  "httpMethod": "POST",
+                  "id": "documentai.projects.locations.processors.disable",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "name"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "name": {
+                      "description": "Required. The processor resource name to be disabled.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/processors/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+name}:disable",
+                  "request": {
+                    "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1DisableProcessorRequest"
+                  },
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "enable": {
+                  "description": "Enables a processor",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/processors/{processorsId}:enable",
+                  "httpMethod": "POST",
+                  "id": "documentai.projects.locations.processors.enable",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "name"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "name": {
+                      "description": "Required. The processor resource name to be enabled.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/processors/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+name}:enable",
+                  "request": {
+                    "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1EnableProcessorRequest"
+                  },
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "get": {
+                  "description": "Gets a processor detail.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/processors/{processorsId}",
+                  "httpMethod": "GET",
+                  "id": "documentai.projects.locations.processors.get",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "name"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "name": {
+                      "description": "Required. The processor resource name.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/processors/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+name}",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1Processor"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "list": {
+                  "description": "Lists all processors which belong to this project.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/processors",
+                  "httpMethod": "GET",
+                  "id": "documentai.projects.locations.processors.list",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "parent"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "pageSize": {
+                      "description": "The maximum number of processors to return. If unspecified, at most 50 processors will be returned. The maximum value is 100; values above 100 will be coerced to 100.",
+                      "format": "int32",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "integer"
+                    },
+                    "pageToken": {
+                      "description": "We will return the processors sorted by creation time. The page token will point to the next processor.",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "string"
+                    },
+                    "parent": {
+                      "description": "Required. The parent (project and location) which owns this collection of Processors. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+parent}/processors",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1ListProcessorsResponse"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
                 "process": {
                   "description": "Processes a single document.",
                   "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/processors/{processorsId}:process",
@@ -358,6 +553,34 @@
                   "scopes": [
                     "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
                   ]
+                },
+                "setDefaultProcessorVersion": {
+                  "description": "Set the default (active) version of a Processor that will be used in ProcessDocument and BatchProcessDocuments.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/processors/{processorsId}:setDefaultProcessorVersion",
+                  "httpMethod": "POST",
+                  "id": "documentai.projects.locations.processors.setDefaultProcessorVersion",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "processor"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "processor": {
+                      "description": "Required. The resource name of the Processor to change default version.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/processors/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+processor}:setDefaultProcessorVersion",
+                  "request": {
+                    "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1SetDefaultProcessorVersionRequest"
+                  },
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
                 }
               },
               "resources": {
@@ -423,6 +646,120 @@
                         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
                       ]
                     },
+                    "delete": {
+                      "description": "Deletes the processor version, all artifacts under the processor version will be deleted.",
+                      "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/processors/{processorsId}/processorVersions/{processorVersionsId}",
+                      "httpMethod": "DELETE",
+                      "id": "documentai.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.delete",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "name"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "name": {
+                          "description": "Required. The processor version resource name to be deleted.",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/processors/[^/]+/processorVersions/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "v1/{+name}",
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                      ]
+                    },
+                    "deploy": {
+                      "description": "Deploys the processor version.",
+                      "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/processors/{processorsId}/processorVersions/{processorVersionsId}:deploy",
+                      "httpMethod": "POST",
+                      "id": "documentai.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.deploy",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "name"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "name": {
+                          "description": "Required. The processor version resource name to be deployed.",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/processors/[^/]+/processorVersions/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "v1/{+name}:deploy",
+                      "request": {
+                        "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1DeployProcessorVersionRequest"
+                      },
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                      ]
+                    },
+                    "get": {
+                      "description": "Gets a processor version detail.",
+                      "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/processors/{processorsId}/processorVersions/{processorVersionsId}",
+                      "httpMethod": "GET",
+                      "id": "documentai.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.get",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "name"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "name": {
+                          "description": "Required. The processor resource name.",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/processors/[^/]+/processorVersions/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "v1/{+name}",
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1ProcessorVersion"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                      ]
+                    },
+                    "list": {
+                      "description": "Lists all versions of a processor.",
+                      "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/processors/{processorsId}/processorVersions",
+                      "httpMethod": "GET",
+                      "id": "documentai.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.list",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "parent"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "pageSize": {
+                          "description": "The maximum number of processor versions to return. If unspecified, at most 10 processor versions will be returned. The maximum value is 20; values above 20 will be coerced to 20.",
+                          "format": "int32",
+                          "location": "query",
+                          "type": "integer"
+                        },
+                        "pageToken": {
+                          "description": "We will return the processor versions sorted by creation time. The page token will point to the next processor version.",
+                          "location": "query",
+                          "type": "string"
+                        },
+                        "parent": {
+                          "description": "Required. The parent (project, location and processor) to list all versions. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/processors/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "v1/{+parent}/processorVersions",
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1ListProcessorVersionsResponse"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                      ]
+                    },
                     "process": {
                       "description": "Processes a single document.",
                       "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/processors/{processorsId}/processorVersions/{processorVersionsId}:process",
@@ -450,6 +787,34 @@
                       "scopes": [
                         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
                       ]
+                    },
+                    "undeploy": {
+                      "description": "Undeploys the processor version.",
+                      "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/processors/{processorsId}/processorVersions/{processorVersionsId}:undeploy",
+                      "httpMethod": "POST",
+                      "id": "documentai.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.undeploy",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "name"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "name": {
+                          "description": "Required. The processor version resource name to be undeployed.",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/processors/[^/]+/processorVersions/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "v1/{+name}:undeploy",
+                      "request": {
+                        "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1UndeployProcessorVersionRequest"
+                      },
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                      ]
                     }
                   }
                 }
@@ -664,7 +1029,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210907",
+  "revision": "20210917",
   "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchDeleteDocumentsMetadata": {
@@ -1231,6 +1596,12 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1DeployProcessorVersionRequest": {
+      "description": "Request message for the deploy processor version method.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1DeployProcessorVersionRequest",
+      "properties": {},
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1DeployProcessorVersionResponse": {
       "description": "Response message for the deploy processor version method.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1DeployProcessorVersionResponse",
@@ -1248,6 +1619,12 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1DisableProcessorRequest": {
+      "description": "Request message for the disable processor method.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1DisableProcessorRequest",
+      "properties": {},
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1DisableProcessorResponse": {
       "description": "Response message for the disable processor method. Intentionally empty proto for adding fields in future.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1DisableProcessorResponse",
@@ -2263,12 +2640,103 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1EnableProcessorRequest": {
+      "description": "Request message for the enable processor method.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1EnableProcessorRequest",
+      "properties": {},
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1EnableProcessorResponse": {
       "description": "Response message for the enable processor method. Intentionally empty proto for adding fields in future.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1EnableProcessorResponse",
       "properties": {},
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1EvaluationMetrics": {
+      "description": "Evaluation metrics, either in aggregate or about a specific entity.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1EvaluationMetrics",
+      "properties": {
+        "f1Score": {
+          "description": "The calculated f1 score.",
+          "format": "float",
+          "type": "number"
+        },
+        "falseNegativesCount": {
+          "description": "The amount of false negatives.",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        },
+        "falsePositivesCount": {
+          "description": "The amount of false positives.",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        },
+        "groundTruthOccurrencesCount": {
+          "description": "The amount of occurrences in ground truth documents.",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        },
+        "precision": {
+          "description": "The calculated precision.",
+          "format": "float",
+          "type": "number"
+        },
+        "predictedOccurrencesCount": {
+          "description": "The amount of occurrences in predicted documents.",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        },
+        "recall": {
+          "description": "The calculated recall.",
+          "format": "float",
+          "type": "number"
+        },
+        "totalDocumentsCount": {
+          "description": "The amount of documents that had an occurrence of this label.",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        },
+        "truePositivesCount": {
+          "description": "The amount of true positives.",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1EvaluationReference": {
+      "description": "Gives a short summary of an evaluation, and links to the evaluation itself.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1EvaluationReference",
+      "properties": {
+        "aggregateMetrics": {
+          "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1EvaluationMetrics",
+          "description": "An aggregate of the statistics for the evaluation."
+        },
+        "evaluation": {
+          "description": "The resource name of the evaluation.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "operation": {
+          "description": "The resource name of the Long Running Operation for the evaluation.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1FetchProcessorTypesResponse": {
+      "description": "Response message for fetch processor types.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1FetchProcessorTypesResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "processorTypes": {
+          "description": "The list of processor types.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1ProcessorType"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1GcsDocument": {
       "description": "Specifies a document stored on Cloud Storage.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1GcsDocument",
@@ -2342,6 +2810,42 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1ListProcessorVersionsResponse": {
+      "description": "Response message for list processors.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1ListProcessorVersionsResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "nextPageToken": {
+          "description": "Points to the next processor, otherwise empty.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "processorVersions": {
+          "description": "The list of processors.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1ProcessorVersion"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1ListProcessorsResponse": {
+      "description": "Response message for list processors.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1ListProcessorsResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "nextPageToken": {
+          "description": "Points to the next processor, otherwise empty.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "processors": {
+          "description": "The list of processors.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1Processor"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1NormalizedVertex": {
       "description": "A vertex represents a 2D point in the image. NOTE: the normalized vertex coordinates are relative to the original image and range from 0 to 1.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1NormalizedVertex",
@@ -2393,6 +2897,162 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1Processor": {
+      "description": "The first-class citizen for DAI. Each processor defines how to extract structural information from a document.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1Processor",
+      "properties": {
+        "createTime": {
+          "description": "The time the processor was created.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "defaultProcessorVersion": {
+          "description": "The default processor version.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "displayName": {
+          "description": "The display name of the processor.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "kmsKeyName": {
+          "description": "The KMS key used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios. See https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "description": "Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "processEndpoint": {
+          "description": "Output only. Immutable. The http endpoint that can be called to invoke processing.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "state": {
+          "description": "Output only. The state of the processor.",
+          "enum": [
+            "STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "ENABLED",
+            "DISABLED",
+            "ENABLING",
+            "DISABLING",
+            "CREATING",
+            "FAILED",
+            "DELETING"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "The processor is in an unspecified state.",
+            "The processor is enabled, i.e, has an enabled version which can currently serve processing requests and all the feature dependencies have been successfully initialized.",
+            "The processor is disabled.",
+            "The processor is being enabled, will become ENABLED if successful.",
+            "The processor is being disabled, will become DISABLED if successful.",
+            "The processor is being created, will become either ENABLED (for successful creation) or FAILED (for failed ones). Once a processor is in this state, it can then be used for document processing, but the feature dependencies of the processor might not be fully created yet.",
+            "The processor failed during creation or initialization of feature dependencies. The user should delete the processor and recreate one as all the functionalities of the processor are disabled.",
+            "The processor is being deleted, will be removed if successful."
+          ],
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "type": {
+          "description": "The processor type, e.g., INVOICE_PARSING, W2_PARSING, etc.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1ProcessorType": {
+      "description": "A processor type is responsible for performing a certain document understanding task on a certain type of document. All processor types are created by the documentai service internally. User will only list all available processor types via UI. For different users (projects), the available processor types may be different since we'll expose the access of some types via EAP whitelisting. We make the ProcessorType a resource under location so we have a unified API and keep the possibility that UI will load different available processor types from different regions. But for alpha the behavior is that the user will always get the union of all available processor types among all regions no matter which regionalized endpoint is called, and then we use the 'available_locations' field to show under which regions a processor type is available. For example, users can call either the 'US' or 'EU' endpoint to feach processor types. In the return, we will have an 'invoice parsing' processor with 'available_locations' field only containing 'US'. So the user can try to create an 'invoice parsing' processor under the location 'US'. Such attempt of creating under the location 'EU' will fail. Next ID: 8.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1ProcessorType",
+      "properties": {
+        "allowCreation": {
+          "description": "Whether the processor type allows creation. If yes, user can create a processor of this processor type. Otherwise, user needs to request access.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "availableLocations": {
+          "description": "The locations in which this processor is available.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1ProcessorTypeLocationInfo"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "category": {
+          "description": "The processor category, used by UI to group processor types.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "description": "The resource name of the processor type. Format: projects/{project}/processorTypes/{processor_type}",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "type": {
+          "description": "The type of the processor, e.g, \"invoice_parsing\".",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1ProcessorTypeLocationInfo": {
+      "description": "The location information about where the processor is available.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1ProcessorTypeLocationInfo",
+      "properties": {
+        "locationId": {
+          "description": "The location id, currently must be one of [us, eu].",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1ProcessorVersion": {
+      "description": "A processor version is an implementation of a processor. Each processor can have multiple versions, pre-trained by Google internally or up-trained by the customer. At a time, a processor can only have one default version version. So the processor's behavior (when processing documents) is defined by a default version.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1ProcessorVersion",
+      "properties": {
+        "createTime": {
+          "description": "The time the processor version was created.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "displayName": {
+          "description": "The display name of the processor version.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "latestEvaluation": {
+          "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1EvaluationReference",
+          "description": "The most recently invoked evaluation for the processor version."
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "description": "The resource name of the processor version. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processor_version}",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "schema": {
+          "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1Schema",
+          "description": "The schema of the processor version. Describes the output."
+        },
+        "state": {
+          "description": "The state of the processor version.",
+          "enum": [
+            "STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "DEPLOYED",
+            "DEPLOYING",
+            "UNDEPLOYED",
+            "UNDEPLOYING",
+            "CREATING",
+            "DELETING",
+            "FAILED"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "The processor version is in an unspecified state.",
+            "The processor version is deployed and can be used for processing.",
+            "The processor version is being deployed.",
+            "The processor version is not deployed and cannot be used for processing.",
+            "The processor version is being undeployed.",
+            "The processor version is being created.",
+            "The processor version is being deleted.",
+            "The processor version failed and is in an indeterminate state."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1RawDocument": {
       "description": "Payload message of raw document content (bytes).",
       "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1RawDocument",
@@ -2458,6 +3118,93 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1Schema": {
+      "description": "The schema defines the output of the processed document by a processor.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1Schema",
+      "properties": {
+        "description": {
+          "description": "Description of the schema.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "displayName": {
+          "description": "Display name to show to users.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "entityTypes": {
+          "description": "Entity types of the schema.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1SchemaEntityType"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1SchemaEntityType": {
+      "description": "EntityType is the wrapper of a label of the corresponding model with detailed attributes and limitations for entity-based processors. Multiple types can also compose a dependency tree to represent nested types.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1SchemaEntityType",
+      "properties": {
+        "baseType": {
+          "description": "Type of the entity. It must be one of the following: `document` - the entity represents a classification of a logical document. `object` - if the entity has properties it is likely an object (or or a document.) `datetime` - the entity is a date or time value. `money` - the entity represents a money value amount. `number` - the entity is a number - integer or floating point. `string` - the entity is a string value. `boolean` - the entity is a boolean value. `address` - the entity is a location address.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "description": {
+          "description": "Description of the entity type.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "enumValues": {
+          "description": "If specified, lists all the possible values for this entity.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "occurrenceType": {
+          "description": "Occurrence type limits the number of times an entity type appears in the document.",
+          "enum": [
+            "OCCURRENCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "OPTIONAL_ONCE",
+            "OPTIONAL_MULTIPLE",
+            "REQUIRED_ONCE",
+            "REQUIRED_MULTIPLE"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Unspecified occurrence type.",
+            "The entity type will appear zero times or once.",
+            "The entity type will appear zero or multiple times.",
+            "The entity type will only appear exactly once.",
+            "The entity type will appear once or more times."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "properties": {
+          "description": "Describing the nested structure of an entity. An EntityType may consist of several other EntityTypes. For example, in a document there can be an EntityType 'ID', which consists of EntityType 'name' and 'address', with corresponding attributes, such as TEXT for both types and ONCE for occurrence types.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1SchemaEntityType"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "source": {
+          "description": "Source of this entity type.",
+          "enum": [
+            "SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "PREDEFINED",
+            "USER_INPUT"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Unspecified source.",
+            "The entity type is in the predefined schema of a pretrained version of a processor.",
+            "The entity type is added by the users either: - during an uptraining of an existing processor, or - during the process of creating a customized processor."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "type": {
+          "description": "Name of the type. It must be unique within the set of same level types.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1SetDefaultProcessorVersionMetadata": {
       "description": "The long running operation metadata for set default processor version method.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1SetDefaultProcessorVersionMetadata",
@@ -2469,6 +3216,17 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1SetDefaultProcessorVersionRequest": {
+      "description": "Request message for the set default processor version method.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1SetDefaultProcessorVersionRequest",
+      "properties": {
+        "defaultProcessorVersion": {
+          "description": "Required. The resource name of child ProcessorVersion to use as default.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1SetDefaultProcessorVersionResponse": {
       "description": "Response message for set default processor version method.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1SetDefaultProcessorVersionResponse",
@@ -2486,6 +3244,12 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1UndeployProcessorVersionRequest": {
+      "description": "Request message for the undeploy processor version method.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1UndeployProcessorVersionRequest",
+      "properties": {},
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1UndeployProcessorVersionResponse": {
       "description": "Response message for the undeploy processor version method.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1UndeployProcessorVersionResponse",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json
index 2c19e90..bff9e12 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210907",
+  "revision": "20210917",
   "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchDeleteDocumentsMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json
index 4ab5690..9de9de9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json
@@ -796,7 +796,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210907",
+  "revision": "20210917",
   "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchDeleteDocumentsMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json
index 5d88d17..34f49e6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210920",
   "rootUrl": "https://domainsrdap.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "HttpBody": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json
index 352e569..77f2b99 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210907",
+  "revision": "20210914",
   "rootUrl": "https://doubleclicksearch.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Availability": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json
index 497f9e9..6eda1b5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
   "description": "Manages files in Drive including uploading, downloading, searching, detecting changes, and updating sharing permissions.",
   "discoveryVersion": "v1",
   "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/drive/",
-  "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/2hTYCpIeSekmSlU-_E_vwg7hSDM\"",
+  "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/Vu4poje-2dWgpys_T9FZKaW40Qk\"",
   "icons": {
     "x16": "https://ssl.gstatic.com/docs/doclist/images/drive_icon_16.png",
     "x32": "https://ssl.gstatic.com/docs/doclist/images/drive_icon_32.png"
@@ -3527,7 +3527,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210829",
+  "revision": "20210912",
   "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "About": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json
index deebdab..db01e31 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
   "description": "Manages files in Drive including uploading, downloading, searching, detecting changes, and updating sharing permissions.",
   "discoveryVersion": "v1",
   "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/drive/",
-  "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/PUjk1gtFHu1cx_JoV3hPrakasGg\"",
+  "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/FI7fSrKiR16OF44lPfi5QIDdyps\"",
   "icons": {
     "x16": "https://ssl.gstatic.com/docs/doclist/images/drive_icon_16.png",
     "x32": "https://ssl.gstatic.com/docs/doclist/images/drive_icon_32.png"
@@ -2191,7 +2191,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210829",
+  "revision": "20210912",
   "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "About": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json
index c337313..8499a9e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210907",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://driveactivity.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Action": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json
index 9e0e5ad..1294882 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json
@@ -850,7 +850,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210907",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://essentialcontacts.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudEssentialcontactsV1ComputeContactsResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json
index 5c0493c..8ba4f63 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json
@@ -584,7 +584,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210827",
+  "revision": "20210917",
   "rootUrl": "https://eventarc.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json
index eccfb64..dcbdd44 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://factchecktools.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleFactcheckingFactchecktoolsV1alpha1Claim": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json
index 2a4a4f2..b743964 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210830",
+  "revision": "20210913",
   "rootUrl": "https://fcm.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AndroidConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json
index 567d3e4..4d3c949 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://fcmdata.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleFirebaseFcmDataV1beta1AndroidDeliveryData": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json
index 131738d..6f708ff 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json
@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210822",
+  "revision": "20210913",
   "rootUrl": "https://file.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Backup": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json
index 3ba1072..c6050b3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json
@@ -846,7 +846,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210822",
+  "revision": "20210913",
   "rootUrl": "https://file.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Backup": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json
index 6144228..2508c2e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json
@@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210909",
+  "revision": "20210917",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebase.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddFirebaseRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json
index b0a7cf9..8244fa8 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json
@@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210827",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebaseappcheck.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1betaAppAttestChallengeResponse": {
@@ -1273,17 +1273,17 @@
       "id": "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1betaExchangeAppAttestAttestationRequest",
       "properties": {
         "attestationStatement": {
-          "description": "The App Attest statement as returned by Apple's client-side App Attest API. This is the CBOR object returned by Apple, which will be Base64 encoded in the JSON API.",
+          "description": "Required. The App Attest statement as returned by Apple's client-side App Attest API. This is the CBOR object returned by Apple, which will be Base64 encoded in the JSON API.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "challenge": {
-          "description": "The challenge previously generated by the FAC backend.",
+          "description": "Required. The challenge previously generated by the FAC backend.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "keyId": {
-          "description": "The key ID generated by App Attest for the client app.",
+          "description": "Required. The key ID generated by App Attest for the client app.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -1311,7 +1311,7 @@
       "id": "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1betaExchangeCustomTokenRequest",
       "properties": {
         "customToken": {
-          "description": "A custom token signed using your project's Admin SDK service account credentials.",
+          "description": "Required. A custom token signed using your project's Admin SDK service account credentials.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@
       "id": "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1betaExchangeDebugTokenRequest",
       "properties": {
         "debugToken": {
-          "description": "A debug token secret. This string must match a debug token secret previously created using CreateDebugToken.",
+          "description": "Required. A debug token secret. This string must match a debug token secret previously created using CreateDebugToken.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -1333,7 +1333,7 @@
       "id": "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1betaExchangeDeviceCheckTokenRequest",
       "properties": {
         "deviceToken": {
-          "description": "The `device_token` as returned by Apple's client-side [DeviceCheck API](https://developer.apple.com/documentation/devicecheck/dcdevice). This is the Base64 encoded `Data` (Swift) or `NSData` (ObjC) object.",
+          "description": "Required. The `device_token` as returned by Apple's client-side [DeviceCheck API](https://developer.apple.com/documentation/devicecheck/dcdevice). This is the Base64 encoded `Data` (Swift) or `NSData` (ObjC) object.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -1344,7 +1344,7 @@
       "id": "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1betaExchangeRecaptchaTokenRequest",
       "properties": {
         "recaptchaToken": {
-          "description": "The reCAPTCHA token as returned by the [reCAPTCHA v3 JavaScript API](https://developers.google.com/recaptcha/docs/v3).",
+          "description": "Required. The reCAPTCHA token as returned by the [reCAPTCHA v3 JavaScript API](https://developers.google.com/recaptcha/docs/v3).",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -1355,7 +1355,7 @@
       "id": "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1betaExchangeSafetyNetTokenRequest",
       "properties": {
         "safetyNetToken": {
-          "description": "The [SafetyNet attestation response](https://developer.android.com/training/safetynet/attestation#request-attestation-step) issued to your app.",
+          "description": "Required. The [SafetyNet attestation response](https://developer.android.com/training/safetynet/attestation#request-attestation-step) issued to your app.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json
index a6b3f8d..0a15664 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210909",
+  "revision": "20210917",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebasedatabase.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "DatabaseInstance": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json
index 26f045c..893b1be 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210906",
+  "revision": "20210913",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebasedynamiclinks.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnalyticsInfo": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json
index dbc721a..2fea2f5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210908",
+  "revision": "20210914",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebaseml.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CancelOperationRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json
index f100906..1bb3b8f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210908",
+  "revision": "20210914",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebaseml.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "DownloadModelResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json
index 7b3c490..ad548e6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json
@@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210816",
+  "revision": "20210901",
   "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ArrayValue": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json
index e4a183b..2fdc27b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json
@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210816",
+  "revision": "20210901",
   "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ArrayValue": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json
index 0b97b46..ecdaa94 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210816",
+  "revision": "20210901",
   "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json
index eb4908a..8b7cf46 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json
@@ -831,7 +831,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210908",
+  "revision": "20210920",
   "rootUrl": "https://fitness.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AggregateBucket": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json
index 076f4a1..cdc18f1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json
@@ -1224,7 +1224,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210902",
+  "revision": "20210909",
   "rootUrl": "https://games.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AchievementDefinition": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json
index 8f328ef..4e0fee5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210902",
+  "revision": "20210909",
   "rootUrl": "https://gamesconfiguration.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AchievementConfiguration": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json
index 96cab6d..d9dd0ef 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210902",
+  "revision": "20210909",
   "rootUrl": "https://gamesmanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AchievementResetAllResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1.json
index 86f6424..811a5d3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1.json
@@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210818",
+  "revision": "20210907",
   "rootUrl": "https://gameservices.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1beta.json
index 6a33233..99334a1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1beta.json
@@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210818",
+  "revision": "20210915",
   "rootUrl": "https://gameservices.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
@@ -2664,7 +2664,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "logConfig": {
-          "description": "The config returned to callers of tech.iam.IAM.CheckPolicy for any entries that match the LOG action.",
+          "description": "The config returned to callers of CheckPolicy for any entries that match the LOG action.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "LogConfig"
           },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/genomics.v2alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/genomics.v2alpha1.json
index f26a021..5ffdc2b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/genomics.v2alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/genomics.v2alpha1.json
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210818",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://genomics.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Accelerator": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json
index 1c4886a..6afe8e0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json
@@ -905,7 +905,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210827",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json
index 163afbf..e34ba32 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json
@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210827",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json
index bb9f23b..2af97cb 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json
@@ -652,7 +652,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210827",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json
index 535001e..3bd2578 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json
@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210827",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json
index 5d8e3ce..61a4995 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210827",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json
index 337213c..89d69a4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://gmailpostmastertools.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "DeliveryError": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json
index d0be8cb..61c9165 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://gmailpostmastertools.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "DeliveryError": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json
index 0a9ffe7..6f103c1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210902",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://groupsmigration.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Groups": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupssettings.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupssettings.v1.json
index c2c9229..e62c4a6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupssettings.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupssettings.v1.json
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210907",
+  "revision": "20210914",
   "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Groups": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json
index 215eb5c..d45d11c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json
@@ -3956,7 +3956,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210830",
+  "revision": "20210909",
   "rootUrl": "https://healthcare.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ActivateConsentRequest": {
@@ -5886,6 +5886,20 @@
           "description": "Byte(s) to use as the segment terminator. If this is unset, '\\r' is used as segment terminator, matching the HL7 version 2 specification.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "version": {
+          "description": "Immutable. Determines the version of the unschematized parser to be used when `schema` is not given. This field is immutable after store creation.",
+          "enum": [
+            "PARSER_VERSION_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "V1",
+            "V2"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Unspecified parser version, equivalent to V1.",
+            "The `parsed_data` includes every given non-empty message field except the Field Separator (MSH-1) field. As a result, the parsed MSH segment starts with the MSH-2 field and the field numbers are off-by-one with respect to the HL7 standard.",
+            "The `parsed_data` includes every given non-empty message field."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -6158,6 +6172,22 @@
             "$ref": "Hl7TypesConfig"
           },
           "type": "array"
+        },
+        "unexpectedSegmentHandling": {
+          "description": "Determines how unexpected segments (segments not matched to the schema) are handled.",
+          "enum": [
+            "UNEXPECTED_SEGMENT_HANDLING_MODE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "FAIL",
+            "SKIP",
+            "PARSE"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Unspecified handling mode, equivalent to FAIL.",
+            "Unexpected segments fail to parse and return an error.",
+            "Unexpected segments do not fail, but are omitted from the output.",
+            "Unexpected segments do not fail, but are parsed in place and added to the current group. If a segment has a type definition, it is used, otherwise it is parsed as VARIES."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json
index 46df49a..cf53cbc 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json
@@ -4865,7 +4865,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210830",
+  "revision": "20210909",
   "rootUrl": "https://healthcare.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ActivateConsentRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/homegraph.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/homegraph.v1.json
index ca22747..b40886f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/homegraph.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/homegraph.v1.json
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210826",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://homegraph.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AgentDeviceId": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json
index 8b56b19..dd69da4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@
                       "type": "string"
                     },
                     "updateMask": {
-                      "description": "Required. The list of fields update.",
+                      "description": "Required. The list of fields to update.",
                       "format": "google-fieldmask",
                       "location": "query",
                       "type": "string"
@@ -1752,7 +1752,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210907",
+  "revision": "20210909",
   "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdminAuditData": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json
index a934026..14d1494 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210902",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://iamcredentials.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GenerateAccessTokenRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1alpha.json
index 63774a7..3b00142 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1alpha.json
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://ideahub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleSearchIdeahubV1alphaAvailableLocale": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1beta.json
index 74d85e6..c815acc 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1beta.json
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://ideahub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleSearchIdeahubV1betaAvailableLocale": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/indexing.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/indexing.v3.json
index 00204bd..f553338 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/indexing.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/indexing.v3.json
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210831",
+  "revision": "20210907",
   "rootUrl": "https://indexing.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "PublishUrlNotificationResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json
index 32f94dd..1fef707 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210906",
+  "revision": "20210920",
   "rootUrl": "https://keep.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Attachment": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json
index 3ca6440..ada81fe 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://libraryagent.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleExampleLibraryagentV1Book": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json
index 95e19ff..0d891f6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210911",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://licensing.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json
index 4cd1d0b..94daf08 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://localservices.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleAdsHomeservicesLocalservicesV1AccountReport": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/manufacturers.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/manufacturers.v1.json
index 8957fe9..f044269 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/manufacturers.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/manufacturers.v1.json
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210827",
+  "revision": "20210911",
   "rootUrl": "https://manufacturers.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Attributes": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json
index 1289cdf..3b376d8 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json
@@ -1170,7 +1170,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210907",
+  "revision": "20210908",
   "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json
index 88f4141..768bfdb 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json
@@ -986,7 +986,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210907",
+  "revision": "20210908",
   "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json
index e40af9f..166edf3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json
@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessaccountmanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceptInvitationRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json
index 862d41c..0a19b4e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json
@@ -662,7 +662,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessbusinessinformation.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdWordsLocationExtensions": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json
index 3e5d484..fb5265b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://mybusinesslodging.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Accessibility": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json
index 26da949..01adf7e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessnotifications.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "NotificationSetting": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json
index 4dcb104..d616631 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessplaceactions.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json
index 637cb20..f2746fd 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessverifications.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddressVerificationData": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json
index 3176929..21dd28e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json
@@ -938,7 +938,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210901",
+  "revision": "20210913",
   "rootUrl": "https://networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json
index 2c2f188..e131d6b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json
@@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210902",
+  "revision": "20210908",
   "rootUrl": "https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuthorizationPolicy": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json
index 3efbcfd..c4a7bac 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json
@@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210902",
+  "revision": "20210908",
   "rootUrl": "https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuthorizationPolicy": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json
index 9ec4ea4..ce151db 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json
@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210906",
+  "revision": "20210908",
   "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json
index b88de90..e2a2e43 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210906",
+  "revision": "20210908",
   "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json
index 36cb9ce..108b2b7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@
             "executions": {
               "methods": {
                 "create": {
-                  "description": "Creates a new Scheduled Notebook in a given project and location.",
+                  "description": "Creates a new Execution in a given project and location.",
                   "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/executions",
                   "httpMethod": "POST",
                   "id": "notebooks.projects.locations.executions.create",
@@ -1609,7 +1609,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210812",
+  "revision": "20210916",
   "rootUrl": "https://notebooks.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceleratorConfig": {
@@ -1744,7 +1744,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "interface": {
-          "description": "Indicates the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. Persistent disks must always use SCSI and the request will fail if you attempt to attach a persistent disk in any other format than SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance. Valid values: NVME SCSI",
+          "description": "Indicates the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. Persistent disks must always use SCSI and the request will fail if you attempt to attach a persistent disk in any other format than SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance. Valid values: * NVME * SCSI",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "kind": {
@@ -1759,7 +1759,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "mode": {
-          "description": "The mode in which to attach this disk, either READ_WRITE or READ_ONLY. If not specified, the default is to attach the disk in READ_WRITE mode. Valid values: READ_ONLY READ_WRITE",
+          "description": "The mode in which to attach this disk, either READ_WRITE or READ_ONLY. If not specified, the default is to attach the disk in READ_WRITE mode. Valid values: * READ_ONLY * READ_WRITE",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "source": {
@@ -1767,7 +1767,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "type": {
-          "description": "Indicates the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. Valid values: PERSISTENT SCRATCH",
+          "description": "Indicates the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. Valid values: * PERSISTENT * SCRATCH",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -1881,7 +1881,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "name": {
-          "description": "Output only. The resource name of the execute. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/execution/{execution_id}",
+          "description": "Output only. The resource name of the execute. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/executions/{execution_id}`",
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -1912,7 +1912,7 @@
             "The job failed. `error_message` should contain the details of the failure.",
             "The job is being cancelled. `error_message` should describe the reason for the cancellation.",
             "The job has been cancelled. `error_message` should describe the reason for the cancellation.",
-            "The jobs has become expired (added for uCAIP jobs) https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/reference/rest/v1/JobState",
+            "The job has become expired (relevant to Vertex AI jobs) https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/reference/rest/v1/JobState",
             "The Execution is being created."
           ],
           "readOnly": true,
@@ -1944,7 +1944,7 @@
           "description": "Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions."
         },
         "inputNotebookFile": {
-          "description": "Path to the notebook file to execute. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder}/{notebook_file_name} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook.ipynb",
+          "description": "Path to the notebook file to execute. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs://{bucket_name}/{folder}/{notebook_file_name} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook.ipynb",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "jobType": {
@@ -1969,11 +1969,11 @@
           "type": "object"
         },
         "masterType": {
-          "description": "Specifies the type of virtual machine to use for your training job's master worker. You must specify this field when `scaleTier` is set to `CUSTOM`. You can use certain Compute Engine machine types directly in this field. The following types are supported: - `n1-standard-4` - `n1-standard-8` - `n1-standard-16` - `n1-standard-32` - `n1-standard-64` - `n1-standard-96` - `n1-highmem-2` - `n1-highmem-4` - `n1-highmem-8` - `n1-highmem-16` - `n1-highmem-32` - `n1-highmem-64` - `n1-highmem-96` - `n1-highcpu-16` - `n1-highcpu-32` - `n1-highcpu-64` - `n1-highcpu-96` Alternatively, you can use the following legacy machine types: - `standard` - `large_model` - `complex_model_s` - `complex_model_m` - `complex_model_l` - `standard_gpu` - `complex_model_m_gpu` - `complex_model_l_gpu` - `standard_p100` - `complex_model_m_p100` - `standard_v100` - `large_model_v100` - `complex_model_m_v100` - `complex_model_l_v100` Finally, if you want to use a TPU for training, specify `cloud_tpu` in this field. Learn more about the [special configuration options for training with TPU.",
+          "description": "Specifies the type of virtual machine to use for your training job's master worker. You must specify this field when `scaleTier` is set to `CUSTOM`. You can use certain Compute Engine machine types directly in this field. The following types are supported: - `n1-standard-4` - `n1-standard-8` - `n1-standard-16` - `n1-standard-32` - `n1-standard-64` - `n1-standard-96` - `n1-highmem-2` - `n1-highmem-4` - `n1-highmem-8` - `n1-highmem-16` - `n1-highmem-32` - `n1-highmem-64` - `n1-highmem-96` - `n1-highcpu-16` - `n1-highcpu-32` - `n1-highcpu-64` - `n1-highcpu-96` Alternatively, you can use the following legacy machine types: - `standard` - `large_model` - `complex_model_s` - `complex_model_m` - `complex_model_l` - `standard_gpu` - `complex_model_m_gpu` - `complex_model_l_gpu` - `standard_p100` - `complex_model_m_p100` - `standard_v100` - `large_model_v100` - `complex_model_m_v100` - `complex_model_l_v100` Finally, if you want to use a TPU for training, specify `cloud_tpu` in this field. Learn more about the [special configuration options for training with TPU](https://cloud.google.com/ai-platform/training/docs/using-tpus#configuring_a_custom_tpu_machine).",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "outputNotebookFolder": {
-          "description": "Path to the notebook folder to write to. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket path. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks",
+          "description": "Path to the notebook folder to write to. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket path. Format: gs://{bucket_name}/{folder} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "parameters": {
@@ -2002,13 +2002,17 @@
             "A large number of workers with many parameter servers.",
             "A single worker instance with a K80 GPU.",
             "A single worker instance with a Cloud TPU.",
-            "The CUSTOM tier is not a set tier, but rather enables you to use your own cluster specification. When you use this tier, set values to configure your processing cluster according to these guidelines: * You _must_ set `TrainingInput.masterType` to specify the type of machine to use for your master node. This is the only required setting. * You _may_ set `TrainingInput.workerCount` to specify the number of workers to use. If you specify one or more workers, you _must_ also set `TrainingInput.workerType` to specify the type of machine to use for your worker nodes. * You _may_ set `TrainingInput.parameterServerCount` to specify the number of parameter servers to use. If you specify one or more parameter servers, you _must_ also set `TrainingInput.parameterServerType` to specify the type of machine to use for your parameter servers. Note that all of your workers must use the same machine type, which can be different from your parameter server type and master type. Your parameter servers must likewise use the same machine type, which can be different from your worker type and master type."
+            "The CUSTOM tier is not a set tier, but rather enables you to use your own cluster specification. When you use this tier, set values to configure your processing cluster according to these guidelines: * You _must_ set `ExecutionTemplate.masterType` to specify the type of machine to use for your master node. This is the only required setting."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "serviceAccount": {
           "description": "The email address of a service account to use when running the execution. You must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission for the specified service account.",
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "vertexAiParameters": {
+          "$ref": "VertexAIParameters",
+          "description": "Parameters used in Vertex AI JobType executions."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -2075,7 +2079,7 @@
       "id": "GuestOsFeature",
       "properties": {
         "type": {
-          "description": "The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Valid values: FEATURE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED MULTI_IP_SUBNET SECURE_BOOT UEFI_COMPATIBLE VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE WINDOWS",
+          "description": "The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Valid values: * FEATURE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED * MULTI_IP_SUBNET * SECURE_BOOT * UEFI_COMPATIBLE * VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE * WINDOWS",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -2328,7 +2332,7 @@
       "id": "InstanceConfig",
       "properties": {
         "enableHealthMonitoring": {
-          "description": "Verifies core internal services are running. More info: go/notebooks-health",
+          "description": "Verifies core internal services are running.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "notebookUpgradeSchedule": {
@@ -2523,7 +2527,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "LocalDisk": {
-      "description": "An Local attached disk resource.",
+      "description": "A Local attached disk resource.",
       "id": "LocalDisk",
       "properties": {
         "autoDelete": {
@@ -2560,7 +2564,7 @@
           "description": "Input only. Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance. This property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both."
         },
         "interface": {
-          "description": "Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. Persistent disks must always use SCSI and the request will fail if you attempt to attach a persistent disk in any other format than SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance. Valid values: NVME SCSI",
+          "description": "Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. Persistent disks must always use SCSI and the request will fail if you attempt to attach a persistent disk in any other format than SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance. Valid values: * NVME * SCSI",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "kind": {
@@ -2577,7 +2581,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "mode": {
-          "description": "The mode in which to attach this disk, either READ_WRITE or READ_ONLY. If not specified, the default is to attach the disk in READ_WRITE mode. Valid values: READ_ONLY READ_WRITE",
+          "description": "The mode in which to attach this disk, either READ_WRITE or READ_ONLY. If not specified, the default is to attach the disk in READ_WRITE mode. Valid values: * READ_ONLY * READ_WRITE",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "source": {
@@ -2585,7 +2589,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "type": {
-          "description": "Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. If not specified, the default is PERSISTENT. Valid values: PERSISTENT SCRATCH",
+          "description": "Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. If not specified, the default is PERSISTENT. Valid values: * PERSISTENT * SCRATCH",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -3086,7 +3090,7 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "idleShutdownTimeout": {
-          "description": "Time in minutes to wait before shuting down runtime. Default: 180 minutes",
+          "description": "Time in minutes to wait before shutting down runtime. Default: 180 minutes",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
@@ -3116,7 +3120,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "cronSchedule": {
-          "description": "Cron-tab formatted schedule by which the job will execute Format: minute, hour, day of month, month, day of week e.g. 0 0 * * WED = every Wednesday More examples: https://crontab.guru/examples.html",
+          "description": "Cron-tab formatted schedule by which the job will execute. Format: minute, hour, day of month, month, day of week, e.g. 0 0 * * WED = every Wednesday More examples: https://crontab.guru/examples.html",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "description": {
@@ -3180,7 +3184,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "SchedulerAcceleratorConfig": {
-      "description": "Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check GPUs on Compute Engine to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported.",
+      "description": "Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported.",
       "id": "SchedulerAcceleratorConfig",
       "properties": {
         "coreCount": {
@@ -3523,6 +3527,17 @@
       "properties": {},
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "VertexAIParameters": {
+      "description": "Parameters used in Vertex AI JobType executions.",
+      "id": "VertexAIParameters",
+      "properties": {
+        "network": {
+          "description": "The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. Private services access must already be configured for the network. If left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "VirtualMachine": {
       "description": "Runtime using Virtual Machine for computing.",
       "id": "VirtualMachine",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json
index 760286a..af49148 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210903",
+  "revision": "20210911",
   "rootUrl": "https://ondemandscanning.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AliasContext": {
@@ -405,6 +405,10 @@
       "description": "AnalyzePackagesRequest is the request to analyze a list of packages and create Vulnerability Occurrences for it.",
       "id": "AnalyzePackagesRequestV1",
       "properties": {
+        "includeOsvData": {
+          "description": "Whether to include OSV data in the scan.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
         "packages": {
           "description": "The packages to analyze.",
           "items": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json
index 36adba4..62b221d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210903",
+  "revision": "20210911",
   "rootUrl": "https://ondemandscanning.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AliasContext": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json
index d9faeb6..40e6991 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json
@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://orgpolicy.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2Constraint": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json
index c740198..56343fd 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json
@@ -282,6 +282,199 @@
                   }
                 }
               }
+            },
+            "osPolicyAssignments": {
+              "methods": {
+                "create": {
+                  "description": "Create an OS policy assignment. This method also creates the first revision of the OS policy assignment. This method returns a long running operation (LRO) that contains the rollout details. The rollout can be cancelled by cancelling the LRO. For more information, see [Method: projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.operations.cancel](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/osconfig/rest/v1/projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.operations/cancel).",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/osPolicyAssignments",
+                  "httpMethod": "POST",
+                  "id": "osconfig.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.create",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "parent"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "osPolicyAssignmentId": {
+                      "description": "Required. The logical name of the OS policy assignment in the project with the following restrictions: * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter. * Must be between 1-63 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the project.",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "string"
+                    },
+                    "parent": {
+                      "description": "Required. The parent resource name in the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+parent}/osPolicyAssignments",
+                  "request": {
+                    "$ref": "OSPolicyAssignment"
+                  },
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "Operation"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "delete": {
+                  "description": "Delete the OS policy assignment. This method creates a new revision of the OS policy assignment. This method returns a long running operation (LRO) that contains the rollout details. The rollout can be cancelled by cancelling the LRO. If the LRO completes and is not cancelled, all revisions associated with the OS policy assignment are deleted. For more information, see [Method: projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.operations.cancel](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/osconfig/rest/v1/projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.operations/cancel).",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/osPolicyAssignments/{osPolicyAssignmentsId}",
+                  "httpMethod": "DELETE",
+                  "id": "osconfig.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.delete",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "name"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "name": {
+                      "description": "Required. The name of the OS policy assignment to be deleted",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/osPolicyAssignments/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+name}",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "Operation"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "get": {
+                  "description": "Retrieve an existing OS policy assignment. This method always returns the latest revision. In order to retrieve a previous revision of the assignment, also provide the revision ID in the `name` parameter.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/osPolicyAssignments/{osPolicyAssignmentsId}",
+                  "httpMethod": "GET",
+                  "id": "osconfig.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.get",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "name"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "name": {
+                      "description": "Required. The resource name of OS policy assignment. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/osPolicyAssignments/{os_policy_assignment}@{revisionId}`",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/osPolicyAssignments/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+name}",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "OSPolicyAssignment"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "list": {
+                  "description": "List the OS policy assignments under the parent resource. For each OS policy assignment, the latest revision is returned.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/osPolicyAssignments",
+                  "httpMethod": "GET",
+                  "id": "osconfig.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.list",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "parent"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "pageSize": {
+                      "description": "The maximum number of assignments to return.",
+                      "format": "int32",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "integer"
+                    },
+                    "pageToken": {
+                      "description": "A pagination token returned from a previous call to `ListOSPolicyAssignments` that indicates where this listing should continue from.",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "string"
+                    },
+                    "parent": {
+                      "description": "Required. The parent resource name.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+parent}/osPolicyAssignments",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "ListOSPolicyAssignmentsResponse"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "listRevisions": {
+                  "description": "List the OS policy assignment revisions for a given OS policy assignment.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/osPolicyAssignments/{osPolicyAssignmentsId}:listRevisions",
+                  "httpMethod": "GET",
+                  "id": "osconfig.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.listRevisions",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "name"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "name": {
+                      "description": "Required. The name of the OS policy assignment to list revisions for.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/osPolicyAssignments/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    },
+                    "pageSize": {
+                      "description": "The maximum number of revisions to return.",
+                      "format": "int32",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "integer"
+                    },
+                    "pageToken": {
+                      "description": "A pagination token returned from a previous call to `ListOSPolicyAssignmentRevisions` that indicates where this listing should continue from.",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+name}:listRevisions",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "ListOSPolicyAssignmentRevisionsResponse"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "patch": {
+                  "description": "Update an existing OS policy assignment. This method creates a new revision of the OS policy assignment. This method returns a long running operation (LRO) that contains the rollout details. The rollout can be cancelled by cancelling the LRO. For more information, see [Method: projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.operations.cancel](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/osconfig/rest/v1/projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.operations/cancel).",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/osPolicyAssignments/{osPolicyAssignmentsId}",
+                  "httpMethod": "PATCH",
+                  "id": "osconfig.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.patch",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "name"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "name": {
+                      "description": "Resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/osPolicyAssignments/{os_policy_assignment_id}` This field is ignored when you create an OS policy assignment.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/osPolicyAssignments/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    },
+                    "updateMask": {
+                      "description": "Optional. Field mask that controls which fields of the assignment should be updated.",
+                      "format": "google-fieldmask",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+name}",
+                  "request": {
+                    "$ref": "OSPolicyAssignment"
+                  },
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "Operation"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                }
+              }
             }
           }
         },
@@ -584,7 +777,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210821",
+  "revision": "20210914",
   "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AptSettings": {
@@ -774,6 +967,28 @@
       "properties": {},
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "Date": {
+      "description": "Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values * A month and day value, with a zero year, such as an anniversary * A year on its own, with zero month and day values * A year and month value, with a zero day, such as a credit card expiration date Related types are google.type.TimeOfDay and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`.",
+      "id": "Date",
+      "properties": {
+        "day": {
+          "description": "Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        },
+        "month": {
+          "description": "Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        },
+        "year": {
+          "description": "Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "Empty": {
       "description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.",
       "id": "Empty",
@@ -1054,6 +1269,10 @@
           "$ref": "InventoryWindowsQuickFixEngineeringPackage",
           "description": "Details of a Windows Quick Fix engineering package. See https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/cimwin32prov/win32-quickfixengineering for info in Windows Quick Fix Engineering."
         },
+        "windowsApplication": {
+          "$ref": "InventoryWindowsApplication",
+          "description": "Details of Windows Application."
+        },
         "wuaPackage": {
           "$ref": "InventoryWindowsUpdatePackage",
           "description": "Details of a Windows Update package. See https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/_wua/ for information about Windows Update."
@@ -1092,6 +1311,33 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "InventoryWindowsApplication": {
+      "description": "Contains information about a Windows application as retrieved from the Windows Registry. For more information about these fields, see [Windows Installer Properties for the Uninstall Registry](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/msi/uninstall-registry-key){: class=\"external\" }",
+      "id": "InventoryWindowsApplication",
+      "properties": {
+        "displayName": {
+          "description": "The name of the application or product.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "displayVersion": {
+          "description": "The version of the product or application in string format.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "helpLink": {
+          "description": "The internet address for technical support.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "installDate": {
+          "$ref": "Date",
+          "description": "The last time this product received service. The value of this property is replaced each time a patch is applied or removed from the product or the command-line option is used to repair the product."
+        },
+        "publisher": {
+          "description": "The name of the manufacturer for the product or application.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "InventoryWindowsQuickFixEngineeringPackage": {
       "description": "Information related to a Quick Fix Engineering package. Fields are taken from Windows QuickFixEngineering Interface and match the source names: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/cimwin32prov/win32-quickfixengineering",
       "id": "InventoryWindowsQuickFixEngineeringPackage",
@@ -1226,6 +1472,42 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "ListOSPolicyAssignmentRevisionsResponse": {
+      "description": "A response message for listing all revisions for a OS policy assignment.",
+      "id": "ListOSPolicyAssignmentRevisionsResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "nextPageToken": {
+          "description": "The pagination token to retrieve the next page of OS policy assignment revisions.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "osPolicyAssignments": {
+          "description": "The OS policy assignment revisions",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "OSPolicyAssignment"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ListOSPolicyAssignmentsResponse": {
+      "description": "A response message for listing all assignments under given parent.",
+      "id": "ListOSPolicyAssignmentsResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "nextPageToken": {
+          "description": "The pagination token to retrieve the next page of OS policy assignments.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "osPolicyAssignments": {
+          "description": "The list of assignments",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "OSPolicyAssignment"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "ListPatchDeploymentsResponse": {
       "description": "A response message for listing patch deployments.",
       "id": "ListPatchDeploymentsResponse",
@@ -1314,6 +1596,191 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "OSPolicy": {
+      "description": "An OS policy defines the desired state configuration for a VM.",
+      "id": "OSPolicy",
+      "properties": {
+        "allowNoResourceGroupMatch": {
+          "description": "This flag determines the OS policy compliance status when none of the resource groups within the policy are applicable for a VM. Set this value to `true` if the policy needs to be reported as compliant even if the policy has nothing to validate or enforce.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "description": {
+          "description": "Policy description. Length of the description is limited to 1024 characters.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "id": {
+          "description": "Required. The id of the OS policy with the following restrictions: * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter. * Must be between 1-63 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the assignment.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "mode": {
+          "description": "Required. Policy mode",
+          "enum": [
+            "MODE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "VALIDATION",
+            "ENFORCEMENT"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Invalid mode",
+            "This mode checks if the configuration resources in the policy are in their desired state. No actions are performed if they are not in the desired state. This mode is used for reporting purposes.",
+            "This mode checks if the configuration resources in the policy are in their desired state, and if not, enforces the desired state."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "resourceGroups": {
+          "description": "Required. List of resource groups for the policy. For a particular VM, resource groups are evaluated in the order specified and the first resource group that is applicable is selected and the rest are ignored. If none of the resource groups are applicable for a VM, the VM is considered to be non-compliant w.r.t this policy. This behavior can be toggled by the flag `allow_no_resource_group_match`",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "OSPolicyResourceGroup"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "OSPolicyAssignment": {
+      "description": "OS policy assignment is an API resource that is used to apply a set of OS policies to a dynamically targeted group of Compute Engine VM instances. An OS policy is used to define the desired state configuration for a Compute Engine VM instance through a set of configuration resources that provide capabilities such as installing or removing software packages, or executing a script. For more information, see [OS policy and OS policy assignment](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/os-configuration-management/working-with-os-policies).",
+      "id": "OSPolicyAssignment",
+      "properties": {
+        "baseline": {
+          "description": "Output only. Indicates that this revision has been successfully rolled out in this zone and new VMs will be assigned OS policies from this revision. For a given OS policy assignment, there is only one revision with a value of `true` for this field.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "deleted": {
+          "description": "Output only. Indicates that this revision deletes the OS policy assignment.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "description": {
+          "description": "OS policy assignment description. Length of the description is limited to 1024 characters.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "etag": {
+          "description": "The etag for this OS policy assignment. If this is provided on update, it must match the server's etag.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "instanceFilter": {
+          "$ref": "OSPolicyAssignmentInstanceFilter",
+          "description": "Required. Filter to select VMs."
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "description": "Resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/osPolicyAssignments/{os_policy_assignment_id}` This field is ignored when you create an OS policy assignment.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "osPolicies": {
+          "description": "Required. List of OS policies to be applied to the VMs.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "OSPolicy"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "reconciling": {
+          "description": "Output only. Indicates that reconciliation is in progress for the revision. This value is `true` when the `rollout_state` is one of: * IN_PROGRESS * CANCELLING",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "revisionCreateTime": {
+          "description": "Output only. The timestamp that the revision was created.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "revisionId": {
+          "description": "Output only. The assignment revision ID A new revision is committed whenever a rollout is triggered for a OS policy assignment",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "rollout": {
+          "$ref": "OSPolicyAssignmentRollout",
+          "description": "Required. Rollout to deploy the OS policy assignment. A rollout is triggered in the following situations: 1) OSPolicyAssignment is created. 2) OSPolicyAssignment is updated and the update contains changes to one of the following fields: - instance_filter - os_policies 3) OSPolicyAssignment is deleted."
+        },
+        "rolloutState": {
+          "description": "Output only. OS policy assignment rollout state",
+          "enum": [
+            "ROLLOUT_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "IN_PROGRESS",
+            "CANCELLING",
+            "CANCELLED",
+            "SUCCEEDED"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Invalid value",
+            "The rollout is in progress.",
+            "The rollout is being cancelled.",
+            "The rollout is cancelled.",
+            "The rollout has completed successfully."
+          ],
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "uid": {
+          "description": "Output only. Server generated unique id for the OS policy assignment resource.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "OSPolicyAssignmentInstanceFilter": {
+      "description": "Filters to select target VMs for an assignment. If more than one filter criteria is specified below, a VM will be selected if and only if it satisfies all of them.",
+      "id": "OSPolicyAssignmentInstanceFilter",
+      "properties": {
+        "all": {
+          "description": "Target all VMs in the project. If true, no other criteria is permitted.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "exclusionLabels": {
+          "description": "List of label sets used for VM exclusion. If the list has more than one label set, the VM is excluded if any of the label sets are applicable for the VM.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "OSPolicyAssignmentLabelSet"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "inclusionLabels": {
+          "description": "List of label sets used for VM inclusion. If the list has more than one `LabelSet`, the VM is included if any of the label sets are applicable for the VM.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "OSPolicyAssignmentLabelSet"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "inventories": {
+          "description": "List of inventories to select VMs. A VM is selected if its inventory data matches at least one of the following inventories.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "OSPolicyAssignmentInstanceFilterInventory"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "OSPolicyAssignmentInstanceFilterInventory": {
+      "description": "VM inventory details.",
+      "id": "OSPolicyAssignmentInstanceFilterInventory",
+      "properties": {
+        "osShortName": {
+          "description": "Required. The OS short name",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "osVersion": {
+          "description": "The OS version Prefix matches are supported if asterisk(*) is provided as the last character. For example, to match all versions with a major version of `7`, specify the following value for this field `7.*` An empty string matches all OS versions.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "OSPolicyAssignmentLabelSet": {
+      "description": "Message representing label set. * A label is a key value pair set for a VM. * A LabelSet is a set of labels. * Labels within a LabelSet are ANDed. In other words, a LabelSet is applicable for a VM only if it matches all the labels in the LabelSet. * Example: A LabelSet with 2 labels: `env=prod` and `type=webserver` will only be applicable for those VMs with both labels present.",
+      "id": "OSPolicyAssignmentLabelSet",
+      "properties": {
+        "labels": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "description": "Labels are identified by key/value pairs in this map. A VM should contain all the key/value pairs specified in this map to be selected.",
+          "type": "object"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "OSPolicyAssignmentOperationMetadata": {
       "description": "OS policy assignment operation metadata provided by OS policy assignment API methods that return long running operations.",
       "id": "OSPolicyAssignmentOperationMetadata",
@@ -1369,6 +1836,510 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "OSPolicyAssignmentRollout": {
+      "description": "Message to configure the rollout at the zonal level for the OS policy assignment.",
+      "id": "OSPolicyAssignmentRollout",
+      "properties": {
+        "disruptionBudget": {
+          "$ref": "FixedOrPercent",
+          "description": "Required. The maximum number (or percentage) of VMs per zone to disrupt at any given moment."
+        },
+        "minWaitDuration": {
+          "description": "Required. This determines the minimum duration of time to wait after the configuration changes are applied through the current rollout. A VM continues to count towards the `disruption_budget` at least until this duration of time has passed after configuration changes are applied.",
+          "format": "google-duration",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "OSPolicyInventoryFilter": {
+      "description": "Filtering criteria to select VMs based on inventory details.",
+      "id": "OSPolicyInventoryFilter",
+      "properties": {
+        "osShortName": {
+          "description": "Required. The OS short name",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "osVersion": {
+          "description": "The OS version Prefix matches are supported if asterisk(*) is provided as the last character. For example, to match all versions with a major version of `7`, specify the following value for this field `7.*` An empty string matches all OS versions.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "OSPolicyResource": {
+      "description": "An OS policy resource is used to define the desired state configuration and provides a specific functionality like installing/removing packages, executing a script etc. The system ensures that resources are always in their desired state by taking necessary actions if they have drifted from their desired state.",
+      "id": "OSPolicyResource",
+      "properties": {
+        "exec": {
+          "$ref": "OSPolicyResourceExecResource",
+          "description": "Exec resource"
+        },
+        "file": {
+          "$ref": "OSPolicyResourceFileResource",
+          "description": "File resource"
+        },
+        "id": {
+          "description": "Required. The id of the resource with the following restrictions: * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter. * Must be between 1-63 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the OS policy.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "pkg": {
+          "$ref": "OSPolicyResourcePackageResource",
+          "description": "Package resource"
+        },
+        "repository": {
+          "$ref": "OSPolicyResourceRepositoryResource",
+          "description": "Package repository resource"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "OSPolicyResourceExecResource": {
+      "description": "A resource that allows executing scripts on the VM. The `ExecResource` has 2 stages: `validate` and `enforce` and both stages accept a script as an argument to execute. When the `ExecResource` is applied by the agent, it first executes the script in the `validate` stage. The `validate` stage can signal that the `ExecResource` is already in the desired state by returning an exit code of `100`. If the `ExecResource` is not in the desired state, it should return an exit code of `101`. Any other exit code returned by this stage is considered an error. If the `ExecResource` is not in the desired state based on the exit code from the `validate` stage, the agent proceeds to execute the script from the `enforce` stage. If the `ExecResource` is already in the desired state, the `enforce` stage will not be run. Similar to `validate` stage, the `enforce` stage should return an exit code of `100` to indicate that the resource in now in its desired state. Any other exit code is considered an error. NOTE: An exit code of `100` was chosen over `0` (and `101` vs `1`) to have an explicit indicator of `in desired state`, `not in desired state` and errors. Because, for example, Powershell will always return an exit code of `0` unless an `exit` statement is provided in the script. So, for reasons of consistency and being explicit, exit codes `100` and `101` were chosen.",
+      "id": "OSPolicyResourceExecResource",
+      "properties": {
+        "enforce": {
+          "$ref": "OSPolicyResourceExecResourceExec",
+          "description": "What to run to bring this resource into the desired state. An exit code of 100 indicates \"success\", any other exit code indicates a failure running enforce."
+        },
+        "validate": {
+          "$ref": "OSPolicyResourceExecResourceExec",
+          "description": "Required. What to run to validate this resource is in the desired state. An exit code of 100 indicates \"in desired state\", and exit code of 101 indicates \"not in desired state\". Any other exit code indicates a failure running validate."
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "OSPolicyResourceExecResourceExec": {
+      "description": "A file or script to execute.",
+      "id": "OSPolicyResourceExecResourceExec",
+      "properties": {
+        "args": {
+          "description": "Optional arguments to pass to the source during execution.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "file": {
+          "$ref": "OSPolicyResourceFile",
+          "description": "A remote or local file."
+        },
+        "interpreter": {
+          "description": "Required. The script interpreter to use.",
+          "enum": [
+            "INTERPRETER_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "NONE",
+            "SHELL",
+            "POWERSHELL"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Defaults to NONE.",
+            "If an interpreter is not specified, the source is executed directly. This execution, without an interpreter, only succeeds for executables and scripts that have shebang lines.",
+            "Indicates that the script runs with `/bin/sh` on Linux and `cmd.exe` on Windows.",
+            "Indicates that the script runs with PowerShell."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "outputFilePath": {
+          "description": "Only recorded for enforce Exec. Path to an output file (that is created by this Exec) whose content will be recorded in OSPolicyResourceCompliance after a successful run. Absence or failure to read this file will result in this ExecResource being non-compliant. Output file size is limited to 100K bytes.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "script": {
+          "description": "An inline script. The size of the script is limited to 1024 characters.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "OSPolicyResourceFile": {
+      "description": "A remote or local file.",
+      "id": "OSPolicyResourceFile",
+      "properties": {
+        "allowInsecure": {
+          "description": "Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "gcs": {
+          "$ref": "OSPolicyResourceFileGcs",
+          "description": "A Cloud Storage object."
+        },
+        "localPath": {
+          "description": "A local path within the VM to use.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "remote": {
+          "$ref": "OSPolicyResourceFileRemote",
+          "description": "A generic remote file."
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "OSPolicyResourceFileGcs": {
+      "description": "Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object.",
+      "id": "OSPolicyResourceFileGcs",
+      "properties": {
+        "bucket": {
+          "description": "Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "generation": {
+          "description": "Generation number of the Cloud Storage object.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "object": {
+          "description": "Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "OSPolicyResourceFileRemote": {
+      "description": "Specifies a file available via some URI.",
+      "id": "OSPolicyResourceFileRemote",
+      "properties": {
+        "sha256Checksum": {
+          "description": "SHA256 checksum of the remote file.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "uri": {
+          "description": "Required. URI from which to fetch the object. It should contain both the protocol and path following the format `{protocol}://{location}`.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "OSPolicyResourceFileResource": {
+      "description": "A resource that manages the state of a file.",
+      "id": "OSPolicyResourceFileResource",
+      "properties": {
+        "content": {
+          "description": "A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 1024 characters.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "file": {
+          "$ref": "OSPolicyResourceFile",
+          "description": "A remote or local source."
+        },
+        "path": {
+          "description": "Required. The absolute path of the file within the VM.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "permissions": {
+          "description": "Consists of three octal digits which represent, in order, the permissions of the owner, group, and other users for the file (similarly to the numeric mode used in the linux chmod utility). Each digit represents a three bit number with the 4 bit corresponding to the read permissions, the 2 bit corresponds to the write bit, and the one bit corresponds to the execute permission. Default behavior is 755. Below are some examples of permissions and their associated values: read, write, and execute: 7 read and execute: 5 read and write: 6 read only: 4",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "state": {
+          "description": "Required. Desired state of the file.",
+          "enum": [
+            "DESIRED_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "PRESENT",
+            "ABSENT",
+            "CONTENTS_MATCH"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Unspecified is invalid.",
+            "Ensure file at path is present.",
+            "Ensure file at path is absent.",
+            "Ensure the contents of the file at path matches. If the file does not exist it will be created."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "OSPolicyResourceGroup": {
+      "description": "Resource groups provide a mechanism to group OS policy resources. Resource groups enable OS policy authors to create a single OS policy to be applied to VMs running different operating Systems. When the OS policy is applied to a target VM, the appropriate resource group within the OS policy is selected based on the `OSFilter` specified within the resource group.",
+      "id": "OSPolicyResourceGroup",
+      "properties": {
+        "inventoryFilters": {
+          "description": "List of inventory filters for the resource group. The resources in this resource group are applied to the target VM if it satisfies at least one of the following inventory filters. For example, to apply this resource group to VMs running either `RHEL` or `CentOS` operating systems, specify 2 items for the list with following values: inventory_filters[0].os_short_name='rhel' and inventory_filters[1].os_short_name='centos' If the list is empty, this resource group will be applied to the target VM unconditionally.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "OSPolicyInventoryFilter"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "resources": {
+          "description": "Required. List of resources configured for this resource group. The resources are executed in the exact order specified here.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "OSPolicyResource"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "OSPolicyResourcePackageResource": {
+      "description": "A resource that manages a system package.",
+      "id": "OSPolicyResourcePackageResource",
+      "properties": {
+        "apt": {
+          "$ref": "OSPolicyResourcePackageResourceAPT",
+          "description": "A package managed by Apt."
+        },
+        "deb": {
+          "$ref": "OSPolicyResourcePackageResourceDeb",
+          "description": "A deb package file."
+        },
+        "desiredState": {
+          "description": "Required. The desired state the agent should maintain for this package.",
+          "enum": [
+            "DESIRED_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "INSTALLED",
+            "REMOVED"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Unspecified is invalid.",
+            "Ensure that the package is installed.",
+            "The agent ensures that the package is not installed and uninstalls it if detected."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "googet": {
+          "$ref": "OSPolicyResourcePackageResourceGooGet",
+          "description": "A package managed by GooGet."
+        },
+        "msi": {
+          "$ref": "OSPolicyResourcePackageResourceMSI",
+          "description": "An MSI package."
+        },
+        "rpm": {
+          "$ref": "OSPolicyResourcePackageResourceRPM",
+          "description": "An rpm package file."
+        },
+        "yum": {
+          "$ref": "OSPolicyResourcePackageResourceYUM",
+          "description": "A package managed by YUM."
+        },
+        "zypper": {
+          "$ref": "OSPolicyResourcePackageResourceZypper",
+          "description": "A package managed by Zypper."
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "OSPolicyResourcePackageResourceAPT": {
+      "description": "A package managed by APT. - install: `apt-get update && apt-get -y install [name]` - remove: `apt-get -y remove [name]`",
+      "id": "OSPolicyResourcePackageResourceAPT",
+      "properties": {
+        "name": {
+          "description": "Required. Package name.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "OSPolicyResourcePackageResourceDeb": {
+      "description": "A deb package file. dpkg packages only support INSTALLED state.",
+      "id": "OSPolicyResourcePackageResourceDeb",
+      "properties": {
+        "pullDeps": {
+          "description": "Whether dependencies should also be installed. - install when false: `dpkg -i package` - install when true: `apt-get update && apt-get -y install package.deb`",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "source": {
+          "$ref": "OSPolicyResourceFile",
+          "description": "Required. A deb package."
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "OSPolicyResourcePackageResourceGooGet": {
+      "description": "A package managed by GooGet. - install: `googet -noconfirm install package` - remove: `googet -noconfirm remove package`",
+      "id": "OSPolicyResourcePackageResourceGooGet",
+      "properties": {
+        "name": {
+          "description": "Required. Package name.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "OSPolicyResourcePackageResourceMSI": {
+      "description": "An MSI package. MSI packages only support INSTALLED state.",
+      "id": "OSPolicyResourcePackageResourceMSI",
+      "properties": {
+        "properties": {
+          "description": "Additional properties to use during installation. This should be in the format of Property=Setting. Appended to the defaults of `ACTION=INSTALL REBOOT=ReallySuppress`.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "source": {
+          "$ref": "OSPolicyResourceFile",
+          "description": "Required. The MSI package."
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "OSPolicyResourcePackageResourceRPM": {
+      "description": "An RPM package file. RPM packages only support INSTALLED state.",
+      "id": "OSPolicyResourcePackageResourceRPM",
+      "properties": {
+        "pullDeps": {
+          "description": "Whether dependencies should also be installed. - install when false: `rpm --upgrade --replacepkgs package.rpm` - install when true: `yum -y install package.rpm` or `zypper -y install package.rpm`",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "source": {
+          "$ref": "OSPolicyResourceFile",
+          "description": "Required. An rpm package."
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "OSPolicyResourcePackageResourceYUM": {
+      "description": "A package managed by YUM. - install: `yum -y install package` - remove: `yum -y remove package`",
+      "id": "OSPolicyResourcePackageResourceYUM",
+      "properties": {
+        "name": {
+          "description": "Required. Package name.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "OSPolicyResourcePackageResourceZypper": {
+      "description": "A package managed by Zypper. - install: `zypper -y install package` - remove: `zypper -y rm package`",
+      "id": "OSPolicyResourcePackageResourceZypper",
+      "properties": {
+        "name": {
+          "description": "Required. Package name.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "OSPolicyResourceRepositoryResource": {
+      "description": "A resource that manages a package repository.",
+      "id": "OSPolicyResourceRepositoryResource",
+      "properties": {
+        "apt": {
+          "$ref": "OSPolicyResourceRepositoryResourceAptRepository",
+          "description": "An Apt Repository."
+        },
+        "goo": {
+          "$ref": "OSPolicyResourceRepositoryResourceGooRepository",
+          "description": "A Goo Repository."
+        },
+        "yum": {
+          "$ref": "OSPolicyResourceRepositoryResourceYumRepository",
+          "description": "A Yum Repository."
+        },
+        "zypper": {
+          "$ref": "OSPolicyResourceRepositoryResourceZypperRepository",
+          "description": "A Zypper Repository."
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "OSPolicyResourceRepositoryResourceAptRepository": {
+      "description": "Represents a single apt package repository. These will be added to a repo file that will be managed at `/etc/apt/sources.list.d/google_osconfig.list`.",
+      "id": "OSPolicyResourceRepositoryResourceAptRepository",
+      "properties": {
+        "archiveType": {
+          "description": "Required. Type of archive files in this repository.",
+          "enum": [
+            "ARCHIVE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "DEB",
+            "DEB_SRC"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Unspecified is invalid.",
+            "Deb indicates that the archive contains binary files.",
+            "Deb-src indicates that the archive contains source files."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "components": {
+          "description": "Required. List of components for this repository. Must contain at least one item.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "distribution": {
+          "description": "Required. Distribution of this repository.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "gpgKey": {
+          "description": "URI of the key file for this repository. The agent maintains a keyring at `/etc/apt/trusted.gpg.d/osconfig_agent_managed.gpg`.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "uri": {
+          "description": "Required. URI for this repository.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "OSPolicyResourceRepositoryResourceGooRepository": {
+      "description": "Represents a Goo package repository. These are added to a repo file that is managed at `C:/ProgramData/GooGet/repos/google_osconfig.repo`.",
+      "id": "OSPolicyResourceRepositoryResourceGooRepository",
+      "properties": {
+        "name": {
+          "description": "Required. The name of the repository.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "url": {
+          "description": "Required. The url of the repository.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "OSPolicyResourceRepositoryResourceYumRepository": {
+      "description": "Represents a single yum package repository. These are added to a repo file that is managed at `/etc/yum.repos.d/google_osconfig.repo`.",
+      "id": "OSPolicyResourceRepositoryResourceYumRepository",
+      "properties": {
+        "baseUrl": {
+          "description": "Required. The location of the repository directory.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "displayName": {
+          "description": "The display name of the repository.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "gpgKeys": {
+          "description": "URIs of GPG keys.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "id": {
+          "description": "Required. A one word, unique name for this repository. This is the `repo id` in the yum config file and also the `display_name` if `display_name` is omitted. This id is also used as the unique identifier when checking for resource conflicts.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "OSPolicyResourceRepositoryResourceZypperRepository": {
+      "description": "Represents a single zypper package repository. These are added to a repo file that is managed at `/etc/zypp/repos.d/google_osconfig.repo`.",
+      "id": "OSPolicyResourceRepositoryResourceZypperRepository",
+      "properties": {
+        "baseUrl": {
+          "description": "Required. The location of the repository directory.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "displayName": {
+          "description": "The display name of the repository.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "gpgKeys": {
+          "description": "URIs of GPG keys.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "id": {
+          "description": "Required. A one word, unique name for this repository. This is the `repo id` in the zypper config file and also the `display_name` if `display_name` is omitted. This id is also used as the unique identifier when checking for GuestPolicy conflicts.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "OneTimeSchedule": {
       "description": "Sets the time for a one time patch deployment. Timestamp is in [RFC3339](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt) text format.",
       "id": "OneTimeSchedule",
@@ -1381,6 +2352,41 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "Operation": {
+      "description": "This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.",
+      "id": "Operation",
+      "properties": {
+        "done": {
+          "description": "If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "error": {
+          "$ref": "Status",
+          "description": "The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation."
+        },
+        "metadata": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.",
+            "type": "any"
+          },
+          "description": "Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.",
+          "type": "object"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "description": "The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "response": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.",
+            "type": "any"
+          },
+          "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.",
+          "type": "object"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "PatchConfig": {
       "description": "Patch configuration specifications. Contains details on how to apply the patch(es) to a VM instance.",
       "id": "PatchConfig",
@@ -1865,6 +2871,33 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "Status": {
+      "description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).",
+      "id": "Status",
+      "properties": {
+        "code": {
+          "description": "The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        },
+        "details": {
+          "description": "A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.",
+          "items": {
+            "additionalProperties": {
+              "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.",
+              "type": "any"
+            },
+            "type": "object"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "message": {
+          "description": "A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "TimeOfDay": {
       "description": "Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`.",
       "id": "TimeOfDay",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json
index 6fae5c3..5a24e99 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json
@@ -281,6 +281,82 @@
                     }
                   }
                 },
+                "osPolicyAssignments": {
+                  "methods": {
+                    "getReport": {
+                      "description": "Get the OS policy asssignment report for the specified Compute Engine VM instance.",
+                      "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/instances/{instancesId}/osPolicyAssignments/{osPolicyAssignmentsId}/report",
+                      "httpMethod": "GET",
+                      "id": "osconfig.projects.locations.instances.osPolicyAssignments.getReport",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "name"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "name": {
+                          "description": "Required. API resource name for OS policy assignment report. Format: `/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}/osPolicyAssignments/{assignment}/report` For `{project}`, either `project-number` or `project-id` can be provided. For `{instance_id}`, either Compute Engine `instance-id` or `instance-name` can be provided. For `{assignment_id}`, the OSPolicyAssignment id must be provided.",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+/osPolicyAssignments/[^/]+/report$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "OSPolicyAssignmentReport"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                      ]
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "resources": {
+                    "reports": {
+                      "methods": {
+                        "list": {
+                          "description": "List OS policy asssignment reports for all Compute Engine VM instances in the specified zone.",
+                          "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/instances/{instancesId}/osPolicyAssignments/{osPolicyAssignmentsId}/reports",
+                          "httpMethod": "GET",
+                          "id": "osconfig.projects.locations.instances.osPolicyAssignments.reports.list",
+                          "parameterOrder": [
+                            "parent"
+                          ],
+                          "parameters": {
+                            "filter": {
+                              "description": "If provided, this field specifies the criteria that must be met by the `OSPolicyAssignmentReport` API resource that is included in the response.",
+                              "location": "query",
+                              "type": "string"
+                            },
+                            "pageSize": {
+                              "description": "The maximum number of results to return.",
+                              "format": "int32",
+                              "location": "query",
+                              "type": "integer"
+                            },
+                            "pageToken": {
+                              "description": "A pagination token returned from a previous call to the `ListOSPolicyAssignmentReports` method that indicates where this listing should continue from.",
+                              "location": "query",
+                              "type": "string"
+                            },
+                            "parent": {
+                              "description": "Required. The parent resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}/osPolicyAssignments/{assignment}/reports` For `{project}`, either `project-number` or `project-id` can be provided. For `{instance}`, either `instance-name`, `instance-id`, or `-` can be provided. If '-' is provided, the response will include OSPolicyAssignmentReports for all instances in the project/location. For `{assignment}`, either `assignment-id` or `-` can be provided. If '-' is provided, the response will include OSPolicyAssignmentReports for all OSPolicyAssignments in the project/location. Either {instance} or {assignment} must be `-`. For example: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}/osPolicyAssignments/-/reports` returns all reports for the instance `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/-/osPolicyAssignments/{assignment-id}/reports` returns all the reports for the given assignment across all instances. `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/-/osPolicyAssignments/-/reports` returns all the reports for all assignments across all instances.",
+                              "location": "path",
+                              "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+/osPolicyAssignments/[^/]+$",
+                              "required": true,
+                              "type": "string"
+                            }
+                          },
+                          "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/reports",
+                          "response": {
+                            "$ref": "ListOSPolicyAssignmentReportsResponse"
+                          },
+                          "scopes": [
+                            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                          ]
+                        }
+                      }
+                    }
+                  }
+                },
                 "vulnerabilityReports": {
                   "methods": {
                     "get": {
@@ -610,7 +686,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210821",
+  "revision": "20210914",
   "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CVSSv3": {
@@ -1281,6 +1357,24 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "ListOSPolicyAssignmentReportsResponse": {
+      "description": "A response message for listing OS Policy assignment reports including the page of results and page token.",
+      "id": "ListOSPolicyAssignmentReportsResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "nextPageToken": {
+          "description": "The pagination token to retrieve the next page of OS policy assignment report objects.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "osPolicyAssignmentReports": {
+          "description": "List of OS policy assignment reports.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "OSPolicyAssignmentReport"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "ListOSPolicyAssignmentRevisionsResponse": {
       "description": "A response message for listing all revisions for a OS policy assignment.",
       "id": "ListOSPolicyAssignmentRevisionsResponse",
@@ -1582,6 +1676,158 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "OSPolicyAssignmentReport": {
+      "description": "A report of the OS policy assignment status for a given instance.",
+      "id": "OSPolicyAssignmentReport",
+      "properties": {
+        "instance": {
+          "description": "The Compute Engine VM instance name.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "lastRunId": {
+          "description": "Unique identifier of the last attempted run to apply the OS policies associated with this assignment on the VM. This ID is logged by the OS Config agent while applying the OS policies associated with this assignment on the VM. NOTE: If the service is unable to successfully connect to the agent for this run, then this id will not be available in the agent logs.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "description": "The `OSPolicyAssignmentReport` API resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}/osPolicyAssignments/{os_policy_assignment_id}/report`",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "osPolicyAssignment": {
+          "description": "Reference to the `OSPolicyAssignment` API resource that the `OSPolicy` belongs to. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/osPolicyAssignments/{os_policy_assignment_id@revision_id}`",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "osPolicyCompliances": {
+          "description": "Compliance data for each `OSPolicy` that is applied to the VM.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "OSPolicyAssignmentReportOSPolicyCompliance"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "updateTime": {
+          "description": "Timestamp for when the report was last generated.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "OSPolicyAssignmentReportOSPolicyCompliance": {
+      "description": "Compliance data for an OS policy",
+      "id": "OSPolicyAssignmentReportOSPolicyCompliance",
+      "properties": {
+        "complianceState": {
+          "description": "The compliance state of the OS policy.",
+          "enum": [
+            "UNKNOWN",
+            "COMPLIANT",
+            "NON_COMPLIANT"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "The policy is in an unknown compliance state. Refer to the field `compliance_state_reason` to learn the exact reason for the policy to be in this compliance state.",
+            "Policy is compliant. The policy is compliant if all the underlying resources are also compliant.",
+            "Policy is non-compliant. The policy is non-compliant if one or more underlying resources are non-compliant."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "complianceStateReason": {
+          "description": "The reason for the OS policy to be in an unknown compliance state. This field is always populated when `compliance_state` is `UNKNOWN`. If populated, the field can contain one of the following values: * `vm-not-running`: The VM was not running. * `os-policies-not-supported-by-agent`: The version of the OS Config agent running on the VM does not support running OS policies. * `no-agent-detected`: The OS Config agent is not detected for the VM. * `resource-execution-errors`: The OS Config agent encountered errors while executing one or more resources in the policy. See `os_policy_resource_compliances` for details. * `task-timeout`: The task sent to the agent to apply the policy timed out. * `unexpected-agent-state`: The OS Config agent did not report the final status of the task that attempted to apply the policy. Instead, the agent unexpectedly started working on a different task. This mostly happens when the agent or VM unexpectedly restarts while applying OS policies. * `internal-service-errors`: Internal service errors were encountered while attempting to apply the policy.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "osPolicyId": {
+          "description": "The OS policy id",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "osPolicyResourceCompliances": {
+          "description": "Compliance data for each resource within the policy that is applied to the VM.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "OSPolicyAssignmentReportOSPolicyComplianceOSPolicyResourceCompliance"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "OSPolicyAssignmentReportOSPolicyComplianceOSPolicyResourceCompliance": {
+      "description": "Compliance data for an OS policy resource.",
+      "id": "OSPolicyAssignmentReportOSPolicyComplianceOSPolicyResourceCompliance",
+      "properties": {
+        "complianceState": {
+          "description": "The compliance state of the resource.",
+          "enum": [
+            "UNKNOWN",
+            "COMPLIANT",
+            "NON_COMPLIANT"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "The resource is in an unknown compliance state. To get more details about why the policy is in this state, review the output of the `compliance_state_reason` field.",
+            "Resource is compliant.",
+            "Resource is non-compliant."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "complianceStateReason": {
+          "description": "A reason for the resource to be in the given compliance state. This field is always populated when `compliance_state` is `UNKNOWN`. The following values are supported when `compliance_state == UNKNOWN` * `execution-errors`: Errors were encountered by the agent while executing the resource and the compliance state couldn't be determined. * `execution-skipped-by-agent`: Resource execution was skipped by the agent because errors were encountered while executing prior resources in the OS policy. * `os-policy-execution-attempt-failed`: The execution of the OS policy containing this resource failed and the compliance state couldn't be determined.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "configSteps": {
+          "description": "Ordered list of configuration completed by the agent for the OS policy resource.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "OSPolicyAssignmentReportOSPolicyComplianceOSPolicyResourceComplianceOSPolicyResourceConfigStep"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "execResourceOutput": {
+          "$ref": "OSPolicyAssignmentReportOSPolicyComplianceOSPolicyResourceComplianceExecResourceOutput",
+          "description": "ExecResource specific output."
+        },
+        "osPolicyResourceId": {
+          "description": "The ID of the OS policy resource.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "OSPolicyAssignmentReportOSPolicyComplianceOSPolicyResourceComplianceExecResourceOutput": {
+      "description": "ExecResource specific output.",
+      "id": "OSPolicyAssignmentReportOSPolicyComplianceOSPolicyResourceComplianceExecResourceOutput",
+      "properties": {
+        "enforcementOutput": {
+          "description": "Output from enforcement phase output file (if run). Output size is limited to 100K bytes.",
+          "format": "byte",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "OSPolicyAssignmentReportOSPolicyComplianceOSPolicyResourceComplianceOSPolicyResourceConfigStep": {
+      "description": "Step performed by the OS Config agent for configuring an `OSPolicy` resource to its desired state.",
+      "id": "OSPolicyAssignmentReportOSPolicyComplianceOSPolicyResourceComplianceOSPolicyResourceConfigStep",
+      "properties": {
+        "errorMessage": {
+          "description": "An error message recorded during the execution of this step. Only populated if errors were encountered during this step execution.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "type": {
+          "description": "Configuration step type.",
+          "enum": [
+            "TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "VALIDATION",
+            "DESIRED_STATE_CHECK",
+            "DESIRED_STATE_ENFORCEMENT",
+            "DESIRED_STATE_CHECK_POST_ENFORCEMENT"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Default value. This value is unused.",
+            "Checks for resource conflicts such as schema errors.",
+            "Checks the current status of the desired state for a resource.",
+            "Enforces the desired state for a resource that is not in desired state.",
+            "Re-checks the status of the desired state. This check is done for a resource after the enforcement of all OS policies. This step is used to determine the final desired state status for the resource. It accounts for any resources that might have drifted from their desired state due to side effects from executing other resources."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "OSPolicyAssignmentRollout": {
       "description": "Message to configure the rollout at the zonal level for the OS policy assignment.",
       "id": "OSPolicyAssignmentRollout",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json
index ce5a3ac..e6ea63a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json
@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210821",
+  "revision": "20210914",
   "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AptRepository": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json
index 647fdee..b50d8ba 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210827",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://oslogin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json
index ffe5d5d..a1240c3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210827",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://oslogin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json
index 89dc224..f2c5715 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210827",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://oslogin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json
index 5468281..834029c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210917",
   "rootUrl": "https://pagespeedonline.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditRefs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json
index 9b63e65..794aae1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210913",
+  "revision": "20210920",
   "rootUrl": "https://paymentsresellersubscription.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudPaymentsResellerSubscriptionV1CancelSubscriptionRequest": {
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
             "Accidential purchase.",
             "Payment is past due.",
             "User account closed.",
-            "Used for notification only, do not use in Cancel API. Cancallation due to upgrade or downgrade.",
+            "Used for notification only, do not use in Cancel API. Cancellation due to upgrade or downgrade.",
             "Other reason."
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@
             "Accidential purchase.",
             "Payment is past due.",
             "User account closed.",
-            "Used for notification only, do not use in Cancel API. Cancallation due to upgrade or downgrade.",
+            "Used for notification only, do not use in Cancel API. Cancellation due to upgrade or downgrade.",
             "Other reason."
           ],
           "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json
index 356f176..2b36c0b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json
@@ -1172,7 +1172,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210911",
+  "revision": "20210916",
   "rootUrl": "https://people.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Address": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playablelocations.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playablelocations.v3.json
index 16aa3f8..27232a0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playablelocations.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playablelocations.v3.json
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210911",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://playablelocations.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleMapsPlayablelocationsV3Impression": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json
index f1b2c31..56ad029 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://playcustomapp.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CustomApp": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json
index f266fe8..b9562cc 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210827",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://policysimulator.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudPolicysimulatorV1AccessStateDiff": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta1.json
index eb68a99..e8295e6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta1.json
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210827",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://policysimulator.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudPolicysimulatorV1Replay": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json
index 27fdce5..08430d8 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json
@@ -1590,7 +1590,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210825",
+  "revision": "20210908",
   "rootUrl": "https://privateca.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessUrls": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json
index d7fda0e..8d80474 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json
@@ -1254,7 +1254,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210825",
+  "revision": "20210908",
   "rootUrl": "https://privateca.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessUrls": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json
index 41cce83..6c8b997 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json
@@ -2484,7 +2484,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://prod-tt-sasportal.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "SasPortalAssignment": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json
index c2b1885..e068a74 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json
@@ -1424,7 +1424,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210903",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://pubsub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcknowledgeRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json
index 76078f2..29a6617 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json
@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210903",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://pubsub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcknowledgeRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json
index c682d67..33f146b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json
@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210903",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://pubsub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcknowledgeRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json
index 1d4d013..4509b69 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json
@@ -234,6 +234,205 @@
                     }
                   }
                 },
+                "reservations": {
+                  "methods": {
+                    "create": {
+                      "description": "Creates a new reservation.",
+                      "flatPath": "v1/admin/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reservations",
+                      "httpMethod": "POST",
+                      "id": "pubsublite.admin.projects.locations.reservations.create",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "parent"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "parent": {
+                          "description": "Required. The parent location in which to create the reservation. Structured like `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}`.",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        },
+                        "reservationId": {
+                          "description": "Required. The ID to use for the reservation, which will become the final component of the reservation's name. This value is structured like: `my-reservation-name`.",
+                          "location": "query",
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "v1/admin/{+parent}/reservations",
+                      "request": {
+                        "$ref": "Reservation"
+                      },
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "Reservation"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                      ]
+                    },
+                    "delete": {
+                      "description": "Deletes the specified reservation.",
+                      "flatPath": "v1/admin/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reservations/{reservationsId}",
+                      "httpMethod": "DELETE",
+                      "id": "pubsublite.admin.projects.locations.reservations.delete",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "name"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "name": {
+                          "description": "Required. The name of the reservation to delete. Structured like: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation_id}",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reservations/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "v1/admin/{+name}",
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "Empty"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                      ]
+                    },
+                    "get": {
+                      "description": "Returns the reservation configuration.",
+                      "flatPath": "v1/admin/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reservations/{reservationsId}",
+                      "httpMethod": "GET",
+                      "id": "pubsublite.admin.projects.locations.reservations.get",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "name"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "name": {
+                          "description": "Required. The name of the reservation whose configuration to return. Structured like: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation_id}",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reservations/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "v1/admin/{+name}",
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "Reservation"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                      ]
+                    },
+                    "list": {
+                      "description": "Returns the list of reservations for the given project.",
+                      "flatPath": "v1/admin/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reservations",
+                      "httpMethod": "GET",
+                      "id": "pubsublite.admin.projects.locations.reservations.list",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "parent"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "pageSize": {
+                          "description": "The maximum number of reservations to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unset or zero, all reservations for the parent will be returned.",
+                          "format": "int32",
+                          "location": "query",
+                          "type": "integer"
+                        },
+                        "pageToken": {
+                          "description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListReservations` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListReservations` must match the call that provided the page token.",
+                          "location": "query",
+                          "type": "string"
+                        },
+                        "parent": {
+                          "description": "Required. The parent whose reservations are to be listed. Structured like `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}`.",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "v1/admin/{+parent}/reservations",
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "ListReservationsResponse"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                      ]
+                    },
+                    "patch": {
+                      "description": "Updates properties of the specified reservation.",
+                      "flatPath": "v1/admin/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reservations/{reservationsId}",
+                      "httpMethod": "PATCH",
+                      "id": "pubsublite.admin.projects.locations.reservations.patch",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "name"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "name": {
+                          "description": "The name of the reservation. Structured like: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation_id}",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reservations/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        },
+                        "updateMask": {
+                          "description": "Required. A mask specifying the reservation fields to change.",
+                          "format": "google-fieldmask",
+                          "location": "query",
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "v1/admin/{+name}",
+                      "request": {
+                        "$ref": "Reservation"
+                      },
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "Reservation"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                      ]
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "resources": {
+                    "topics": {
+                      "methods": {
+                        "list": {
+                          "description": "Lists the topics attached to the specified reservation.",
+                          "flatPath": "v1/admin/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reservations/{reservationsId}/topics",
+                          "httpMethod": "GET",
+                          "id": "pubsublite.admin.projects.locations.reservations.topics.list",
+                          "parameterOrder": [
+                            "name"
+                          ],
+                          "parameters": {
+                            "name": {
+                              "description": "Required. The name of the reservation whose topics to list. Structured like: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation_id}",
+                              "location": "path",
+                              "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reservations/[^/]+$",
+                              "required": true,
+                              "type": "string"
+                            },
+                            "pageSize": {
+                              "description": "The maximum number of topics to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unset or zero, all topics for the given reservation will be returned.",
+                              "format": "int32",
+                              "location": "query",
+                              "type": "integer"
+                            },
+                            "pageToken": {
+                              "description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListReservationTopics` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListReservationTopics` must match the call that provided the page token.",
+                              "location": "query",
+                              "type": "string"
+                            }
+                          },
+                          "path": "v1/admin/{+name}/topics",
+                          "response": {
+                            "$ref": "ListReservationTopicsResponse"
+                          },
+                          "scopes": [
+                            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                          ]
+                        }
+                      }
+                    }
+                  }
+                },
                 "subscriptions": {
                   "methods": {
                     "create": {
@@ -841,7 +1040,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210906",
+  "revision": "20210913",
   "rootUrl": "https://pubsublite.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CancelOperationRequest": {
@@ -1061,6 +1260,42 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "ListReservationTopicsResponse": {
+      "description": "Response for ListReservationTopics.",
+      "id": "ListReservationTopicsResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "nextPageToken": {
+          "description": "A token that can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page of results. If this field is omitted, there are no more results.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "topics": {
+          "description": "The names of topics attached to the reservation. The order of the topics is unspecified.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ListReservationsResponse": {
+      "description": "Response for ListReservations.",
+      "id": "ListReservationsResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "nextPageToken": {
+          "description": "A token that can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page of results. If this field is omitted, there are no more results.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "reservations": {
+          "description": "The list of reservation in the requested parent. The order of the reservations is unspecified.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "Reservation"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "ListSubscriptionsResponse": {
       "description": "Response for ListSubscriptions.",
       "id": "ListSubscriptionsResponse",
@@ -1212,6 +1447,33 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "Reservation": {
+      "description": "Metadata about a reservation resource.",
+      "id": "Reservation",
+      "properties": {
+        "name": {
+          "description": "The name of the reservation. Structured like: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation_id}",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "throughputCapacity": {
+          "description": "The reserved throughput capacity. Every unit of throughput capacity is equivalent to 1 MiB/s of published messages or 2 MiB/s of subscribed messages. Any topics which are declared as using capacity from a Reservation will consume resources from this reservation instead of being charged individually.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ReservationConfig": {
+      "description": "The settings for this topic's Reservation usage.",
+      "id": "ReservationConfig",
+      "properties": {
+        "throughputReservation": {
+          "description": "The Reservation to use for this topic's throughput capacity. Structured like: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation_id}",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "RetentionConfig": {
       "description": "The settings for a topic's message retention.",
       "id": "RetentionConfig",
@@ -1335,6 +1597,10 @@
           "$ref": "PartitionConfig",
           "description": "The settings for this topic's partitions."
         },
+        "reservationConfig": {
+          "$ref": "ReservationConfig",
+          "description": "The settings for this topic's Reservation usage."
+        },
         "retentionConfig": {
           "$ref": "RetentionConfig",
           "description": "The settings for this topic's message retention."
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json
index 3dba270..190b2e8 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json
@@ -1140,7 +1140,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210912",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://realtimebidding.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ActivatePretargetingConfigRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1alpha.json
index 8933b6a..5a8878f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1alpha.json
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210912",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://realtimebidding.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ActivateBiddingFunctionRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json
index 448cb26..429bdfe 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210903",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://recaptchaenterprise.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudRecaptchaenterpriseV1AndroidKeySettings": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommendationengine.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommendationengine.v1beta1.json
index 1ac853f..b12865c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommendationengine.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommendationengine.v1beta1.json
@@ -842,7 +842,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210909",
+  "revision": "20210916",
   "rootUrl": "https://recommendationengine.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleApiHttpBody": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json
index 123ac46..3bee0ea 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json
@@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210827",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://recommender.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1CostProjection": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json
index fac5022..34f99eb 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json
@@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210827",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://recommender.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1CostProjection": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json
index 3c765bf..86c36dc 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210909",
   "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
@@ -768,7 +768,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Instance": {
-      "description": "A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 36",
+      "description": "A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 37",
       "id": "Instance",
       "properties": {
         "alternativeLocationId": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json
index 5deb5a8..338e132 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210909",
   "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
@@ -775,7 +775,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Instance": {
-      "description": "A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 36",
+      "description": "A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 37",
       "id": "Instance",
       "properties": {
         "alternativeLocationId": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json
index 2ff1ec0..b922aa1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json
@@ -631,7 +631,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210904",
+  "revision": "20210913",
   "rootUrl": "https://reseller.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Address": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json
index 6547480..19defd9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://resourcesettings.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudResourcesettingsV1ListSettingsResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json
index da650e5..a6c67e9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json
@@ -1736,7 +1736,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210901",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Addressable": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1alpha1.json
index 97df7d8..e897cde 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1alpha1.json
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210901",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ConfigMapEnvSource": {
@@ -525,6 +525,33 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleRpcStatus": {
+      "description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).",
+      "id": "GoogleRpcStatus",
+      "properties": {
+        "code": {
+          "description": "The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        },
+        "details": {
+          "description": "A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.",
+          "items": {
+            "additionalProperties": {
+              "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.",
+              "type": "any"
+            },
+            "type": "object"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "message": {
+          "description": "A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "HTTPGetAction": {
       "description": "Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests.",
       "id": "HTTPGetAction",
@@ -566,6 +593,22 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "InstanceAttemptResult": {
+      "description": "Result of an instance attempt.",
+      "id": "InstanceAttemptResult",
+      "properties": {
+        "exitCode": {
+          "description": "Optional. The exit code of this attempt. This may be unset if the container was unable to exit cleanly with a code due to some other failure. See status field for possible failure details.",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        },
+        "status": {
+          "$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus",
+          "description": "Optional. The status of this attempt. If the status code is OK, then the attempt succeeded."
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "InstanceSpec": {
       "description": "InstanceSpec is a description of an instance.",
       "id": "InstanceSpec",
@@ -624,6 +667,10 @@
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
+        "lastAttemptResult": {
+          "$ref": "InstanceAttemptResult",
+          "description": "Optional. Result of the last attempt of this instance. +optional"
+        },
         "lastExitCode": {
           "description": "Optional. Last exit code seen for this instance. +optional",
           "format": "int32",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1.json
index 2ce0125..d010e02 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1.json
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210827",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://runtimeconfig.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CancelOperationRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json
index de4d8f9..06f593b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json
@@ -805,7 +805,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210827",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://runtimeconfig.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Binding": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json
index 7544bcd..4295ff7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210914",
   "rootUrl": "https://safebrowsing.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleProtobufEmpty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sasportal.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sasportal.v1alpha1.json
index 46671ab..1e89861 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sasportal.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sasportal.v1alpha1.json
@@ -2483,7 +2483,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210830",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://sasportal.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "SasPortalAssignment": {
@@ -2890,6 +2890,14 @@
         "antennaModel": {
           "description": "If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId",
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "commonChannelGroup": {
+          "description": "CCG. A group of CBSDs in the same ICG requesting a common primary channel assignment. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "interferenceCoordinationGroup": {
+          "description": "ICG. A group of CBSDs that manage their own interference with the group. See CBRSA-TS-2001 V3.0.0 for more details.",
+          "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json
index 8006247..899a5cf 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json
@@ -887,7 +887,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210911",
+  "revision": "20210920",
   "rootUrl": "https://script.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Content": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json
index 9d5d0b2..5a705c0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json
@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210818",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://secretmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessSecretVersionResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json
index cc5efc8..712a5ac 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210818",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://secretmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessSecretVersionResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json
index d461284..6fe3c6e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json
@@ -1816,7 +1816,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210903",
+  "revision": "20210917",
   "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Asset": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json
index 75a99dd..b0b7b0e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json
@@ -896,7 +896,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210903",
+  "revision": "20210917",
   "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Asset": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json
index c8ca075..1dc6e4c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json
@@ -1328,7 +1328,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210903",
+  "revision": "20210917",
   "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Config": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json
index f7e9a1c..8c8ed08 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210907",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicecontrol.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AllocateInfo": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json
index 2e3b9d8..ff0de41 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210907",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicecontrol.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Api": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json
index 1158926..d413161 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json
@@ -883,7 +883,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210831",
+  "revision": "20210907",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicedirectory.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Binding": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json
index 0553df2..5089c8b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json
@@ -883,7 +883,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210831",
+  "revision": "20210907",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicedirectory.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Binding": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json
index 93ecda8..beb997f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json
@@ -829,7 +829,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210907",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicemanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Advice": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json
index 8e8c23d..fabf570 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json
@@ -860,7 +860,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicenetworking.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddDnsRecordSetMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json
index 8b7af32..ef2f28d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicenetworking.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddDnsRecordSetMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json
index 39a368c..5845f6b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json
@@ -870,7 +870,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210830",
+  "revision": "20210906",
   "rootUrl": "https://sheets.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddBandingRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json
index 48b63e1..1557b03 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210906",
+  "revision": "20210913",
   "rootUrl": "https://slides.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AffineTransform": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/smartdevicemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/smartdevicemanagement.v1.json
index aa1eccc..ab4720e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/smartdevicemanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/smartdevicemanagement.v1.json
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210908",
+  "revision": "20210916",
   "rootUrl": "https://smartdevicemanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleHomeEnterpriseSdmV1Device": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json
index 1d55d7d..e084170 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json
@@ -1877,7 +1877,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210902",
+  "revision": "20210913",
   "rootUrl": "https://sqladmin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AclEntry": {
@@ -2046,12 +2046,12 @@
           "description": "Encryption status specific to a backup."
         },
         "endTime": {
-          "description": "The time the backup operation completed in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.",
+          "description": "The time the backup operation completed in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.",
           "format": "google-datetime",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "enqueuedTime": {
-          "description": "The time the run was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.",
+          "description": "The time the run was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.",
           "format": "google-datetime",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -2081,7 +2081,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "startTime": {
-          "description": "The time the backup operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.",
+          "description": "The time the backup operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.",
           "format": "google-datetime",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -2128,7 +2128,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "windowStartTime": {
-          "description": "The start time of the backup window during which this the backup was attempted in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.",
+          "description": "The start time of the backup window during which this the backup was attempted in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.",
           "format": "google-datetime",
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -2374,7 +2374,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "createTime": {
-          "description": "Output only. The time when the instance was created in RFC 3339 format (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339), for example 2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z",
+          "description": "Output only. The time when the instance was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.",
           "format": "google-datetime",
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
@@ -2508,7 +2508,7 @@
         },
         "outOfDiskReport": {
           "$ref": "SqlOutOfDiskReport",
-          "description": "This field represents the report generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD. Readers: -- the Pantheon frontend -- the proactive database wellness job"
+          "description": "This field represents the report generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job"
         },
         "project": {
           "description": "The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL instance. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable.",
@@ -2663,7 +2663,7 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "verifyGtidConsistency": {
-          "description": "Verify GTID consistency for demote operation. Default value: *True*. Setting this flag to false enables you to bypass GTID consistency check between on-premises primary instance and Cloud SQL instance during the demotion operation but also exposes you to the risk of future replication failures. Change the value value only if you know the reason for the GTID divergence and are confident that doing so will not cause any replication issues.",
+          "description": "Verify GTID consistency for demote operation. Default value: **True**. Setting this flag to false enables you to bypass GTID consistency check between on-premises primary instance and Cloud SQL instance during the demotion operation but also exposes you to the risk of future replication failures. Change the value only if you know the reason for the GTID divergence and are confident that doing so will not cause any replication issues.",
           "type": "boolean"
         }
       },
@@ -2709,7 +2709,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "startDate": {
-          "description": "\"deny maintenance period\" start date. If the year of the start date is empty, the year of the end date also must be empty. In this case, it means the no maintenance interval recurs every year. The date is in format yyyy-mm-dd i.e., 2020-11-01, or mm-dd, i.e., 11-01",
+          "description": "\"deny maintenance period\" start date. If the year of the start date is empty, the year of the end date also must be empty. In this case, it means the deny maintenance period recurs every year. The date is in format yyyy-mm-dd i.e., 2020-11-01, or mm-dd, i.e., 11-01",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "time": {
@@ -2780,14 +2780,14 @@
           "type": "object"
         },
         "databases": {
-          "description": "Databases to be exported. **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.",
+          "description": "Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "fileType": {
-          "description": "The file type for the specified uri. **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.",
+          "description": "The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.",
           "enum": [
             "SQL_FILE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
             "SQL",
@@ -2817,7 +2817,7 @@
               "description": "Options for exporting from MySQL.",
               "properties": {
                 "masterData": {
-                  "description": "Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.",
+                  "description": "Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.",
                   "format": "int32",
                   "type": "integer"
                 }
@@ -3416,7 +3416,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "updateTrack": {
-          "description": "Maintenance timing setting: **canary** (Earlier) or **stable** (Later). [Learn more] (https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/instance-settings#maintenance-timing-2ndgen).",
+          "description": "Maintenance timing setting: **canary** (Earlier) or **stable** (Later). [Learn more](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/instance-settings#maintenance-timing-2ndgen).",
           "enum": [
             "SQL_UPDATE_TRACK_UNSPECIFIED",
             "canary",
@@ -3581,7 +3581,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "operationType": {
-          "description": "The type of the operation. Valid values are: **CREATE** **DELETE** **UPDATE** **RESTART** **IMPORT** **EXPORT** **BACKUP_VOLUME** **RESTORE_VOLUME** **CREATE_USER** **DELETE_USER** **CREATE_DATABASE** **DELETE_DATABASE**",
+          "description": "The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**",
           "enum": [
             "SQL_OPERATION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
             "IMPORT",
@@ -3668,7 +3668,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "status": {
-          "description": "The status of an operation. Valid values are: **PENDING** **RUNNING** **DONE** **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**",
+          "description": "The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**",
           "enum": [
             "SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED",
             "PENDING",
@@ -3774,7 +3774,7 @@
         },
         "mysqlReplicaConfiguration": {
           "$ref": "MySqlReplicaConfiguration",
-          "description": "MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata.The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named *master.info* in the data directory."
+          "description": "MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata. The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named **master.info** in the data directory."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -3799,7 +3799,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "scheduleTime": {
-          "description": "Optional. Timestamp when the maintenance shall be rescheduled to if reschedule_type=SPECIFIC_TIME, in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.",
+          "description": "Optional. Timestamp when the maintenance shall be rescheduled to if reschedule_type=SPECIFIC_TIME, in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.",
           "format": "google-datetime",
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -3850,7 +3850,7 @@
       "id": "Settings",
       "properties": {
         "activationPolicy": {
-          "description": "The activation policy specifies when the instance is activated; it is applicable only when the instance state is RUNNABLE. Valid values: **ALWAYS**: The instance is on, and remains so even in the absence of connection requests. **NEVER**: The instance is off; it is not activated, even if a connection request arrives.",
+          "description": "The activation policy specifies when the instance is activated; it is applicable only when the instance state is RUNNABLE. Valid values: * **ALWAYS**: The instance is on, and remains so even in the absence of connection requests. * **NEVER**: The instance is off; it is not activated, even if a connection request arrives.",
           "enum": [
             "SQL_ACTIVATION_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED",
             "ALWAYS",
@@ -3877,7 +3877,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "availabilityType": {
-          "description": "Availability type. Potential values: **ZONAL**: The instance serves data from only one zone. Outages in that zone affect data accessibility. **REGIONAL**: The instance can serve data from more than one zone in a region (it is highly available). For more information, see [Overview of the High Availability Configuration](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/high-availability).",
+          "description": "Availability type. Potential values: * **ZONAL**: The instance serves data from only one zone. Outages in that zone affect data accessibility. * **REGIONAL**: The instance can serve data from more than one zone in a region (it is highly available)./ For more information, see [Overview of the High Availability Configuration](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/high-availability).",
           "enum": [
             "SQL_AVAILABILITY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
             "ZONAL",
@@ -3908,7 +3908,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "dataDiskType": {
-          "description": "The type of data disk: **PD_SSD** (default) or **PD_HDD**.",
+          "description": "The type of data disk: **PD_SSD** (default) or **PD_HDD**. Not used for First Generation instances.",
           "enum": [
             "SQL_DATA_DISK_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
             "PD_SSD",
@@ -3955,7 +3955,7 @@
         },
         "locationPreference": {
           "$ref": "LocationPreference",
-          "description": "The location preference settings. This allows the instance to be located as near as possible to Compute Engine zone for better performance."
+          "description": "The location preference settings. This allows the instance to be located as near as possible to either an App Engine app or Compute Engine zone for better performance. App Engine co-location was only applicable to First Generation instances."
         },
         "maintenanceWindow": {
           "$ref": "MaintenanceWindow",
@@ -4037,7 +4037,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "SqlExternalSyncSettingError": {
-      "description": "External primary instance migration setting error.",
+      "description": "External primary instance migration setting error/warning.",
       "id": "SqlExternalSyncSettingError",
       "properties": {
         "detail": {
@@ -4210,12 +4210,12 @@
       "id": "SqlOutOfDiskReport",
       "properties": {
         "sqlMinRecommendedIncreaseSizeGb": {
-          "description": "The minimum recommended increase size in GigaBytes This field is consumed by the frontend Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD. Readers: -- the Pantheon frontend",
+          "description": "The minimum recommended increase size in GigaBytes This field is consumed by the frontend * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers:",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "sqlOutOfDiskState": {
-          "description": "This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD. Readers: -- the Pantheon frontend -- the proactive database wellness job",
+          "description": "This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job",
           "enum": [
             "SQL_OUT_OF_DISK_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
             "NORMAL",
@@ -4335,7 +4335,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "kind": {
-          "description": "This is always sql#sslCert.",
+          "description": "This is always **sql#sslCert**.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "selfLink": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json
index a80f138..63cd3eb 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json
@@ -1877,7 +1877,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210902",
+  "revision": "20210913",
   "rootUrl": "https://sqladmin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AclEntry": {
@@ -1885,12 +1885,12 @@
       "id": "AclEntry",
       "properties": {
         "expirationTime": {
-          "description": "The time when this access control entry expires in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.",
+          "description": "The time when this access control entry expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.",
           "format": "google-datetime",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "kind": {
-          "description": "This is always *sql#aclEntry*.",
+          "description": "This is always **sql#aclEntry**.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "name": {
@@ -1948,7 +1948,7 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "kind": {
-          "description": "This is always *sql#backupConfiguration*.",
+          "description": "This is always **sql#backupConfiguration**.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "location": {
@@ -1985,7 +1985,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "kind": {
-          "description": "This is always *sql#backupContext*.",
+          "description": "This is always **sql#backupContext**.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -2046,12 +2046,12 @@
           "description": "Encryption status specific to a backup."
         },
         "endTime": {
-          "description": "The time the backup operation completed in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.",
+          "description": "The time the backup operation completed in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.",
           "format": "google-datetime",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "enqueuedTime": {
-          "description": "The time the run was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.",
+          "description": "The time the run was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.",
           "format": "google-datetime",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -2081,7 +2081,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "startTime": {
-          "description": "The time the backup operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.",
+          "description": "The time the backup operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.",
           "format": "google-datetime",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -2128,7 +2128,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "windowStartTime": {
-          "description": "The start time of the backup window during which this the backup was attempted in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.",
+          "description": "The start time of the backup window during which this the backup was attempted in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.",
           "format": "google-datetime",
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -2315,7 +2315,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "kind": {
-          "description": "This is always *sql#database*.",
+          "description": "This is always **sql#database**.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "name": {
@@ -2345,7 +2345,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "value": {
-          "description": "The value of the flag. Booleans are set to *on* for true and *off* for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value.",
+          "description": "The value of the flag. Booleans are set to **on** for true and **off** for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -2376,7 +2376,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "createTime": {
-          "description": "Output only. The time when the instance was created in RFC 3339 format (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339), for example 2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z",
+          "description": "Output only. The time when the instance was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.",
           "format": "google-datetime",
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
@@ -2512,7 +2512,7 @@
         },
         "outOfDiskReport": {
           "$ref": "SqlOutOfDiskReport",
-          "description": "This field represents the report generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD. Readers: -- the proactive database wellness job"
+          "description": "This field represents the report generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job"
         },
         "project": {
           "description": "The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL instance. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable.",
@@ -2636,12 +2636,12 @@
       "id": "DemoteMasterConfiguration",
       "properties": {
         "kind": {
-          "description": "This is always *sql#demoteMasterConfiguration*.",
+          "description": "This is always **sql#demoteMasterConfiguration**.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "mysqlReplicaConfiguration": {
           "$ref": "DemoteMasterMySqlReplicaConfiguration",
-          "description": "MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata. The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named *master.info* in the data directory."
+          "description": "MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata. The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named **master.info** in the data directory."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -2667,7 +2667,7 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "verifyGtidConsistency": {
-          "description": "Verify GTID consistency for demote operation. Default value: *True*. Setting this flag to false enables you to bypass GTID consistency check between on-premises primary instance and Cloud SQL instance during the demotion operation but also exposes you to the risk of future replication failures. Change the value only if you know the reason for the GTID divergence and are confident that doing so will not cause any replication issues.",
+          "description": "Verify GTID consistency for demote operation. Default value: **True**. Setting this flag to false enables you to bypass GTID consistency check between on-premises primary instance and Cloud SQL instance during the demotion operation but also exposes you to the risk of future replication failures. Change the value only if you know the reason for the GTID divergence and are confident that doing so will not cause any replication issues.",
           "type": "boolean"
         }
       },
@@ -2690,7 +2690,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "kind": {
-          "description": "This is always *sql#demoteMasterMysqlReplicaConfiguration*.",
+          "description": "This is always **sql#demoteMasterMysqlReplicaConfiguration**.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "password": {
@@ -2728,7 +2728,7 @@
       "id": "DiskEncryptionConfiguration",
       "properties": {
         "kind": {
-          "description": "This is always *sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration*.",
+          "description": "This is always **sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration**.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "kmsKeyName": {
@@ -2743,7 +2743,7 @@
       "id": "DiskEncryptionStatus",
       "properties": {
         "kind": {
-          "description": "This is always *sql#diskEncryptionStatus*.",
+          "description": "This is always **sql#diskEncryptionStatus**.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "kmsKeyVersionName": {
@@ -2758,7 +2758,7 @@
       "id": "ExportContext",
       "properties": {
         "csvExportOptions": {
-          "description": "Options for exporting data as CSV. *MySQL* and *PostgreSQL* instances only.",
+          "description": "Options for exporting data as CSV. **MySQL** and **PostgreSQL** instances only.",
           "properties": {
             "escapeCharacter": {
               "description": "Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.",
@@ -2784,14 +2784,14 @@
           "type": "object"
         },
         "databases": {
-          "description": "Databases to be exported. *MySQL instances:* If *fileType* is *SQL* and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the *mysql* system database. If *fileType* is *CSV*, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property, which takes precedence over this property. *PostgreSQL instances:* You must specify one database to be exported. If *fileType* is *CSV*, this database must match the one specified in the *csvExportOptions.selectQuery* property. *SQL Server instances:* You must specify one database to be exported, and the *fileType* must be *BAK*.",
+          "description": "Databases to be exported. * **MySQL instances:** If **fileType** is **SQL** and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the **mysql** system database. If **fileType** is **CSV**, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property, which takes precedence over this property. * **PostgreSQL instances:** You must specify one database to be exported. If **fileType** is **CSV**, this database must match the one specified in the **csvExportOptions.selectQuery** property. * **SQL Server instances:** You must specify one database to be exported, and the **fileType** must be **BAK**.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "fileType": {
-          "description": "The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data. *BAK*: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.",
+          "description": "The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.",
           "enum": [
             "SQL_FILE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
             "SQL",
@@ -2821,7 +2821,7 @@
               "description": "Options for exporting from MySQL.",
               "properties": {
                 "masterData": {
-                  "description": "Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to *1*, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to *2*, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than *1*, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.",
+                  "description": "Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. * If set to **1**, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. * If set to **2**, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. * If set to any value other than **1**, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.",
                   "format": "int32",
                   "type": "integer"
                 }
@@ -2843,7 +2843,7 @@
           "type": "object"
         },
         "uri": {
-          "description": "The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If *fileType* is *SQL* and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.",
+          "description": "The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If **fileType** is **SQL** and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -2878,14 +2878,14 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "allowedStringValues": {
-          "description": "For *STRING* flags, a list of strings that the value can be set to.",
+          "description": "For **STRING** flags, a list of strings that the value can be set to.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "appliesTo": {
-          "description": "The database version this flag applies to. Can be *MYSQL_8_0*, *MYSQL_5_6*, or *MYSQL_5_7*.",
+          "description": "The database version this flag applies to. Can be **MYSQL_8_0**, **MYSQL_5_6**, or **MYSQL_5_7**.",
           "items": {
             "enum": [
               "SQL_DATABASE_VERSION_UNSPECIFIED",
@@ -2938,29 +2938,29 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "kind": {
-          "description": "This is always *sql#flag*.",
+          "description": "This is always **sql#flag**.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "maxValue": {
-          "description": "For *INTEGER* flags, the maximum allowed value.",
+          "description": "For **INTEGER** flags, the maximum allowed value.",
           "format": "int64",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "minValue": {
-          "description": "For *INTEGER* flags, the minimum allowed value.",
+          "description": "For **INTEGER** flags, the minimum allowed value.",
           "format": "int64",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "name": {
-          "description": "This is the name of the flag. Flag names always use underscores, not hyphens, for example: *max_allowed_packet*",
+          "description": "This is the name of the flag. Flag names always use underscores, not hyphens, for example: **max_allowed_packet**",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "requiresRestart": {
-          "description": "Indicates whether changing this flag will trigger a database restart.",
+          "description": "Indicates whether changing this flag will trigger a database restart. Only applicable to Second Generation instances.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "type": {
-          "description": "The type of the flag. Flags are typed to being *BOOLEAN*, *STRING*, *INTEGER* or *NONE*. *NONE* is used for flags which do not take a value, such as *skip_grant_tables*.",
+          "description": "The type of the flag. Flags are typed to being **BOOLEAN**, **STRING**, **INTEGER** or **NONE**. **NONE** is used for flags which do not take a value, such as **skip_grant_tables**.",
           "enum": [
             "SQL_FLAG_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
             "BOOLEAN",
@@ -2998,7 +2998,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "kind": {
-          "description": "This is always *sql#flagsList*.",
+          "description": "This is always **sql#flagsList**.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -3045,7 +3045,7 @@
             "encryptionOptions": {
               "properties": {
                 "certPath": {
-                  "description": "Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.",
+                  "description": "Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.",
                   "type": "string"
                 },
                 "pvkPassword": {
@@ -3096,11 +3096,11 @@
           "type": "object"
         },
         "database": {
-          "description": "The target database for the import. If *fileType* is *SQL*, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If *fileType* is *CSV*, one database must be specified.",
+          "description": "The target database for the import. If **fileType** is **SQL**, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If **fileType** is **CSV**, one database must be specified.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "fileType": {
-          "description": "The file type for the specified uri. *SQL*: The file contains SQL statements. *CSV*: The file contains CSV data.",
+          "description": "The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.",
           "enum": [
             "SQL_FILE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
             "SQL",
@@ -3120,11 +3120,11 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "kind": {
-          "description": "This is always *sql#importContext*.",
+          "description": "This is always **sql#importContext**.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "uri": {
-          "description": "Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when *fileType* is *SQL*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.",
+          "description": "Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when **fileType** is **SQL**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -3325,7 +3325,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "authorizedNetworks": {
-          "description": "The list of external networks that are allowed to connect to the instance using the IP. In 'CIDR' notation, also known as 'slash' notation (for example: *192.168.100.0/24*).",
+          "description": "The list of external networks that are allowed to connect to the instance using the IP. In 'CIDR' notation, also known as 'slash' notation (for example: **192.168.100.0/24**).",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "AclEntry"
           },
@@ -3336,7 +3336,7 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "privateNetwork": {
-          "description": "The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, */projects/myProject/global/networks/default*. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.",
+          "description": "The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, **/projects/myProject/global/networks/default**. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "requireSsl": {
@@ -3355,12 +3355,12 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "timeToRetire": {
-          "description": "The due time for this IP to be retired in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired.",
+          "description": "The due time for this IP to be retired in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired.",
           "format": "google-datetime",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "type": {
-          "description": "The type of this IP address. A *PRIMARY* address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A *PRIVATE* address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An *OUTGOING* address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported.",
+          "description": "The type of this IP address. A **PRIMARY** address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A **PRIVATE** address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An **OUTGOING** address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported.",
           "enum": [
             "SQL_IP_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
             "PRIMARY",
@@ -3381,7 +3381,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "LocationPreference": {
-      "description": "Preferred location. This specifies where a Cloud SQL instance is located, either in a specific Compute Engine zone, or co-located with an App Engine application. Note that if the preferred location is not available, the instance will be located as close as possible within the region. Only one location may be specified.",
+      "description": "Preferred location. This specifies where a Cloud SQL instance is located. Note that if the preferred location is not available, the instance will be located as close as possible within the region. Only one location may be specified.",
       "id": "LocationPreference",
       "properties": {
         "followGaeApplication": {
@@ -3389,7 +3389,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "kind": {
-          "description": "This is always *sql#locationPreference*.",
+          "description": "This is always **sql#locationPreference**.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "secondaryZone": {
@@ -3418,11 +3418,11 @@
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "kind": {
-          "description": "This is always *sql#maintenanceWindow*.",
+          "description": "This is always **sql#maintenanceWindow**.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "updateTrack": {
-          "description": "Maintenance timing setting: *canary* (Earlier) or *stable* (Later). Learn more.",
+          "description": "Maintenance timing setting: **canary** (Earlier) or **stable** (Later). [Learn more](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/instance-settings#maintenance-timing-2ndgen).",
           "enum": [
             "SQL_UPDATE_TRACK_UNSPECIFIED",
             "canary",
@@ -3464,7 +3464,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "kind": {
-          "description": "This is always *sql#mysqlReplicaConfiguration*.",
+          "description": "This is always **sql#mysqlReplicaConfiguration**.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "masterHeartbeatPeriod": {
@@ -3557,7 +3557,7 @@
           "description": "The context for backup operation, if applicable."
         },
         "endTime": {
-          "description": "The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.",
+          "description": "The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.",
           "format": "google-datetime",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -3574,12 +3574,12 @@
           "description": "The context for import operation, if applicable."
         },
         "insertTime": {
-          "description": "The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.",
+          "description": "The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.",
           "format": "google-datetime",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "kind": {
-          "description": "This is always *sql#operation*.",
+          "description": "This is always **sql#operation**.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "name": {
@@ -3587,7 +3587,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "operationType": {
-          "description": "The type of the operation. Valid values are: *CREATE* *DELETE* *UPDATE* *RESTART* *IMPORT* *EXPORT* *BACKUP_VOLUME* *RESTORE_VOLUME* *CREATE_USER* *DELETE_USER* *CREATE_DATABASE* *DELETE_DATABASE*",
+          "description": "The type of the operation. Valid values are: * **CREATE** * **DELETE** * **UPDATE** * **RESTART** * **IMPORT** * **EXPORT** * **BACKUP_VOLUME** * **RESTORE_VOLUME** * **CREATE_USER** * **DELETE_USER** * **CREATE_DATABASE** * **DELETE_DATABASE**",
           "enum": [
             "SQL_OPERATION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
             "IMPORT",
@@ -3669,12 +3669,12 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "startTime": {
-          "description": "The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.",
+          "description": "The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.",
           "format": "google-datetime",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "status": {
-          "description": "The status of an operation. Valid values are: *PENDING* *RUNNING* *DONE* *SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED*",
+          "description": "The status of an operation. Valid values are: * **PENDING** * **RUNNING** * **DONE** * **SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED**",
           "enum": [
             "SQL_OPERATION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED",
             "PENDING",
@@ -3716,7 +3716,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "kind": {
-          "description": "This is always *sql#operationError*.",
+          "description": "This is always **sql#operationError**.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "message": {
@@ -3738,14 +3738,14 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "kind": {
-          "description": "This is always *sql#operationErrors*.",
+          "description": "This is always **sql#operationErrors**.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "OperationsListResponse": {
-      "description": "Database instance list operations response.",
+      "description": "Operations list response.",
       "id": "OperationsListResponse",
       "properties": {
         "items": {
@@ -3780,7 +3780,7 @@
         },
         "mysqlReplicaConfiguration": {
           "$ref": "MySqlReplicaConfiguration",
-          "description": "MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata. The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named *master.info* in the data directory."
+          "description": "MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata. The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named **master.info** in the data directory."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -3805,7 +3805,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "scheduleTime": {
-          "description": "Optional. Timestamp when the maintenance shall be rescheduled to if reschedule_type=SPECIFIC_TIME, in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.",
+          "description": "Optional. Timestamp when the maintenance shall be rescheduled to if reschedule_type=SPECIFIC_TIME, in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.",
           "format": "google-datetime",
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -3856,7 +3856,7 @@
       "id": "Settings",
       "properties": {
         "activationPolicy": {
-          "description": "The activation policy specifies when the instance is activated; it is applicable only when the instance state is RUNNABLE. Valid values: *ALWAYS*: The instance is on, and remains so even in the absence of connection requests. *NEVER*: The instance is off; it is not activated, even if a connection request arrives.",
+          "description": "The activation policy specifies when the instance is activated; it is applicable only when the instance state is RUNNABLE. Valid values: * **ALWAYS**: The instance is on, and remains so even in the absence of connection requests. * **NEVER**: The instance is off; it is not activated, even if a connection request arrives.",
           "enum": [
             "SQL_ACTIVATION_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED",
             "ALWAYS",
@@ -3883,7 +3883,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "availabilityType": {
-          "description": "Availability type. Potential values: *ZONAL*: The instance serves data from only one zone. Outages in that zone affect data accessibility. *REGIONAL*: The instance can serve data from more than one zone in a region (it is highly available). For more information, see Overview of the High Availability Configuration.",
+          "description": "Availability type. Potential values: * **ZONAL**: The instance serves data from only one zone. Outages in that zone affect data accessibility. * **REGIONAL**: The instance can serve data from more than one zone in a region (it is highly available)./ For more information, see [Overview of the High Availability Configuration](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/high-availability).",
           "enum": [
             "SQL_AVAILABILITY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
             "ZONAL",
@@ -3914,7 +3914,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "dataDiskType": {
-          "description": "The type of data disk: PD_SSD (default) or PD_HDD. Not used for First Generation instances.",
+          "description": "The type of data disk: **PD_SSD** (default) or **PD_HDD**. Not used for First Generation instances.",
           "enum": [
             "SQL_DATA_DISK_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
             "PD_SSD",
@@ -3953,10 +3953,10 @@
         },
         "ipConfiguration": {
           "$ref": "IpConfiguration",
-          "description": "The settings for IP Management. This allows to enable or disable the instance IP and manage which external networks can connect to the instance. The IPv4 address cannot be disabled."
+          "description": "The settings for IP Management. This allows to enable or disable the instance IP and manage which external networks can connect to the instance. The IPv4 address cannot be disabled for Second Generation instances."
         },
         "kind": {
-          "description": "This is always *sql#settings*.",
+          "description": "This is always **sql#settings**.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "locationPreference": {
@@ -3968,7 +3968,7 @@
           "description": "The maintenance window for this instance. This specifies when the instance can be restarted for maintenance purposes."
         },
         "pricingPlan": {
-          "description": "The pricing plan for this instance. This can be either *PER_USE* or *PACKAGE*. Only *PER_USE* is supported for Second Generation instances.",
+          "description": "The pricing plan for this instance. This can be either **PER_USE** or **PACKAGE**. Only **PER_USE** is supported for Second Generation instances.",
           "enum": [
             "SQL_PRICING_PLAN_UNSPECIFIED",
             "PACKAGE",
@@ -3982,7 +3982,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "replicationType": {
-          "description": "The type of replication this instance uses. This can be either *ASYNCHRONOUS* or *SYNCHRONOUS*. (Deprecated_ This property was only applicable to First Generation instances.",
+          "description": "The type of replication this instance uses. This can be either **ASYNCHRONOUS** or **SYNCHRONOUS**. (Deprecated) This property was only applicable to First Generation instances.",
           "enum": [
             "SQL_REPLICATION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
             "SYNCHRONOUS",
@@ -4014,7 +4014,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "tier": {
-          "description": "The tier (or machine type) for this instance, for example *db-custom-1-3840* .",
+          "description": "The tier (or machine type) for this instance, for example **db-custom-1-3840**.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "userLabels": {
@@ -4214,12 +4214,12 @@
       "id": "SqlOutOfDiskReport",
       "properties": {
         "sqlMinRecommendedIncreaseSizeGb": {
-          "description": "The minimum recommended increase size in GigaBytes This field is consumed by the frontend Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD.",
+          "description": "The minimum recommended increase size in GigaBytes This field is consumed by the frontend * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers:",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "sqlOutOfDiskState": {
-          "description": "This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. Writers: -- the proactive database wellness job for OOD. Readers: -- the proactive database wellness job",
+          "description": "This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job",
           "enum": [
             "SQL_OUT_OF_DISK_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
             "NORMAL",
@@ -4325,12 +4325,12 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "createTime": {
-          "description": "The time when the certificate was created in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*",
+          "description": "The time when the certificate was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.",
           "format": "google-datetime",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "expirationTime": {
-          "description": "The time when the certificate expires in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.",
+          "description": "The time when the certificate expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.",
           "format": "google-datetime",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -4339,7 +4339,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "kind": {
-          "description": "This is always *sql#sslCert*.",
+          "description": "This is always **sql#sslCert**.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "selfLink": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json
index 8b93c45..a00c74f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
   "description": "Stores and retrieves potentially large, immutable data objects.",
   "discoveryVersion": "v1",
   "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/storage/docs/json_api/",
-  "etag": "\"36353333343032363734303535363631323739\"",
+  "etag": "\"353939383733353534373734383337373436\"",
   "icons": {
     "x16": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-16.png",
     "x32": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-32.png"
@@ -3230,7 +3230,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://storage.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Bucket": {
@@ -3294,6 +3294,19 @@
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
+        "customPlacementConfig": {
+          "description": "The bucket's custom placement configuration for Custom Dual Regions.",
+          "properties": {
+            "dataLocations": {
+              "description": "The list of regional locations in which data is placed.",
+              "items": {
+                "type": "string"
+              },
+              "type": "array"
+            }
+          },
+          "type": "object"
+        },
         "defaultEventBasedHold": {
           "description": "The default value for event-based hold on newly created objects in this bucket. Event-based hold is a way to retain objects indefinitely until an event occurs, signified by the hold's release. After being released, such objects will be subject to bucket-level retention (if any). One sample use case of this flag is for banks to hold loan documents for at least 3 years after loan is paid in full. Here, bucket-level retention is 3 years and the event is loan being paid in full. In this example, these objects will be held intact for any number of years until the event has occurred (event-based hold on the object is released) and then 3 more years after that. That means retention duration of the objects begins from the moment event-based hold transitioned from true to false. Objects under event-based hold cannot be deleted, overwritten or archived until the hold is removed.",
           "type": "boolean"
@@ -3536,6 +3549,10 @@
           },
           "type": "object"
         },
+        "rpo": {
+          "description": "The Recovery Point Objective (RPO) of this bucket. Set to ASYNC_TURBO to turn on Turbo Replication on a bucket.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "satisfiesPZS": {
           "description": "Reserved for future use.",
           "type": "boolean"
@@ -3581,13 +3598,6 @@
             }
           },
           "type": "object"
-        },
-        "zoneAffinity": {
-          "description": "The zone or zones from which the bucket is intended to use zonal quota. Requests for data from outside the specified affinities are still allowed but won't be able to use zonal quota. The zone or zones need to be within the bucket location otherwise the requests will fail with a 400 Bad Request response.",
-          "items": {
-            "type": "string"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json
index 056e7f3..81ddb7d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://storagetransfer.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AwsAccessKey": {
@@ -700,7 +700,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "LoggingConfig": {
-      "description": "Logging configure.",
+      "description": "Logging configuration.",
       "id": "LoggingConfig",
       "properties": {
         "enableOnpremGcsTransferLogs": {
@@ -755,7 +755,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "ObjectConditions": {
-      "description": "Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The \"last modification time\" refers to the time of the last change to the object's content or metadata \u2014 specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. This is not supported for transfers involving PosixFilesystem.",
+      "description": "Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The \"last modification time\" refers to the time of the last change to the object's content or metadata \u2014 specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. Transfers that use PosixFilesystem and have a Cloud Storage source don't support `ObjectConditions`.",
       "id": "ObjectConditions",
       "properties": {
         "excludePrefixes": {
@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "PosixFilesystem": {
-      "description": "A POSIX filesystem data source or sink.",
+      "description": "A POSIX filesystem resource.",
       "id": "PosixFilesystem",
       "properties": {
         "rootDirectory": {
@@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@
           "description": "Logging configuration."
         },
         "name": {
-          "description": "A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service assigns a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `\"transferJobs/\"` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. For transfers involving PosixFilesystem, this name must start with 'transferJobs/OPI' specifically. For all other transfer types, this name must not start with 'transferJobs/OPI'. 'transferJobs/OPI' is a reserved prefix for PosixFilesystem transfers. Non-PosixFilesystem example: `\"transferJobs/^(?!OPI)[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$\"` PosixFilesystem example: `\"transferJobs/OPI^[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$\"` Applications must not rely on the enforcement of naming requirements involving OPI. Invalid job names fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.",
+          "description": "A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service assigns a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `\"transferJobs/\"` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. For transfers involving PosixFilesystem, this name must start with `transferJobs/OPI` specifically. For all other transfer types, this name must not start with `transferJobs/OPI`. Non-PosixFilesystem example: `\"transferJobs/^(?!OPI)[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$\"` PosixFilesystem example: `\"transferJobs/OPI^[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$\"` Applications must not rely on the enforcement of naming requirements involving OPI. Invalid job names fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "notificationConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json
index d0445c0..984b55c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://streetviewpublish.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "BatchDeletePhotosRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json
index c7e3574..bae7567 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json
@@ -98,6 +98,21 @@
   "resources": {
     "v1": {
       "methods": {
+        "introspect": {
+          "description": "Gets information about a Google OAuth 2.0 access token issued by the Google Cloud [Security Token Service API](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/sts/rest).",
+          "flatPath": "v1/introspect",
+          "httpMethod": "POST",
+          "id": "sts.introspect",
+          "parameterOrder": [],
+          "parameters": {},
+          "path": "v1/introspect",
+          "request": {
+            "$ref": "GoogleIdentityStsV1IntrospectTokenRequest"
+          },
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "GoogleIdentityStsV1IntrospectTokenResponse"
+          }
+        },
         "token": {
           "description": "Exchanges a credential for a Google OAuth 2.0 access token. The token asserts an external identity within a workload identity pool, or it applies a Credential Access Boundary to a Google access token. When you call this method, do not send the `Authorization` HTTP header in the request. This method does not require the `Authorization` header, and using the header can cause the request to fail.",
           "flatPath": "v1/token",
@@ -116,7 +131,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210827",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://sts.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleIamV1Binding": {
@@ -236,6 +251,62 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleIdentityStsV1IntrospectTokenRequest": {
+      "description": "Request message for IntrospectToken.",
+      "id": "GoogleIdentityStsV1IntrospectTokenRequest",
+      "properties": {
+        "token": {
+          "description": "Required. The OAuth 2.0 security token issued by the Security Token Service API.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "tokenTypeHint": {
+          "description": "Optional. The type of the given token. Supported values are `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token` and `access_token`.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GoogleIdentityStsV1IntrospectTokenResponse": {
+      "description": "Response message for IntrospectToken.",
+      "id": "GoogleIdentityStsV1IntrospectTokenResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "active": {
+          "description": "A boolean value that indicates whether the provided access token is currently active.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "client_id": {
+          "description": "The client identifier for the OAuth 2.0 client that requested the provided token.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "exp": {
+          "description": "The expiration timestamp, measured in the number of seconds since January 1 1970 UTC, indicating when this token will expire.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "iat": {
+          "description": "The issued timestamp, measured in the number of seconds since January 1 1970 UTC, indicating when this token was originally issued.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "iss": {
+          "description": "The issuer of the provided token.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "scope": {
+          "description": "A list of scopes associated with the provided token.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "sub": {
+          "description": "The unique user ID associated with the provided token. For Google Accounts, this value is based on the Google Account's user ID. For federated identities, this value is based on the identity pool ID and the value of the mapped `google.subject` attribute.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "username": {
+          "description": "The human-readable identifier for the token principal subject. For example, if the provided token is associated with a workload identity pool, this field contains a value in the following format: `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//subject/`",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleIdentityStsV1Options": {
       "description": "An `Options` object configures features that the Security Token Service supports, but that are not supported by standard OAuth 2.0 token exchange endpoints, as defined in https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8693.",
       "id": "GoogleIdentityStsV1Options",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json
index e1800a1..45a727a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210827",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://sts.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleIamV1Binding": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json
index b975c69..287f319 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json
@@ -1932,7 +1932,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210908",
+  "revision": "20210915",
   "rootUrl": "https://tagmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Account": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json
index 2cbaeff..32bbcce 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json
@@ -3317,7 +3317,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210908",
+  "revision": "20210915",
   "rootUrl": "https://tagmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Account": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json
index 010ce18..5cd3d4e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://tasks.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Task": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json
index 793e74c..467631e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json
@@ -1463,7 +1463,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210913",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://toolresults.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ANR": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1.json
index 14e3563..276a22f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1.json
@@ -659,7 +659,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210824",
+  "revision": "20210915",
   "rootUrl": "https://tpu.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceleratorType": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1alpha1.json
index 8d6bb23..c359d7d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1alpha1.json
@@ -669,7 +669,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210824",
+  "revision": "20210915",
   "rootUrl": "https://tpu.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceleratorType": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vectortile.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vectortile.v1.json
index 5aba141..b6d8ef1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vectortile.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vectortile.v1.json
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://vectortile.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Area": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json
index 329d966..ded5e91 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json
@@ -1282,7 +1282,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210906",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://vision.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddProductToProductSetRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json
index 663026a..33573ad 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210906",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://vision.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnnotateFileResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json
index ed93713..031aebc 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210906",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://vision.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnnotateFileResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webfonts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webfonts.v1.json
index cf59342..e5a1c1d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webfonts.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webfonts.v1.json
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210831",
+  "revision": "20210913",
   "rootUrl": "https://webfonts.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Webfont": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json
index 3d253dc..09bb0ea 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210827",
+  "revision": "20210910",
   "rootUrl": "https://webrisk.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudWebriskV1ComputeThreatListDiffResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1.json
index 8627749..d935d30 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1.json
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://websecurityscanner.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Authentication": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1alpha.json
index eb3376d..5bda634 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1alpha.json
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://websecurityscanner.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Authentication": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1beta.json
index 27af062..3afc0a9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1beta.json
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210910",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://websecurityscanner.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Authentication": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json
index 11e0a22..ce9f563 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210830",
+  "revision": "20210913",
   "rootUrl": "https://workflowexecutions.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CancelExecutionRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json
index 2635431..0d4e2d3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210830",
+  "revision": "20210913",
   "rootUrl": "https://workflowexecutions.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CancelExecutionRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json
index 3652e2d..3ec0803 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210825",
+  "revision": "20210908",
   "rootUrl": "https://workflows.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json
index c41cafc..dc440ac 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210825",
+  "revision": "20210908",
   "rootUrl": "https://workflows.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json
index 63ba4ca..19601b4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json
@@ -3049,6 +3049,11 @@
             "type"
           ],
           "parameters": {
+            "externalChannelId": {
+              "description": "Channel ID to which changes should be applied, for delegation.",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
             "linkingToken": {
               "description": "Delete the partner links with the given linking token.",
               "location": "query",
@@ -3087,6 +3092,11 @@
             "part"
           ],
           "parameters": {
+            "externalChannelId": {
+              "description": "Channel ID to which changes should be applied, for delegation.",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
             "part": {
               "description": "The *part* parameter specifies the thirdPartyLink resource parts that the API request and response will include. Supported values are linkingToken, status, and snippet.",
               "location": "query",
@@ -3112,6 +3122,11 @@
             "part"
           ],
           "parameters": {
+            "externalChannelId": {
+              "description": "Channel ID to which changes should be applied, for delegation.",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
             "linkingToken": {
               "description": "Get a third party link with the given linking token.",
               "location": "query",
@@ -3152,6 +3167,11 @@
             "part"
           ],
           "parameters": {
+            "externalChannelId": {
+              "description": "Channel ID to which changes should be applied, for delegation.",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
             "part": {
               "description": "The *part* parameter specifies the thirdPartyLink resource parts that the API request and response will include. Supported values are linkingToken, status, and snippet.",
               "location": "query",
@@ -3769,7 +3789,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210912",
+  "revision": "20210919",
   "rootUrl": "https://youtube.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AbuseReport": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json
index f8c8f44..c5f7302 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210907",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://youtubeanalytics.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "EmptyResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json
index 41d6244..8a292c7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210907",
+  "revision": "20210918",
   "rootUrl": "https://youtubereporting.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {